Course Calendar 2023 24

I'm studying
to .
program guide
and course calendar
2023-24
DIRECTORY
CNC Prince George
3330 22nd Avenue

For the most current information on
Prince George, BC
V2N 1P8 Canada fees, courses and programs visit
Phone 250 562 2131
Toll-free 1 800 371 8111 cnc.bc.ca
Fax 250 561 5861
Email askcnc@cnc.bc.ca
CNC Lakes District — CNC Nechako — CNC Quesnel

Burns Lake Fort St. James North Cariboo
545 Highway 16 West 179 Douglas Street Community Campus
PO Box 5000 PO Box 1557 100 Campus Way
Burns Lake, BC Fort St. James, BC Quesnel, BC
V0J 1E0 Canada V0J 1P0 Canada V2J 7K1 Canada
Phone 250 692 1700 Phone 250 996 7019 Phone 250 991 7500
Toll-free 1 866 692 1943 Email cncfsj@cnc.bc.ca Email quesnel@cnc.bc.ca
Fax 250 692 1750
Email lksdist@cnc.bc.ca CNC Nechako — Valemount Learning
Vanderhoof Centre – in partnership
CNC Lakes District — with CNC
195 1st St. East
Southside Vanderhoof, BC 1201 – 5th Avenue
34314 Keefe’s Landing Road V0J 3A2 Canada Valemount, BC
Grassy Plains, BC Canada Phone 250 567 3200 V0E 2Z0 Canada
Phone 250 694 3397 Toll-free 1 877 567 3270 Phone 250 566 4601
Fax 250 694 3391 Email nechako@cnc.bc.ca Toll-free 1 888 690 4422
Email lksdist@cnc.bc.ca Fax 250 566 4602
Email frontdesk@valemountlearning
centre.org
CNC Mackenzie
540 Mackenzie Boulevard General information .................................................................... 250 562 2131
PO Box 2110 Academic Advising ....................................................................... 250 561 5818
Mackenzie, BC Office of the Registrar ................................................................. 250 561 5800
V0J 2C0 Canada
College Store ................................................................................ 250 561 5808
Phone 250 997 7200
Continuing Education .................................................................. 250 561 5846
Toll-free 1 877 997 4333
Financial Aid & Awards ............................................................... 250 561 5838
Email cncmackenzie@cnc.bc.ca
Library ........................................................................................... 250 561 5811
Student Recruitment ................................................................... 250 561 5855
Notes
1. Go to cnc.bc.ca for up-to-date information on fees, courses, programs and policies.
2. CNC reserves the right to limit, cancel, or adjust programs without notice.
3. The online version of this document is the official version. In the event of a conflict between the printed version and the
online version, the online version will prevail.
4. The  symbol indicates that at least one course section in the program may be available in an online format.
For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca 3 Calendar Area
CONTENTS
CONTENTS..................................... 3 HUMAN SERVICES....................... 42 (Harmonized)..................................... 71
Pipe Trades, Foundation
Community Support Worker
(Harmonized) .................................... 72
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT... 5 Certificate........................................... 43
Power Engineering, 3rd Class
Early Childhood Care and Learning
Applied Business Technology Certificate........................................... 73
Certificate........................................... 45
(ABT) Administrative Assistant Power Engineering, 4th Class
Early Childhood Care and Learning
Certificate..............................................6 Certificate........................................... 74
Diploma............................................... 46
Accounting and Finance Diploma....7 Professional Cook............................. 75
Education Assistant Certificate...... 48
Bookkeeping Certificate.....................8 Trades Discovery Program............. 76
Social Service
Business Management Certificate Welder Foundation
Worker Certificate............................. 50
and Diploma.........................................9 Program (Harmonized).................... 77
Social Service Worker Applied
Medical Office Assistant
Diploma............................................... 51
Associate Certificate ........................ 10 UNIVERSITY STUDIES.................. 78
Social Service Worker
Office Assistant Certificate (ABT)... 11
(UT) Diploma...................................... 52 University classes.............................. 79
Office Clerk Certificate (ABT).......... 12
Credentials......................................... 80
Post Baccalaureate in
TECHNOLOGIES........................... 54 Associate Degrees............................ 80
Accounting Diploma......................... 13
Associate of Arts Degree ............. 81
Post-Diploma in Human Civil Engineering Technology
Aboriginal Studies
Resources Management................. 14 Diploma............................................... 55
Concentration .............................. 81
Post-Diploma in Tourism Information Technology and
Anthropology Concentration .... 81
and Hotel Management.................. 15 Networking Certificate..................... 56
EnglisH Concentration ............... 81
Information Technology and
Modern Classics
COMMUNITY AND Networking Diploma........................ 57
Concentration .............................. 82
CONTINUING EDUCATION......... 16 Natural Resources and Forest
Psychology Concentration.......... 82
Technology Diploma........................ 59
Camp & Catering Sociology Concentration ............ 83
Associate Certificate......................... 17 Associate of Science Degree........ 84
TRADES AND INDUSTRY............. 61
Biology Concentration ................ 84
HEALTH SCIENCES....................... 18 Apprenticeship Technical Chemistry Concentration........... 84
Training............................................... 62 Mathematics & Computer
Dental Assisting Certificate............. 19
Automotive Collision & Refinishing Science Concentration................ 85
Dental Hygiene Diploma................. 21
Foundation (Harmonized).............. 63 Diplomas............................................. 86
Diagnostic Medical
Automotive Service Technician, Criminology Diploma..................... 87
Sonography Diploma....................... 23
(Harmonized) Foundation.............. 64 Kinesiology Diploma....................... 88
Health Care
Carpenter Program (Harmonized) Medical Sciences Diploma –
Assistant Certificate.......................... 26
Foundation......................................... 65 Dental Pathway............................... 89
Medical Device Reprocessing
Electrical, (Harmonized) Medical Sciences Diploma –
Technician Associate Certificate... 28
Foundation......................................... 66 Medical Pathway............................. 90
Medical Laboratory Technology
Heavy Mechanical Trades, Medical Sciences Diploma –
Science Diploma............................... 29
Foundation......................................... 67 Pharmacy Pathway......................... 91
Medical Radiography Technology
Heavy Equipment Operator........... 68 Medical Sciences Diploma –
Diploma............................................... 31
Industrial Mechanic (Harmonized) Veterinary Pathway........................ 92
Nursing, Bachelor of Science in
Foundation......................................... 69 Web and Graphic
Nursing................................................ 33
Industrial Mechanic (Harmonized)/ Design Diploma............................... 93
Nursing Unit
Machinist Foundation...................... 70 Certificates.......................................... 94
Assistant Certificate.......................... 38
Metal Fabrication Foundation Aboriginal Studies Certificate...... 95
Practical Nursing Diploma.............. 40
2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

4 Calendar Area For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
Dental Hygiene ECON ................................................ 133 SUPPORT SERVICES

Pathway Certificate......................... 96 ELEC................................................... 134 AND FACILITIES......................... 183
Engineering (Applied Science) ENGL ................................................. 134 Aboriginal Resource
Certificate......................................... 97 ENLA.................................................. 137 Centre (ARC)..................................... 184
Fine Arts Certificate........................ 98 FASD .................................................. 139 Academic Advising.......................... 184
Nursing Pathway Certificate......... 99 FIN ..................................................... 139 Accessibility Services...................... 184
Physical Therapy FINE ................................................... 139 Applied Research
Bridging Certificate....................... 100 GEOG ................................................ 140 and Innovation................................ 184
Web and Graphic HCAP ................................................. 140 Campus Housing............................ 184
Design Certificate......................... 101 HDET.................................................. 141 Cafeteria............................................ 185
HIST ................................................... 141 Cinema CNC..................................... 185
UPGRADING AND ACCESS........ 102 HMT.................................................... 142 College of New Caledonia
HRPR ................................................. 143 Students’ Union, Local 13 –
Academic Upgrading
INDS................................................... 143 Canadian Federation
(Adult Basic Education).................. 103
ITAN.................................................... 144 of Students....................................... 185
Access Program.............................. 104
JET ...................................................... 146 College Store.................................... 185
BC Adult Graduation Diploma..... 106
KINS ................................................... 146 Financial Aid & Awards.................. 186
ENLA (English Language
LAW ................................................... 148 Financial Assistance....................... 186
Program)........................................... 107
LEAD ................................................. 148 Health and Safety........................... 186
JET (Job Education and Training).108
MATH ................................................ 148 WorkSafeBC coverage................... 186
MDRT................................................. 151 Health and Wellness Centre........ 186
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS............ 109
MEDT ................................................ 151 Information Technology Services.187
Course description key................. 109 MFAB.................................................. 151 International Education
ABST .................................................. 110 MGT ................................................... 152 Department...................................... 187
ABT .................................................... 110 MILL.................................................... 153 Kodiaks Restaurant........................ 187
ACC .................................................... 113 MKT ................................................... 153 Library (Learning Commons)....... 187
ANTH ................................................. 114 MLTS ................................................. 154 Media Technology Services.......... 187
APSC .................................................. 115 MOAS................................................. 156 Office of the Registrar.................... 187
AUCL.................................................. 115 MRAD ................................................ 156 Security 250 561 5827.................. 188
AUGT.................................................. 115 NRFT................................................... 160 SafeWalk........................................... 188
AUTO ............................................... 115 NRUA................................................. 162 First Aid............................................. 188
BIO ..................................................... 116 NURS ................................................. 163 Academic Success Centre............ 188
BOOK................................................. 117 PHIL ................................................... 164 Wellness............................................ 188
CAMP................................................. 118 PHYS................................................... 165
CARP ................................................. 119 PIPE ................................................... 166
ADMISSIONS, FEES
CASS .................................................. 119 PLMG ................................................ 167
AND POLICY INFORMATION.... 189
CESS .................................................. 120 PRAN ................................................. 167
CHEM ................................................ 121 PSCI ................................................... 169 Admission Information.................. 190
CIS ..................................................... 122 PSYC .................................................. 170 Fee Information............................... 191
CIVE.................................................... 122 PWER ................................................ 171 Registration Information............... 192
COM .................................................. 124 SOC ................................................... 171 Transfer Credits.............................. 195
COMP ................................................ 125 SONO................................................. 172 Graduation Information ............... 195
CRIM................................................... 125 SSWK ................................................. 175 Appeals, Complaints and Discipline
CSC..................................................... 126 THMG................................................. 177 Information...................................... 196
CUE ................................................... 127 TRDE................................................... 179 Definitions........................................ 197
CULA ................................................. 127 TTM.................................................... 179
DENO ................................................ 127 WEGD ............................................... 180
DENT ................................................. 127 WELD ................................................ 182
DHYG ................................................ 129 WMST ................................................ 182
ECCL .................................................. 132

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Business & Management 5
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

CNC’s programs include areas such as Accounting and Finance, Business Management (with
specializations), and Applied Business Technology. Our exceptional faculty have helped
students gain skills that lead them into several possible employment sectors: government,
industry, banking, and various offices. Courses in the programs also have transferability to
a number of universities for those students wishing to pursue further credentials after the
certificate and/or diploma levels.
APPLIED BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY (ABT) ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE. . ........................... 6

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE DIPLOMA.. ....................................................................................................... 7
BOOKKEEPING CERTIFICATE........................................................................................................................... 8
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA.. ............................................................................ 9
MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT ASSOCIATE CERTIFICATE .. ..........................................................................10
OFFICE ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE (ABT). . .......................................................................................................11
OFFICE CLERK CERTIFICATE (ABT). . ...............................................................................................................12
POST BACCALAUREATE IN ACCOUNTING DIPLOMA.................................................................................13
POST-DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT.........................................................................14
POST-DIPLOMA IN TOURISM AND HOTEL MANAGEMENT.......................................................................15

6 Business & Management For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
APPLIED BUSINESS • English Studies 12 or English First

Peoples 12, or equivalent
TECHNOLOGY (ABT) • Grade 11 math or equivalent
ADMINISTRATIVE • Completion of a keyboarding
proficiency assessment with a
ASSISTANT minimum speed of 20 net words
CERTIFICATE per minute.

Note: The keyboarding assessment
may take the form of an original signed
stopwatch 1 year transcript or a letter on institutional
CALENDAR-STAR August letterhead from a teacher of typing,
or an assessment by a CNC Applied
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and Business Technology instructor or
Vanderhoof designate. To arrange an assessment,
The Applied Business Technology please contact your local campus.
Administrative Assistant certificate Graduation Requirements:
program is a 1020-hour full-time
In order to qualify for graduation and
program offered at CNC campuses
obtain the certificate, students must
over two 17-week semesters. You
pass each course with a 70% (“C“) grade
will learn a wide variety of technical
or higher.
skills including the Windows operating
system, Microsoft Office, manual and ABTA 100 Financial Records
computerized bookkeeping, desktop ABTA 105 Business
publishing, and office administration Communications I
skills. Your professional image, ABTA 110 Human Relations I
communication, time management, and ABTA 115 Office Procedures
interpersonal skills will be developed ABTA 120 Word Processing Levels
through lessons and practice. This I, II, III
program also includes a three-week ABTA 125 Microcomputers I
work experience placement that ABTA 150 Computerized
provides students with the opportunity Bookkeeping
to practice their skills in an office
ABTA 155 Business
environment.
Communications II
Program Objectives ABTA 160 Human Relations II
The Administrative Assistant program ABTA 165 Office Simulations
provides the knowledge and skills that ABTA 170 Desktop Publishing
prepare you for a rewarding office ABTA 175 Microcomputers II
administration career and opportunities ABTA 180 Work Experience
for education and employment
advancement. Administrative Assistants Graduation/Time Frames:
carry out a variety of administrative A five-year program completion deadline
duties to support managers and is requested due to the rapidly changing
professionals. They work throughout the technology taught in the Applied
private and public sectors. Business Technology program.
Graduates of our program will be highly
proficient in computer applications
and will demonstrate abilities in
communication and interpersonal
skills, problem-solving, teamwork, and
administrative procedures.
This certificate program is designed to
provide superior, highly sought skills
required to work in any office setting.
Admission Requirments
• Successful completion of Grade 12
or equivalent

ACCOUNTING AND MGT 154 Applied Human

Relations
FINANCE DIPLOMA MGT 255 Small Business
Development
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time MKT 152 Principles of Marketing
clock 2 years One of the following:

MATH 145 Math for Business
CALENDAR-STAR September
or 100 level UT Math
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George
One elective chosen from:
This program is a diploma program
COM 222 Management &
aligned with the CPA preparatory
Organizational
program. Students can receive credits
Behaviour
towards professional accounting
ENGL 229 Professional
programs.
Business & Technical
Admission Requirments Communication
• High school graduation or MATH 100 Pre-Calculus
equivalent Mathematics
• English Studies 12, or English First MATH 103 Finite Mathematics
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL MGT 160 International Business
051, or equivalent (minimum “C-“) MGT 254 Applied Group Skills
• Foundations of Mathematics 11 MGT 263 Human Resource
or MATH 043, or MATH 045, or Development
equivalent (minimum “C”) MGT 264 Industrial Relations
Graduation Requirements WEGD 121 Introduction to Design
Thinking
Students must achieve an overall GPA
WEGD 131 Introduction to Visual
of 2.00 or higher in all courses counted
Communication
towards the credential.
WEGD 141 Introduction to Web
ACC 170 Data Analytics and Design
Information Systems WEGD 142 Intermediate Web
for Accounting Design
ACC 251 Intermediate Note: MGT 266, Management Skills for
Accounting I Supervisors may not be used an elective
ACC 252 Intermediate
Accounting II Graduation Requirements
ACC 255 Management Students must achieve an overall GPA
Accounting I of 2.00 or higher in all courses counted
ACC 256 Management towards the credential.
Accounting II
Graduation/Time Frames
ACC 270 Computerized
Accounting See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).
COM 204 Financial Accounting
ECON 201 Principles of Economics
- Micro
ECON 202 Principles of Economics
- Macro
ENGL 103 Composition & Style
FIN 257 Finance I
FIN 258 Finance II
LAW 294 Business Law
MATH 157 Business Statistics
MATH 257 Business Statistics II

BOOKKEEPING course credit up to a maximum of four

courses. Students looking to investigate
CERTIFICATE these options should consult the
Continuing Education Business Program
Coordinator or an Academic Advisor
stopwatch Part-time
to initiate a review by the appropriate
clock 1 year Education Administrator.
CALENDAR-STAR September and January Advance Course Credit
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George As a value-add for students in CNC’s
(Continuing Education) ABT and Bookkeeping programs, the
following advance course credits have
This program is designed to train our
been established.
future bookkeepers; the ground-level
professional that will be able to expertly Students with:
analyze day to day transactions, and • ABTA-100 will be given credit for
report them accurately within the BOOK-101 and BOOK-103.
accounting cycle. Bookkeepers manage • ABTA-150 will be given credit for
business accounts, in order to provide BOOK-113 and BOOK-114.
timely information to owners/managers
• ABTA-125 will be given credit
so that they may make sound and
for BOOK 108.
informed financial decisions. Since
• BOOK-101 and BOOK-103 will
all businesses need to manage and
be given credit for ABTA-100.
organize their financial transactions,
bookkeepers perform an essential role • BOOK-113 and BOOK-114 will
in the financial decision making process be given credit for ABTA-150.
in every sector of the economy. Program Outline
Admission Requirments There are eight courses in this program
which are offered to students in a
Successful completion of the following:
part-time, evening delivery format. The
• Math 10; or Accounting 11; or required courses are:
equivalent
BOOK 101 Fundamentals of
• Communications 11 or equivalent Bookkeeping
Applicants without proof of the Math BOOK 103 Intermediate
and English as listed above may Bookkeeping
write the SRA to meet the admission
BOOK 105 Advanced Bookkeeping
requirements.
BOOK 108 Excel for Bookkeepers
Applicants are recommended to BOOK 113 Computerized
have a strong working knowledge of Bookkeeping – Level 1
personal computer applications and a BOOK 114 Computerized
keyboarding proficiency of at least 20 Bookkeeping – Level 2
net words per minute. BOOK 115 Payroll
International students CESS 151 Management Skills for
Supervisors – Part 1
In addition to the program admission
requirements, international students Graduation Requirement
must have a 6.0 IELTS score, or have Students are required to obtain a
successfully completed Level 4, English minimum grade of B (72%) in each
for Academic Purposes, at CNC. Bookkeeping course and a satisfactory
grade in CESS 151 to qualify for the
Prerequisites:
certificate. Students have 36 months
As per course outlines. from the date of first entry to complete
Previous Coursework Credit: all program requirements. Exceptions to
this timeframe can be discussed with the
Students with previous work experience
Continuing Education Business Program
and/or who have taken similar courses
Coordinator.
through CNC Continuing Education
or other post-secondary institutions
may be eligible to receive advance

BUSINESS MKT electives and 6.0 credits of UT ABST courses

electives. ANTH courses
MANAGEMENT PHIL courses
Diploma (60 credits)
CERTIFICATE AND Business Management
GEOG 101 Sense of Place: An
Introduction to
DIPLOMA Certificate plus: Human Geography
MGT 254 Applied Group and MGT 263 Human Resource
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Leadership Skills Development
MGT 255 Small Business MGT 270 Cross-Cultural
CALENDAR-STAR September and January
Development Workplace Practices
clock One year (certificate); or MGT 256 Entrepreneurial Marketing specialization
two years (diploma) for Development
MKT 251 Marketing Management
full-time studies Plus 15.0 credits of business electives
Theory and
and 9.0 credits of UT electives.
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George, part time Applications
offered through Quesnel Diploma citations MKT 266 Integrated Marketing
In addition to the above courses, Communication
With a CNC faculty with years of
Business Management Diploma students MKT 271 Consumer Behaviour
experience, Business Management
may add one or more citations to their MKT 272 Marketing Research
can help you enhance your business
diploma by selecting one or more of the Methods
skills and teach you what it takes to be
successful. You can choose to obtain following electives: Web and Graphic Design
a general certificate or management BUS 250 International Work specialization
diploma or choose to specialize in Experience WEGD 121 Introduction to
International Business, Leadership, BUS 251 Work Experience Design Thinking
Marketing, or Web and Graphic Design. SERV 250 International Service WEGD 131 Introduction to
Learning Visual Communication
Diploma specializations WEGD 141 Introduction to
Successful completion of one of the
Web Design
following: In addition to the above courses,
WEGD 142 Intermediate Web
• Grade 12 (with English 12 or English Business Management Diploma students
Design
12: First Peoples or Communications may specialize in International Business,
Leadership, Marketing, or Web and Note 1: While you can earn as many
12 or equivalent) specializations as you choose to
Graphic Design by selecting the following
• Mature student status with English complete, once you have applied for
electives:
and Math required by the program your diploma, you cannot add further
as demonstrated on SRA International Business specializations. If you choose to continue
Note: Math 11 is a prerequisite for specialization your studies at CNC, you may earn
several business courses required to FIN 258 Finance II citations after receiving your diploma.
complete the diploma. Students without GEOG 101 Sense of Place: An
Foundations of Math 11 or MATH 045 or Introduction to
Applications of Math 12 or Foundations Human Geography
Math 12 or equivalent should consult MGT 160 International Business
a CNC advisor for assessment and
MGT 270 Cross-Cultural
upgrading options.
Workplace Practices
Program Outlines Plus, any one of:
Certificate (30 credits) BUS 250 International Work
COM 204 Financial Accounting Experience
CIS 165 Business Information BUS 251 Work Experience
Systems SERV 250 International Service
or CSC 105 Introduction to Learning
Computers and Leadership specialization
Programming LEAD 101 Leadership Lab, Part 1
ENGL 103 Composition and Style LEAD 201 Leadership Lab, Part 2
MGT 154 Applied Human LEAD 250 Experiential Leadership
Relations Project
MKT 152 Principles of Marketing
Plus, any one of:
Plus 9.0 credits of ACC, ECON, FIN, MGT,

MEDICAL OFFICE the Criminal Records Review Program Re-admission

(CRRP), not the RCMP. CNC will A student who does not meet the
ASSISTANT contact successful applicants with the minimum grade required in a course
appropriate forms once admission
ASSOCIATE into the program is complete. This
within the Medical Office Assistant
Associate Certificate program will be
CERTIFICATE is required for all people who work permitted to repeat the course once.
with or may have potential for Two failures or withdrawals from
unsupervised access to children or courses in the program will exclude
stopwatch Part-time
vulnerable adults the student from further study in the
clock 6 months Note 2: The costs of immunizations program. Regular re-admission to the
CALENDAR-STAR January and a Criminal Record Check are the MOA Associate Certificate program after
responsibility of the student. two previous withdrawals or failures
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George is subject to the Dean’s Approval.
Note 3: Instructions and forms will be
(Continuing Education) A student who withdraws from the
sent during the acceptance process.
This program prepares you to work as a Due dates for each requirement will be program voluntarily should notify a
medical office assistant (MOA) in various included at this time. faculty member and the student will
medical offices, or upgrades the skills be required to apply for re-admission
of those currently employed as medical Program recommendations to the program. Re-admission will be
office assistants. While it is not a requirement, it is highly considered on a space-available basis
recommended applicants have a good and will be administered according to
In addition to the Medical Office
working knowledge of Microsoft Word the following priorities:
Assistant Associate Certificate, CNC
and Excel.
offers an online Medical Office Assistant 1. A student who has successfully
Certificate*. Students who are interested Acceptance Process completed the prerequisite courses
in further enhancing their Medical Office If there is room in the program, students and/or who, at the time of withdrawal,
Assistant skill sets are encouraged to will be accepted once they have met all has maintained course grades
speak to an Academic Advisor about admission requirements. This is called required by the program (or higher),
course equivalencies that can be “first qualified, first accepted.” If students will be awarded first priority.
granted between the programs. qualify after the program is full, they will
2. A student who has failed a course or
Admission Requirments be put on a waitlist.
who has withdrawn from the course
• High school graduation or Program Outline with less than the grades as required
equivalent by the program will be awarded
MEDT 105* Introductory Medical
• English Studies 12, or English First second priority.
Terminology
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL MOAS 101 Medical Office Assistant All MOA Associate Certificate course
051, or equivalent (minimum “C”) Procedures work must be completed within three
• Typing speed of 35 NWPM or higher years of initial program intake date. In
MOAS 103 Medical Billing
Note 1: The typing test must be the event of significant changes to the
MOAS 107 Mental Illness and
invigilated by an approved testing courses, students may be required to
Substance Use for
centre. repeat a course.
Frontline Workers
MOAS 109 Medical Office Assistant
Program Requirements
Practicum
Once accepted into the Medical Office *
Or MEDT 100 with a minimum “C+”
Assistant Associate Certificate program,
grade.
students will be required to:
Graduation Requirements
1. Complete official college forms
A minimum grade of (B) in MEDT 105 or
certifying current immunizations as
(C+) in MEDT 100; a minimum grade of
per the Practice Education Guidelines
(B) in MOAS 101, MOAS 103, and MOAS
for BC and as required by provincial
107; and successful completion (S) of
health authorities. Failure to comply
MOAS 109 is required to graduate with a
with immunization guidelines may
MOA Associate Certificate.
prevent you from entering the
practicum component of the program Note 4: A student is permitted to take
and therefore make you not eligible to MEDT 100 outside of the MOA program
graduate from the program. schedule if it has been successfully
completed within two years prior to the
2. Undergo a criminal record check by initial program intake date.

OFFICE ASSISTANT Graduation/Time Frames

There is a five-year program completion
CERTIFICATE (ABT) deadline due to the rapidly changing
technology taught in this Applied
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Business Technology program.
CALENDAR-STAR Start date varies
clock Duration varies
 Mackenzie
The Applied Business Technology Office
Assistant program is an online 500-hour
certificate program that can be taken
on a full-or part-time basis. Courses
include keyboarding, word processing,
spreadsheet, database, desktop
publishing, manual and computerized
bookkeeping, and presentation
software. Students also learn office
procedures, file management, business
communications, calculator skills,
effective job search techniques,
professional development, and complete
a minimum 60-hour work practicum
course at the end of this program.
• Office Clerk Certificate or equivalent
– completed within the last five
years
• Keyboarding proficiency assessment
with a minimum speed of 40 NWPM
transcript or a letter on institutional
letterhead from a teacher of typing,
Business Technology instructor or
designate. To arrange an assessment,
please contact your local campus.
obtain the certificate – students must
pass each course with a 70% (“C“ grade
or higher.)
ABTC 145 Office Bookkeeping
ABTC 150 Computerized
Bookkeeping
ABTC 155 Business
Communications
ABTC 160 Administrative
Procedures II
ABTA 170 Desktop Publishing
ABTA 175 Microcomputer
Applications II
ABTC 180 Work Practicum

OFFICE CLERK ABTC 130

Applications I
Word Processing
CERTIFICATE (ABT) ABTC 135 Administrative
Procedures I
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Notes: No course may be used
more than once to meet certificate
CALENDAR-STAR Start date varies requirements.
clock Duration varies
 Online There is a five-year program completion
The Applied Business Technology Office deadline due to the rapidly changing
Clerk Program is an online 480-hour technology taught in this Applied
certificate program that provides the Business Technology program.
student with a strong foundation
of technology, communication, and
professional skills needed to be
successful in today’s office environment.
The program can be taken on a
full-or part-time basis and courses
include keyboarding, word processing,
bookkeeping, spreadsheets, and
databases. Students also learn
office procedures, file management,
business communications, effective job
search techniques, and professional
development.
• High school graduation or
equivalent
• English Studies 12 or English First
Peoples 12, or equivalent
• Any Grade 11 Math or equivalent
• Completion of a keyboarding
proficiency assessment with a
minimum speed of 20 NWPM
transcript or a letter on institutional
letterhead from a teacher of typing,
Business Technology instructor or
designate. To arrange an assessment,
please contact your local campus.
obtain the certificate, students must
pass each course with a 70% (“C“) grade
or higher.
ABTC 105 Business English
ABTC 110 Professional
Development
ABTC 115 Business Math &
Calculators
ABTC 120 Keyboarding
ABTA 125 Microcomputer

POST for Accounting

ACC 251 Intermediate
BACCALAUREATE Accounting 1
IN ACCOUNTING ACC 255 Management
Accounting 1
DIPLOMA ECON 202 Principles of
Economics:
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Microeconomics
MATH 257 Business Statistics 2
FIN 257 Finance 1
clock 2 years ACC 252 Intermediate
Accounting 2
ACC 256 Management
This program is a prerequisite for entry Accounting 2
into the CPA Professional Education BUS 415 Business Ethics
Program (PEP). Students must hold ACC 281 Taxation 1
a bachelor’s degree as approved by
FIN 258 Finance 2
CPA to gain admission into the Post
ACC 450 Advanced Financial
Baccalaureate in Accounting Diploma
Accounting
Accounting Program.
ACC 455 Advanced Managerial
Program Objectives Accounting
This Program is aligned with the CPA BUS 410 Strategic Management
Competency map to help students ACC 381 Taxation 2
prepare for the CPA Professional ACC 340 Audit and Assurance
Education Program (PEP).
Successful completion of a recognized
bachelor’s degree.
International students from a non-
English speaking country will be required
to provide proof of a minimum 6.0
Academic IELTS or 80 iBT TOEFL result
or equivalent within two years.
It is the responsibility of the student to
confirm that their bachelor’s degree
satisfies the degree prerequisite of the
CPA Professional Education Program.
https://www.cpacanada.ca/en/become-a-
cpa/pathways-to-becoming-a-cpa
Graduation Requirement
In order to be considered CPA
Equivalent a student must obtain a
minimum of a (“B- “) grade or higher in
each course.
Program Outline
COM 204 Financial Accounting
LAW 294 Business Law
ECON 201 Principles of
Economics:
Microeconomics
ACC 170 Data Analytics and
Information Systems

POST-DIPLOMA IN students attend and actively participate GPA and program completion timelines,
in the classes; students who miss more in order to qualify for a NKE Waiver.
HUMAN RESOURCES than 24 cumulative hours of class time For more information about CPHR
will not receive credit for the course. BC & Yukon’s requirements for the
MANAGEMENT NKE Waiver or the CPHR designation,
HRPR 400 (Human Resources
Management Practicum) requires that please see www.cphr.ca Chartered
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Professionals in Human Resources.
students complete a 40 hour practicum.
CALENDAR-STAR September, January and All practicum hours must be completed Program Outline
May to receive credit for the course.
ENGL 113 Writing and
clock 2 years Practicum Placements Communication
Practicum placements will be limited. COM 222 Management and
Students may go through a selection Organizational
(Continuing Education) Behaviour
process to match students with host
The PDHRM program gives students organizations. Students must adhere MGT 264 Industrial Relations
the knowledge they require to become to the professional standards required MGT 266 Management Skills for
effective supervisors, managers or by a Human Resource Management Supervisors
human resources professionals in professional and may be required to HRPR 300 Strategic Human
Canada. The program is based upon the sign a confidentiality agreement with Resources Planning
CPHR (Chartered Professional in Human the agency. In particular, students must HRPR 301 Compensation and
Resource Management) competency adhere to rules governing confidentiality, Benefits
framework, and is ideal for working avoid conflicts of interest, and HRPR 302 Occupational Health
professionals wanting to pursue their recognize and accept the limits of their and Safety
CPHR designation, as well as students competence and role as defined by the HRPR 303 Training and
wanting to pursue a career in human practicum setting. Development
resource management.
Certain host organizations may require HRPR 304 Performance
Admission Requirments the student to attend an orientation Management
Students admitted into this program or training prior to the start of the HRPR 305 Employment Law,
must have a minimum of a two-year practicum. This orientation is not Employment Standards
diploma from a recognized post- considered part of the 40-hour and Human Rights
secondary institution, or equivalent. practicum placement. HRPR 307 Recruitment and
International students from a non- Selection
Criminal Record Check
English speaking country will be required HRPR 308 Professional Practice
Students who qualify for a practicum
to provide proof of an Academic IELTS HRPR 309 Advanced Topics in
may need to show proof of a clear
result of 6.0, with no band less than 5.5, Professional Practice
criminal record check to their practicum
or an 80 IBT TOEFL result. HRPR 310 Business
host organization before the practicum
Communications for
Graduation Requirements begins. Any expenses associated with
Human Resource
In order to receive the Diploma, students obtaining this criminal record check will
Professionals
must pass each course with a minimum be the responsibility of the student. A
Either:
B- grade or higher. search that identifies relevant criminal
convictions may prevent students from HRPR 400 Human Resources
Students must complete all program Management Practicum
entering into a practicum placement,
requirements towards the PDHRM Or
and may also impact job prospects in the
credential within six calendar years from HRPR 401 Human Resources
field of Human Resources Management
the time of initial registration, including Management Capstone
upon completion of the program.
transfer credits. Project
Credentials
Progression Requirements
Students who meet all graduation
Students must achieve a minimum of
requirements will receive a Post-Diploma
a B- grade or better in each course
in Human Resources Management.
in order to use that course as a
prerequisite for subsequent courses. Note: This program is accredited by
CPHR BC & Yukon, and graduates
Attendance Requirements may be eligible to have the National
Certain courses have specific attendance Knowledge Exam (NKE) requirement
requirements. MGT 266 (Management waived. There may be different or
Skills for Supervisors) requires that additional requirements, in terms of

POST-DIPLOMA Admission Requirments

Minimum successful completion of a
IN TOURISM two-year diploma from a recognized
AND HOTEL post-secondary institution or equivalent.
Students whose first language is not
MANAGEMENT English must show proof of a minimum
IELTS score of 6.0 or equivalent.
stopwatch Full-time
CALENDAR-STAR September Students must pass all 15 courses with a
and January minimum accumulated 2.67 GPA (B-) and
an “S” grade in the THMG 340: Tourism
clock 2 years
& Hotel Management Practicum, to
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George graduate with a Post-Diploma in Tourism
(Continuing Education) & Hotel Management.
This program will provide you with THMG 300 The Business of
the opportunity to gain an in-depth Global Tourism
understanding of tourism and hotel THMG 301 Transferrable Skills for
management and prepare you with the Tourism Operators
knowledge, analytical, interpersonal, THMG 304 Communications and
and practical skills needed to pursue Technology in Tourism
supervisory and management careers MGT 263 Human Resource
in the rapidly expanding domestic and Development
international tourism markets. The THMG 308 Marketing the
program content has been created in Tourism Industry
collaboration with industry experts, THMG 310 Financial Management
ensuring its relevancy, and will maintain for Tourism and
a connection with the local tourism Hotel Management
industry throughout the program.
THMG 313 Building Outstanding
Upon successful completion of the Tourism Experiences
Post-Diploma in Tourism and Hotel THMG 316 Strategic Tourism
Management (THMG) program, Management
graduates will be able to: THMG 318 The Business of
• recognize and develop leadership Hotel Management
qualities that contribute to effective THMG 319 The Business of
teams and the advancement Food and Beverage
of organizational and industry Management
objectives; THMG 320 Event Coordination
• practice new and emerging Essentials
communication forms, including THMG 322 Leadership Skills
oral, written, and visual for Tourism
communication channels, to meet ENGL 113 Writing and
organizational objectives; Communication
• demonstrate effective analysis skills, ENGL 229 Professional Business
including research, creative problem and Technical
solving, and agile thinking, to inform Communication
the development of innovative THMG 340 Tourism and Hotel
solutions to a variety of tourism- Management Practicum
related projects/goals;
• demonstrate operational knowledge
See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
of core concepts within each of
the foundational tourism business
areas: financial management,
human resources management,
marketing, strategic planning, hotel
management;
• analyze industry

16 Community & Continuing Education For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
COMMUNITY AND
CONTINUING EDUCATION
CNC’s Community and Continuing Education departments at all of our campuses offer a
broad spectrum of professional development, career-oriented and general interest courses
and programs. The College is committed to community and individual development and
works closely with industry, community agencies and advisory committees to develop
training and employment-oriented programs to meet the needs of identified groups
throughout all CNC campuses.
IF YOU DON’T SEE IT, ASK FOR IT!

CNC’s Continuing Education departments in all regions offer customized training to suit your
organization’s needs.
2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Community & Continuing Education 17
CAMP & CATERING CAMP 120 Basic Food Preparation

CAMP 125 Developing Career
ASSOCIATE Readiness Skills
CERTIFICATE CEFA 114 Occupational First Aid
Level 1
CEFO 161 FoodSafe Level 1
stopwatch Full-time
CEFO 170 SuperHost
CALENDAR-STAR Start varies, please CEWH 100 WHMIS
contact campus for dates CAMP 130 Work Experience
(Optional)
clock 13 weeks
Classroom/Lab Hours per Week
MAP-MARKER-ALT Mackenzie
• This 397-hour program could be
The Camp & Catering Associate offered over a 13-week period at 30
Certificate program prepares you to hours/week. Hours could be ranging
work in a variety of jobs ranging from between 7:00 am – 5:00 pm
Camp Cook, Cook Helper, Kitchen
• This program may require
Helper, Camp Attendant, and other
attendance in classes that are held
jobs in work camps of various sizes,
outside of regular school hours
restaurants, and other hospitality related
and away from the student’s home
industries.
community, for example in a camp
For a definition of Associate Certificates setting or at a catering event.
please see The College of New
Caledonia’s Policy: Policy E-1.10:
Procedures for College Credentials Successful completion of all courses and
Policy. safety training certifications. Students
have three years to complete the Camp
Admission Requirments and Catering program.
• Completion of Grade 10 English (or Note 1: To obtain the Camp & Catering
equivalent) and Mathematics 10 (or Associate Certificate the following
equivalent) courses must be completed before the
Note 1: Science 10 recommended end of the program.
Note 2: Before the program starts, • WorkSafe Occupational First Aid
students will need to submit official Level 1 (CEFA-114),
college forms (supplied with acceptance) • FoodSafe Level 1 (CEFO-161)
certifying current immunizations, TB • SuperHost (CEFO-170)
screening, and a health self-assessment.
• WHMIS (CEWH-100)
Program Information Re-admission
Student Equipment Requirements will be A student who withdraws from the
outlined in the acceptance package. program voluntarily should notify a
Note 1: If student has completed a faculty member and the student will
Camp Cook training program in the last be required to apply for re-admission
three years, please contact the campus to the program. Re-admission will be
to discuss possible exemptions. considered on a space-available basis
and will be administered according to
Note 2: FoodSafe Level 1 certificate
the following priorities:
must be valid prior to the start of the
program, or completed within the first 1. A student who has successfully
two weeks. completed the prerequisite courses
Program Outline and/or who, at the time of withdrawal,
has maintained course grades
CAMP 105 Introduction to Camp
required by the program (or higher),
Procedures
will be awarded first priority.
CAMP 110 Practical Camp &
Catering Essential 2. A student who has failed a course or
CAMP 115: Camp who has withdrawn from the course
Housekeeping & Room with less than the grades as required
Maintenance by the program will be awarded
second priority.

18 Health Sciences For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
HEALTH SCIENCES
If you thrive in a demanding yet rewarding work environment which allows you to help
others, then explore a career in health sciences. Our health sciences programs combine a
strong theoretical base with extensive hands-on experience in health facilities across the
province.
DENTAL ASSISTING CERTIFICATE.. ................................................................................................................19

DENTAL HYGIENE DIPLOMA.. ........................................................................................................................21
DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL SONOGRAPHY PROGRAM. . ...................................................................................23
HEALTH CARE ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE.. .....................................................................................................26
MEDICAL DEVICE REPROCESSING TECHNICIAN ASSOCIATE CERTIFICATE.............................................28
MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY SCIENCE DIPLOMA.....................................................................29
MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHY TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA...................................................................................31
NURSING, BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING.......................................................................................33
NURSING UNIT ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE. . ...................................................................................................38
PRACTICAL NURSE DIPLOMA........................................................................................................................40

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Health Sciences 19
DENTAL ASSISTING • Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation continuation; or

(CPR), Level C, or Basic Life Support
CERTIFICATE (BLS). CPR online course must
2. Fail one required course three times;
or
include face-to-face practice
stopwatch Full-time components. 3. Fail a theory course that is a pre-
• Criminal Record Check (RCMP requisite for program continuation,
criminal record checks are not and they have taken all theory pre-
clock 1 year accepted) requisites.
• Students must complete a provincial Students who are required to withdraw
Schedule B criminal record search will be encouraged to meet with an
The program combines lectures and because there is a practicum academic advisor to address those
clinical practice to prepare you for a component involving work with issues preventing success.
career in dental assisting in private vulnerable people. A search
practice, group practice, dental clinics, Readmission Procedure
which identifies relevant criminal
public health, and other related areas. convictions may prevent students To be readmitted to the program the
After completing this program, you will from registering for practicum. To student will be required to reapply to
be eligible to become a Certified Dental graduate from the Dental Assisting the program and to meet all current
Assistant (CDA) through the College of program, each practicum must be admission and program requirements.
Dental Surgeons of British Columbia. successfully completed. Readmission to the program is
Admission Requirments Note 1: All costs associated with considered on a space-available basis
certifications, courses and/or and will be administered according to
• High School graduation or
documentation requirements are the the following priorities :
equivalent
student’s responsibility.
• Anatomy and Physiology 12, or BIO 1. A student who has successfully
050, or equivalent (minimum “C+”) Note 2: May be required to travel for
completed program pre-requisite
practicum placements.
• English Studies 12, or English First courses and/or who, at the time of
Peoples 12, or English 050, or Program Specific withdrawal, has maintained minimum
English 051, or equivalent (minimum Recommendations course grades required by the
“C+”) program will be awarded first priority.
To be successful as a dental assistant
Selection process student and professional, the student 2. A student requesting transfer from a
If there is room in the program, you will requires: program at another institution will be
be accepted once you have met all the • a caring nature and interest in the awarded second priority.
admission requirements. This is called well-being of others 3. A student who has withdrawn due
“first qualified, first accepted.” If you • excellent interpersonal skills to course failures will be given third
qualify after the program is full, you will
• good time management skills priority.
be put on a wait list.
• good eyesight, hearing, and hand- If there is more than one student
Self-identified Canadian Aboriginal eye coordination. It is strongly applying under the same priority, the
applicants meeting the admission recommended that students have higher GPA determined from Dental
requirements will be given priority for an eye examination and obtain Assisting courses will be used to select
20% of seats in the program until the corrective eyewear if needed. the successful readmission applicant.
institutionally recognized release date. • ability to accurately follow verbal
Multiple Withdrawals
Program Specific Requirements and written directions
A student who has been required
Prior to the start of the program, you • ability to manage a fast-paced,
to withdraw from Dental Assisting
must provide the following completed demanding, and stressful work
program twice may apply to restart the
documents supplied in the program environment
program no sooner than one year after
information package: • computer literacy especially
withdrawal. To facilitate student success,
experience with word processing
• Proof of current immunization the returning student is required to
and internet
status as outlined by the BC Centre meet with the associate dean to discuss
• the same standard of oral health any remaining barriers they may have
for Disease Control and as outlined
that they encourage in their patients when re-applying to the program.
in the BC Practice Education
Guidelines BC Immunization. See Required to Withdraw
Multiple Course Failures
Practice Education Guidelines. A student will be required to withdraw
Education Council Template Last A student who fails a course that is a
from the program if they;
Update AUG142020 graduation requirement may retake
1. Fail a clinical practicum course the course up to two times to achieve a
• Dental examination within the last
that is a pre-requisite to program passing grade. After the third failure of
9 months
that course, the student will be required

to withdraw from the program. To

facilitate student success, the returning
student is required to meet with the
associate dean to discuss any remaining
barriers they may have when re-applying
to the program.
A minimum grade of “C” for all courses
is required to graduate with a Dental
Assisting Certificate.
Semester 1
DENT 150 Dental Assisting
Foundations
DENT 151 Prevention I
DENT 153 Dental Sciences
DENT 157 Dental Assisting Clinic I
MGT 154 Applied Human
Relations
Semester 2
DENT 160 Restorative Dentistry
DENT 161 Prevention II
DENT 163 Dental Specialties I
DENT 166 Professional Issues
DENT 167 Dental Assisting Clinic II
DENT 169 Radiology
DENT 190 Practicum I
Intersession
DENT 173 Dental Specialties II
DENT 176 Office Practice
Management
DENT 177 Dental Assisting Clinic III
DENT 191 Practicum II
Note: All Dental Assisting courses (DENT)
require a minimum “C” grade or higher
to progress in the program.
Note: To be eligible for registration and
certification with the College of Dental
Surgeons of British Columbia, graduates
must pass the National Dental Assisting
Examining Board examination.

DENTAL HYGIENE Admission Requirments • Proof of current immunization

The following courses or their status, including Hepatitis B, as
DIPLOMA equivalents, with an average GPA of 3.0 outlined by the BC Centre for
(“B”) with no grade lower than a “C”: Disease Control and as outlined in
stopwatch Full-time the Practice Education Guidelines
• 6 credits of first year Biology BC Immunization. See Practice
CALENDAR-STAR September (Anatomy and Physiology), must Education Guidelines.
include labs
clock 2 years • Dental examination and hygiene
• 6 credits of first year Chemistry, care within the last 9 months
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George must include labs
• Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
The Dental Hygiene program prepares • 6 credits of first or second year (CPR), Level C, or Basic Life Support
you to practice as licensed, regulated, English (BLS) as outlined by the College
health care professional team members. • 6 credits of first or second year of Dental Hygienists of British
Dental hygienists are preventative Psychology Columbia (CDHBC). CPR online
oral health care providers, providing • 3 credits of first or second year courses must include face-to-face
specialized services in oral health Statistics practice components.
education, clinical therapy, and health • 3 credits of first or second year • WHMIS training certificate
promotion. Dental Hygienists practice elective • Proof of Violence in the Workplace
in a wide variety of settings, including
Note: Conditional acceptance in training completed
private clinics and community health
the program is based on applicants • Program Awareness Questionnaire
settings.
completing at least half of the required • Criminal Record Check (RCMP
Program Objectives courses with an average GPA of 3.0 criminal record checks are not
(”B”) and no grade lower than a ”C”, and accepted).
Graduates of the Dental Hygiene
showing registrations for the remaining
program can practice as safe, Students must complete a provincial
courses. All final transcripts showing
competent, and professional entry- Schedule B criminal record search
admission requirements have been met
level dental hygienists. Upon successful because there is a clinical practice
must be submitted by the fee deadline
completion, graduates will be able to: component involving work with
to finalize your acceptance into the
• Practice as a professional; vulnerable people. A search which
program.
identifies Education Council Template
• Effectively communicate and
Selection Process Last Update AUG142020 relevant
collaborate with individuals, family,
If there is room in the program, you will criminal convictions may prevent
community, and interdisciplinary
be accepted once you have met all the students from registering for clinical
teams;
admission requirements. This is called practice. To graduate from the Dental
• Demonstrate critical thinking skills
“first qualified, first accepted.” If you Hygiene program, each clinical practice
and use evidence-based decision-
qualify after the program is full, you will component must be successfully
making to provide optimal dental
be put on a wait list. completed.
hygiene services;
• Advocate for access to oral health Self-identified Canadian Aboriginal Note: All costs associated with
services and improving oral health applicants meeting the admission certifications, courses and/or
for individuals, families, and requirements will be given priority for documentation requirements are the
community; 20% of seats in the program until the student’s responsibility.
• Contribute to and coordinate institutionally recognized release date. Program Specific

the effective management of the Qualified international student Recommendations
practice environment to ensure applicants meeting the admission To be successful as a dental hygienist
quality care and services; requirements will be given priority for student and professional, the student
• Provide safe and effective clinical 20% of seats in the program until the requires:
therapy using the dental hygiene institutionally recognized release date.
• a caring nature and interest in the
process of care;
Program Specific Requirements well-being of others
• Apply teaching and learning
Completed program information • excellent interpersonal skills
principles to educate individuals,
families, and community about oral package must be submitted by the date • good time management skills
health, including its relationship to indicated in the package. Incomplete • good eyesight, hearing, and hand-
general health; certifications or documentation will eye coordination. It is strongly
prevent students from entering clinical recommended that students have
• Apply health promotion principles
practice. Clinical practice is required for an eye examination and obtain
and strategies to enable individuals
graduation. All certifications must remain corrective eyewear if needed.
and communities to improve their
valid throughout the program. • ability to accurately follow verbal
oral health.

and written directions higher GPA determined from Dental Practice 2

• ability to manage a fast-paced, Hygiene courses will be used to select DHYG 286 Dental Hygiene
demanding, and stressful work the successful readmission applicant. Radiography
environment Interpretation
Multiple Withdrawals BIO 230 Head and Neck
• computer literacy especially
A student who has been required to Anatomy
experience with word processing
withdraw from the DHYG program twice BIO 270 Pathology and Oral
and internet
may apply to re-start the program no Biology
• ability to model the same standard
sooner than one year after withdrawal. One of the following:
of oral health that they encourage in
To facilitate student success, the
their patients DHYG 275 Pain Management
returning student is required to meet
Required to Withdraw with the associate dean to discuss any DHYG 276 Pain Management with
remaining barriers they may have when Application*
A student will be required to withdraw
re-applying to the program. Total credits 76 or 77
from the program if they:
*
DHYG 276 will be offered under select
1. Fail two clinical practicum courses or
circumstances.
the same clinical practicum course A student who fails a course that is a
twice; or graduation requirement may retake Graduation/Time Frames
the course up to two times to achieve a See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
2. Fail one non-practicum course three passing grade. After the third failure of Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).
times; or that course, the student will be required
3. Fail two or more pre-requisite courses to withdraw from the program. To
totaling at least nine credit units facilitate student success, the returning
during a semester; or student is required to meet with the
4. Fail a non-practicum course that barriers they may have when re-applying
is a pre-requisite for program to the program.
continuation, and they have taken all
non-practicum pre-requisites. Graduation Requirements
Students who are required to withdraw A minimum grade of B- is required for
will be encouraged to meet with an all courses to graduate with a Dental
academic advisor to address those Hygiene Diploma.
issues preventing success. DHYG 200 Clinic 1
Readmission Procedure DHYG 205 Dental Hygiene Clinic 1
DHYG 210 Dental Anatomy
To be readmitted to the program the
DHYG 215 Oral Microbiology
student will be required to reapply to
the program and to meet all current DHYG 220 Professional Practice 1
admission requirements. DHYG 225 Oral Health Promotion
DHYG 260 Clinic 2
Readmission to the program is
DHYG 265 Dental Hygiene Care 2
considered on a space-available basis
and will be administered according to DHYG 280 Dental Diseases 1
the following priorities: DHYG 226 Dental Radiography
DHYG 290 Evidence Based
1. A student who has successfully Practice 1
completed program pre-requisite DHYG 300 Clinic 3
courses and/or who, at the time of DHYG 305 Nutrition
withdrawal, has maintained minimum DHYG 315 Dental Diseases 2
course grades required by the
DHYG 320 Pharmacology for
program will be awarded first priority.
Dental Hygiene Practice
2. A student requesting transfer from a DHYG 325 Community Health
program at another institution will be DHYG 350 Clinic 4
awarded second priority. DHYG 355 Practice Management
DHYG 360 Oral Pathology
3. A student who has withdrawn due
to course failures will be given third DHYG 365 Community Dental
priority. Health
If there is more than one student DHYG 370 Professional Practice 2
applying under the same priority, the DHYG 380 Evidence Based

DIAGNOSTIC • An academic IELTS (International points) OR

English Language Testing System) • Successful completion of 30 credits
MEDICAL with a minimum score of 6.0 overall, or more at post-secondary with
with no band less than 5.5, or
SONOGRAPHY equivalent;
an overall GPA of 2.5 or higher in
a non-health-sciences program (5
DIPLOMA • A TOEFL iBT (Test of English as points)
a Foreign Language) score of at Up to 20 points
stopwatch Full-time least 80, no section below 17, or
equivalent; 3. Resident of:
CALENDAR-STAR September • Completion of Level 4 of an English • BC/Yukon/NWT (10 points) OR
clock 2 years Language Training program at a • Northern Health Authority (20
Canadian institution, completion points)
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George of the ENLA program at CNC or Up to 20 points
CNC's Diagnostic Medical Sonography equivalent.
(DMS) program combines lectures, • Successful completion of three 4. Critical Analysis of Program Readiness
laboratory and clinical practice to credits of post-secondary English Essay
prepare students for a career in a variety studies at a recognized college or • It is important for applicants
of health care settings. The program university in an English-speaking to the Diagnostic Medical
exposes students to a type of medical country. Sonography (DMS) program to
imaging that uses high frequency have a clear understanding of the
Selection Process
sound waves, more commonly known admission requirements for this
as ultrasound, to produce images of Competitive Entry 2 consecutive year educational
the body which are used by physicians Selection Process program, as well as the duties and
to diagnose and treat various diseases As there are limited seats available, responsibilities of a Diagnostic
and conditions. Diagnostic Medical applicants meeting admission Medical Sonographer. In order to
Sonographers are in high demand requirements are ranked for acceptance gain a thorough understanding of
across the country and internationally. according to their competitive entry the DMS profession, you should
CNC's DMS program is accredited, selection score. fully investigate this career choice.
allowing you to write the Sonography You may conduct your research of
1. Cumulative grade point average of the profession by conversing with
Canada credentialing examinations for
the required Anatomy and Physiology, people in the profession, attending
Generalist and Cardiac Sonography
English, Mathematics, and Physics DMS information activities put on
disciplines to become a qualified
courses. by College of New Caledonia or
registered sonographer.
other institutions, and searching
GPA/Grade Weighting
Admission Requirments the internet. This research will help
• High School graduation or A 15 points you to determine your readiness
equivalent to enter the DMS program. You will
A- 10 points
• The following courses, with no grade be required to complete a critical
lower than a “B” B+ 5 points analysis of program readiness essay
based on the instructions.
» Anatomy and Physiology 12, B 3 points
or Biology 12, or BIO 050, or Up to 45 points
Up to 15 points
equivalent Applicants must submit the entry
» English Studies 12, or English 12 2. Post-secondary education selection documents by the deadline
First Peoples, or ENGL 050, or • Successful completion of 60 credits to be included in the competitive entry
ENGL 051, or equivalent* or more at post-secondary with an selection process.
» Foundations Math 12 or overall GPA of 2.5 or higher in a Applicants not offered a seat are placed
equivalent health-sciences related program (20 on a waitlist and will be contacted if a
» Physics 12, or PHYS 050, or points) OR seat comes available.
equivalent • Successful completion of 30 credits Self-identified Canadian Aboriginal
or more at post-secondary with an applicants who meet the admission
English Language Proficiency
overall GPA of 2.5 or higher in a requirements will be given priority for
Requirements.
health-sciences related program (15 20% of seats in the program until the
Candidates whose first language is
points) OR institutionally recognized release date.
not English must meet the English
• Successful completion of 60 credits If there are more qualified Aboriginal
requirements and provide proof of
or more at post-secondary with an applicants than seats at the priority
English language proficiency through
overall GPA of 2.5 or higher in a deadline, these qualified applicants will
one of the following:
non-health-sciences program (10 be ranked accordingly.

Program Specific Requirements 1. Fail to successfully complete the successfully complete the appropriate
Completed acceptance package must conditions of academic probation as refresher course before entering into
be submitted by the date indicated in outlined by the Academic Standing the necessary clinical term:
the package. Incomplete certifications Policy #E-1.03; or • SONO 235 - Sonography Clinical II
and documentation will prevent 2. Fail three or more non-practicum » Student must successfully
students from entering clinical practice courses totaling at least nine credit complete SONO 234: Sonography
placements. Clinical hours are required units during the semester; or Clinical Refresher I
for graduation. All certifications must • SONO 245- Sonography Clinical Ill
remain valid throughout the program. 3. Fail a clinical practicum that is an
essential pre-requisite to program » Student must successfully
• Successful completion of SONO complete SONO 244: Sonography
continuation; or
101: Medical Terminology for Clinical Refresher I
Sonography. 4. Fail one required course three • SONO 250- Sonography Clinical IV
• Proof of immunization status as times. Students who are required to
» Student must successfully
outlined by the BC Centre for withdraw will be encouraged to meet
complete SONO 249: Sonography
Disease Control and as outlined in with an academic advisor to address
Clinical Refresher Ill
the Practice Education Guidelines those issues preventing success.
BC Immunization. See Practice Students who are required to withdraw Multiple Withdrawals
Education Guidelines. will be encouraged to meet with an A student who has been required to
• Influenza prevention policy- academic advisor to address those withdraw from the DMS program twice
provincially mandated through the issues preventing success. may apply to restart the program no
BC Centre for Disease Control. This sooner than one year after withdrawal.
Readmission Procedure To facilitate student success, the
policy states that anyone working in
patient care areas must either be To be readmitted to the program the returning student is required to meet
vaccinated yearly or wear a mask student will be required to reapply to with the Educational Administrator to
for the duration of the influenza the program and to meet all current discuss any remaining barriers they may
season. Information will be provided admission requirements. have when re-applying.
to students as it becomes available. Readmission to the program is Multiple Course Failures
• Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation considered on a space-available basis
A student who fails a course that is a
(CPR), level C or Basic Life Support and will be prioritized according to
graduation requirement may retake
(BLS). CPR online courses that do demonstration of the greatest chance of
the course up to two times to achieve a
not include face-to-face practice academic success:
passing grade. After the third failure of
components are not acceptable.
1. A student who has successfully that course, the student will be required
• FIT tested for a N95 respirator. to withdraw from the program. To
completed program pre-requisite
• Criminal Record Check (RCMP courses and/or who, at the time of facilitate student success, the returning
criminal record checks are not withdrawal, has maintained minimum student is required to meet with the
accepted) course grades required by the Educational Administrator to discuss any
Students must complete a provincial program will be awarded first priority. remaining barriers they may have when
Schedule B criminal record search re-applying to the program.
because there is a practicum component 2. A student requesting transfer from a
involving work with vulnerable people. A program at another institution will be Graduation Requirement
search which identifies relevant criminal awarded second priority if they meet A minimum grade of C+ for all courses is
convictions may prevent students from transfer agreement requirements. required to graduate with a Diagnostic
registering for practicum. To graduate Medical Sonography Diploma
from the Diagnostic Medical Sonography to course failures will be given third BIO 170 Anatomy and
program, each practicum must be priority. Physiology for
successfully completed. Sonography
If there is more than one student
Note 1: All costs associated with applying under the same priority, PHYS 170 Physics for Sonography
certifications, courses and/or the higher GPA determined from I
documentation requirements are the Diagnostic Medical Sonography courses SONO 100 General Sonography I
student's responsibility. will be used to select the successful SONO 103 Cardiac Sonography I
Note 2: May be required to travel for readmission applicant. SONO 105 Women’s Sonography I
practicum placements. SONO 107 Patient Care for
Time Lapse Between
Clinical Practica Sonography
Required to Withdraw:
Students in the Sonography Program SONO 109 Relational Practice I
A student will be required to withdraw
who have an unavoidable time-lapse PHYS 173 Physics for Sonography
of, at minimum, four months, must II

SONO 120 General Sonography II

SONO 123 Cardiac Sonography II
SONO 125 Women’s Sonography II
SONO 129 Relational Practice II
SONO 131 Vascular Sonography I
SONO 133 Clinical Orientation
SONO 135 Clinical I
SONO 145 Pathophysiology for
Sonography
PHYS 175 Physics for Sonography
III
SONO 230 General Sonography III
SONO 231 Vascular Sonography II
SONO 233 Cardiac Sonography III
SONO 237 Women’s Sonography
III
SONO 235 Clinical II
SONO 236 Professional
Development
SONO 245 Clinical III
SONO 250 Clinical IV

HEALTH CARE be accepted once you have met all the practicum placements.
admission requirements. This is called
ASSISTANT “first qualified, first accepted.” If you
Required to Withdraw
qualify after the program is full, you will A student will be required to withdraw
CERTIFICATE be put on a wait list. from the program if they:
Self-identified Canadian Aboriginal 1. Fail a clinical practicum course

stopwatch Full-time
applicants meeting the admission that is a pre-requisite to program
CALENDAR-STAR Start dates vary — please requirements will be given priority for continuation; or,
contact campuses directly 20% of seats in the program until the
institutionally recognized release date. 2. Fail one required course three times;
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and or
Quesnel Program Specific Requirements
3. Fail a theory course that is a pre-
The Health Care Assistant (HCA) program Completed acceptance package must
requisite for program continuation,
provides opportunities to develop be submitted by the date indicated in
and they have taken all theory pre-
the knowledge, skills, and attitudes the package. Incomplete certifications
requisites.
necessary to function effectively as or documentation will prevent
students from entering clinical practice Students who are required to withdraw
front-line caregivers. Under the direction
placements. Practicum is required will be encouraged to meet with an
and supervision of a health professional,
for graduation. All certifications must academic advisor to address those
health care assistants provide person-
remain valid throughout the program. issues preventing success.
centred care to promote and maintain
the physical, emotional, cognitive, and Documents and certificates required are: Readmission Procedure
social wellbeing of clients. • Proof of immunization status as To be readmitted to the program the
This is a full-time program based on the outlined by the BC Centre for student will be required to reapply to
Health Care Assistant curriculum with Disease Control and as outlined in the program and to meet all current
outcomes set forth by the BC Ministry of the Practice Education Guidelines admission requirements.
Advanced Education. BC Immunization. See Practice
Readmission to the program is
Education Guidelines
Upon completion of the program, you considered on a space-available basis
• TB screening: Negative TB skin test and will be administered according to
will be prepared to work in various
or negative chest x-ray the following priorities:
practice settings, including home
support, assisted living, residential/ • First Aid that includes
complex care, special care units, other Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 1. A student who has successfully
home and community care settings, and (CPR), Level C, or Basic Life Support completed program pre-requisite
acute care. (BLS). CPR online courses must courses and/or who, at the time of
include face-to-face practice withdrawal, has maintained minimum
Admission Requirments components. CPR certification course grades required by the
The following courses, each with a grade must be maintained for duration of program will be awarded first priority.
of “C” or higher program.
2. A student requesting transfer from a
• Two English Language Arts 10 • FIT tested for a N95 respirator
program at another institution will be
courses or ENGL 030, or equivalent. • Food Safe Level 1 certificate awarded second priority.
• Workplace Mathematics 10, or • Criminal Record Check (RCMP
MATH 041, or equivalent. criminal record checks are not
to course failures will be given third
accepted)
English Language Proficiency priority
Students must complete a provincial
Requirements If there is more than one student
Schedule B criminal record search
• Candidates whose first language applying under the same priority, the
because there is a practicum component
proficiency is not English must higher GPA determined from Health
involving work with vulnerable people. A
meet the English requirements and Care Assistant courses will be used
search which identifies relevant criminal
provide proof of English language to select the successful readmission
convictions may prevent students from
proficiency. applicant.
registering for practicum. To graduate
• Please refer to the most recent from the Health Care Assistant Program, Multiple Withdrawals
English Language HCA Program each practicum must be successfully
Entry Competency Requirements A student who has been required to
completed.
(pdf) criteria outlined by the BC Care withdraw from the Health Care Assistant
Note 1: All costs associated with program twice may apply to restart the
Aide & Community Health Worker
certifications, courses and/or program no sooner than one year after
Registry.
documentation requirements are the dismissal. To facilitate student success,
Selection Process student’s responsibility. the returning student is required to
If there is room in the program, you will Note 2: May be required to travel for meet with the associate dean to discuss

any remaining barriers they may have

when re-applying to the program.

the course up to two times to achieve a
passing grade. After the third failure of
that course, the student will be required
to the program.
A minimum grade of “C” for all courses is
required to graduate with a Health Care
Assistant Certificate
HCAP 120 Health and Healing:
Concepts for Practice
HCAP 125 Health 1: Interpersonal
Communications
HCAP 130 Health 2: Lifestyle
and Choices
HCAP 135 Health Care Assistant:
Introduction to Practice
HCAP 140 Healing 1: Caring
for Individuals
Experiencing Common
Health Challenges
HCAP 145 Healing 2: Caring
for Individuals
Experiencing Cognitive
or Mental Challenges
HCAP 150 Healing 3: Personal
Care and Assistance
HCAP 195 Practice Experience
in Home Support,
Assisted Living, and/or
Group Home
HCAP 199 Practice Experience
in Multi-Level and/or
Complex Care
The Health Care Assistant certificate
program must be completed within a
six-year period.

MEDICAL DEVICE • Completion of English 12 or English • Ability to work under close direction
12: First Peoples (minimum “C”) or as well as the ability to act with
REPROCESSING equivalent initiative as a member of a health
care team.
TECHNICIAN Selection Process
• Ability to work in a busy atmosphere
If there is room in the program, you will
ASSOCIATE be accepted once you have met all the
and to respond quickly to both
verbal and written requests.
CERTIFICATE admission requirements. This is called
• Ability to work in a hospital setting.
“first qualified, first accepted.” If you
qualify after the program is full, you will Previous hospital experience may
stopwatch Full-time be an advantage.
clock 6 months • Ability to behave respectfully in the
Program Specific Requirements workplace.
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Prior to the start of the practicum, • Reliability and dependability with
(Continuing Education) accepted students require: good work habits.
This program, composed of both a • Proof of immunization status as • Flexibility to adjust to shift work.
theory and clinical component, will outlined by the BC Centre for • Absence of allergies to substances
prepare you to work as a Medical Device Disease Control and as outlined in on the skin and the ability to wear
Reprocessing Technician (MDRT). Upon the Practice Education Guidelines gloves for extended period.
graduation, you will have acquired the BC Immunization. See Practice • Ability to lift at least 25lbs., stand for
knowledge and ability to safely and Education Guidelines. a long period of time, and work in a
correctly operate a variety of equipment In the case of an outbreak, students who medical environment.
used in MDR and demonstrate do not comply with the immunization
responsibility and accountability of Graduation Requirements
guidelines may experience restrictions
MDRT duties by performing duties in during the clinical portion of their A minimum grade of “C” for MEDT 100
an ethical and legal manner to ensure education by the placement facility, and minimum grade of B for MDRT 100
patient safety. until proof of immunity is provided or and successful completion (S) for MDRT
Students will gain the necessary until the outbreak is declared over. 110 is required to graduate with the
knowledge and skills to write the MDRT Being restricted from a required clinical Medical Device Reprocessing Technician
certification exam. site may directly affect your ability to Certificate.
successfully complete the program. MEDT 100 Medical Terminology
Program Objectives
• Criminal Record Check (RCMP MDRT 100 Medical Device
Graduates of the Medical Device Reprocessing Theory
criminal record checks are not
Reprocessing Technician program will be
accepted) MDRT 110 Medical Device
able to:
Students must complete a provincial Reprocessing Clinical
• Explain the purpose of Medical Schedule B criminal record search
Device Reprocessing (MDR), the because there is a practicum component
role of the technician, and the involving work with vulnerable people. A
importance of both to patient safety. search which identifies relevant criminal
• Accurately perform MDR tasks convictions may prevent students from
associated with decontamination, registering for practicum. To graduate
preparation and packing, from the MDRT program, each practicum
sterilization, storage, and must be successfully completed.
distribution.
Note: All costs associated with
• Practice infection prevention and
certifications, courses, and/or
control in all areas of MDR practice.
documentation requirements are the
• Practice occupational health and student’s responsibility.
safety measures to ensure worker
safety in MDR. Program Specific
• Demonstrate professionalism in the Recommendations
MDR context. Students should be aware that the
• Perform MDRT duties responsibly following characteristics are strongly
and according to departmental recommended to be successful in the
guidelines. MDRT program:
Admission Requirments • English language proficiency.

• Ability to attend to detail, to work
accurately and neatly, and to
equivalent
manage time effectively.

MEDICAL English Language Proficiency criminal record checks are not

Requirements accepted)
LABORATORY Candidates whose first language is Students must complete a provincial
TECHNOLOGY not English must meet the English Schedule B criminal record search
because there is a practicum component
requirements and provide proof of
SCIENCE DIPLOMA English language proficiency through involving work with vulnerable people. A
one of the following: search which identifies relevant criminal
stopwatch Full-time convictions may prevent students from
• An academic IELTS (International
registering for practicum. To graduate
CALENDAR-STAR January English Language Testing System)
from the MLTS program, each practicum
with a minimum score of 6.0 overall,
clock 2.5 years (to be completed must be successfully completed.
with no band less than 5.5, or
within 5 years) — 1.5 in equivalent; Note 1: All costs associated with
the classroom, and 1 in • A TOEFL iBT (Test of English as certifications, courses and/or
practicum a Foreign Language) score of at documentation requirements are the
least 80, no section below 17, or student’s responsibility.
equivalent; Note 2: May be required to travel for
As a medical laboratory technologist, • Completion of Level 4 of an English practicum placements.
you will perform various specialized Language Training program at a Required to Withdraw: A student will
tests using high-tech instrumentation Canadian institution, completion be required to withdraw from the
to help medical practitioners diagnose, of the ENLA program at CNC or program if they:
treat, and prevent disease. Professional equivalent.
responsibilities include collecting and 1. Fail two clinical practicum courses or
• Successful completion of three
preparing specimens for analysis; the same clinical practicum course
credits of post-secondary English
testing blood, body fluids, and tissue twice; or
studies at a recognized college or
samples; and interpreting results. You
university in an English-speaking
will work independently and are an 2. Fail one required non-practicum
country.
essential part of the healthcare system. course three times; or
Further educational opportunities Selection process
3. Fail two or more pre-requisite courses
include a Bachelor of Science in If there is room in the program, you will totaling at least nine credits during a
Medical Lab Technology and Bachelor be accepted once you have met all the semester; or,
of Health Sciences. Post-diploma admission requirements. This is called
professional development is offered “first qualified, first accepted.” If you 4. Fail a non-practicum course that
locally, provincially, and nationally. qualify after the program is full, you will is a pre-requisite for program
CNC’s Medical Laboratory Technology be put on a wait list. continuation, and they have taken all
Science (MLTS) Diploma program is fully non-practicum pre-requisites.
Self-identified Canadian Aboriginal
accredited. After successful completion Students who are required to withdraw
applicants meeting the admission
of the Canadian Society for Medical will be encouraged to meet with an
requirements will be given priority for
Laboratory Science (CSMLS) national academic advisor to address those
20% of seats in the program until the
examination, you can work as a medical issues preventing success.
institutionally recognized release date.
laboratory technologist anywhere in
Canada. Program Specific Requirements Readmission Procedure
Completed acceptance package must To be readmitted to the program, the
Admission Requirments student will be required to reapply to
be submitted by the date indicated in
• High School graduation or the program and to meet all current
the package. Incomplete certifications
equivalent admission requirements.
and documentation will prevent
• The following courses, completed students from entering clinical practice Readmission to the program is
with an average GPA of 3.0 ("B") with placements. Practicum is required for considered on a space-available basis
no grade lower than a "C": graduation. All certifications must remain and will be administered according to
» Anatomy and Physiology 12 , or valid throughout the program. the following priorities:
BIO 050, or equivalent
• Career investigation • A student who has successfully
» Chemistry 12, or CHEM 050, or completed program pre-requisite
• Participate in an MLTS program
equivalent courses and/or who, at the time
information session
» English Studies 12, or English First of withdrawal, has maintained
• Proof of immunization status as
Peoples, or ENGL 050, or ENGL minimum course grades required
outlined by the BC Centre for
051, or equivalent by the program will be awarded first
Disease Control and as outlined in
» Foundations of Math 12, or the Practice Education priority.
equivalent • A student requesting transfer from
• Criminal Record Check (RCMP

a program at another institution will Hematology

be awarded second priority. MLTS 164 Chemistry I
• A student who has withdrawn due MLTS 176 Molecular Diagnostics
to course failures will be given third MLTS 181 Transfusion Medicine I
priority.
Term 3 17 weeks
MLTS 136 Histotechnology II
applying under the same priority, the
MLTS 144 Clinical Microbiology III
higher GPA determined from Medical
Laboratory Technology Science courses MLTS 161 Hemopathology
will be used to select the successful MLTS 182 Transfusion Medicine II
readmission applicant. MLTS 195 Practicum Preparation
MLTS 238 Histotechnology
Multiple Withdrawals Practicum
A student who has been required to
Practicum 39 weeks
withdraw from MLTS program twice
may apply to restart the program no MLTS 248 Microbiology Practicum
sooner than one year after dismissal. To MLTS 264 Hematology Practicum
facilitate student success, the returning MLTS 268 Chemistry Practicum
student is required to meet with the MLTS 270 Specimen Collection
associate dean to discuss any remaining and Handling Practicum
barriers they may have when re-applying MLTS 288 Transfusion Medicine
to the program. Practicum
Notes: Semester 1-3 consist of 51 weeks
of classroom and related laboratory
A student who fails a course that is a sessions at CNC. Before continuing to
graduation requirement may retake the next semester or practicum, you
the course up to two times to achieve a must complete all courses in semesters
passing grade. After the third failure of 1 through 3 with grades of 68% (B- ) or
that course, the student will be required higher.
For all courses with a laboratory
component, students must pass the
laboratory component with a grade of
68% (B-) or higher to progress to the
next semester or practicum.
to the program.
Students must achieve a satisfactory
Graduation Requirements report on professionalism, which is
Students must obtain a minimum grade based on the CSMLS Code of Ethics
of “B-” in all MLTS courses to graduate to proceed to the next semester or
with a Medical Laboratory Technology practicum.
Science Diploma.
Term 1 17 weeks See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
MLTS 101 Medical Terminology Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).
MLTS 110 Clinical Microbiology
and Infection
Prevention
MLTS 112 Introduction to
Laboratory Medicine
MLTS 114 Anatomy and
Physiology
MLTS 116 Quality Systems
Laboratory Analysis
Term 2 17 weeks
MLTS 131 Histotechnology I
MLTS 143 Clinical Microbiology II

MEDICAL and in a team environment. Completed acceptance package must

be submitted by the date indicated in
RADIOGRAPHY the package. Incomplete certifications
• High school graduation or and documentation will prevent
TECHNOLOGY equivalent students from entering clinical practice
DIPLOMA • The following courses, completed
completed within the last 5 years
placements. Practicum is required for
graduation. All certifications must remain
with an average GPA of 3.0 (“B”) with valid throughout the program.
stopwatch Full-time no grade lower than a “C+”:
• Successful completion of MRAD 100:
CALENDAR-STAR September » Anatomy and Physiology 12, BIO
Medical Radiography Terminology
050 or equivalent
clock 2 consecutive years – course (approximately 10 hours of
» English Studies 12, English First self-directed learning), which has a
alternating terms of
Peoples 12, ENGL 050, ENGL 051 radiography language focus
theory/labs with clinical
or equivalent
placements in the field • Proof of immunization status as
» Foundations of Math 12, MATH outlined by the BC Centre for
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George 050 or equivalent Disease Control and as outlined in
The Medical Radiography Technology » Physics 12, or PHYS 050, or the Practice Education Guidelines
program (MRAD) provides opportunities equivalent BC Immunization. See Practice
to develop the knowledge, skills, English Language Proficiency Education Guidelines.
attitudes, and judgement needed to Requirements • Personal data sheet and release of
work as a Medical Radiation Technologist information form
Candidates whose first language is
(MRT). MRTs work in hospital medical not English must meet the English • Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
imaging departments, in operating requirements and provide proof of (CPR), Level C, or Basic Life Support
rooms and Emergency departments, at English language proficiency through (BLS). CPR online courses must
a patient’s bedside, or in private imaging one of the following: include face-to-face practice
clinics. Further educational opportunities components.
include advanced radiography • Test of English as a Foreign
• FIT tested for a N95 respirator.
certifications, specialized Bachelor of Language (TOEFL iBT) score of 88
with no section below 20, within the • Criminal Record Check (RCMP
Science, and health administration
last two years; or criminal record checks are not
degrees.
accepted)
• International English Language
Program Objectives Testing System- Academic (IELTS Students must complete a provincial
Upon successful completion of the CNC Academic) score of 6.5 overall with Schedule B criminal record search
Medical Radiography program, you will no band below 6.0, taken within the because there is a practicum component
be able to: last two years; or involving work with vulnerable people.
A search which identifies relevant
• Adhere to the Canadian Association • Successful completion of six credits
criminal convictions may prevent
of Medical Radiation Technologists of post-secondary first-year English
students from registering for practicum.
(CAMRT) Professional Code of Ethics studies at a recognized college or
To graduate from the MRAD program,
& Professional Conduct and Best university in an English-speaking
each practicum must be successfully
Practice Guidelines. county within the last two years.
completed.
• Qualify to write the CAMRT national Selection process
Note 1: All costs associated with
certification examination. If there is room in the program, you will certifications, courses and/or
• Conduct themselves in a be accepted once you have met all the documentation requirements are the
professional manner. admission requirements. This is called student’s responsibility.
• Develop critical thinking and “first qualified, first accepted.” If you
problem-solving skills Note 2: May be required to travel for
practicum placements.
• Be safety oriented, empathetic, be put on a wait list.
versatile, and culturally sensitive and Required to Withdraw
Self-identified Canadian Aboriginal
respectful to patients from diverse applicants meeting the admission A student will be required to withdraw
backgrounds. requirements will be given priority for from the program if they:
• Promote a positive attitude towards 20% of seats in the program until the
lifelong learning, evidence-based institutionally recognized date. 1. Fail a clinical practicum that is a pre-
practice, and act as an advocate for requisite to program continuation; or
the profession. Program Specific Requirements
2. Fail one required course three times;
• Communicate effectively in the Completed career investigation and
or
healthcare setting. participation in an MRAD program
information session. 3. Fail two or more pre-requisite courses
• Provide quality care independently

totaling at least nine credits during a » Student must successfully MRAD 129 Clinical Applications in
semester; or, complete MRAD 251 Clinical Computed Tomography
Education III Refresher
4. Fail a non-practicum course that Term 4 16 weeks
is a pre-requisite for program Multiple Withdrawals MRAD 230 Clinical Education ll
continuation and they have taken all A student who has been required to MRAD 235 Radiographic
non-practicum pre-requisites. withdraw from MRAD program twice Procedures ll
Students who are required to withdraw may apply to restart the program no MRAD 237 Inter-professional
will be encouraged to meet with an sooner than one year after dismissal. To Health Practice
academic advisor to address those facilitate student success, the returning
Term 5 15 weeks
issues preventing success. student is required to meet with the
associate dean to discuss any remaining BIO 226 Relational Anatomy and
Readmission Procedure Physiology MRAD lll
To be readmitted to the program the to the program. MRAD 240 Radiographic
student will be required to reapply to Anatomy and
the program and to meet all current Multiple Course Failures Physiology ll
admission requirements. A student who fails a course that is a MRAD 241 Radiographic
Readmission to the program is graduation requirement may retake Procedures lll
considered on a space-available basis the course up to two times to achieve a MRAD 243 Radiographic Sciences ll
and will be administered according to passing grade. After the third failure of MRAD 247 Communication and
the following priorities: that course, the student will be required Research Skills
to withdraw from the program. To MRAD 248 Pathology ll
1. A student who has successfully facilitate student success, the returning MRAD 249 CT – Physical Principles
completed program pre-requisite student is required to meet with the
PHYS 225 Physics–Medical
courses and/or who, at the time of associate dean to discuss any remaining
Radiography ll
withdrawal, has maintained minimum barriers they may have when re-applying
course grades required by the to the program. Term 6 16 weeks
program will be awarded first priority. MRAD 250 Clinical Education lll
Graduation Requirements:
MRAD 255 Capstone
2. A student requesting transfer from a Minimum grade of C+ or S for all courses
program at another institution will be Graduation/Time Frames:
is required to graduate with the Medical
awarded second priority. Radiography Technology Diploma See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
3. A student who has withdrawn due Term 1 15 weeks
to course failures will be given third
BIO 126 Relational Anatomy and
priority.
Physiology MRAD l
MRAD 101 Radiographic Sciences l
MRAD 103 Human Behaviour
higher GPA determined from Medical
Radiography Technology courses MRAD 105 Radiographic Anatomy
will be used to select the successful and Physiology l
readmission applicant. MRAD 107 Clinical Orientation
MRAD 109 Radiographic
As the program alternates academic
Procedures l
terms with practicum terms, a
MRAD 111 Patient Care
readmitted student will have an
PHYS 115 Physics–Medical
unavoidable time-lapse of, at minimum,
Radiography l
eight months. As such, readmitted
students must successfully complete the Term 2 16 weeks
appropriate refresher course: MRAD 120 Clinical Education l
• MRAD 120- Clinical Education I: MRAD 122 Pathology l
» Student must successfully MRAD 124 Radiobiology and
complete MRAD 121 Clinical Radiation Protection
Education I Refresher Term 3 15 weeks
• MRAD 230- Clinical Education II: MRAD 125 Relational Anatomy and
» Student must successfully Physiology MRAD II
complete MRAD 231 Clinical MRAD 127 Professional Ethics and
Education II Refresher Canadian Health Care
• MRAD 250- Clinical Education III System

NURSING, School English 12 requirements (70%), meet health care needs. Caring is a
or equivalent, and central and dominant feature of nursing.
BACHELOR OF Nursing:
2. Either an IELTS (International English
SCIENCE IN NURSING Language Testing System) academic or a. considers the physical,
a CELBAN (Canadian English Language psychological, social,
(Northern Collaborative Baccalaureate Assessment for Nurses) with current, environmental, and spiritual
Nursing Program (NCBNP) valid results and scores as set by the domains of clients;
British Columbia College of Nursing
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Professionals (BCCNP) for the year of
b. requires cultural sensitivity; and
CALENDAR-STAR September admission. c. collaborates with clients, other

health care providers, and the
clock Four years total Licensed Practical Nurse
community.
(LPN) Access:
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and Nursing is based on knowledge and
Licensed Practical Nurses (LPNs) who
Quesnel skills developed in its own and related
are applying for admission to the NCBNP
disciplines. Nursing knowledge is
The Northern Collaborative must:
developed through research and other
Baccalaureate Nursing Program leads to • meet all Northern Collaborative methods.
a Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BScN), Baccalaureate Nursing Program
awarded by UNBC. Nursing advocates for a health care
admission requirements
system that:
• Years 1 and 2: Provided through • be a graduate of a Practical Nursing
CNC (Prince George or Quesnel), program recognized by the British a. emphasizes health promotion,
NWCC (Terrace), CMTN Columbia College of Nursing and illness prevention;
• Years 3 and 4: Provided by UNBC Professionals (BCCNP) since 1994
b. is based on practical, affordable,
in Prince George, Quesnel, and • have current practicing or be eligible manageable, and culturally
Terrace for practicing registration with the acceptable care and technology;
Admission Requirments BCCNP and
Applicants must meet: LPN applicants will be assessed on an
c. is available for all clients in a
individual basis and may be eligible for
• UNBC admission requirements with universal, equitable manner.
up to a maximum of 15 transfer credit
a minimum 70% average, and hours of Nursing courses. Statement of Nursing Education
• completion of the equivalent BC Nursing education responds to societal
Applicants who have completed a BC
secondary school courses with a concerns by developing a curriculum
Practical Nursing Certificate prior to
minimum 70% in each course: that is relevant and considers future
1994, or have completed a certificate
» one of Foundations of trends in health care. Nursing education
or diploma from a program outside of
Mathematics 11 or Pre-Calculus strives to provide an environment that
British Columbia, or have graduated
11 or Principles of Math 11 is challenging and supportive, where all
from an institution not listed in the BC
» Chemistry 11 Transfer Guide, may not be exempt students learn the practice of nursing
» one of English Studies 12 or from any of the Year 1 or Year 2 nursing through the application and evaluation
English 12 or English First Peoples courses. of knowledge, the practice of skills,
12 and the internalization of caring and
All successful LPN applicants must meet professional attitudes. A dynamic and
• Completion of the equivalent individually with the Nursing Advisor at positive relationship occurs between
of Anatomy and Physiology 12 the institution to which they are applying health care services and education
or Biology 12 with a minimum in order to have their documents through the sharing of knowledge, skills,
73% within five years prior to the referred to Nursing Faculty for transfer and research.
semester of admission to the credit assessment. Further criteria may
NCBNP be required in order to receive transfer Aims of the NCBNP Program
Please see UNBC nursing admission credit. The goal of the BScN program is to
requirements, there may be more improve access to and successful
Need help meeting these requirements?
academic courses needed. completion of nursing education for
Check out our Academic Upgrading
Applicants whose first language is not options. residents of the North. The aim of
English, regardless of citizenship or the nursing program is to prepare
country of origin, must submit evidence Statement of Nursing professional nurses who will:
of English language proficiency prior to Nursing is a professional practice • practice with cultural sensitivity and
admission. For the NCBNP, the following discipline which offers a valuable service provide cultural safety
are required for admission: to the public by working with individuals,
• particular health needs of northern
families, groups, and communities, to
1. Fulfillment of the BC Secondary populations
develop and implement strategies to

• practice assessment and promotion this deadline. Self-identified Aboriginal responsibility. A search which identifies
of holistic health with individuals, applicants who meet or exceed the relevant criminal convictions may
families, groups, and communities minimum requirements for admission prevent you from entering clinical or
• participate in activities that reflect to the program will be given priority practicum setting components of the
the appraisal of population health for up to 20% of the first-year seats for program and therefore may make the
needs and implement and evaluate the NCBNP. Prerequisite equivalency student not able to graduate.
the appropriate interventions to options should be discussed with a
CNC advisor. Word-processing and
Program Costs
meet those needs
internet experience are necessary for all Costs associated with the study in the
• make nursing judgments that reflect
applicants. BScN program are the responsibility
application of current nursing
of the individual student, including
research and research from related Immunization and transportation costs and any expenses
disciplines CPR Certification involved in academic studies, lab and
• practice in a broad range of settings
All students accepted into the NCBNP clinical practica. Students may be
with an emphasis on northern
are sent documentation and information required to complete clinical experience
communities
regarding immunization policies. Once at sites other than Prince George.
• influence health services to bring accepted into the Program, all students Provisions for all travel, accommodation,
about policy development that must submit the following: and living expenses associated with
meets the health needs of northern required clinical practice is the sole
• A record of immunization status
populations responsibility of the student.
and any annual vaccination
• practice effectively within
requirements, such as Influenza, Qualification for Degree
collaborative interdisciplinary and
based on release date of vaccine.
intersectoral health care teams It is the responsibility of the student to
• A completed immunization form ensure that his/her degree requirements
• demonstrate critical thinking skills
must be submitted to the institution are met. Graduation requirements are
and effective clinical decision
the student is currently attending found in the Regulations and Policies
making
prior to September 15 in the first section of the UNBC calendar.
• demonstrate skills of a self-directed year of attendance. Students
learner entering the program in Year Two or • Attain a minimum cumulative GPA
• meet professional practice above must submit the completed of 2.33 (C+) on courses for credit
requirements as identified in the immunization form before the towards the degree
BCCNP Professional Standards first week of classes in September. • Obtain a minimum passing grade
for Registered Nurses and Nurse Failure to do so may result in of 2.0 (C) in all courses for credit
Practitioners the student not being allowed to towards the degree with the
• NCBNP students will meet practice in the clinical setting. exception of PSYC 101 and any non-
professional practice requirements • Documentation of one of the NURS electives
as identified in the current BCCNP following CPR certifications, which • Complete satisfactorily all clinical
Competencies in Context of Entry- must be successfully maintained practica components of nursing
level RN Practice in BC throughout the program: CPR-C courses
Specific Program Admission or Basic Life Support (BLS). BLS is • Complete all requirements for the
Requirements highly recommended. Online CPR BScN program within eight years of
courses that do not include face-to- admission into the program or from
The admission criteria and general
face practice components are not the first nursing course used for
requirements set out in the admissions
acceptable. credit towards the degree
content of the calendar are applicable
• Proof of CPR certification (and Official degree audits are completed by
in this section. Additional admission
recertification) must be submitted the Office of the Registrar at UNBC when
requirements to the nursing program
annually prior to commencement of you apply to graduate in your final year.
follow.
classes. It is the student’s responsibility to verify
Admission is based on academic the accuracy and completion of degree
• Annual recertification of CPR is
qualifications and available space. requirements and provide all necessary
required regardless of expiry date
Priority will be given to students who transcripts to UNBC.
on card.
meet admission criteria and apply by
the institutional deadline. Applications Criminal Record Search Transfer Credit
received after the deadline may be NCBNP students will have to undergo a Transfer credit may be awarded for
reviewed based on available space in criminal record search with the British course work completed at other
the program. Individuals who apply Columbia Ministry of Justice at the recognized institutions. All transfer credit
by the institutional deadline and beginning of the program and upon for course work taken prior to admission
who will complete secondary school transition to another partner institution. to the BScN program will be evaluated
graduation requirements by the end The cost of this search is the student at the request of the student and will be
of June will not be disadvantaged by

applied at the time of initial registration of clinical courses to ensure safe, quality Academic Performance
in the program. The total transfer credit care and to support student success.
Students must adhere to all policies and
awarded on the basis of acceptable work
completed at other non-collaborative
Clinical Practicas Scheduling regulations of the institution(s) where
partner institutions may not exceed

and Expectations they are registered for courses. This
Clinical practice may be configured and requirement includes, but is not limited
60 credit hours. Nursing HHSC or
offered outside the existing timetable to, matters related to academic appeals
equivalent courses must have been
structure and sessional dates, such as and academic dishonesty. Progression
completed within the five years prior
a four or six week block. The students through the program is governed by
to admission to be eligible for transfer
in the NCBNP must complete a nursing guidelines on academic standing and
credit into the nursing program.
practicum during spring intersession continuance. Probation guidelines are
Letter of Permission immediately following both the fourth governed by UNBC.
Once admitted to the nursing program, and sixth semesters of the program. Students must obtain the minimum
students who want to take course work Attendance in each clinical practicum passing grade for all required Nursing
at other institutions for transfer credit component of a nursing course is and Health Sciences (NURS, HHSC, or
towards the degree require a Letter mandatory. Students who do not equivalent) courses as defined under
of Permission prior to registration complete their total required practicum “Qualification for Degree.”
in the course. A student who has experience hours will be at risk for
Students are required to withdraw from
committed an academic offense may failure. Any time a student is unable to
their respective nursing programs if they
be denied a Letter of Permission for attend practicum due to unforeseen
have two instances of not meeting the
subsequent course work. Students circumstances, the student must contact
minimum passing grade requirement
who complete courses without first his/her clinical instructor and clinical
either in the same year or in two
obtaining a Letter of Permission risk area with as much notice as possible.
consecutive years, in any combination of
not having those courses accepted for The opportunity to make up missed
the following:
transfer credit. Students should contact clinical time is not guaranteed and may
the Nursing Advisor at the institution only be granted for extreme extenuating • NURS laboratory, theory and/or
they are currently attending for circumstances. Clinical placements may practice courses
further information. (Refer to Academic feature day and/or evening shifts on • required HHSC courses
Regulation 19 in the UNBC calendar). weekdays and/or weekends. All clinical • equivalents of the above
practice components of nursing courses A 'year' is comprised of all the mandatory
Part-time Studies will be assessed as Satisfactory (S) or NURS and HHSC (or equivalent) courses
Subject to course availability, the NCBNP Unsatisfactory (US). in a given Level (e.g. Year One includes
may be taken on a part-time basis. all 100-level courses listed under the
However, students may be required to Time lapse between
Lower-Division requirements in the
enrol full-time during a portion of their clinical practica
Calendar) regardless of how long it takes
program. Students who are out of clinical practice the student to complete the courses.
in a nursing education program for Students who are required to withdraw
Withdrawal from the more than 18 months will be assessed
Nursing Program in Year One or Two may reapply to the
to determine what clinical practice NCBNP after a minimum of 1 year. Those
Students who voluntarily withdraw from remediation is needed. This may include required to withdraw in Year Three or
the nursing program must notify in repeating all components of courses Four (including RNCP and Post-Diploma
writing the Nursing Advisor, Academic taken previously, regardless of whether students) may reapply after 3 years.
Advising, and will be required to apply in the student successfully completed the Assessments are performed on an
competition for re-admission after the course. individual basis by a joint committee of
lapse of up to three semesters and on a
Students are assessed on an individual the UNBC School of Nursing, CMTN, and
seat availability basis. If students fail to
basis as to when the 18 months is CNC with no guarantee of readmission.
notify the Nursing Advisor, the Nursing
initiated and which courses are to be Students who are readmitted must
Advisor will deem a student to have
repeated. begin the Program at Year One and
voluntarily withdrawn from the NCBNP
Students reapplying to the program after repeat all NURS and HHSC (or equivalent)
when the student has not registered in
a leave of over 18 months will need to be courses. Any reapplications to the RNCP
nursing courses in any of the last three
re-evaluated as to the level at which they and Post-Diploma are assessed by the
semesters or per institutional policy.
will need to re-enter the program. UNBC School of Nursing.
Student request for a leave of absence
from the program will be assessed at the Students may be required to complete Students may be removed from a clinical
time of request. Discussions will include NURS 104: Time Lapse Skill Review setting due to “unsafe or unprofessional”
date to return to the program and time course if students are impacted by performance/conduct and may receive
allowed between clinical rotations. 18-month time lapse policy between a grade of “F” in the clinical component
Recommendations may include completion of Year One NURS 101 and of the course. When a student receives
repeating of clinical courses or auditing Year Two NURS 215. a grade of F for the clinical component
of a course, the overall course grade will

be computed on the basis of the grade to CNC (Prince George/Quesnel). Course Nursing
achieved in all other components of numbers for Years Three and Four refer NURS 102 Communication Theory
the course, to a maximum grade of C-. to UNBC. and Practice
Students who receive a grade of C- or PSYC 101 Introduction to
less will not meet the requirements
Auditing Courses
Psychology I
to progress to future courses and will Under certain circumstances, students
MATH 104 Introduction to
result in the student having to repeat the may be able to audit a NURS (or
Statistics
affected course. equivalent) course. Courses with lab
*MATH 104 or equivalent may be taken
or clinical components cannot be
Students who withdraw from more in either Year One or Year Two
audited. The student must speak with an
than one NURS and/or HHSC course (or **Math 157 also meets statistics
Academic Advisor prior to requesting to
equivalent) in an academic requirements
audit any course required in the nursing
year will be required to meet with the program. Forms for audit approval are Note NURS 104: Time Lapse Course
Program Coordinator at the institution available from the Office of the Registrar. required if students are impacted by
they are currently attending to discuss Approval from the instructor in no way 18-month Time Lapse Policy between
whether the student is suited to guarantees that an audit student will be completion of Year One NURS 101 and
continue in the program. Consultation able to register in the course. Refer to Year Two NURS 215.
must occur with and permission be CNC Audit Policy E-1.08.
granted by the Program Coordinator Year Two
before the student will be allowed to British Columbia College NURS 201 Introduction to Health
register in subsequent courses. of Nursing Professionals Assessment
Requisite Skills and Abilities
NURS 202 Pathophysiological
Standards of Professional All students who apply to the Northern Concepts
Conduct Collaborative Baccalaureate Nursing NURS 203 Health Promotion in
Any conduct that violates the ethical Program must demonstrate the capacity Families
or legal standards of the institution to meet British Columbia College of
NURS 204 Healing Modalities
in which the student is currently Nursing Professionals' (BCCNP) Requisite
registered, particularly those related NURS 205 Introduction to First
Skills and Abilities. Certain basic skills
to academic dishonesty, is a serious Nations Health
and abilities are required for a student
offense. Academic misconduct and/or NURS 206 Basic Nutrition
to attain the Competencies in the
professional misconduct may result in Context of Entry Level Registered Nurse NURS 215 Nursing Care of the
the student being required to withdraw Practice in British Columbia. These Adult
from the respective nursing program Requisite Skills and Abilities can be Intersession 1
and possibly the college and university. found on the BCCNP website. NURS 220 Extended Clinical
Satisfactory academic performance is
Practicum I
not the sole criterion for progression or Leave of Absence
graduation. The School of Nursing and Students wanting to take a Leave of Year Three (offered at UNBC)
NCBNP institutional partners reserve the Absence must apply, in writing, to the NURS 304 Introduction to Nursing
right to require a student to withdraw Nursing Advisor at the institution that Knowledge
from the student’s respective program if the student is currently attending. NURS 306 Introduction to
the student is considered to be unsuited Upon approval, students are eligible Epidemiology
to proceed with the study of practice of for up to a one-year Leave of Absence. NURS 308 Ethics and Law in
nursing. Students who do not apply for a Leave of Nursing
Absence will be considered to be out-of- NURS 317 Nursing Theory and
Requirements sequence and will lose their priority for Practice: Maternity
Nursing courses will normally be registration. NURS 318 Nursing Theory and
restricted to students admitted into
Curriculum Map Practice: Pediatrics
the BScN program, unless otherwise
NURS 323 Nursing Theory and
specified in the course description. Not Year One Practice: Older Adult
all courses in the calendar are offered
ANTH 101 Introduction to NURS 326 Nursing Theory and
every semester or academic year.
Sociocultural Practice: Mental Health
Admission to the BScN program does
Anthropology NURS 328* Nursing Laboratory 1/2
not guarantee registration in any specific
BIO 105 Basic Microbiology NURS 329 Year 3 Objective
course; early registration is advised.
BIO 111 Human Anatomy and Structured Clinical
Program Requirements Physiology I Examination 1
The program consists of 136 credits with BIO 112 Human Anatomy and *
Students must successfully complete
95 required credits in nursing. Course Physiology II 2 credit hours of NURS 328-(1, 2),
numbers for Years One and Two refer NURS 101 The Art and Science of either as two 1-credit hour courses or

one 2-credit hour course (minimum • 3 additional credit hours in Nursing

36 hours of structured laboratory at the 200 level, or 3 credit hours at
practice), no more than eight months the 200 level or above in a subject
prior to undertaking the NURS 329-1 related to Nursing (with permission
Year 3 Objective Structured Clinical of Program);
Examination. Students must successfully • At least three credit hours at the
complete the September semester of 200 level or above in any subject;
NURS 328-1 before progressing to the • At least three credit hours at the
January semester of NURS 328-1 and 300 level or above in any subject;
subsequent Year three combined theory
• 3 credit hours at any level in any
and practice courses.
subject.
Intersession 2 (offered at UNBC) Note: This schedule allows for four of
NURS 330 Extended Clinical the six electives to be completed in the
Practicum II first two years, three in first year and one
in second year.
Year Four (offered at UNBC)
NURS 403 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NURS 408 Nursing Leadership
NURS 418 Introduction to
Community Health and
Nursing
POLS 403 Social and Health Policy
and Administration
At least one of the following areas of
clinical focus:
NURS 420 Community Health
Nursing
NURS 422 First Nations Health
and Nursing
NURS 426 Acute Care Nursing
NURS 432 Mental Health Nursing
NURS 435 Pediatric Nursing
NURS 454 Perinatal Care
NURS 455 Foundations in
Emergency and Trauma
Nursing
NURS 461 Rural Health and
Nursing
NURS 497 Speciality Focus in
Nursing
Electives Requirement
18 credits chosen to fulfill the UNBC
requirements below, and to ensure
completion of a minimum of 136 credit
hours. A course may not be used to
satisfy the requirements in more than
one category. Students are strongly
advised to complete the following
elective course work prior to Year Four
• 3 credit hours in First Nations
Studies at any level, or HIST 215-3
Global History of Indigenous People,
or equivalent;
• 3 credit hours in Humanities, or
ENGL 170-3, or equivalent;

NURSING UNIT • Demonstrate a working knowledge for BC and as required by provincial

of medical terminology health authorities. Failure to comply
ASSISTANT • Coordinate appointments and with immunization guidelines may
prevent students from completing
CERTIFICATE diagnostic bookings for patients
all components of the program
• Demonstrate a working knowledge
of pharmacology and medication and therefore prevent them from
stopwatch Part-time graduating from the program
administration records
clock 1 year • Identify the role of the Nursing Unit All costs associated with certifications,
Assistant in patient management courses, and/or documentation
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George requirements are the student’s
(Continuing Education) • Provide culturally competent service
responsibility.
to Indigenous patients
This program will provide students Note 1: A student is permitted to take
with the necessary knowledge and Admission Requirements
MEDT 100 or equivalent outside the
confidence to successfully work as • High school graduation or NUA program schedule if it has been
a Nursing Unit Assistant (NUA) in a equivalent successfully completed within one year
vast array of nursing units and clinical • English Studies 12, or English First prior to the program start date.
settings. NUA's strongly contribute to Peoples 12, or equivalent (minimum
Note 2: In the case that a student does
overall patient care in many settings and “C”)
not achieve a “B” grade in a NRUA course
must possess a keen eye for detail and • Minimum typing speed of 35 NWPM but has a minimum achieved “C+”, they
excellent communication skills to help Typing Assessment may request a make-up assessment
facilitate the successful functioning of a Note 1: The typing test must be to allow them to attempt to achieve a
nursing unit. This fast-paced, pivotal role invigilated by an approved testing centre. “B” or greater. Students are not eligible
is rewarding and challenging.
to request a make-up assessment
Through both lecture and a supported
Selection Process
for MEDT 100, NRUA 162, NRUA 164,
practicum placement, students will learn If there is room in the program, students or NRUA 179. A student will only be
different types of physician’s orders, will be accepted once they have met all permitted to request one make-up
policies, ethical standards and duties admission requirements. This is called assessment throughout the duration
that encompass the NUA role. Nursing “first qualified, first accepted.” If students of the program. A make-up assessment
unit assistants work in many areas in qualify after the program is full, they will will be charged a cost according to CNC
healthcare such as outpatient settings, be put on a waitlist. policy
inpatient units and clinics. With focused
Program Specific Requirements Re-admission
learning outcomes in technology,
customer service, and employment skills, Completed acceptance package must A student who does not meet the
the graduating students will be prepared be submitted by date indicated in the minimum grade required in a course
to meet and exceed expectations. package. Once accepted into the Nursing within the Nursing Unit Assistant
Unit Assistant Certificate program, certificate program will be permitted to
Program Objectives students are required to: repeat the course once. Two failures or
Upon completion of the Nursing Unit • Complete the Student Practice withdrawals in the program will exclude
Assistant certificate program, graduates Education Core Orientation the student from further study in the
will be able to: (SPECO) checklist (http://www.phsa. program. Should a student wish to apply
• Describe the roles and ca/student-practice-educationsite/ to the NUA program under regular
responsibilities of the position and Documents/SPECO%20Checklist.pdf) admission again in the future, they must
how this role interacts within the • Criminal Record Check (RCMP request the Dean’s approval. A student
hospital environment criminal record checks are not who withdraws from the program
• Communicate effectively and accepted) voluntarily must follow the withdrawal
collaboratively Students must complete a provincial policy. Re-admission will be considered
Schedule B criminal record search on a space available basis and/or will be
• Demonstrate a calm, ethical, and
because there is a practicum component administered according to the following
professional approach to working as
involving work with vulnerable people. A priorities:
part of an interprofessional health
team search which identifies relevant criminal • A student who has successfully
• Organize and prioritize workflows convictions may prevent students from completed the prerequisite
registering for practicum. To graduate courses and/or who, at the time of
• Demonstrate digital literacy
from the Nursing Unit Assistant withdrawal, has maintained course
• Process patient orders including
Certificate program, each practicum grades required by the program (or
therapeutic, diagnostic, and surgical,
must be successfully completed. higher), will be awarded first priority.
and medical order sets
• Proof of immunization status as per • A student who has failed a course
• Recognize the components and
the Practice Education Guidelines or who has withdrawn from the
organization of patient charts

course with less than the grades

as required by the program will be
awarded second priority.
Program Specific
Recommendations
To ensure success in the program
and as a Nursing Unit Assistant, it is
recommended that applicants:
• Have a good working knowledge of
Microsoft Excel, Word, and Outlook
• Attend a Nursing Unit Assistant
certificate information session prior
to program start
Graduation Requirments
A minimum grade of B for all NRUA
courses is required to graduate with the
Nursing Unit Assistant Certificate.
INDS 150 Indigenous Cultural
Competency in
Healthcare
MEDT 100 Medical Terminology
NRUA 172 Admissions, Discharges,
and Transfers
NRUA 173 Pharmacology and
Medication Orders I
NRUA 174 Pharmacology and
Medication Orders II
NRUA 162 Workplace Observation
I
NRUA 178 Therapeutic Orders
NRUA 176 Diagnostic Orders
NRUA 175 Laboratory Orders
NRUA 164 Workplace Observation
II
NRUA 177 Medical/Surgical Orders
NRUA 171 Patient Chart Records
NRUA 166 Nursing Unit Assistant
Employment Skills
NRUA 179 Practicum
All NRUA Certificate course work must
be completed within 30 months of
program intake date. In the event of
significant changes to the courses,
students may be required to repeat a
course.

PRACTICAL also one of the country’s official • Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation

languages. English as a Second (CPR), Level C, or Basic Life Support
NURSING DIPLOMA Language/Additional Language (BLS). CPR online course must
courses are not included in this include face-to-face practice
stopwatch Full-time three-year calculation, . OR components. CPR certification
• Academic International English must be maintained for duration of
CALENDAR-STAR September program.
Language Testing System (IELTS)
clock 2 years with minimum scores of: • FIT tested for a N95 respirator
» Listening 7.5 • Self-report on Suitability and Health
MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake and Prince
George » Reading 6.5 • Criminal Record Check (RCMP
» Speaking 7.0 criminal record checks are not
Program Description » Writing 7.0 accepted)
The Practical Nursing (PN) program » Overall Band Score 7.0 Students must complete a provincial
provides opportunities to develop Schedule B criminal record search
OR
the knowledge, skills, attitudes, and because there is a practicum component
judgement needed to help patients • Canadian English Language involving work with vulnerable people. A
and families in community, acute, and Benchmarks Assessment for Nurses search which identifies relevant criminal
long-term care settings. This program’s (CELBAN) with minimum scores of: convictions may prevent students from
focus in on providing care with a » Listening: 10.0 registering for practicum.
holistic, multidisciplinary approach » Reading: 8.0 Note 1: All costs associated with
that encourages the practical nurse to » Speaking: 8.0 certifications, courses and/or
participate in collaborative practice with » Writing: 7.0 documentation requirements are the
other members of the health care team. student’s responsibility.
In addition to meeting English language
After successful completion of the requirements for the Practical Nursing Note 2: May be required to travel for
national licensing exam, you can work in program, graduates must be able to practicum placements
health-care settings such as hospitals, demonstrate a level of proficiency
nursing homes, rehabilitation centres, required to be performance ready as a Program Recommendations
clinics, occupational health units, condition for registration and practice in • Chemistry 11, or CHEM 045, or
community nursing services, and private British Columbia. See BCCNM’s website equivalent
homes. for details. • MEDT 100 (Medical Terminology) or
equivalent
Admission Requirements Selection Process
These courses will help students in the
• High school graduation, or If there is room in the program, you will
program have a robust understanding
equivalent be accepted once you have met all the
of some of the concepts pertaining
• The following courses, each with a admission requirements. This is called
to disease processes, compensatory
grade of “C+” or higher: “first qualified, first accepted.” If you
mechanisms of the body, and
» English Studies 12, or English First qualify after the program is full, you will
pharmacological concepts covered in
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL be put on a wait list.
the first four terms of the program.
051 or equivalent (minimum C+) Self-identified Canadian Aboriginal Therefore, applicants are encouraged to
» Foundations of Mathematics applicants meeting the admission complete these courses prior to entering
11, or Math 043 or equivalent requirements will be given priority for the program
(minimum C+) 20% of seats in the program until the
institutionally recognized release date. Required to Withdraw
» BIO 130 or equivalent, (minimum
B-) A student will be required to withdraw
Program Specific Requirements
English Language Proficiency Completed acceptance package must
Requirements. be submitted by date indicated in 1. Fail a clinical practicum course
Candidates whose first language is package. Incomplete certifications or that is a pre-requisite to program
not English must meet the English documentation will prevent students continuation; or
requirements and provide proof of from entering the clinical practice
2. Fail one required non-practicum
English language proficiency through placements.
course three times; or,
one of the following: • Proof of current immunization
• Three years of full-time, face-to- status as outlined by the BC Centre 3. Fail a theory course that is a pre-
face secondary or post-secondary for Disease Control and as outlined requisite for program continuation,
education at an accredited in the Practice Education guidelines. and they have taken all theory pre-
institution where English is the • TB screening: Negative TB skin test requisites.
medium of instruction and is or negative chest x-ray. Students who are required to withdraw

will be encouraged to meet with an grade (see individual course outlines) in

academic advisor to address those all courses required to graduate with
issues preventing success. a Practical Nurse Diploma. a Practical
Nurse Diploma.
Re-admission Procedure
PRAN 100 Professional Practice 1
To be readmitted to the program the
PRAN 110 Professional
student will be required to reapply to
Communication 1
the program and to meet all current
admission requirements. PRAN 112 Variations in Health 1
PRAN 115 Health Promotion 1
Re-admission is considered on a space
PRAN 118 Pharmacology 1
available basis and will be administered
PRAN 150 Integrated Nursing
according to the following priorities:
Practice 1
1. A student who has successfully PRAN 190 Consolidated Practice
completed the prerequisite courses Experience 1
and/or who, at the time of withdrawal, PRAN 101 Professional Practice 2
has maintained course grades PRAN 120 Professional
required by the program will be Communication 2
awarded first priority. PRAN 122 Variations in Health 2
2. A student requesting transfer from a PRAN 125 Health Promotion 2
program at another institution will be PRAN 128 Pharmacology 2
awarded second priority. PRAN 155 Integrated Nursing
Practice 2
3. A student who has withdrawn due PRAN 191 Consolidated Practice
to course failures will be given third Experience 2
priority.
PRAN 200 Professional Practice 3
PRAN 210 Professional
Communication 3
higher GPA determined from Practical
PRAN 212 Variations in Health 3
Nurse diploma courses will be used
PRAN 215 Health Promotion 3
to select the successful readmission
PRAN 250 Integrated Nursing
applicant.
Practice 3
Multiple Withdrawals PRAN 290 Consolidated Practice
A student who has been required to Experience 3
withdraw from the Practical Nursing PRAN 201 Professional Practice 4
program may apply to restart the PRAN 220 Professional
program no sooner than one year after Communication 4
dismissal. To facilitate student success, PRAN 222 Variations in Health 4
the returning student is required to PRAN 225 Health Promotion 4
meet with the associate dean to discuss PRAN 255 Integrated Nursing
any remaining barriers they may have Practice 4
when re-applying to the program. PRAN 291 Consolidated Practice
Multiple Course Failures Experience 4
PRAN 295 Transition to
Preceptorship
the course up to two times to achieve a PRAN 299 Final Practice
passing grade. After the third failure of Experience
that course, the student will be required Note: Graduates must be able to
to withdraw from the program. To demonstrate the required level of
facilitate student success, the returning English Language proficiency required
student is required to meet with the to be performance ready as a condition
associate dean to discuss any remaining of registration and practice in British
barriers they may have when re-applying Columbia.
to the program.
Graduation Requirements See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
Students must obtain a minimum Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).

42 Human Services For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
HUMAN SERVICES
CNC’s human services programs help students become paraprofessionals in the human
services field. This includes social workers, early childhood educators, education assistants,
and teacher replacements, to name a few. Successful applicants will work with children and
adults in a variety of settings.
COMMUNITY SUPPORT WORKER (CSW) CERTIFICATE...............................................................................43

EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND LEARNING CERTIFICATE..........................................................................45
EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND LEARNING DIPLOMA...............................................................................46
EDUCATION ASSISTANT (EA) CERTIFICATE..................................................................................................48
SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER CERTIFICATE......................................................................................................50
SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER APPLIED DIPLOMA.. ..........................................................................................51
SOCIAL SERVICE WORKER (UT) DIPLOMA.. ..................................................................................................52

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Human Services 43
COMMUNITY and problem behaviours Graduation Requirements

• Identify the communication function In order to receive a Community Support
SUPPORT WORKER of problem behaviours Worker Certificate, students must
CERTIFICATE • Identify the philosophy and guiding complete the following courses with a
principles of person-centered minimum grade of "C" and complete
planning, an approved elective - 3 credits or
(Community and School Support — CASS)
• Practice good health strategies for equivalent.
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time both themselves and the people CASS 105 Practicum
CALENDAR-STAR September and January they support, as well as recognize CASS 110 Communication Skills
the needs of people with special
clock Equivalent to a one- or SSWK 145 Communication
health considerations
and Interpersonal
year certificate program • Implement a modified school- Relationship Skills
(individual completion based curriculum or simple life skill or ECCL 178 Professional
time varies) literacy plan and community-based Interactions
 Online through Prince program
CASS 120 Human Diversity: A
George; offered face-to- • Demonstrate adaptivity, creativity, Disability Perspective
flexibility and be prepared to face
face through Burns Lake or SSWK 225 Introduction to
new challenges when working Disabilities
and Quesnel on a rotating
with people of diverse economic,
basis CASS 130 Ethical Foundations of
cultural, racial, and geographical
Practice
With a Community Support Worker backgrounds.
CASS 140 Positive Approaches to
Certificate, graduates will be prepared
Admission Requirements Teaching and Learning:
to work with children and adults
• English Studies 12, or English First Part I
with developmental disabilities in a
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL CASS 145 Positive Approaches to
wide variety of community settings,
051, or equivalent (minimum “C”) Teaching and Learning:
including community living agencies and
Part II
contractors, respite care, supported Program Specific Requirements
employment settings, residential CASS 150 Life Planning and
• Commitment of an average of ten
support, life skills, leisure, and day Support Systems
hours per week per course.
programs, and more. CASS 160 Physical Care/Health
• MS Office and email skills, high and Wellness
The program is designed for practicing speed internet.
CASS 180 Supporting Literacy in
support workers and those who • Students may be required to find Diverse Populations
choose to become practitioners. It their own practicum placements, CASS 190 Practicum – Community
enhances competence in inclusion, subject to faculty approval, Support Worker
human diversity, learning and support availability, and campus.
strategies, health and wellness, One 3 credit University Transfer elective
• Students must complete a or CASS 189
communication, community and
provincial Schedule B criminal
relationships, and professional practice Students who have completed the
record search through the CNC
and accountability. Community Support Worker Certificate
Office of the Registrar because
prior to Fall 2021 intake and wish to
Program Objectives there is a practicum component
complete the Education Assistant
involving work with vulnerable
Students who have completed Certificate must:
people. Students are responsible
Community Support Worker Certificate
for all costs incurred. A search • Apply to the Education Assistant
will be able to
which identifies relevant criminal Certificate o Complete the CASS 105
• Communicate openly, honestly, and convictions may prevent students Practicum in a classroom setting o
with transparency when working from registering for practicum. Complete three courses (9 credits)
with individuals with disabilities, To graduate from the Community of studies relating to work as an
professionals, co-workers, and and School Support – Community Education Assistant (courses to be
families Support Worker Certificate program, determined in consultation with the
• Respect the diverse abilities, skills, each practicum must be successfully CASS Faculty)
and rights of people with disabilities completed. RCMP criminal record • Complete the CASS 195 Education
• Practice the human services checks are not accepted.” Assistant Practicum
professional and ethical standards Note: All costs associated with Students who have completed the
of behaviour within school and equipment, software, certificates, Community Support Worker Certificate
community organizations and documentation are the student’s in the Fall 2021 intake or later and wish
• Discuss and implement positive responsibility. to complete the Education Assistant
approaches to address new skills Certificate must:

• Apply to the Education Assistant

Certificate
• Complete five courses (15 credits)
of studies relating to work as an
Education Assistant (courses to be
determined in consultation with the
CASS Faculty)
• Complete the CASS 195 Education
Assistant Practicum

EARLY CHILDHOOD Selection Process Recording Children’s

If there is room in the program, you will Behaviour
CARE AND be accepted once you have met all the ECCL 172 Health and Wellness
LEARNING admission requirements. This is called ECCL 175 Families
“first qualified, first accepted.” If you ECCL 178 Professional
CERTIFICATE qualify after the program is full, you will Interactions
be put on a wait list. ECCL 190 Practicum I
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time ECCL 195 Practicum II
ECCL 199 Practicum III
CALENDAR-STAR September Note 1: Students must complete
One of the following:
clock 1 year a provincial Schedule B criminal
record search because there is a
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George OR
practicum component involving work
with vulnerable people. Students are ENGL 113 Writing and
The Early Childhood Care and Learning
responsible for all costs incurred. A Communication
Certificate Program provides students
search which identifies relevant criminal Notes: ECCL 167, ECCL 175, ECCL 178,
with the competencies and knowledge
convictions may prevent students from ECCL 199 currently require ENGL 113 or
required to care for and educate
registering for practicum. To graduate ENGL 103 as a Prerequisite. This will also
children from birth to five years of age,
from the Early Childhood Care and satisfy the Diploma English requirement
and to work collaboratively with children,
Learning program, each practicum for students who continue on.
families, professionals, and communities.
must be successfully completed. RCMP Graduation/Time Frames: See the
Upon completion of the certificate,
criminal record checks are not accepted. CNC Ten Year Timeline for Program
graduates are eligible to apply to the ECE
Note 2: Students can apply for an Early Completion Policy (E-1.37).
Registry (Ministry of Education and Child
Care) for the following credentials: Childhood Certificate to Practice with the
ECE Registry after completing the 100
ECE Certificate Program level courses.
Objectives
Note 3: If students have completed
Graduates will be able to: an Early Childhood Care and Learning
• engage in critical thinking and Program, or equivalent, at another
pedagogy; post-secondary institution contact the
• prepare for careers in a variety of Articulation Officer at transfercredit@
settings such as child care centres, cnc.bc.ca to discuss transferring credits
Supported Child Development towards a CNC diploma.
programs, Infant and Family All costs associated with certifications,
Development programs, School courses, and/or documentation
District StrongStart programs, and requirements are the student’s
owner/operated programs; responsibility.
• utilize observational skills to assist in
planning, designing, and evaluating
Graduation Requirements:
early learning environments; A minimum grade "C" for all courses is
• respond to and reciprocate in required to receive the Early Childhood
relationships with children, families, Care and Learning Certificate.
and colleagues; ECCL 150 Developmental
• demonstrate supervision and Perspectives I
leadership skills; ECCL 151 Developmental
• apply ethical standards and respect Perspectives II
confidentiality as appropriate; ECCL 154 Historical and
• utilize inclusive practices; and Contemporary
Practices in ECE
• communicate effectively with
children, families, and colleagues. ECCL 156 Care and Guidance
ECCL 165 Responsive Curriculum
Admission Requirements I
• High school graduation or ECCL 166 Responsive Curriculum
equivalent. II
• English Studies 12, or English First ECCL 167 Responsive
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL Environments
051 or equivalent (minimum “C”) ECCL 170 Observing and

EARLY CHILDHOOD 051 or equivalent (minimum “C”) from the program at that point would
be required to reapply to the Diploma
Selection Process
CARE AND program at a later date.
LEARNING DIPLOMA be accepted once you have met all the All costs associated with certifications,
admission requirements. This is called courses, and/or documentation
“first qualified, first accepted.” If you requirements are the student’s
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time
qualify after the program is full, you will responsibility.
CALENDAR-STAR September be put on a wait list. Graduation Requirements:
clock 2 years
Program Specific Requirements A minimum grade "C" for all courses is
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Note 1: Students must complete to receive the Early Childhood Care and
a provincial Schedule B criminal Learning Diploma.
The Early Childhood Care and Learning
Diploma Program provides students record search because there is a ECCL 150 Developmental
with the competencies and knowledge practicum component involving work Perspectives I
required to care for and educate with vulnerable people. Students are ECCL 151 Developmental
children from birth to five years of age, responsible for all costs incurred. A Perspectives II
and to work collaboratively with children, search which identifies relevant criminal ECCL 154 Historical and
families, professionals, and communities. convictions may prevent students from Contemporary
registering for practicum. To graduate Practices in ECE
Graduates are eligible to apply to the
from the Early Childhood Care and ECCL 156 Care and Guidance
ECE Registry (Ministry of Children and
Learning program, each practicum
Family Development) for the following ECCL 165 Responsive Curriculum
must be successfully completed. RCMP
credentials (See note 2): I
criminal record checks are not accepted.
ECCL 166 Responsive Curriculum
• ECE Certificate
Note 2: Students must complete either II
• Infant Toddler Certificate ECCL 295 (Infant/Toddler care) or ECCL ECCL 167 Responsive
• Special Needs Certificate 299 (Special Needs) to receive a diploma. Environments
Program Objectives Graduates may later complete the other ECCL 170 Observing and
course for a dual specialization under Recording Children’s
Graduates will be able to:
ECE Registry guidelines, but will not Behaviour
• engage in critical thinking and receive an additional credential from ECCL 172 Health and Wellness
pedagogy; CNC.
ECCL 175 Families
• prepare for careers in a variety of Note 3: : If students have completed ECCL 178 Professional
settings such as child care centres, an Early Childhood Care and Learning Interactions
Supported Child Development Program, or equivalent, at another ECCL 190 Practicum I
programs, Infant and Family post-secondary institution contact the
Development programs, School ECCL 195 Practicum II
Articulation Officer at transfercredit@
District StrongStart programs, and ECCL 199 Practicum III
cnc.bc.ca to discuss transferring credits
owner/operated programs; ECCL 251 Advanced
towards a CNC diploma.
• utilize observational skills to assist in Developmental
Note 4: ENGL 103/113: It is Perspectives
planning, designing, and evaluating
recommended it be taken in the first ECCL 252 Leadership and
early learning environments;
year. Administration in ECE
• respond to and reciprocate in
Note 5: CNC ECCL certificate graduates Settings
relationships with children, families,
and colleagues; who choose to continue to the ECCL 255 Program Planning for
ECCL diploma havebeen granted an Infants and Toddlers
• demonstrate supervision and
exemption from the College Credentials ECCL 256 Introduction to
leadership skills;
policy E-1.10 requiring 50 percent Inclusive Child Care
• apply ethical standards and respect
new unique credits for an additional ECCL 272 Advanced Health and
confidentiality as appropriate;
credential. Wellness
• utilize inclusive practices; and
Note 6: Students in the Diploma ECCL 275 Partnerships with
• communicate effectively with Families
program who have completed all
children, families, and colleagues.
100-level course requirements may One of the following:
Admission Requirements apply to the provincial ECE Registry for ENGL 103 Composition & Style
• High school graduation or certification without specialization and ENGL 113 Writing and
equivalent. may also apply for graduation at the Communication
• English Studies 12, or English First level of Certificate while continuing their One of the following:
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL Diploma studies. Students who withdraw ECCL 295 Infant & Toddler

Practicum
ECCL 299 Inclusive Child Care
Practicum
Graduation/Time Frames: See the
CNC Ten Year Timeline for Program
Completion Policy (E-1.37).

EDUCATION the needs of people with special or SSWK 145 Communication

health considerations and Interpersonal
ASSISTANT • Implement a modified school- Relationshop Skills
CERTIFICATE based curriculum or simple life skill

literacy plan and community-based
or ECCL 178 Professional
Interactions
program CASS 120 Human Diversity: A
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Disability Perspective
• Demonstrate additivity, creativity,
CALENDAR-STAR September and January flexibility and be prepared to face or SSWK 225 Introduction to
new challenges when working Disabilities
clock Equivalent to a one-
with people of diverse economic, CASS 130 Ethical Foundations of
year certificate program cultural, racial, and geographical Practice
(individual completion backgrounds CASS 140 Positive Approaches to
time varies) Teaching and Learning:
Admission Requirements
 Online through Prince Part I
• English Studies 12, or English First
George CASS 145 Positive Approaches to
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL
Teaching and Learning:
With an Education Assistant Certificate, 051, or equivalent (minimum “C”)
Part II
graduates will be prepared to work as a Program Specific Requirements CASS 150 Life Planning and
classroom education assistant, assisting
• Commitment of an average of ten Support Systems
children and youth with disabilities in
hours per week per course. CASS 160 Physical Care/Health
school settings.
• MS Office and email skills, high and Wellness
The program is designed for practicing speed internet. CASS 180 Supporting Literacy in
Education Assistants and those who Diverse Populations
• Students may be required
want to work towards becoming
to find their own practicum CASS 195 Practicum – Education
Education Assistants. It enhances
placements, subject to faculty Assistant
competence in inclusion, supporting
approval, availability, and campus. Elective – CASS 189 or 3 Credits from
literacy, human diversity; learning and
Students must complete a Arts, Sciences, ECCL, HCAP, or SSWK
support strategies; communication;
provincial Schedule B criminal
school, community, and relationships; Students who have completed the
record search through the CNC
and professional practice and Education Assistant Certificate prior to
Office of the Registrar because
accountability. Fall 2021 intake and wish to complete
there is a practicum component
the Community Support Worker
Program Objectives involving work with vulnerable
Certificate must:
people. Students are responsible
Students who have completed Education • Apply to the Community Support
for all costs incurred. A search
Assistant Certificate will be able to Worker Certificate o Complete the
which identifies relevant criminal
• Communicate openly, honestly, and convictions may prevent students CASS 105 Practicum in a community
with transparency when working from registering for practicum. living setting
with individuals with disabilities, To graduate from the Community • Complete three courses (9 credits)
professionals, co-workers, and and School Support – Education of studies relating to work as
families Assistant Certificate program, each a Community Support Worker
• Respect the diverse abilities, skills, practicum must be successfully (courses to be determined in
and rights of people with disabilities completed. RCMP criminal record consultation with the CASS Faculty)
• Practice the human services checks are not accepted.” • Complete the CASS 190 Community
professional and ethical standards Note: All costs associated with Support Worker Practicum
of behaviour within school and equipment, software, certificates, Students who have completed the
community organizations and documentation are the student’s Education Assistant Certificate in the
• Discuss and implement positive responsibility. Fall 2021 intake or later and wish to
approaches to address new skills complete the Community Support
Graduation Requirements: Worker Certificate must:
and problem behaviours
In order to receive an Education
• Identify the communication function • Apply to the Community Support
Assistant Certificate, students must
of problem behaviours Worker Certificate
complete the following courses with a
• identify the philosophy and guiding • Complete five courses (15 credits)
minimum grade of "C" and complete
principles of person centreed of studies relating to work as
an approved elective - 3 credits or
planning, a Community Support Worker
equivalent.
• Practice good health strategies for (courses to be determined in
both themselves and the people CASS 105 Practicum consultation with the CASS Faculty)
they support, as well as recognize CASS 110 Communication Skills
• Complete the CASS 190 Community

Support Worker Practicum

Graduation/Timeframes

SOCIAL SERVICE Northern Health recommendations Fieldwork I

for health and social service worker one of:
WORKER students. SSWK 186 Aboriginal Services
CERTIFICATE • Emergency level first aid Practicum and Seminar
• FoodSafe certification OR
• Therapeutic Crisis Intervention SSWK 196 Practicum and Seminar
certification I
CALENDAR-STAR September • Non-violent Crisis Intervention One SSWK elective
clock Nine months certification Any one of the following:
• Valid class 5 driver’s license CASS 120, CASS 130, CASS 150, CASS
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; offered at 160, ECCL 150, ECCL 156, ECCL 175,
These recommendations are considered
Quesnel every 2 years; FASD 301
assets for employment in the Social
individual courses may Service Worker field. All costs associated
be available at other Graduation/Time Frames
with certifications, courses and/or
campuses See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
documentation requirements are the
With a Social Service Certificate, students student’s responsibility.
can find work in residential child/adult •
Prior Learning Assessment
care services, men’s and women’s
and Recognition (PLAR)
programs, group homes, shelters, First
Based on skills and knowledge acquired
Nations social services organizations,
through life and/or work experience,
and more. This program gives the
students may be able to obtain course
student the basic skills and knowledge
credits in the Social Services Worker
needed for work as a social service
Program. Through an assessment
paraprofessional. It combines theory
process, students applying for PLAR
and classroom instruction with practical
credit will document and demonstrate
experience.
their capabilities based on identified
Admission Requirements competencies and the learning
• High school graduation or objectives of the SSWK course for which
equivalent. they seek credit. This option applies
to SSWK 195 and SSWK 186/196, the
practicum components of the program.
To explore this option, please see a CNC
051, or equivalent (minimum “C”).
Academic Advisor for assistance with
• Completion of application package.
initiating a Prior Learning Assessment
Selection Process application. Applications will be
If there is room in the program, the considered per institutional policy.
student will be accepted once they have
met all the admission requirements. This
is called “first qualified, first accepted.” If A minimum grade of “C” in all SSWK
the student qualifies after the program is courses is required to graduate with a
full, they will be put on a wait list. Social Service Worker Certificate.
ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview:
Program Specific Requirements History and Traditions
Once accepted into the program, the of the Carrier People
student must complete a criminal ENGL 103 Composition and Style
record search. A search which identifies KINS 100 Introduction and
relevant criminal convictions may Principles of Personal
prevent them from registering for Health and Wellness
practicum. Practicum is required for
SSWK 142 Helping Skills: Practical
graduation.
Applications
Program Specific SSWK 145 Communication
Recommendations and Interpersonal
It is recommended that all successful Relationship Skills
candidates have current: SSWK 151 History and Philosophy
of Social Welfare Policy
• TB testing and a complete
SSWK 195 Issues and Principles of
immunization regime as per

SOCIAL SERVICE students. Relationship Skills

• Emergency level first aid SSWK 151 History and Philosophy
WORKER APPLIED • FoodSafe certification of Social Welfare Policy
DIPLOMA • Therapeutic Crisis Intervention SSWK 171 Introduction to Social
Service Practice
certification
• Non-violent Crisis Intervention SSWK 195 Issues and Principles of
certification Fieldwork I
CALENDAR-STAR September • Valid class 5 driver’s license
One of:
SSWK 186 Aboriginal Services
clock 2 years These recommendations are considered
Practicum and Seminar
assets for employment in the Social
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; individual OR
Service Worker field. All costs associated
courses may be available SSWK 196 Practicum and Seminar
with certifications, courses and/or
at other campuses documentation requirements are the I
With a Social Service Worker Applied student’s responsibility. SSWK 241 Group Process and
Diploma, the student can find work in Practice
Prior Learning Assessment SSWK 295 Issues and Principles of
residential child/adult care services,
and Recognition (PLAR) Fieldwork II
women’s and men’s programs,
group homes, shelters, First Nations Based on skills and knowledge acquired SSWK 296 Practicum and Seminar
social services organizations, and through life and/or work experience, II
more. Students at the diploma level students may be able to obtain course Any three SSWK electives
work in situations requiring greater credits in the Social Services Worker Any two of the following:
independence and a higher level of Program. Through an assessment SSWK elective(s)
skill than expected in the Social Service process, students applying for PLAR
CASS 120, CASS 130, CASS 150, CASS
Worker Certificate. credit will document and demonstrate
160, ECCL 150, ECCL 156, ECCL 175,
FASD 301
Admission Requirements competencies and the learning
• High school graduation or objectives of the SSWK course for which Graduation/Time Frames
equivalent. they seek credit. This option applies See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
• English Studies 12, or English First to SSWK 195 and SSWK 186/196, the Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL first-year practicum components of
051, or equivalent (minimum “C”). the program. To explore this option,
• Completion of application package. please see a CNC Academic Advisor for
assistance with initiating a Prior Learning
Selection Process Assessment application. Applications will
If there is room in the program, the be considered per institutional policy.
met all the admission requirements. This Graduation Requirements
is called “first qualified, first accepted.” If A minimum grade of “C” in all SSWK
the student qualifies after the program is courses is required to graduate with a
full, they will be put on a wait list. Social Service Worker Applied Diploma.
History and Traditions
Once accepted into the program, the
of the Carrier People
student must complete a criminal
ENGL 103 Composition and Style
record search. A search which identifies
KINS 100 Introduction and
relevant criminal convictions may
Principles of Personal
prevent them from registering for
Health and Wellness
practicum. Practicum is required for
PSYC 101 Introduction to
graduation.
Psychology I
Program Specific SOC 101 Introduction to
Recommendations Sociology I
It is recommended that all successful SOC 230 Critical Perspectives on
candidates have current: Contemporary Families
• TB testing and a complete SSWK 142 Helping Skills: Practical
immunization regime as per Applications
Northern Health recommendations SSWK 145 Communication
for health and social service worker and Interpersonal

SOCIAL SERVICE Once accepted into the program, the of the Carrier People
student must complete a criminal ABST 101 Aboriginal Peoples of
WORKER (UT) record search. A search which identifies Canada
relevant criminal convictions may
DIPLOMA prevent them from registering for
FASD 301 Fundamentals
practicum. Practicum is required for and Professional
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time graduation. Implications
CALENDAR-STAR September Program Specific KINS 100 Introduction and
Recommendations Principles of Personal
clock 2 years
Health and Wellness
It is recommended that all successful
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; offered at PSYC 101 Introduction to
candidates have current:
Quesnel every 2 years, Psychology I
individual courses may • TB testing and a complete SOC 101 Introduction to
immunization regime as per Sociology I
also be available at other
Northern Health recommendations
campuses SOC 206 Social Problems
for health and social service worker
SOC 230 Critical Perspectives on
The Social Service Worker (UT) Diploma students.
Contemporary Families
prepares the student for the social • Emergency level first aid
SSWK 142 Helping Skills: Practical
service area and for entry into university
• FoodSafe certification Applications
degree programs in social work.
• Therapeutic Crisis Intervention SSWK 145 Communication
After completing a university degree,
certification and Interpersonal
career opportunities can include child
protection, probation, mental health, • Non-violent Crisis Intervention Relationship Skills
residential treatment, alcohol and drug certification SSWK 151 History and Philosophy
programs, and more. • Valid class 5 driver’s license of Social Welfare Policy
These recommendations are considered SSWK 171 Introduction to Social
Students admitted to this diploma may
assets for employment in the Social Service Practice
choose to complete the Aboriginal
Service Worker field. All costs associated SSWK 195 Issues and Principles of
Services Specialization, which will
with certifications, courses and/or Fieldwork I
prepare them for both transfer to
documentation requirements are the One of:
university programming and/or
student’s responsibility. SSWK 186* Aboriginal Services
employment in social services with an
additional focus on Aboriginal social Practicum and Seminar
service delivery. As part of their UT OR
and Recognition (PLAR)
(University Transfer) elective choices, SSWK 196 Practicum and Seminar
Based on skills and knowledge acquired
students wishing to complete the I
through life and/or work experience,
specialization are required to take SSWK 241 Group Process and
students may be able to obtain course
two UT courses with an Indigenous or Practice
credits in the Social Services Worker
Aboriginal Studies focus, as outlined WMST 101 Introduction to
Program. Through an assessment
below. In addition, students will be Women’s Studies I
process, students applying for PLAR
expected to complete a practicum (SSWK One SSWK elective
credit will document and demonstrate
186) at an Aboriginal agency. Three UT electives
Admission Requirements competencies and the learning OR
objectives of the SSWK course for which
• High school graduation or *
One UT elective and two of the following
they seek credit. This option applies
equivalent.
to SSWK 195 and SSWK 186/196, the ABST 110, ABST 111, ABST 201, ABST
• English Studies 12, or English First 202, ENGL 107, ENGL 219, ENGL 220
first-year practicum components of
the program. To explore this option, One of the following:
051, or equivalent (minimum “C”).
please see a CNC Academic Advisor for
• Completion of application package. ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio-
assistance with initiating a Prior Learning
cultural Anthropology
Selection Process Assessment application. Applications will
CRIM 103 Introduction to the
If there is room in the program, the be considered per institutional policy.
Criminal Justice System
student will be accepted once they have Graduation Requirements PHIL 100 Introduction to
A minimum grade of “C” in all SSWK Philosophy
is called “first qualified, first accepted.” If
courses is required to graduate with the PHIL 101 Moral Philosophy
the student qualifies after the program is
Social Service Worker UT Diploma. PHIL 102 Theory of Knowledge
full, they will be put on a wait list.
ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: PSYC 102 Introduction to
Program Specific Requirements History and Traditions Psychology II

SSWK elective
Note: *Required for the Aboriginal
Services Specialization (optional).
Students planning to transfer to a
bachelor’s program are encouraged to
consult standing transfer agreements
with their target institution and review
requirements with an advisor.

54 Technologies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
TECHNOLOGIES
CNC’s technology programs equip students with outstanding technical skills and knowledge
in a number of fields.
CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA. . ..........................................................................................55

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND NETWORKING CERTIFICATE. . ...........................................................56
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND NETWORKING DIPLOMA..................................................................57
NATURAL RESOURCES AND FOREST TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA.. ..............................................................59

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Technologies 55
CIVIL ENGINEERING equivalent Engineering Technology

• English Studies 12 or ENGL 050 or CIVE 105 Professionalism in the
TECHNOLOGY English First Peoples 12 or ENGL Workplace
DIPLOMA 051 (minimum “C”) or equivalent CIVE 115 Mechanics of Materials
• Foundations of Math 12 or MATH CIVE 125 Digital Design and
050 (minimum “C+”) or equivalent Drafting II
stopwatch Full-time
• Physics 11 or PHYS 045 (minimum CIVE 135 Hydraulics
clock 2 years “B”) or Physics 12 or PHYS 050 CIVE 145 Construction Materials
(minimum "C") or equivalent II
• Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 CIVE 155 Surveying II
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George (minimum “C”) or equivalent MATH 185 Mathematics for Civil
In the 2-year Civil Engineering • Candidates whose first language is Engineering Technology
Technology diploma program, students not English must meet the English II
will learn relevant theoretical and requirements and provide proof CIVE 200 Socio-Environmental
practical knowledge to support their of English language proficiency Factors in Engineering
work within the broad field of Civil through one of the following: CIVE 210 Structural Design I
Engineering. Courses will be delivered CIVE 220 Software Applications
a. Test of English as a Foreign
with components of face-to-face for Civil Engineering
Language (TOEFL iBT) score of 80
classroom instruction, computer- Technology
with no section below 19, within
aided design and modelling, field CIVE 240 Road Design
the last two years; or
surveying, and experimental laboratory CIVE 250 Municipal Design I
testing. Students will develop an b. International English Language CIVE 260 Traffic Planning
understanding of the engineering Testing System- Academic (IELTS
CIVE 270 Project and
principles used to perform structural, Academic) score of 6.5 overall with
Construction
hydraulic, municipal, transportation, no band below 6.0, taken within
Management I
and construction materials design. the last two years; or
ENGL 229 Professional Business
Effective technical communication
c. Successful completion of six and Technical
and project management skills are
credits of post-secondary first- Communication
emphasized throughout the program.
year English studies (minimum “C” CIVE 215 Structural Design II
Students can expect to spend an
grade) at a recognized college or CIVE 235 Water and Waste
average of 31 hours per week in class
university in an English-speaking Management
and labs, with additional time spent
county within the last two years. CIVE 245 Land Development
studying, completing assignments, and
doing research. CNC’s Civil Engineering Selection Process CIVE 255 Municipal Design II
Technology program explores the If there is room in the program, you will CIVE 275 Project and
effects of northern, rural, and remote be accepted once you have met all the Construction
environments on Civil Engineering admission requirements. This is called Management II
projects, with consideration of “first qualified, first accepted.” If you CIVE 295 Industry Project
Indigenous perspectives. qualify after the program is full, you will ENGL 252 Technical Writing and
be put on a wait list. Communication
Program Objectives
Graduation Requirements Graduation/Time Frames
Civil Engineering Technology graduates
will be qualified for careers in A minimum 2.0 GPA (”C” grade) for All required Civil Engineering Technology
government departments, consulting all credential courses is required Program courses must be completed
firms and construction companies in to graduate with a Civil Engineering within a 5-year time frame
positions such as designers, estimators, Technology Diploma.
testers, surveyors, inspectors, CIVE 100 Introduction to Civil
supervisors, technical writers, and Engineering Technology
project managers. In northern BC, there CIVE 110 Statics
is high demand from industry for Civil
CIVE 120 Digital Design and
Engineering Technologists. Additionally,
Drafting I
graduates may continue their education
CIVE 130 Applied Hydrology
and complete a bridging program
CIVE 140 Construction Materials I
that leads to a university degree in
CIVE 150 Surveying I
engineering.
Admission Requirements Communication
• High school graduation or MATH 180 Mathematics for Civil

INFORMATION Admission Requirements • Computer Programming (11 or 12),

• High School graduation or or equivalent
TECHNOLOGY AND equivalent • Computer Information Systems (11
NETWORKING • English Studies 12, or English First or 12), or equivalent
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL Graduation Requirements
CERTIFICATE 051 (minimum C-), or equivalent Overall GPA of 3.00 with no grade
• Foundations of Mathematics 11, lower than a C in all courses is required
stopwatch Full-time or Math 043 (minimum C-), or to graduation with an Information
equivalent Technology and Networking Certificate.
English Language Proficiency ITAN 100 Computer Technical
clock 1 year
Requirements. Analyst
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Candidates whose first language is ITAN 110 Systems Support
The Information Technology and not English must meet the English Analyst
Networking (ITAN) Certificate program requirements and provide proof of ITAN 120 Network Infrastructure
is a 30-week fulltime program designed English language proficiency through ITAN 130 Interconnecting
to prepare students for a career in one of the following: Networks I
Information Technology (IT), or for • An academic IELTS (International ITAN 140 Linux Administration
further learning as part of an ITAN English Language Testing System) ITAN 150 Microsoft Enterprise
Diploma. This program delivers the with a minimum score of 6.0 overall, Server
theory and practical application of with no band less than 5.5, or ITAN 160 Cyber Security
supporting micro-computer hardware, equivalent; Foundations
software, operating systems, and • A TOEFL iBT (Test of English as ITAN 170 Interconnecting
networking infrastructure. Students a Foreign Language) score of at Networks II
enrolled in the ITAN program gain least 80, no section below 17, or ITAN 180 Interconnecting
technical skills and experience equivalent; Networks III
with hands-on access to real-world
• Completion of Level 4 of an English ITAN 190 Technical Work Skills
equipment. The program is taught in
Language Training program at a Graduation/Time Frames
a cross-platform lab environment with
Canadian institution, completion
industry qualified instructors. After The Information Technology and
of the ENLA program at CNC or
successful completion of the program, Networking certificate must be complete
equivalent.
students will be able to install, configure, within a five-year period.
troubleshoot, administer, analyze, • Successful completion of three
and secure computing devices within credits of post-secondary English
a network. Applicants applying to the studies at a recognized college or
ITAN program should have an interest university in an English-speaking
in the computer networking field as country.
well as strong problem solving and Note: Official English Language
communication skills. The Information Proficiency test scores have a validity
Technology and Networking Certificate period of 2 years from the date the test
program prepares the student to obtain was written.
worldwide recognized IT certifications
Selection Process
from the following organizations:
• CompTIA be accepted once you have met all the
• A+, Network+, Linux+, Security+ admission requirements. This is called
• Cisco “first qualified, first accepted.” If you
• Cisco Certified Network Associate qualify after the program is full, you will
(CCNA) be put on a wait list.
• Microsoft Program Specific
• Microsoft Technology Associate Recommendations
(MTA, Server)
Applicants are strongly recommended
• Electronics Technician Association to have strong typing skills or to have
Customer Service Specialist (CSS) taken, in the past five years, one or more
• Linux Professional Institute of the following high school courses:
• Linux Essentials Certificate

INFORMATION • Certified Wireless Specialist and Program Specific

Certified Wireless Technician Recommendations
TECHNOLOGY AND • FOA Note: Applicants are strongly
NETWORKING • CPCT and CFOT recommended to have strong typing
• Python Institute skills or to have taken, in the past five
DIPLOMA • Python Certified Associate years, one or more of the following high
Programmer (PCAP) school courses:
stopwatch Full-time • Computer Programming (11 or 12),
CALENDAR-STAR September or equivalent
• Computer Information Systems (11
clock 2 year equivalent
or 12), or equivalent
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL Graduation Requirements
The Information Technology and 051 (minimum C-), or equivalent Overall GPA of 3.00 with no grade lower
Networking (ITAN) Diploma program • Foundations of Mathematics 11, than a C in all courses required for the
is a 60-week full-time program or MATH 043 (minimum C-), or credential.
designed to prepare students for a equivalent ENGL 113 Writing and
career in Information Technology (IT).
English Language Proficiency Communication
This program delivers the theory and
Requirements. ITAN 100 Computer Technical
practical application of supporting
Candidates whose first language is Analyst
micro-computer hardware, software,
not English must meet the English ITAN 110 Systems Support
operating systems and networking
requirements and provide proof of Analyst
infrastructure. Students enrolled in the
ITAN program gain technical skills and English language proficiency through ITAN 120 Network Infrastructure
experience with hands-on access to real- one of the following: ITAN 130 Interconnecting
world equipment. The program is taught Networks I
• An academic IELTS (International
in a cross-platform lab environment English Language Testing System) ITAN 140 Linux Administration
with industry qualified instructors. After with a minimum score of 6.0 overall, ITAN 150 Microsoft Enterprise
successful completion of the program, with no band less than 5.5, or Server
students will be able to install, configure, equivalent; ITAN 160 Cyber Security
troubleshoot, administer, analyze, • A TOEFL iBT (Test of English as Foundations
and secure computing devices within a Foreign Language) score of at ITAN 170 Interconnecting
a network. Applicants applying to the least 80, no section below 17, or Networks II
ITAN program should have an interest equivalent; ITAN 180 Interconnecting
in the computer networking field as Networks III
• Completion of Level 4 of an English
well as strong problem solving and ITAN 190 Technical Work Skills
Language Training program at a
communication skills. The Information ITAN 200 Microsoft Office
Canadian institution, completion
Technology and Networking Diploma Specialist
of the ENLA program at CNC or
prepares the student to obtain
equivalent. ITAN 210 Enterprise Operating
worldwide recognized IT certifications
• Successful completion of three Systems
from the following organizations:
credits of post-secondary English ITAN 220 Wireless Technologies
• CompTIA studies at a recognized college or ITAN 230 Cisco Capstone
• A+, Network+, Linux+, Security+, university in an English-speaking ITAN 240 Programming in Python
Server+ country. ITAN 250 Data Cabling
• Cisco Note: Official English Language ITAN 260 Data Centre
• Cisco Certified Network Associate Proficiency test scores have a validity Technologies
(CCNA) period of 2 years from the date the test ITAN 290 Project Work Skills and
• Microsoft was written. Program Capstone
• Microsoft Technology Associate One of:
Selection Process
(MTA, Server), Microsoft Office ENGL 229 Professional Business
Specialist, MTA 98-349 and Technical
be accepted once you have met all the
• Electronics Technician Association admission requirements. This is called Communication
• Customer Service Specialist (CSS) “first qualified, first accepted.” If you MGT 154 Applied Human
• Linux Professional Institute qualify after the program is full, you will Relations
• Linux Essentials Certificate be put on a wait list. Graduation/Time Frames
• CWNP

The Information Technology and

Networking Diploma must be completed
within a seven-year period.

NATURAL Selection process NRFT 221 Natural Resources

If there is room in the program, you Finance
RESOURCES will be accepted once you have met all NRFT 223 Forest Health
AND FOREST admission requirements. This is called NRFT 225 Geographic Information
Systems
“first qualified, first accepted.” If you
TECHNOLOGY qualify after the program is full, you will NRFT 227 Silviculture II
DIPLOMA be put on a waitlist. NRFT 230 Natural Resources

Seminar II
NRFT 233 Forest Engineering II
stopwatch Full-time Students must achieve a minimum NRFT 251 Applied Research
2.0 grade point average in order to be Project
awarded the Natural Resources and
NRFT 261 Extended Natural
clock 2 years Forest Technology (NRFT) diploma.
Resources Field Studies
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Program Outline NRFT 291 Natural Resource Field
In this nationally-accredited program, MATH 195 Mathematics for School and Cultural
students study a core of forest Technologies Exchange (optional)
technology courses enhanced by NRFT 101 Indigenous Plants: Notes
studies of wildlife and fish habitats, Identification,
1. A NRFT diploma will allow you to be
bird identification, indigenous plants, Autecology and Cultural
eligible to register with Association of
First Nations issues, and Earth science. Uses
BC Forest Professionals and/or the
The core of traditional, forest-based NRFT 103 Introduction to
College of Applied Biology.
courses includes technical skills such Forest Soils
as measurements, forest protection/ NRFT 105 Ornithology and 2. Courses must be completed in no
health, forest operations and silviculture. Mammalogy more than 10 years prior to the
All of these studies build on a NRFT 108 Map and Spatial Data date of graduation in order to count
fundamental understanding of ecology, toward the Natural Resources and
NRFT 109 Introduction to
plant biology, soils, math, English, digital Forest Technology Diploma. This
Computers
mapping, and Geographic Information policy applies to CNC courses and to
NRFT 111 Forest Measurements I
Systems (GIS). As well, students will learn all courses transferred from other
writing and presentation skills, including post-secondary institutions for credit
conducting research, completing data at CNC. For the complete policy,
analysis, writing and presenting scientific see Ten Year Timeline for Program
reports. Completion Policy #E-1.37 available
NRFT 121 Silvics and Dendrology
Students may also take the opportunity on the CNC Policy web page.
NRFT 123 Fire Management
to travel for a three-week field school
NRFT 125 Introduction to Earth 3. Students who have completed Pre-
(past destinations have included
Sciences Calculus 12, MATH 050, MATH 100,
China, Costa Rica and Ecuador) where
NRFT 128 Geomatics and or a higher-level math course with a
students compare approaches to land
Cartography minimum “C” grade may take MATH
management with that of BC.
NRFT 131 Forest Measurements II 195 or substitute it with any 3.0 credit
Admission Requirements UT course.
NRFT 202 Forest Ecology
• High school graduation or ENGL 229 Professional Business 4. Students who have extensive wildfire
equivalent. and Technical training and experience may consider
• A minimum standing of “C” grade in Communication applying for credit for NRFT 123
the following courses: NRFT 201 Natural Resources through a College prior learning
» English Studies 12, or English First Policy and Practice assessment process.
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050 or ENGL NRFT 203 Supervisory Skills
Additional Information
051; or equivalent. NRFT 205 Habitat Management
» Pre-calculus 11 or MATH 045; or NRFT 207 Silviculture I 1. Students must be prepared for and
Foundations of Math 11 or MATH NRFT 210 Natural Resources able to participate in strenuous
043; or equivalent. Seminar I physical activity in all types of terrain
NRFT 211 Forest Measurements and weather.
• One of the courses listed below or
equivalent: III 2. NRFT 291 “Study Abroad” is an
» Chemistry 11 NRFT 213 Forest Engineering I optional course for NRFT students
» Life Sciences 11 ENGL 252 Technical and qualifying UT students.
Communications for
» Physics 11 Transfarbility
Forest Technology

The two-year NRFT diploma is

recognized at universities where
students can transfer and continue their
studies in forestry, fish and wildlife, and
natural resource sciences. Graduates
may also go on to complete post-
diploma programs at other colleges.
Specific transfer agreements vary by
institution. Contact an advisor for further
information.

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Trades & Industry 61
TRADES AND INDUSTRY

In Northern BC there is an incredible need for skilled labour, with $35 billion worth of
resource-related projects anticipated in the next three to five years. CNC’s trades and
industry programs at all campuses equip students with outstanding technical skills and
knowledge in a number of fields. There’s even a program to help high school students
graduate Grade 12 with one year of college already completed.
APPRENTICESHIP TECHNICAL TRAINING. . ...................................................................................................62

AUTOMOTIVE COLLISION & REFINISHING FOUNDATION (HARMONIZED).. ............................................63
AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE TECHNICIAN, (HARMONIZED) FOUNDATION.. .....................................................64
CARPENTER FOUNDATION (HARMONIZED).................................................................................................65
ELECTRICAL, FOUNDATION (HARMONIZED)................................................................................................66
HEAVY MECHANICAL TRADES, FOUNDATION. . ...........................................................................................67
HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR.. ..................................................................................................................68
INDUSTRIAL MECHANIC (HARMONIZED) FOUNDATION............................................................................69
INDUSTRIAL MECHANIC (HARMONIZED)/MACHINIST FOUNDATION.......................................................70
METAL FABRICATION, (HARMONIZED) FOUNDATION................................................................................71
PIPE TRADES, FOUNDATION.........................................................................................................................72
POWER ENGINEERING, 3RD CLASS CERTIFICATE. . .....................................................................................73
POWER ENGINEERING, 4TH CLASS CERTIFICATE. . .....................................................................................74
PROFESSIONAL COOK .. .................................................................................................................................75
TRADES DISCOVERY ......................................................................................................................................76
WELDER (HARMONIZED) FOUNDATION.......................................................................................................77

62 Trades & Industry For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
APPRENTICESHIP Electrical
• Levels 1–4, Prince George
TECHNICAL School of Trades and Technologies:
TRAINING 250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
• Level 2–3 (rotating), Quesnel
250 991 7500 or 1 866 680 7550
stopwatch Full-time
Metal Fabrication
CALENDAR-STAR Start dates vary –
contact campuses • Level 1–4 (rotating), Prince George
School of Trades and Technologies:
clock Length varies 250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and Millwright
Quesnel • Levels 1–4, Prince George
Provincial apprenticeship
250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
programs
• Levels 1–4, Quesnel
An apprenticeship is a formal written
250 991 7500
agreement between an employer, an
employee and the Industry Training Motor Vehicle Body
Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an Repair (Autobody)
apprenticeship is work-based training; • Levels 1–2, Prince George
the rest is technical training in the School of Trades and Technologies:
classroom and/or shop. 250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
Most apprenticeships take four years. Plumbing
Before apprentices can earn a certificate
• Levels 2–4 (rotating), Prince George
or ticket, they must complete both work-
based training and technical training
250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
including examinations. After working
as apprentices for the period specified Professional Cook, Prince George
by the ITA, graduates can write the • Levels 1-2, Prince George
Interprovincial Red Seal Examination. School of Trades and Technologies:
Apprentices and employers must 250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
register apprenticeships with the ITA. • Level 3, Prince George
For up-to-date information on dates for School of Trades and Technologies:
all apprenticeship training at CNC, visit 250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
www.tradestrainingbc.ca Steamfitter/Pipefitter
Please contact each region directly for • Level 2–4 (rotating), Prince George
details on program offerings. School of Trades and Technologies:
250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
Auto Glass Technician
• Blended online and face-to-face Truck: Transport Mechanic
program, Prince George • Levels 1–4, Prince George
School of Trades and Technologies: School of Trades and Technologies:
250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111 250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
Automotive Service Technician Welding

• Levels 1–4, Prince George • Levels 1–4, Prince George
School of Trades and Technologies: School of Trades and Technologies:
250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111 250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
Carpentry
• Levels 1–4, Prince George
250 561 5804 or 1 866 370 2111
• Levels 2–4 (rotating), Quesnel
250 991 7500 or 1 866 680 7550

AUTOMOTIVE task. This may include, but is not limited

to CSA certified safety footwear, safety
COLLISION & glasses, hearing protection, and any
other PPE dictated by common sense
REFINISHING and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
FOUNDATION Students must be aware that they are
(HARMONIZED) working in an industrial setting with
potential hazards and remain aware of
their surroundings at all times. If a safety
stopwatch Full-time concern is identified you must report
clock 34 weeks this to your instructor immediately.
Safety procedures must be followed
while working in the shop area.
An Auto Body Collision and Refinishing Please familiarize yourself with those
Technician is a person who repairs procedures for the area in which you
and restores damaged motor vehicles. are working. Students may only work
They assess body damage and develop in the shop during assigned lab times
repair estimates and repair plans. Their and under Instructor supervision. If an
repair work may include scratches, accident occurs, no matter how minor,
minor damage, dents and extensive report it to the Instructor immediately.
structural damage. In some instances
where vehicle components are damaged Admission Requirements
beyond repair they are replaced. The admission requirements mentioned
The alignment and replacement of below are the minimum requirements:
suspension and steering components is • Two English Language Arts 10
also performed in this trade. Technicians (minimum “C”), ENGL 030, or
may restore interior components of equivalent
vehicles. They may work with mechanical
• Workplace Mathematics 10
and electronic components such as air
(minimum “C”), MATH 041, or
conditioning systems, exhaust systems,
equivalent
drivetrain, engine cooling systems,
advanced electronic components Selection Process
(adaptive cruise control and lane If there is room in the program, you will
departure features), and passenger be accepted once you have met all the
restraint systems (seat belts and air admission requirements. This is called
bags). “first qualified, first accepted”. If you
Once completed this Foundation qualify after the program is full, you will
program, students will have their first be put on a wait list.
level of common core training as well as
practical work-based hours completed.
This will provide students with the
opportunity to find employment with
the required competencies met for a 1st
level apprentice. Students will be able to
continue their technical training in either
Auto Body and Collision Technician Level
2 or Automotive Refinishing Technician
Level 2.
Note: Worksafe BC regulations (www.
worksafebc.com) apply to all Trades
programs; students are expected to
adhere to these regulations. While in
the shop, all students must wear and
use appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) for the area in which
they are working and follow the safe
work procedure which applies to the

AUTOMOTIVE will contribute its actual points to If a safety concern is identified you
the selection process: e.g.,“A” = 4.0, must report this to your instructor
SERVICE “B+” = 3.33, etc... immediately. Safety procedures must
be followed while working in the shop
TECHNICIAN, • Physics 11 or equivalent with
a grade of “C” or higher will be area. Please familiarize yourself with
(HARMONIZED) awarded 4 points. those procedures for the area in which
you are working. Students may only work
FOUNDATION • The mechanical reasoning
portion of the Student Readiness in the shop during assigned lab times
Assessment will be awarded a and under instructor supervision. If an
stopwatch Full-time maximum of 5 points. Refer to the accident occurs, no matter how minor,
Mechanical Reasoning Grading report it to your instructor immediately.
Scale in the CNC Calendar.
clock 30 weeks • Passing the English portion of the
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Student Readiness Assessment will
be awarded 1 point.
The Automotive Service Technician
• Passing the Math portion of the
program will train you to become a
Student Readiness Assessment will
skilled technician. You’ll develop your
be awarded 1 point.
preventative maintenance and repair
skills, build your understanding of • One or more trades-related courses
steering and other vital systems, and at the Grade 12 level with a grade
learn to fulfill other industry needs. of “B” or higher, or successful
Not only is this program a great completion of any foundation-
introduction to the automotive repair level trades training program, or
and service industry, but it will also documented experience of one year
create opportunities for apprenticeship in a trade will be awarded 3 points.
positions in dealerships, specialty repair • Minimum “C” grade in one of the
shops, parts departments and even as a following: English 11, Foundations
service writer. of Math 11, or Trades Math 042,
or equivalents will be awarded 3
Admission Requirements points.
• Successful completion of English • Credit for submitting a resumé and
10, or English 030, or equivalent personal handwritten statement
• Successful completion of indicating reasons for wishing to
Foundation Math and Pre-Calculus enter this program will be awarded
10; or Math 030; or a minimum a maximum of 3 points.
“C” grade in one of the following: Maximum points available = 28
Apprenticeship and Workplace Math
Note: For up-to-date information on
10 or Trades Math 041.
dates for all apprenticeship training at
Students who do not meet the above
CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca
requirements may wish to consult with a
CNC advisor to determine their eligibility Note: Worksafe BC regulations (www.
on the basis of mature student status. worksafebc.com) apply to all Trades
Selection Process adhere to these regulations. While in
If the program is over-subscribed, the shop, all students must wear and
students will be selected based on the use appropriate personal protective
selection criteria listed below: equipment (PPE) for the area in which
• The letter grade for English 10,
work procedure which applies to
English 030 or Communications
the task. This may include, but is not
11 or equivalent will contribute
limited to CSA certified safety footwear,
its actual points to the selection
safety glasses, hearing protection, and
process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33,
any other PPE dictated by common
etc.
sense and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
• The letter grade for Foundations
Students must be aware that they are
of Math and Pre-Calculus 10,
working in an industrial setting with
Math 030, Apprenticeship and
potential hazards and remain aware
Workplace Math 10 or equivalent,
of their surroundings at all times.

CARPENTER • Passing the English portion of the 6011.

Student Readiness Assessment will Note: For up-to-date information on
PROGRAM be awarded a maximum of 1 point. dates for all apprenticeship training at
(HARMONIZED) • Passing Math portion of the Student
Readiness Assessment will be
CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca
FOUNDATION awarded a maximum of 1 point.

• Credit in one or more trades-related
stopwatch Full-time courses at the Grade 12 level with a
grade of “B” or higher, or successful
CALENDAR-STAR September the shop, all students must wear and
completion of any foundation-
clock 24 weeks level trades training program or
documented experience of one year
MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake, Prince George they are working and follow the safe
in a trade will be awarded 3 points.
and Quesnel • Credit in any of the following: the task. This may include, but is not
Learn to create a building from the English 11, Foundations of Math limited to CSA certified safety footwear,
ground up. Carpenters can work in the 11, or equivalents, or Trades Math safety glasses, hearing protection, and
residential, commercial, light industrial 041 and Trades Math 042 with a “C” any other PPE dictated by common
or heavy construction fields, doing grade or higher will be awarded 3 sense and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
new construction, renovations, or points. Students must be aware that they are
maintenance. As well, they can go on to • Credit for submitting a resumé and working in an industrial setting with
become supervisors, building inspectors, personal handwritten statement potential hazards and remain aware
site superintendents, and more. indicating reasons for wishing to of their surroundings at all times.
enter this program will be awarded If a safety concern is identified you
a maximum of 3 points must report this to your instructor
• English 10 or Communications 11 or
Maximum points = 28 immediately. Safety procedures must
equivalent with a “C” or higher.
Note: High school graduation with be followed while working in the shop
• Foundation Math and Pre-Calculus area. Please familiarize yourself with
English 12, Math 11 and Physics 11
10; or a "C" or higher grade in one those procedures for the area in which
(where applicable) is recommended and
of the following: Apprenticeship and you are working. Students may only work
required by some employers in order to
Workplace Math 11 or Trades Math in the shop during assigned lab times
be indentured as an apprentice.
041 or Math 030. and under instructor supervision. If an
Provincial Apprenticeship accident occurs, no matter how minor,
Selection Process
Programs report it to your instructor immediately.
If the program is over-subscribed,
students will be selected based on the
selection criteria listed below.
employee and the Industry Training
• The letter grade for English 10, Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an
English 030 or Communications apprenticeship is work-based training;
11 or equivalent will contribute the rest is technical training in the
its actual points to the selection classroom/shop.
process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33,
Most apprenticeships take four
etc.
years. To earn a certificate or ticket,
• The letter grade for Foundations apprentices must complete both work-
of Math and Pre-Calculus 10, based training and technical training
Math 030, Apprenticeship and including examinations. After working
Workplace Math 10 or equivalent, as apprentices for the period specified
will contribute its actual points to by the ITA, graduates can write the
the selection process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, Interprovincial Red Seal Examination.
“B+” = 3.33, etc.
Graduates of the Foundation-Level
• Credit in Physics 11 or equivalent
Carpentry program (Entry Level Trades
with a grade of “C” or higher will be
Training) at CNC receive an ITA Certificate
awarded 4 points.
of Completion and credit for level one
• The mechanical reasoning portion of
technical training of their apprenticeship.
the Student Readiness Assessment
will be awarded a maximum of 5 Apprentices and employers must
points. Refer to the Mechanical register apprenticeships with the ITA. For
Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC application forms or more information,
Calendar. visit www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-

ELECTRICAL, its actual points to the selection Graduates of the Foundation-Level

process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, Electrical program (Entry Level Trades
(HARMONIZED) etc. Training) at CNC receive an ITA Certificate
of Completion and credit for level one
FOUNDATION • The letter grade for Foundations of
Math 11, Math 045, or Math 044 or technical training of their apprenticeship.
equivalent, will contribute its actual Apprentices and employers must
stopwatch Full-time points to the selection process: e.g., register apprenticeships with the ITA. For
CALENDAR-STAR September and February “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, etc. application forms or more information,
• The letter grade for Physics 11 or visit www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-
clock 24 weeks
Physics 045 or Application of Physics 6011.
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George 12, or equivalent, will contribute
This program prepares you for the dates for all apprenticeship training at
process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33,
electrical apprenticeship program, CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca
etc.
or for positions such as counter and Note: Worksafe BC regulations (www.
warehouse personnel in wholesale/ • The mechanical reasoning portion of
distributing outlets. the Student Readiness Assessment
will be awarded a maximum of 5
Admission Requirements adhere to these regulations. While in
points. Refer to the Mechanical
• English 11, English 045 or Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC
Communications 12 or equivalent Calendar.
(with a minimum “C” grade). • Passing the English portion of the
• Successful completion of one Student Readiness Assessment will
of the following, or equivalent: be awarded 1 point.
Foundations of Math 11, Precalculus • Passing the Math portion of the limited to CSA certified safety footwear,
11, or Math 044, or Math 045. Student Readiness Assessment will safety glasses, hearing protection, and
• Successful completion of one of the be awarded 1 point. any other PPE dictated by common
following, or equivalent: Physics 11, • One or more trades-related courses sense and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
or Physics 045, or Applications of at the Grade 12 level with a grade Students must be aware that they are
Physics 12. of “B” or higher, or successful working in an industrial setting with
Students who do not meet the above completion of any foundation- potential hazards and remain aware
requirements may wish to consult with a level trades training program or of their surroundings at all times.
CNC advisor to determine their eligibility documented experience of one year If a safety concern is identified you
on the basis of mature student status. in a trade will be awarded 3 points. must report this to your instructor
• Credit for submitting a résumé and immediately. Safety procedures must
Program Outline personal handwritten statement be followed while working in the shop
Topics include the following (not indicating reasons for wishing to area. Please familiarize yourself with
a complete list): safety; tools and enter this program will be awarded those procedures for the area in which
equipment; cables, fixtures and a maximum of 3 points. you are working. Students may only work
fittings; Canadian Electrical Code; Maximum points available = 25 in the shop during assigned lab times
conductors, switches, and devices; and under instructor supervision. If an
distribution systems; electrical drawings; Provincial Apprenticeship
accident occurs, no matter how minor,
electrical energy and power concepts; Programs
report it to your instructor immediately.
electromagnetism; and motors and An apprenticeship is a formal written
•
motor controls. agreement between an employer, an
This course includes a practicum /
Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an
practical component such as wiring in a
apprenticeship is work-based training;
residential or commercial setting. These
the rest is technical training in the
projects are dependent on the state of
classroom/shop.
the local economy.
Most apprenticeships take four years.
Selection Process Before apprentices can earn a certificate
If the program is over-subscribed, or ticket, they must complete work-
students will be selected based on the based training and technical training
selection criteria listed below. including examinations. After working
• The letter grade for English 11, as apprentices for the period specified
English 045 or Communications by the ITA, graduates can write the
12 or equivalent will contribute Interprovincial Red Seal Examination.

HEAVY indicating reasons for wishing to enter An apprenticeship is a formal written

the program and to complete the agreement between an employer, an
MECHANICAL Student Readiness Assessment (SRA). employee and the Industry Training
These items are included in the selection Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an
TRADES, criteria listed below and will be awarded apprenticeship is work-based training;
FOUNDATION points. the rest is technical training in the
If the program is over-subscribed, classroom/shop.
students will be selected based on the Most apprenticeships take four
stopwatch Full-time
selection criteria listed below. years. To earn a certificate or ticket,
CALENDAR-STAR September apprentices must complete both work-
• The letter grade for English 10, based training and technical training
clock 36 weeks English 030 or Communications including examinations. After working
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George 11 or equivalent will contribute as apprentices for the period specified
its actual points to the selection by the ITA, graduates can write the
Learn to repair transport trailers, process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, Interprovincial Red Seal Examination for
crawler tractors, loaders, skidders, feller etc. Heavy Duty, Truck and Transport.
bunchers, excavators, and more.
• The letter grade for Principles of
Graduates of the Foundation-Level
Note: Course content for Heavy Duty Math 10, Math 030, Applications of
Heavy Mechanical Trades program (Entry
Equipment Technician and Truck Math 10, Applied Math 10 or Math
Level Trades Training) at CNC receive an
and Transport Mechanic is identical 030 or equivalent will contribute
ITA Certificate of Completion.
up to Level 4. Students must choose its actual points to the selection
apprenticeship completion in either process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, Apprentices and employers must
Commercial Transport Mechanical etc. register apprenticeships with the ITA. For
Repair or Heavy Duty Mechanics. • Credit in Physics 11 or equivalent application forms or more information,
Admission Requirements with a grade of “C” or higher will be visit
awarded 4 points. www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011.
The admission requirements mentioned
below are the minimum requirements. • The mechanical reasoning portion Note: For up-to-date information on
of the SRA will be awarded a dates for all apprenticeship training at
• Grade 10 with English 10 with a “C”
maximum of 5 points. CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca
or higher
• The English portion of the SRA will Note: Worksafe BC regulations (www.
• Common Grade 10 or
be awarded a maximum of 1 point. worksafebc.com) apply to all Trades
11 or Trades Math 041 or Math 030 • The Math portion of the SRA will be programs; students are expected to
with a “C” or higher awarded a maximum of 1 point. adhere to these regulations. While in
• Credit in one or more trades-related the shop, all students must wear and
courses at the Grade 12 level with use appropriate personal protective
requirement, and think they may be
a grade of “B” or higher, successful equipment (PPE) for the area in which
admissible as a mature student should
completion of any foundation- they are working and follow the safe
consult a CNC advisor.
level trades training program or work procedure which applies to
Program Outline the task. This may include, but is not
documented experience of one year
Topics include the following in a trade will be awarded 3 points. limited to CSA certified safety footwear,
(not a complete list): safety glasses, hearing protection, and
• Credit in any of the following:
• Tools, shop resources and English 11, Principles of Math 11, or any other PPE dictated by common
equipment equivalents, or Trades Math 041 and sense and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
Trades Math 042 with a “C” grade or Students must be aware that they are
• Rigging
higher will be awarded 3 points. working in an industrial setting with
• Welding
• Basic braking systems • Credit for submitting a resumé and
of their surroundings at all times.
personal handwritten statement
• Frames, suspension, steering, If a safety concern is identified you
indicating reasons for wishing to
and running gear must report this to your instructor
enter this program will be awarded
• Servicing electrical and immediately. Safety procedures must
a maximum of 3 points.
electronic systems be followed while working in the shop
Maximum points = 28
• Servicing air-operated equipment area. Please familiarize yourself with
Note: High school graduation with those procedures for the area in which
• Servicing suspensions, steering,
English 12, Math 11 and Physics 11 you are working. Students may only work
and wheels
(where applicable) is recommended and in the shop during assigned lab times
• Employment skills required by some employers in order to and under instructor supervision. If an
Selection Process be indentured as an apprentice. accident occurs, no matter how minor,
Students are encouraged to submit Provincial Apprenticeship report it to your instructor immediately.
a resumé, a handwritten statement Programs

HEAVY EQUIPMENT
OPERATOR
CALENDAR-STAR Continuous intake
(variable dates and times)
MAP-MARKER-ALT Mackenzie and Quesnel;
may be available at other
campuses
This program features 120 hours of
classroom instruction, including a
Level 1 First Aid and Transportation
Endorsement, TDG, Fire Suppression,
and more. You’ll also get 200 hours
of hands-on experience, including
equipment maintenance, fuel spills
training, and more.
Choose one machine such as:
• Feller buncher
• Cat
• Danglehead processor
• Excavator
• Butt-n-top loader
Machines vary dependent on project
work being civil earthworks or logging.
Please contact the Mackenzie and
Quesnel campus directly for admission
requirements 250 991 7500.

INDUSTRIAL awarded 4 points. CNC graduates of this program receive

• The mechanical reasoning portion of an ITA certificate of completion and
MECHANIC the Student Readiness Assessment credit for level one technical training of
their apprenticeship.
(HARMONIZED) will be awarded a maximum of 5
points. Refer to the Mechanical Apprentices and employers must
FOUNDATION Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC register apprenticeships with the ITA. For
Calendar. application forms or more information,
stopwatch Full-time • Passing the English portion of the visit www.itabc.ca or call 1 866 660 6011.
CALENDAR-STAR February Note: For up-to-date information on
be awarded 1 point.
clock 24 weeks • Passing the Math portion of the CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca
MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake Note: Worksafe BC regulations (www.
be awarded 1 point.
The activities of an industrial mechanic worksafebc.com) apply to all Trades
• One or more trades-related courses
(millwright) include maintenance, programs; students are expected to
at a Grade 12 level with a grade of
installation, and repair of stationary adhere to these regulations. While in
"B" or higher, or participation in the
industrial equipment in factories, the shop, all students must wear and
Trades Discovery program with an
mills, mines, production plants, and use appropriate personal protective
"S" grade, or successful completion
recreational facilities. These skilled equipment (PPE) for the area in which
of any foundation-level trades
tradespeople also use lathes, milling they are working and follow the safe
training program or employer
machines, grinders, and other work procedure which applies to
documented trades-related
equipment to machine parts to accurate the task. This may include, but is not
experience of one year in a trade
dimensions. Because they work in close limited to CSA certified safety footwear,
will be awarded 3 points.
association with instrument mechanics, safety glasses, hearing protection, and
• Any of the following: English any other PPE dictated by common
pipefitters, welders, electricians, and 11, Foundation of Math 11, or
heavy equipment mechanics, they need sense and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
equivalents, or; Trades Math 042, or Students must be aware that they are
to be team players. equivalent with a "C" grade or higher working in an industrial setting with
Admission Requirements will be awarded 3 points. potential hazards and remain aware
• Credit for submitting a resume and of their surroundings at all times.
• Successful completion of English 10,
personal handwritten statement If a safety concern is identified you
or English 030, or Communications
indicating reasons for wishing to must report this to your instructor
11 or equivalent
enter this program will be awarded immediately. Safety procedures must
• Successful completion of
a maximum of 3 points. be followed while working in the shop
Foundations Math and Pre-Calculus
Maximum points = 28 area. Please familiarize yourself with
10 or Math 030; or a "C" or higher
Note: High school graduation with those procedures for the area in which
grade in one of the following:
English 12, Math 11 and Physics 11 you are working. Students may only work
(where applicable) is recommended and in the shop during assigned lab times
11 or Trades Math 041
required by some employers in order to and under instructor supervision. If an
Selection Process be indentured as an apprentice. accident occurs, no matter how minor,
If the program is over-subscribed, report it to your instructor immediately.
students will be selected based on the Provincial Apprenticeship
selection criteria listed below. Programs
Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an
apprenticeship is work-based training;
process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33,
etc.
classroom/shop.
• The letter grade for Foundations
of Math and Pre-Calculus 10, Math Most apprenticeships take four years.
030, Apprenticeship and Workplace Before apprentices can earn a certificate
Math 11, Trades Math 041, will or ticket, they must complete work-
contribute its actual points to the based training and technical training
selection process: e.g., "A"= 4.0, "B+" including examinations. After working
= 3.33, etc. as apprentices for the period specified
by the ITA, graduates can write the
• Physics 11 or equivalent with
Interprovincial Red Seal Examination.
a grade of "C" or higher will be

INDUSTRIAL = 3.33, etc. immediately. Safety procedures must

• Physics 11 or equivalent with be followed while working in the shop
MECHANIC a grade of "C" or higher will be area. Please familiarize yourself with
those procedures for the area in which
(HARMONIZED)/ awarded 4 points.
you are working. Students may only work
MACHINIST the Student Readiness Assessment in the shop during assigned lab times
and under instructor supervision. If an
FOUNDATION will be awarded a maximum of 5
points. Refer to the Mechanical accident occurs, no matter how minor,
Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC report it to your instructor immediately.
stopwatch Full-time Calendar.
CALENDAR-STAR August • Passing the English portion of the
clock 24 weeks be awarded 1 point.
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George, Nechako, • Passing the Math portion of the
Quesnel Student Readiness Assessment will
be awarded 1 point.
The activities of an industrial mechanic
• One or more trades-related courses
(millwright)/machinist include
at the Grade 12 level with a grade of
maintenance, installation, and repair
"B" or higher, or participation in the
of stationary industrial equipment
Trades Discovery program with an
in factories, mills, mines, production
"S" grade, or successful completion
plants, and recreational facilities. These
of any foundation-level trades
skilled tradespeople also use lathes,
training program or employer
milling machines, grinders, and other
documented trades-related
equipment to machine parts to accurate
experience of one year in a trade
dimensions. Because they work in close
will be awarded 3 points.
association with instrument mechanics,
pipefitters, welders, electricians, and • Any of the following: English
heavy equipment mechanics, they need 11, Foundations of Math 11, or
to be team players. equivalents, or; Trades Math 042, or
equivalent with a "C" grade or higher
Admission Requirements will be awarded 3 points.
• Successful completion of English 10, • Credit for submitting a resume and
or English 030, or Communications personal handwritten statement
11 or equivalent indicating reasons for wishing to
• Successful completion of enter this program will be awarded
Foundations Math and Pre-Calculus a maximum of 3 points.
10 or Math 030; or a "C" or higher Maximum points= 28
grade in one of the following: Note: Worksafe BC regulations (www.
Apprenticeship and Workplace Math worksafebc.com) apply to all Trades
11 or Trades Math 041 programs; students are expected to
Selection Process adhere to these regulations. While in
selection criteria listed below.
• The letter grade for English 10, work procedure which applies to
English 030 or Communications the task. This may include, but is not
11 or equivalent will contribute limited to CSA certified safety footwear,
its actual points to the selection safety glasses, hearing protection, and
process: e.g., "A"= 4.0, "B+" = 3.33, any other PPE dictated by common
etc. sense and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
• The letter grade for Foundations Students must be aware that they are
of Math and Pre-Calculus 10, Math working in an industrial setting with
030, Apprenticeship and Workplace potential hazards and remain aware
Math 11, Trades Math 041, will of their surroundings at all times.
contribute its actual points to the If a safety concern is identified you
selection process: e.g., "A"= 4.0, "B+" must report this to your instructor

METAL • The letter grade for Foundations CNC graduates of this program receive
of Math 10, or Apprenticeship and an ITA certificate of completion and
FABRICATION Workplace Math 11 or Principles of credit for level one technical training of
Math 10 or Applications of Math 10 their apprenticeship.
FOUNDATION or Math 030 or Trades Math 041 or Apprentices and employers must
(HARMONIZED) equivalent will contribute its actual register apprenticeships with the ITA. For
points to the selection process: e.g., application forms or more information,
“A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, etc. visit
CALENDAR-STAR Program suspended
• Credit in Physics 11 or equivalent www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011.
clock 23 weeks with a grade of “C” or higher will be
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George awarded 4 points.
Learn to build, assemble and repair CNC, visit www.tradestrainingbc.ca
the Student Readiness Assessment
products made of steel or other Note: Worksafe BC regulations (www.
(SRA) will be awarded a maximum
metals for use in a wide variety of worksafebc.com) apply to all Trades
of 5 points. Refer to the Mechanical
manufacturing and construction programs; students are expected to
Reasoning Grading Scale in the CNC
industries, operating specialized adhere to these regulations. While in
Calendar.
metalworking machines. the shop, all students must wear and
• A passing grade in the English
Admission Requirements portion of the SRA will be awarded
Successful completion of the following: 1 point.
• A passing grade in the Math portion
1. English 10; or Communications 11; or of the SRA will be awarded 1 point.
equivalent with a “C” or higher. • Credit in one or more trades-related limited to CSA certified safety footwear,
courses at the Grade 12 level with a safety glasses, hearing protection, and
2. Foundation Math and Pre-Calculus
grade of “B” or higher, or successful any other PPE dictated by common
10; or a "C" or higher grade in one
completion of any foundation- sense and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
of the following: Apprenticeship and
level trades training program or Students must be aware that they are
Workplace Math 11 or Trades Math
documented experience of one year working in an industrial setting with
041 or Math 030.
in a trade will be awarded 3 points. potential hazards and remain aware
• Credit in any of the following: of their surroundings at all times.
requirement but think they may be
English 11, Foundations Math 11, If a safety concern is identified you
admissible as a mature student should
or equivalents, or Trades Math 042 must report this to your instructor
consult a CNC advisor.
with a “C” grade or higher will be immediately. Safety procedures must
Program Outline awarded 3 points. be followed while working in the shop
Topics include the following: • Submission of a resumé and area. Please familiarize yourself with
personal handwritten statement those procedures for the area in which
• Perform Safety-Related Functions
indicating the reasons for wishing to you are working. Students may only work
• Use Tools and Equipment
enter this program will be awarded in the shop during assigned lab times
• Interpret Plans, Drawings and a maximum of 3 points. and under instructor supervision. If an
Specifications accident occurs, no matter how minor,
Maximum points = 28
• Perform Quality Control report it to your instructor immediately.
Provincial apprenticeship
• Handle Materials
programs
• Perform trade math and layout
• Form Materials
• Fabricate Components employee and the Industry Training
• Perform Welding Activities Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an
Selection Process apprenticeship is work-based training;
classroom/shop.
selection criteria listed below: Most apprenticeships take four years.
Before apprentices can earn a certificate
or ticket, they must complete work-
based training and technical training
including examinations. After working
as apprentices for the period specified
process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33,
by the ITA, graduates can write the
etc.
Interprovincial Red Seal Examination.

PIPE TRADES, concern is identified you must report

this to your instructor immediately.
FOUNDATION Safety procedures must be followed
(HARMONIZED) while working in the shop area.
Please familiarize yourself with those
procedures for the area in which you
stopwatch Full-time
are working. Students may only work
CALENDAR-STAR February in the shop during assigned lab times
and under Instructor supervision. If an
clock 21 weeks
accident occurs, no matter how minor,
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George report it to the Instructor immediately.
This program prepares students for This course may include an off-site
entry-level employment in three piping practical experience component. The
trades: Plumbing, Steam fitting/Pipe scale of this component is dependent
fitting, and Sprinkler fitting. The program on the state of the local economy and
is a mix of both hands-on and classroom community partnerships.
training and allows students to gain
experience in three similar trades in one
program. Upon successful completion • Two English Language Arts 10
of the Pipe Trades Foundation Program, (minimum “C”) or ENGL 030 or
students will receive credit with ITA equivalent
for Level 1 of piping trades allowing • Workplace Mathematics 11
graduates to seek an apprenticeship in (minimum “C”) or MATH 041 or
the trade that best fits their career goals equivalent
and interests. Subject to availability, this Selection Process
course may include an off-site practical
If there is room in the program, the
experience component. The scale of this
student will be accepted once the
component is dependent upon the state
student has met all the admission
of the local economy and community
requirements. This is called “first
partnerships. Areas of study include
qualified, first accepted”. If the student
but are not limited to: worksite safety,
qualifies after the program is full, the
trade related math and science, tools
student will be put on a wait list.
of the trade, machinery used, drawings
and blueprint reading, liquid & gas Graduation Requirements
supply systems, electrical concepts,
Successful completion of PIPE 115
job planning, maintenance and repair
of piping systems, rigging and hoisting,
working at heights, heat transfer, and
employment skills.
task. This may include, but is not limited
glasses, hearing protection, and any
and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
potential hazards and remain aware of
their surroundings at all times. If a safety

POWER
ENGINEERING, 3RD
CLASS CERTIFICATE
stopwatch Full-time
clock 30 weeks
The goal of this program is to develop
greater expertise by building on
your knowledge gained in the Power
Engineering, Fourth Class certificate.
This program provides practical and
technical training for a career in power
plant operation and maintenance. After
successfully completing the program,
students will be granted a qualifying time
credit toward the firing time required
to write Technical Safety BC’s third class
power engineer’s exams.
Admission Requirement
Power Engineering, 4th Class Certificate
Selection Process:
Up to 12 seats each year are
reserved for returning students who
have completed CNC’s 4th Class
Power Engineering work experience
partnership with Canfor. The remaining
seats are filled on a first-qualified and
first-accepted basis.
Program Completion
Requirements:
Completion of specified technical
training content, practical and theory
assessments including simulator
training, and a five week practical lab.
Program Outline
Topics include
• Applied mechanics
• Thermodynamics
• Chemistry
• Boiler codes
• Electrical and instrumentation
theory
• Pumps
• Boilers
• Prime movers
• Refrigeration

POWER working in an industrial setting with

ENGINEERING, 4TH of their surroundings at all times.
If a safety concern is identified you
CLASS CERTIFICATE must report this to your instructor
immediately. Safety procedures must
stopwatch Full-time be followed while working in the shop
CALENDAR-STAR September area. Please familiarize yourself with
those procedures for the area in which
clock 40 weeks you are working. Students may only
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and work in the shop during assigned lab
times and under instructor supervision.
Quesnel
If an accident occurs, no matter how
The 4th Class Power Engineering minor, students must report it to their
program provides practical and instructor immediately.
technical training for a career in power
TSBC 4th Class Power Engineering Exam:
plant operation and maintenance.
Upon successful completion of 4th
4th Class Power Engineers work in
Class Power Engineering Standardized
sawmills, hospitals, refineries, pulp mills,
Certificate program, students must
refrigeration plants, breweries, public
complete the Technical Safety BC Exam
buildings, and more. After completing
to become fully certified. The exam is the
the program, you’ll be qualified to write
responsibility of the student to manage
the Technical Safety BC’s 4th Class
the costs associated with it.
Power Engineer Exam.
Successful completion of PWER 170
is required to graduate with the 4th
equivalent
Class Power Engineering Standardized
• A minimum “C” grade in the
Certificate.
following courses:
» English Language Arts 11 or ENGL
045 or equivalent
» Foundations of Math 11 or Math
044 or equivalent
» Physics 11, or Applications of
Physics 12; or Physics 045
Selection Process
“first qualified, first accepted”.

Note: WorkSafe BC regulations (www.
and/or WorkSafe BC regulations.

PROFESSIONAL of their surroundings at all times.

If a safety concern is identified you
COOK must report this to your instructor
immediately. Safety procedures must
stopwatch Full-time be followed while working in the shop
area. Please familiarize yourself with
CALENDAR-STAR August (Level 1), those procedures for the area in which
March (Level 2) you are working. Students may only
clock 28 weeks (Level 1); work in the shop during assigned lab
times and under instructor supervision.
14 weeks (Level 2);
If an accident occurs, no matter how
6 weeks (Level 3);
minor, students must report it to their
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George, Burns Lake instructor immediately.
This is an Industry Training Authority Program Outline
(ITA) recognized apprentice program,
CULA 150 Professional Cook Level
working towards level 1 apprenticeship
1
trades qualification. An additional 400
work-based training hours under a red
2
seal Cook or ITA accredited trainer is
required.
3
• English Language Arts 10 or ENGL
030 (minimum “C”) or equivalent
• Workplace Math 10 or MATH 041
(minimum “C-“) or equivalent
Selection Process
“first qualified, first accepted”. If you

Food Safe Level 1 certificate must be
attained before the course end date.
The School of Trades and Technologies
will assist students with attaining access
to the Food Safe Level 1 course.
Note: WorkSafe BC regulations (www.
and/or WorkSafe BC regulations.

TRADES DISCOVERY will include a minimum of four trades

electives selected from 14 trades.
PROGRAM Selection will be based on the needs of
local communities as well as available
CALENDAR-STAR Start dates vary resources. The technical component of
the program will provide experiential,
clock 22 weeks practical experience and is designed to
MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake, Mackenzie, give the learner a sample of each trade
Nechako area, focusing on the foundational skills
of each trade.
The Trades Discovery Program is
designed to allow students to explore Upon completion of the Trades
a minimum of four different trades, Discovery Program the learner will
allowing students to try a trade before have gained a comprehensive overview
committing to a full program. Students of the different opportunities for a
will be introduced to career planning/ career in trades, and will facilitate a
entrepreneurial tools, essential skills smooth transition from secondary
training, occupational health and safety school to a foundation program or the
courses, and practical project-based apprenticeship system.
learning within the four trades. This Admission Requirements
program will promote working in a safe,
• Successful completion of Math and
respectful, and productive environment
English at a Grade 9 level or higher.
and prepare students for applying to a
foundation program, or for seeking an Program Outline
apprenticeship.
Required
Trades Discovery Program is a 300- TRDE 100 Trades Discovery
hour program that provides Grade Core Skills
10 -12 high school students, and with
the possibility of adults, an in-depth
4 courses selected from
opportunity to explore four trades.
the following list*
The program will include workplace TRDE 110 Trades Discovery
safety and basic trade-specific technical Pipe Trades
training, as well as an introduction to the TRDE 115 Trades Discovery
British Columbia apprenticeship system Welding
and job readiness skills. TRDE 125 Trades Discovery
The program will follow the program Carpentry
guide set out by British Columbia's TRDE 130 Trades Discovery
Industry Training Authority (ITA) Youth Electrician
Explore model, combining a sampling of TRDE 135 Trades Discovery
theory and practical elements of each Automotive
trade. Service Technician
TRDE 140 Trades Discovery
Workplace skills training will take place
Heavy Duty Equipment
in a classroom setting and will cover the
Technician
skills needed to:
TRDE 145 Trades Discovery
• attain an apprenticeship in British Industrial Mechanic
Columbia, (Millwright)
• develop career planning and TRDE 155 Trades Discovery
entrepreneurship tools, Painter & Decorator
• develop trades-based essential TRDE165 Trades Discovery
skills, and Professional Cook
• complete occupational health and TRDE 175 Trades Discovery
safety certificates. Electronics/IT
These course elements will ensure that *
selected by CNC, not the student.
the learner has the appropriate skill sets
to participate in the practical component
of the program.
The work-site technical component

WELDER actual grade point to the selection 370-2111.

process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33, Apprentices and employers must
FOUNDATION etc. register apprenticeships with the ITA. For
PROGRAM • The mechanical reasoning test will
be awarded a maximum of 5 points.
application forms or more information,
visit www.itabc.ca or call 1-866-660-6011
(HARMONIZED) Refer to the Mechanical Reasoning
Grading Scale in the CNC Calendar.
stopwatch Full-time • A passing grade on the English
portion of the Student Readiness
CALENDAR-STAR September and November adhere to these regulations. While in
Assessment will be awarded a
clock 28 weeks maximum of 1 point.
• A passing grade on the Math equipment (PPE) for the area in which
portion of the Student Readiness they are working and follow the safe
As a graduate of the Welding Foundation Assessment will be awarded a work procedure which applies to
program, you’ll be qualified for a maximum of 1 point. the task. This may include, but is not
variety of jobs in the construction and • Credit in one or more trades-related limited to CSA certified safety footwear,
metal working industries. You’ll also courses at the Grade 12 level with a safety glasses, hearing protection, and
be prepared to successfully complete grade of “B” or higher, or successful any other PPE dictated by common
employers’ skill assessments. Possible completion of any foundation- sense and/or Worksafe BC regulations.
job titles include level trades training program or Students must be aware that they are
• Production welder documented experience of one year working in an industrial setting with
• Maintenance welder in a trade will be awarded 3 points. potential hazards and remain aware
• And more • Credit in any of the following: English of their surroundings at all times.
11 or equivalent, Foundations of If a safety concern is identified you
Admission Requirements Math 11 or equivalent, or Trades must report this to your instructor
Math 042 with a “C” grade or higher immediately. Safety procedures must
1. English 10; or English 030; or
will be awarded 3 points. be followed while working in the shop
Communications 11 or equivalent
• Students are encouraged to submit area. Please familiarize yourself with
2. Apprenticeship and Workplace a resumé and personal handwritten those procedures for the area in which
Math 10 with a "C" or higher; or statement indicating their reasons you are working. Students may only work
Foundations of Math and Pre-Cal 10; for wishing to enter this program. in the shop during assigned lab times
or Trades Math 041; or equivalent The resumé and personal statement and under instructor supervision. If an
Students who do not meet the above will be awarded a maximum of 3 accident occurs, no matter how minor,
requirements may wish to consult with a points. report it to your instructor immediately.
CNC advisor to determine their eligibility Maximum points available = 24
on the basis of mature student status.
Provincial Apprenticeship
Program Outline Programs
Course topics include the following An apprenticeship is a formal written
(not a complete list): introduction to agreement between an employer, an
welding and safety, oxyfuel gas cutting, employee and the Industry Training
oxyacetylene welding, shielded metal Authority (ITA). Typically, 80–85% of an
arc welding, air carbon arc cutting, gas apprenticeship is work-based training;
metal arc/flux core, material handling, the rest is technical training in the
blueprint reading, and metallurgy. classroom and/or shop.
Selection Process Most welding apprenticeships take three

years. Before apprentices can earn a
certificate or ticket, they must complete
both work-based training and technical
selection criteria listed below:
training, including examinations. After
• The letter grade for English 10, working as apprentices for the period
English 030 or Communications specified by the ITA, graduates can write
11 or equivalent will contribute the Interprovincial Red Seal Examination.
Apprentices who want to schedule
process: e.g., “A” = 4.0, “B+” = 3.33,
their technical training at CNC should
etc.
contact CNC’s School of Trades and
• The letter grade for your selected
Technologies at 250-561-5804 or 1-866-
math course will contribute its

78 University Studies For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
UNIVERSITY STUDIES
UNIVERSITY CLASSES.....................................................................................................................................79
CREDENTIALS..................................................................................................................................................80
ASSOCIATE DEGREES.....................................................................................................................................80
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE..................................................................................................................81
ABORIGINAL STUDIES CONCENTRATION...........................................................................................81
ANTHROPOLOGY CONCENTRATION...................................................................................................81
ENGLISH CONCENTRATION..................................................................................................................81
MODERN CLASSICS CONCENTRATION. . ..............................................................................................82
PSYCHOLOGY CONCENTRATION.........................................................................................................82
SOCIOLOGY CONCENTRATION............................................................................................................83
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE............................................................................................................84
BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION ................................................................................................................84
CHEMISTRY CONCENTRATION.............................................................................................................84
MATHEMATICS & COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION..............................................................85
DIPLOMAS.. ......................................................................................................................................................86
CRIMINOLOGY DIPLOMA......................................................................................................................87
KINESIOLOGY DIPLOMA........................................................................................................................88
MEDICAL SCIENCES DIPLOMA – DENTAL PATHWAY.........................................................................89
MEDICAL SCIENCES DIPLOMA – MEDICAL PATHWAY.......................................................................90
MEDICAL SCIENCES DIPLOMA – PHARMACY PATHWAY...................................................................91
MEDICAL SCIENCES DIPLOMA – VETERINARY PATHWAY.. ................................................................92
WEB AND GRAPHIC DESIGN DIPLOMA...............................................................................................93
CERTIFICATES..................................................................................................................................................94
ABORIGINAL STUDIES CERTIFICATE .. ..................................................................................................95
DENTAL HYGIENE PATHWAY CERTIFICATE ........................................................................................96
ENGINEERING (APPLIED SCIENCE) CERTIFICATE . . ..............................................................................97
FINE ARTS CERTIFICATE ........................................................................................................................98
NURSING PATHWAY CERTIFICATE . . .....................................................................................................99
PHYSICAL THERAPY BRIDGING CERTIFICATE ................................................................................. 100
WEB AND GRAPHIC DESIGN CERTIFICATE ...................................................................................... 101

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca University Studies 79
UNIVERSITY a university to finish your degree. You

transfer the credits you receive for CNC
CLASSES courses to a university and continue on
to complete your degree. When you take
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time one of our UT courses, it’s as though
you were studying in the same class at a
CALENDAR-STAR September and January university. For example, if you complete
(most courses) our introductory psychology course,
MAP-MARKER-ALT All courses available at a university will give you credit for its
introductory course.
Prince George; many at
Burns Lake, Nechako To ensure your credits transfer
Region, and Quesnel seamlessly, CNC has formal agreements
in place with the following BC
 Some course sections universities:
available online
• Athabasca University
I want to get a university • Emily Carr University
degree. Can I start at CNC? • Kwantlen Polytechnic University
Definitely. We offer dozens of university- • University of British Columbia
level courses. A bachelor’s degree (also • University of Northern British
known as an undergraduate degree) Columbia
usually takes four years. Many people
• Simon Fraser University
take the first two years at a community
• Thompson Rivers University
college such as CNC, then transfer to
university for years 3 and 4. Advantages • University of Victoria
of starting at a community college • Vancouver Island University
include smaller classes, more one-on- However, you should meet with the
one attention from instructors, and institution you plan to attend to
lower tuition fees. ensure transferability and admission
requirements are met.
Associate degrees
You can also transfer to universities in
We offer associate degrees in arts and
other provinces and other countries —
science, featuring two years of university-
talk to a CNC advisor for details.
level study in a variety of academic
subjects. These degrees transfer into Once you have your bachelor’s degree,
university programs, and give you you have the option to go on and obtain
preferential admission at UNBC and SFU. a master’s degree (MA or MSc) or a
All public universities and university- doctorate (PhD).
colleges in BC give special recognition of
University transfer
transfer credit to students with associate
information (BCCAT)
degrees.
Students planning to transfer their
A diploma gives you recognition credits to another institution should
Like an associate degree, a diploma consult the British Columbia Transfer
can be equivalent to the first two Guide to verify transferability of credits.
years of a university degree in that The British Columbia Transfer Guide
particular subject. With a diploma, you is published by the British Columbia
can go to work immediately or transfer Council on Admissions and Transfer and
to university. If you decide to work, is available online.
a diploma gives you more options CNC advisors will assist students in
in the workplace. We offer diplomas selecting transferable courses; however,
in accounting and finance, business the final responsibility for course
management, criminology, kinesiology, selection rests with the student.
social work, web and graphic design, and
The British Columbia Council on
more.
Admissions and Transfer (BCCAT) website
What are transfer courses? is located at www.bctransferguide.ca
Since CNC offers only the first two years
of instruction, you need to transfer to

CREDENTIALS high school courses for their chosen courses are categorized as follows:
career paths.
Arts — Humanities
Note 2: Students who received less than
• Aboriginal Studies
ASSOCIATE DEGREES a “B” grade in English 12 or its equivalent
• English
are strongly encouraged to select English
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time • Fine Arts
103 as their first English course.
CALENDAR-STAR September and January • History
Note 3: Students applying for admission
(most courses) to MATH 101, CSC 109, PHYS 101 or • Philosophy
clock Two years CHEM 111 who obtained a “C+” or less in Arts — Social Sciences
Pre-calculus 12 or MATH 050 must first
• Anthropology
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and register in MATH 100.
• Criminology
Quesnel
Note 4: The GED certificate meets the • Economics
All public universities in BC that offer general admission requirements but
• Geography (Human)
traditional arts and science degrees does not meet specific program or
guarantee 60 transfer credits for • Kinesiology
course prerequisites.
students who have completed an • Political Science
Note 5: You will need to comply with
Associate of Arts Degree or an Associate • Psychology
the prerequisites of specific courses you
of Science Degree. • Sociology
select.
The Associate Degree curriculum • Women’s Studies
comprises two years of university-level Graduation requirements
— general Sciences
study in a variety of academic areas.
• Astronomy
Students must complete a broad range 1. 60 credits of 100-level or higher
of course offerings balanced with • Biology
courses that have university transfer
in-depth study in specific disciplines. • Chemistry
credit. These must include a minimum
Since many students will continue their of 18 credits in second-year arts for • Computer Science
studies, the requirements are sufficiently the Associate Degree in Arts or a • Engineering
flexible to enable students to plan their minimum of 18 credits in second-year • Forest Science
educational programs carefully and to sciences for the Associate Degree in • Geography (Physical—201, 202)
complete prerequisites for upper-level Science, in two or more subject areas. • Mathematics
course work in their intended majors.
2. It is recommended that up to • Physics
Where to find the details 30 credits, both assigned and Note: Some courses listed above may
Specific associate degree credit transfer unassigned, be accepted for transfer not carry transfer credit or satisfy
policies at each receiving institution credit to the Associate of Arts or major degree requirements at some
are on the BCCAT website www. Science Degree. universities. Please consult the BC
bctransferguide.ca transfer guide www.bctransferguide.ca
3. An overall GPA of 2.0 calculated on
Just click on “Other Transfer Guides”, or Academic Advising at CNC.
all courses counting towards the
and then on “Associate Degree.” A link associate degree. Course completion
is also provided there to all the general
4. No course can be used to meet more Courses must be completed in no
and specific requirements for associate
than one of the specific requirements more than 10 years prior to the date
degrees.
of graduation in order to count toward
Note: INDS 101 cannot be counted as
Admission part of the 60 credits for an associate
the Associate Degree in Arts. This
You’ll need one of the following: policy applies to CNC courses and to all
degree.
courses transferred from other post-
• Successful completion of Grade 12
Classification of subjects secondary institutions for credit at CNC.
(with English 12 or English 12: First For the complete policy, see Ten Year
For help designing your program, please
Peoples) Timeline for Program Completion Policy
talk to a CNC advisor.
• ABE/Academic Upgrading #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web
Advanced Certificate Only those College of New Caledonia
page.
courses with articulated university
• GED Certificate
transfer credit and a College of New Rev. 17.03.10
• Completion of Grade 11 with an
Caledonia course designation at the
outstanding academic record in the
100-level or higher, will count towards
year of application.
the Associate Degree.
Note 1: It is recommended high school
students consult their counsellors to For the purpose of the general and
ensure they select the most appropriate specific requirements for Associate
Degrees, College of New Caledonia

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS of the Carrier People Biological, Linguistic, Socio-cultural, and

ABST 101 Aboriginal Peoples of Archaeology.
DEGREE Canada
Required:
ABST 150 Conversational Carrier
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio-
ABST 220 Indigenous Research
Cultural Anthropology
Methods
CALENDAR-STAR September and January ANTH 102 Introduction to Physical
ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio-
(most courses) Anthropology and
Cultural Anthropology
Archaeology
clock Two years ANTH 102 Introduction to Physical
ANTH 215 Qualitative Methods
Anthropology &
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and ANTH 225 Introduction to Human
Archaeology
Quesnel Prehistory
6 additional 200-level ANTH credits
Associate of Arts Degree ENGL 107 Literature and
Graduation Requirements Composition: Aboriginal 3 credits of 200-level Philosophy (PHIL
— specific Literature 235 is recommended)
6 credits of 100-level Aboriginal Studies
• 6 credits in first-year English; and HIST 103 History of Canada to
(ABST 100 and 101 recommended)
• 9 credits in science, which shall 1867
6 credits of Social Sciences or
include at least HIST 104 History of Canada since
Humanities, including 3 credits of
» 3 credits in mathematics or 1867
Sociology ( SOC 101 recommended )
computing science or statistics 100- or 200- level MATH or CSC;
9 credits of 100-level or higher university
(statistics courses taught in Any university-studies CSC or MATH studies courses
subject areas such as business, course(s), which may include Statistics
courses taught in Business or 3 credits of 200-level Arts
commerce, economics, psychology,
etc. may also be used to meet this Psychology English requirement — 6 credits
requirement); 200-level ABST ENGL 103 Composition and Style
» 3 credits in a laboratory science, 3 additional 100-level university studies
Minimum 9.0 credits. Non-ABST courses
and ENGL credits
with an Aboriginal focus may be
• 36 credits in arts, which shall include substituted with the permission of the
» 6 credits in the social sciences;
Math requirement — 3 credits
Dean or designate.
» 6 credits in humanities (including 3 credits of university studies MATH or
200-level Arts
the creative, performing, or fine CSC
Any 200-level non-ABST university-
arts) other than English; or Statistics
studies Arts course(s)
» 24 additional credits in arts, and Note: MATH 104, or PSYC 201 are
• 9 credits in arts, science, or other 200-level; elective
recommended
areas. Any university-studies 200-level
Humanities or Social Sciences course(s) Science electives — 6 credits
Note 1: Students must have completed
at least three semester credits in the 6 credits of BIO, CHEM, GEOG (201 or
100- or 200- level Math of Science
semester the degree is awarded. 201 only), or PHYS
Any university-studies BIO, CHEM, CSC,
Note 2: Students are advised to consult Note: One 3 credit science must
GEOG, MATH, PHYS course(s)
with a CNC advisor in order to determine be included a two hour or longer
100- or 200- level lab science supervised practice. (BIO 104 is
specific course requirements for entry to
a particular university degree program. Any university-studies BIO, CHEM, recommended)
GEOG, PHYS course(s) with a laboratory
Note 3: A laboratory science course is
component ENGLISH
any course in the sciences list worth
3 credits or more and with a lab of 100-or-200 level electives CONCENTRATION
at least two hours, but excluding any Any university-studies course(s) To complete an Associate of Arts Degree
course in applied science (engineering) or
with an English concentration, you must
computing science.
ANTHROPOLOGY complete 18 or more credits in English,
with 9 of those credits being second-
ABORIGINAL STUDIES CONCENTRATION year courses, as part of the 60 credits
Anthropology is the study of humans, required for an Associate of Arts degree.
CONCENTRATION both past and present. It draws on To ensure successful completion of your
Program Outline and builds upon knowledge from the degree, consult a CNC advisor to create
ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview: social and biological sciences as well as your degree program.
History and Traditions the humanities and physical sciences.
There are four main subfields: Physical/ English requirement — 6 credits

ENGL 103 Composition and Style Composition: Aboriginal PHIL 102 Theory of Knowledge
One of: Literature 3 credits UT-level Lab Science
ENGL 101 Literature and ENGL 205 Creative Writing: Poetry Semester 3 15 credits
Composition I ENGL 206 Creative Writing: Fiction
ENGL 201 English Literature, 1350
ENGL 102 Literature and ENGL 208 Creative Writing –
– 1744
Composition II Creative Nonfiction
One of:
ENGL 104 Introduction to ENGL 213 Short Fiction 1
PHIL 115 World Religions
Literature and ENGL 214 Short Fiction II
200-level PHIL elective
Composition ENGL 215 Children’s Literature I
One of:
ENGL 106 Film Studies ENGL 216 Children’s Literature II
ANTH 206 Anthropology of
ENGL 107 Literature and ENGL 217 Gender, Sexuality, and
Medicine
Composition: Aboriginal Literature I: Focus on
Literature ANTH 210 Anthropological
Literary Theory
Perspectives on
ENGL 108 Contemporary Genre ENGL 218 Gender, Sexuality, and
“Pop”ular Culture
100-level Arts electives — 18 credits (6 Literature II: Focus
ANTH 220 Anthropology of Cross-
credits maximum in one subject area) on Contemporary
Cultural Conflict and
6 credits from Humanities (excludes Literature
Social Justice
English) ENGL 219 Contemporary
One UT-level MATH elective
6 credits from Humanities or Social Aboriginal Authors
Sciences (includes English) ENGL 220 Children’s Literature – One 100- or 200-level Science elective
6 credits from Social Sciences First Nations Authors
Semester 4 15 credits
200-level Arts electives — 18 credits ENGL 225 Special Topics in Film
ENGL 202 English Literature, 1744
(credits must be in at least two subject (Genre)
– 1900
areas) ENGL 228 Special Topics in
Two 200-level HIST electives
Literature (Genre)
Required: ENGL 229 Professional Business One 200-level PHIL elective
ENGL 201 English Literature, 1350 and Technical One 100-level Social Science elective
– 1744 Communication
Note: A minimum cumulative GPA of
ENGL 202 English Literature, 1744 2.0 is required to successfully complete
– 1900 MODERN CLASSICS the Associate Arts Degree with Modern
ENGL 203 Canadian Literature I CONCENTRATION Classics concentration.
ENGL 204 Canadian Literature II
Humanities or Social Sciences 200-level Program outline
electives (6 credits)
PSYCHOLOGY
Semester 1 15 credits
ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio-
CONCENTRATION
Science electives — 9 credits
Cultural Anthropology Psychology is the scientific study of mind
3 credits of a 100-level Computer and behaviour. Psychologists attempt to
Science, Math, or Statistics course determine causes for behaviour and try
3 credits of a Lab science (minimum FINE 101 Art History 1
to find answers by exploring biological
2 hours per week lab component HIST 101 World History
and environmental influences. Some
and excluding any Applied Science or PHIL 101 Moral Philosophy
psychologists perform research in
Computing Science course) Semester 2 15 credits laboratories while others work in social
3 credits of a Science course organizations, but both are attempting
One of:
to find solutions to real-world problems.
University Transfer ENGL 101 Literature and
As well, many psychology graduates use
electives — 9 credits Composition I
their education to embark on careers in
Choose 6 credits from 100/200-level ENGL 102 Literature and
law, health care, criminology, business,
English courses and 3 credits UT elective Composition II
and education.
ENGL 101 Literature and ENGL 104 Introduction to
Composition I Literature and Psychology Requirement:
ENGL 102 Literature and Composition PSYC 101 Introduction to
Composition II ENGL 106 Film Studies Psychology I
ENGL 104 Introduction to ENGL 107 Literature and PSYC 102 Introduction to
Literature and Composition: Aboriginal Psychology II
Composition Literature PSYC 201 Statistics for the Social
ENGL 106 Film Studies FINE 102 Art History II Sciences
ENGL 107 Literature and HIST 102 World History II PSYC 202 Research Methods in

Psychology Electives BIO 104 Biology for Humanities

Note 1: Advanced Placement 12 cannot 9 additional UT credits in the Social and Social Science
be used to satisfy the PSYC 101 & 102 Sciences or Humanities Students II
requirement. MATH 104 Introduction to
9 additional UT credits in any area
Note 2: MATH 104 or MATH 157 Statistics
Note 1: You must have at least 18 or
cannot be used to satisfy the PSYC 201
credits of 200-level courses in at least PSYC 201 Statistics for the Social
requirement.
two different subjects. Sciences
One of:
Note 2: Students should speak with Electives (9 credits)
an academic advisor to ensure their 9 additional UT credits in any area
Abnormal Behaviour
electives are eligible to count towards an
PSYC 209 Introduction to Note: Students should speak with
Associate of Arts degree.
Biological Psychology an academic advisor to ensure their
PSYC 210 Introduction to electives are eligible to count towards an
Cognitive Psychology SOCIOLOGY Associate of Arts degree.
3 additional credits of 200-level PSYC CONCENTRATION

Sociology is the study of societies and
English requirement the way they shape people’s attitudes,
ENGL 103 Composition and Style actions, identities, and institutions.
Sociology helps us to make sense of the
3 additional credits 100-level UT English
rapidly changing world in which we live.
Science requirement At the same time, it helps us to know
ourselves in new and exciting ways. By
3 credits of UT BIO, CHEM, physical
studying sociology, you’ll acquire an
GEOG, or PHYS with a minimum of a 2
increased understanding of human
hour/week laboratory component
interactions and the ability to interpret
Biology 103 or 104 are recommended social events.
for Humanities and Social Science
students Sociology Requirement:
3 additional credits of UT BIO, CHEM, SOC 101 Introduction to
CSC, GEOG, MATH, or PHYS with or Sociology I
without a laboratory component SOC 102 Introduction to
Sociology II
Note: PSYC 201 satisfies the Math
SOC 210 Sociological Theory
requirement for the Associate of Arts ABST 100 Yinka Dene Worldview:
Humanities requirement History and Traditions
6 credits in Humanities, in addition to
ABST 101 Aboriginal Peoples of
the 6 credits of required ENGL courses
Canada
Social Sciences requirement ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio-
6 credits in Social Sciences Cultural Anthropology
PHIL 102 Theory of Knowledge
The following courses may be of
particular interest to Psychology PHIL 221 Social Philosophy
students: PHIL 235 Contemporary Ethical
Issues
ANTH 206 Medical Anthropology
CRIM 220 Research Methods in
CRIM 102 Psychological
the Social Sciences
Explanations of Crime
6 additional credits in Sociology at the
and Deviance
KINS 127 Contemporary Health 100- or 200-level
Issues English requirement (6 credits)
KINS 235 Sport and Exercise
Psychology
3 additional credits 100-level UT English
SOC 206 Social Problems
WMST 101 Introduction to Science requirement (9 credits)
Women’s Studies I BIO 103 Biology for Humanities
WMST 102 Introduction to and Social Science
Women’s Studies II Students I

ASSOCIATE OF students can use the Associate of CHEMISTRY

Science with a concentration in Biology
SCIENCE DEGREE CONCENTRATION
as a springboard into pharmacy,
Chemistry is known as ‘the central
medicine, nursing, dental hygiene,
science’ as it is important to the
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time biotechnology, and many other fields.
understanding of the natural world; it
CALENDAR-STAR September, January and Biology Requirements: connects the sciences with its focus on
May (most courses) BIO 107 Cellular and Organismal the fundamental properties of matter.
BIO 120 Genetics, Evolution, Chemistry is a branch of science that
clock Two years studies the composition, structure,
and Ecology
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and Quesnel properties and reactions of substances
BIO 201 Cell Structure
(atoms, molecules and compounds). A
BIO 202 Introductory
Associate of Science chemistry education gives the student
Biochemistry
Degree Graduation the flexibility to move in numerous
Requirements — specific BIO 215 Microbiology
career directions including research and
BIO 220 Introductory Genetics
development, chemical engineering,
1. 6 credits in first-year English; and One of: forensic science, and industrial and
2. 6 credits in mathematics which shall CHEM111 Fundamentals of medical fields.
include at least 3 credits in calculus; Chemistry I
Chemistry program
and OR
(Science) requirement:
CHEM113 Introduction to
3. 36 credits in science, which shall Required:
Chemistry I
include at least 3 credits in a
One of: BIO 107 Cellular and Organismal
laboratory science; and
CHEM112 Fundamentals of Biology
4. 6 credits in arts, other than English Chemistry II BIO 120 Genetics, Evolution and
(excluding mathematics and laboratory- OR Ecology
based science courses); and One of:
CHEM114 Introduction to
5. 6 credits in arts, science, or other Chemistry II CHEM 111 Fundamentals of
areas. CHEM 203 Organic Chemistry I Chemistry I
Note 1: Students must have completed CHEM 204 Organic Chemistry II OR
at least three semester credits in the MATH 101 Calculus I CHEM 113 Introduction to
semester the degree is awarded. MATH 102 Calculus II Chemistry I
Note 2: Unassigned credits from other One of: One of:
institutions for inclusion in the course CHEM 112 Fundamentals of
PHYS101 Introductory Physics I
work leading to the Associate of Sciences Chemistry II
OR
degree will be limited to 15 credits. The OR
PHYS105 General Physics I
final decision for determining course
One of: CHEM 114 Introduction to
area, level, and number of credit hours
PHYS102 Introductory Physics II Chemistry II
will be made by the Dean or senior
academic administrator in the UT OR One of:
Science program area. PHYS106 General Physics II CHEM 201 Physical Chemistry
OR
Note 3: Students are advised to consult English requirement
with a CNC advisor in order to determine ENGL 103 Composition and Style CHEM 202 Inorganic Chemistry
specific course requirements for entry to 3 additional credits 100-level UT English CHEM 203 Organic Chemistry I
a particular university degree program. CHEM 204 Organic Chemistry II
Humanities & Social
Note 4: A laboratory science course is CHEM 205 Analytical Chemistry
Science Requirement
any course in the sciences list worth MATH 101 Calculus I
3 credits or more and with a lab of 6 credits in Humanities or Social
MATH 102 Calculus II
at least two hours, but excluding any Sciences, in addition to the 6 credits of
MATH 201 Calculus III
course in applied science (engineering) or required English courses.
MATH 204 Linear Algebra
computing science. Electives One of:
6 additional UT credits in any area. PHYS 101 Introductory Physics I
BIOLOGY
Note: Students should speak with OR
CONCENTRATION an academic advisor to ensure their PHYS 105 General Physics I
Studying Biology prepares you for electives are eligible to count towards an
careers in the biological sciences, One of:
Associate of Arts Degree.
education, and health care. Our biology PHYS 102 Introductory Physics II

OR 6 credits of 200-level MATH

PHYS 106 General Physics II 6 credits 200-level CSC
English Requirement: 6 additional credits at the 200-level in
Required: MATH or CSC
ENGL 103 Composition and Style Science Requirements:
3 additional credits 100 – level UT (9 credits)
English
9 credits of university studies sciences,
Humanities and Social to include at least 3 credits of a
Sciences requirement: laboratory science
6 credits in Humanities or Social Art Requirements:
Sciences, in addition to the 6 credits of (6 credits)
required ENGL courses
6 credits of Social Sciences or
Electives Humanities (excluding English)
6 additional UT credits Electives:
Note: Students should speak with
an academic advisor to ensure their (6 credits)
electives are eligible to count towards an 6 credits of 100-level or higher university
Associate of Science degree and confirm studies courses
any unique program requirements at
their university of choice.
MATHEMATICS &
COMPUTER SCIENCE
CONCENTRATION
Understanding Mathematics and
Computer Science is essential for a
career working in technology or business
today. The Associate of Science Degree
with a concentration in Mathematics
and Computer Science will provide you
with the basis to continue your studies
in a Bachelor of Science program, or
to go out in the workplace with a solid
foundation in these fields.
English Requirements:
(6 credits)
3 additional 100-level university studies
ENGL credits
100-level Math & Computer

Science Requirements:
(15 credits)
MATH 101 Differential Calculus
MATH 102 Integral Calculus
CSC 109 Computing Science I
CSC 110 Computing Science II
CSC 135 Discrete Mathematics I
OR
MATH 135 Discrete Mathematics I
200-level Math & Computer
Science Requirements:
(18 credits)

DIPLOMAS
(most courses);
clock Two years
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; individual
courses may be available
at other campuses
Topics covered include (not a complete
list):
• Successful completion of one of the
following:
» Grade 12 (with English 12 or
English 12: First Peoples) or
» ABE/Academic Upgrading
Advanced Certificate or
» GED Certificate or
» Grade 11, with an outstanding
academic record, in the year of
application.
students consult their counsellors to
ensure they select the most appropriate
high school courses for their chosen
career paths.
Note 2: Students who received less
than a “B” in English 12 or its equivalent
are encouraged to select English 103
as their first university credit English
course.
Note 3: The GED certificate meets the
general admission requirements, but
does not meet specific program or
Note 4: You’ll need to comply with the
prerequisites of the specific courses you
select.
Course completion
Courses must be completed in no
more than 10 years prior to the date
of graduation. This policy applies
to CNC courses and to all courses
transferred from other post-secondary
institutions for credit at CNC. For the
complete policy, see Ten Year Timeline
for Program Completion Policy #E-1.37
available on the CNC Policy web page.

CRIMINOLOGY PHIL 101 Moral Philosophy

OR
DIPLOMA PHIL 102 Theory of Knowledge
OR
PHIL 220 Political Philosophy
CALENDAR-STAR September and January One of:
(most courses)
MATH 104 Elementary Statistics
clock Two years OR
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and PSYC 201 Statistics for Social
Quesnel; individual Sciences
courses may be available One of:
at other campuses PSCI 100 Intro to Politics &
Graduates of the Criminology Diploma Government
program are employed in nearly every OR
aspect of the justice system. Work PSCI 131 The Administration of
activities might include protecting the Justice
public, detecting and preventing crime, One of:
probation supervision, social advocacy,
CRIM 201 Policing in Modern
counselling or conducting research.
Society
Graduates may also continue their
OR
education in criminology, social work,
psychology, law and related social and CRIM 241 Introduction to
behavioural sciences. Corrections
OR
CRIM 250 Restorative Justice
OR
equivalent
• English Studies 12 or English First CRIM 260 Women, Crime and
Peoples 12 or ENGL 050 or ENGL Criminal Justice
051 (minimum “C-”) or equivalent Four electives from: ABST, ANTH, COM,
• Foundations of Math 11 or MATH CSC, ECON, ENGL, GEOG, HIST, MATH,
043 (minimum “C”) or equivalent PHIL, PSCI, PSYC, SOC, OR WMST
Graduation Requirements Additional Information:

CRIM 101 Introduction to 1. Students transferring to SFU
Criminology Criminology should choose electives
CRIM 102 Psych. Of Crime and that receive direct transfer to that
Deviance program.
CRIM 103 Introduction to the
Criminal Justice System 2. Students should check the BC
CRIM 106 Soc Explan – Crime & Transfer Guide (www.bctransferguide.
Deviance ca) to ensure that they choose
electives that will receive a full transfer
CRIM 135 Intro to Cdn Law &
Legal Inst
CRIM 220 Research Methods in
Social Sciences
CRIM 230 Criminal Law
Psychology I
Psychology II
SOC 101 Intro. to Sociology I
SOC 102 Intro. to Sociology II
One of:

KINESIOLOGY KINS 260 Nutrition for Health • Canadian Society for Exercise
KINS 276 Exercise Physiology Physiology (CSEP) – Certified
DIPLOMA KINS 291 Work Experience in Personal Trainer (CPT) (with
Kinesiology additional weekend seminar and
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time ENGL 103 Composition and Style exam)
Plus 24 credits of university transfer • National Coaching Certification
(UT) electives – 9 Credits must be KINS Program (NCCP) – Introduction to
clock 2 years courses. Competition Part A
• National Coaching Certification
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George; individual Options for KINS courses:
Program (NCCP) – Introduction to
courses may be available KINS 121 Leisure and Sport in
Competition
at other campuses Society
Part B
KINS 150 Pedagogy and Coaching
Kinesiology is the study of all aspects • Run-Jump-Throw Certification (credit
KINS 221 Physical Growth and
of human movement. The Kinesiology in NCCP in Athletics) or equivalent
Motor Development
Diploma program offers a wide variety certification
of first-and second-year courses that KINS 226 Human Motor
Behaviour Course Completion
transfer into a Kinesiology degree-
granting institution. Courses include KINS 273 Research Methods in Courses must be completed in no
anatomy and physiology, physical fitness Kinesiology more than 10 years prior to the date
and health, growth and development, Note 1: PSYC 101 is recommended as a of graduation in order to count toward
biomechanics and injury management, UT elective in first year. the Aboriginal Studies Certificate. This
and coaching and sport administration. policy applies to CNC courses and to all
Note 2: ENGL 104 is recommended as a
Students are interested in the fitness courses transferred from other post-
UT elective if students are interested in
industry, rehabilitation, and teaching secondary institutions for credit at CNC.
transferring to an institution requiring 6
physical education. For the complete policy, see Ten Year
credits in English.
Timeline for Program Completion Policy
Admission Requirements Note 3: Students are responsible for #E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web
selecting their electives in a way that page.
1. Successful completion of Grade 12 or ensures congruence with their university
equivalent of choice. For help selecting courses,
2. English 12 or equivalent or English 12 please contact the CNC academic
First Peoples or equivalent advising department.
Note 1: Foundations of Math 11 or Math For students seeking the
045 is a prerequisite for KINS 120. Kinesiology Diploma with the
Note 2: It is strongly recommended that Business Specialization:
high school students take Physics 11 and This specialization is intended for
Pre-Calculus Math 11. students interested in working in the
fitness industry as a personal trainer
Program Outline
and/or as a fitness leader.
KINS 100 Introduction and
12 credits of required business courses
Principles of Personal
(as part of the 24 credits of UT electives):
Health and Wellness
KINS 110 Introduction to Sport COM 100 Fundamentals of
Administration Business
KINS 120 Biomechanics COM 204 Financial Accounting
KINS 124 Principles of Physical MKT 152 Principles of Marketing
Fitness MGT 154 Applied Human
KINS 128 Contemporary Health Relations
Issues Graduation Requirement:
KINS 132 Human Functional
Students must have a minimum 2.0 GPA
Anatomy
in courses used to receive diploma.
KINS 232 Human Applied
Physiology Credentials
KINS 235 Sport and Exercise Upon completion of the required
Psychology courses, students will graduate from
KINS 245 Injury Management and CNC with a Kinesiology Diploma,
Prevention including the following industry
certifications:

MEDICAL SCIENCES OR
200L 200 Level UT English
DIPLOMA – DENTAL 11-UT Electives 11 – UT Elective
PATHWAY Courses in any subject
Notes: For a full list of available UT
elective courses, look at Credentials
This program is designed to meet the
Associate Degrees Classification of
minimum pre-requisites for admission
Subjects list in the College Calendar.
into Dental degree programs by
ENGL 104, or ENGL 107, or ENGL 108
providing specific core courses and
are recommended as the 100 level
electives in preparation of their target
English elective option. CHEM 111 and
program. It provides a minimum 60 of
CHEM 112 are recommended as the
the 90 required credits for admission to
required chemistry courses.
a Dental degree program.
Additional Information:
• High School graduation or 1. Completion of this program does not
equivalent guarantee acceptance into a Dental
Degree or other Health Science
• Life Sciences 11 or equivalent
Program. Students should be aware of
(minimum “C”)
competitive entry GPA requirements
• Chemistry 11 or equivalent
at their institution of choice.
(minimum “C”)
• English Studies 12 or English First 2. Students should check the
Peoples 12 or equivalent (minimum BC Transfer Guide (wwww.
“C”) bctransferguide.ca) to ensure that
• Foundations of Math 11 or they choose courses and electives
equivalent (minimum “C”) that will receive a full 60 credit
transfer at their institution and
Graduation Requirements program of choice.
Successful completion of all required
courses with a minimum grade of “C”
is required to graduate with a Medical See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
Sciences Diploma – Dental Pathway Program Completion Policy (E-1.37)
Note: Chemistry 12 or equivalent

and Pre-Calculus 12 or equivalent is
recommended.
BIO 107 Cellular and Organismal
Biology
BIO 120 Genetics, Evolution, and
Ecology
BIO 202 Intro to Biochemistry
One of:
CHEM 111 Fundamentals of
Chemistry I
AND
Chemistry II
OR
CHEM 113 Introduction to
Chemistry I
AND
Chemistry II
CHEM 203 Organic Chemistry I
CHEM 204 Organic Chemistry II
100L 100 Level UT English

MEDICAL SCIENCES CHEM 203 Organic Chemistry I

DIPLOMA – MEDICAL ENGL 103 Composition and Style
PATHWAY 100L ENGL 100 Level English
OR
This program is designed to meet the 200L ENGL 200 Level English
minimum pre-requisites for admission MATH 104 Elementary Statistics
into Medical degree programs by PSYC 101 Introduction to
providing specific core courses and Psychology I
electives in preparation of their target One of:
program. It provides a minimum 60 of
PHYS 101 Introductory Physics
the 90 required credits for admission to
OR
a Medical degree program.
PHYS 105 General Physics I
Admission Requirements OR
PHYS 106 General Physics II
equivalent
8-UT Electives 8-UT Elective Courses in
any subject, Humanities
(minimum “C”)
and Social Sciences
• Chemistry 11 or equivalent courses recommended
(minimum “C”)
Notes: For a full list of UT elective
• English Studies 12 or English First courses, including Humanities and Social
Peoples 12 or equivalent (minimum Science courses, look at Credentials
“C”) Associate Degrees Classification of
• Foundations of Math 11 or Subjects list in the College Calendar.
equivalent (minimum “C”) ENGL 104, or ENGL 107, or ENGL 108
• Physics 11 or equivalent (minimum are recommended as the 100 level
“C”) English elective option. CHEM 111 and
CHEM 112 are recommended as the
required chemistry courses.
courses with a minimum grade of “C” Additional Information:
is required to graduate with a Medical
1. Completion of this program does not
Sciences Diploma – Medical Pathway.
guarantee acceptance into a Medical
Note: Chemistry 12 or equivalent, Degree or other Health Science
Physics 12 or equivalent, and Program. Students should be aware of
Pre-Calculus 12 or equivalent are competitive entry GPA requirements
recommended. at their institution of choice.
BIO 107 Cellular and Organismal 2. Students should check the BC
Biology Transfer Guide (www.bctransferguide.
BIO 120 Genetics, Evolution, and ca) to ensure that they choose
Ecology courses and electives that will receive
BIO 202 Intro to Biochemistry a full 60 credit transfer at their
One of: institution and program of choice.
CHEM 111 Fundamentals of Graduation/Time Frames
Chemistry I See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
AND Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).
Chemistry II
OR
Chemistry I
AND
Chemistry II

MEDICAL SCIENCES ENGL 103 Composition and Style

100L ENGL 100 Level English
DIPLOMA – OR
PHARMACY 200L ENGL 200 Level English
PATHWAY MATH 101 Differential Calculus

This program is designed to meet the MATH 104 Elementary Statistics
minimum pre-requisites for admission 2 – Humanities or Social Science
into Pharmacy programs by providing Electives
specific core courses and electives in 4 – UT Electives 4 – UT Elective
preparation of their target program. courses in any subject
Admissions Requirements Notes: For a full list of available UT
• High School graduation or elective courses, including Humanities
equivalent and Social Science courses, look
at Credentials Associate Degrees
Classification of Subjects list in the
(minimum “C”)
College Calendar. ENGL 104, or ENGL
107, or ENGL 108 are recommended
(minimum “C”)
as the 100 level English elective
• English Studies 12 or English First option. CHEM 111 and CHEM 112
Peoples 12 or equivalent (minimum are recommended as the required
“C”) chemistry courses.
• Pre-Calculus 12 or equivalent
(minimum “C”)
Program Specific 1. Completion of this program does not
Recommendations guarantee acceptance into Pharmacy
Chemistry 12 or equivalent and Physics Degree or other Health Science
12 or equivalent are recommended. Program. Students should be aware of
competitive entry GPA requirements
Graduation Requirements at their institution of choice.
2. Students should check the BC
Transfer Guide (www.bctransferguide.
is required to graduate with a Medical
ca) to ensure that they choose
Sciences Diploma – Pharmacy Pathway
courses and electives that will receive
BIO 107 Cellular and Organismal a full 60 credit transfer at their
Biology institution and program of choice.
BIO 120 Genetics, Evolution,
Graduation/ Time Frames
and Ecology
The CNC Ten Year Timeline for Program
BIO 201 Cell Structure
Completion Policy (E-1.37) applies
BIO 202 Intro to Biochemistry
by default to all programs. It is only
BIO 215 Microbiology necessary to complete this section if the
One of: program has or is seeking approval for a
CHEM 111 Fundamentals of shorter program completion deadline.
Chemistry I
AND
Chemistry II
OR
Chemistry I
AND
Chemistry II

MEDICAL SCIENCES AND

DIPLOMA – Chemistry II
VETERINARY CHEM 203 Organic Chemistry I
PATHWAY ENGL 103 Composition and Style
100L ENGL 100 Level English
This program is designed to meet the
OR
minimum pre-requisites for admission
into Veterinary programs by providing 200L ENGL 200 Level English
specific core courses and electives 2 – MATH
credits in preparation of their target OR 2 Courses in Math or
program. Statistics
Statistics
One of:
equivalent PHYS 101 Introductory Physics I
• Life Sciences 11 or equivalent OR
(minimum “C”) PHYS 105 General Physics I
• Chemistry 11 or equivalent OR
(minimum “C”)
PHYS 106 General Physics II
• English Studies 12 or English First 6 – UT Electives 6 – UT Elective courses
Peoples 12 or equivalent (minimum in any subject
“C”)
Notes: For a full list of available UT
• Foundations of Math 11 or elective courses, look at Credentials
equivalent (minimum “C”) Associate Degrees Classification of
• Physics 11 or equivalent (minimum Subjects list in the College Calendar.
“C”) ENGL 104, or ENGL 107, or ENGL 108
Program Specific are recommended as the 100L English
Recommendations elective option. CHEM 111 and CHEM
112 are recommended as the required
Chemistry 12 or equivalent, Physics 12
chemistry courses.
or equivalent, and Pre-Calculus 12 or
equivalent is recommended. Additional Information:
Graduation Requirements 1. Completion of this program does

Successful completion of all required not guarantee acceptance into a
courses with a minimum grade of “C” Veterinary Degree or other Health
is required to graduate with a Medical Science Program. Students should
Sciences Diploma – Veterinary Pathway be aware of competitive entry GPA
requirements at their institution of
BIO 107 Cellular and Organismal
choice.
Biology
BIO 120 Genetics, Evolution, and 2. Students should check the BC
Ecology Transfer Guide (www.bctransferguide.
BIO 202 Intro to Biochemistry ca) to ensure that they choose
BIO 215 Microbiology courses or electives that will receive
a full 60 credit transfer at their
BIO 220 Genetics
institution and program of choice.
One of:
Chemistry I See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
AND Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).

Chemistry II
OR
Chemistry I

WEB AND GRAPHIC Communication

ENGL 120 Content Strategies for
DESIGN DIPLOMA Writing Online
FINE 107 Introduction to Digital
*Note: Students starting in January Arts and Media
complete in 2.5 years WEGD 121 Introduction to
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Design Thinking
WEGD 131 Introduction to
CALENDAR-STAR September and January Visual Communication
clock Two years (full-time) WEGD 141 Introduction to
Web Design
In this program, students will learn Design
visual and online communication WEGD 151 Basics of Typography
strategies, digital art and interactive WEGD 161 Graphic Design
media, web design, typography, project Fundamentals
management, and creative problem WEGD 211 Applied Skills Lab I
solving while crafting effective design
WEGD 212 Applied Skills Lab II
solutions to promote individuals or
WEGD 261 Introduction to
businesses. Students develop proficiency
Business for Creatives
in industry-standard applications
WEGD 262 Print Production
such as Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator,
Fundamentals
Dreamweaver, Premiere Pro, and other
WEGD 299 Professional Internship
Adobe Creative Cloud software. This two-
year program offers a creative learning Two UT, Business, or WEGD courses
environment that spans multiple (WEGD electives must be drawn from the
disciplines yet still provides students Design stream for Web students and vice
with the opportunity to specialize in a versa)
chosen field. Design Stream
Admission Requirements WEGD 221 Graphic Design for

Sustainability
WEGD 222 Visual Showcase
equivalent
WEGD 251 Drawing the Story
Peoples 12, or ENGL 050, or ENGL WEGD 252 3D Design & Rapid
051, or equivalent Prototyping
Web Stream
Selection Process
If there is room in the program, the WEGD 231 Introduction to
student will be accepted once they have Interactive Digital Media
met all the admission requirements. This Production
is called “first qualified, first accepted.” If WEGD 232 Interactive Digital Media
the student qualifies after the program is Production
full, they will be put on a wait list. WEGD 241 Advanced Web Design
Concepts
Program Specific Requirements WEGD 242 Digital Media Showcase
Basic computer skills are required.
Note: Students are required to use
WEGD courses must be completed
a keyboard and mouse or alternative
no more than 5 years prior to date of
means to interact with the operating
graduation to count toward the Web
system and software.
and Graphic Design Diploma. This
Graduation Requirements policy applies to CNC courses and to all
courses transferred from other post-
“C” grade or higher required for all
secondary institutions for credit at CNC.
courses applied towards the credential
All other courses must be completed
ENGL 103 Composition and Style in no more than 10 years prior to
OR graduation as per the CNC 10-year
ENGL 113 Writing and Timeline Policy.

CERTIFICATES
CALENDAR-STAR September and
January (most courses);
Engineering starts
September only
clock One year
(see also program-specific requirements)
• Successful completion of one of the
following:
» Grade 12 (with English 12 or
English 12: First Peoples) or
» ABE/Academic Upgrading
Advanced Certificate or
» GED Certificate or
» Grade 11, with an outstanding
academic record, in the year of
application.
Note 1: It is recommended that
high school students consult their
counsellors to ensure they select the
most appropriate high school courses
for their chosen career paths.
Note 2: The GED certificate meets the
general admission requirements but
does not meet specific program or
Note 3: You will need to comply with the
prerequisites of the specific courses you
select.
Course completion
Courses must be completed in no
more than 10 years prior to the date
of graduation. This policy applies
to CNC courses and to all courses
transferred from other post-secondary
institutions for credit at CNC. For the
complete policy, see Ten Year Timeline
for Program Completion Policy #E-1.37
available on the CNC Policy web page.

ABORIGINAL Program Outline

STUDIES History and Traditions
CERTIFICATE of the Carrier People
Canada
ABST 150 Conversational Carrier
CALENDAR-STAR September, January and ANTH 101 Introduction to Socio-
May Cultural Anthropology
clock One year ANTH 102 Introduction to Physical
Anthropology and
MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake, Ft. St. James, Archaeology
Mackenzie, Prince George, ENGL 103 Composition and Style
Quesnel and Vanderhoof ENGL 107 Literature and
Note: Students starting in January or Composition: First
May may not be able to complete in two Nations Literature
semesters HIST 103 History of Canada
to 1867
Aboriginal Studies (ABST) offers you
HIST 104 History of Canada
a chance to better understand the
since 1867
cultures, traditions, history, and
contemporary concerns of Aboriginal Electives Any 100- or 200-level
peoples in Canada, and especially in UT courses
the CNC region. The Aboriginal Studies Course Completion
certificate is a starting point for careers Courses must be completed no more
in private, non-profit, and government than 10 years prior to the date of
sectors, and especially for employment graduation in order to count toward
by Aboriginal organizations and the Aboriginal Studies Certificate. This
communities. You can also completely policy applies to CNC courses and to all
ladder the one-year certificate into the courses transferred from other post-
two-year Associate Degree. secondary institutions for credit at CNC.
Admission Requirements For the complete policy, see Ten Year
Timeline for Program Completion Policy
You’ll need the following:
#E-1.37 available on the CNC Policy web
• Successful completion of Grade 12 page.
(with English 12 or English 12: First
Peoples) or equivalent
students consult their counsellors to
ensure they select the most appropriate
high school courses for their chosen
career paths.
Note 2: Students who received less than
a “B” grade in English 12 or its equivalent
are strongly encouraged to select English
103 as their first English course.
Note 3: Students applying for admission
to MATH 101, CSC 109, Phys 101 or
Chem 111 who obtained a “C+” or less in
Foundations of Math 12 (interim grade)
or Math 050 must first register in MATH
100.
Note 4: You will need to comply with
the prerequisites of specific courses you
select.

DENTAL HYGIENE Psychology II

One of:
PATHWAY MATH 104 Elementary Statistics
CERTIFICATE OR
PSYC 201 Statistics for the Social
watch Full-time or Part-time Sciences
100L ENGL 100 Level UT English
OR
clock One year
200L ENGL 200 Level UT English
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George UT Elective(s) UT Elective Course(s) in
This certificate will provide admission any subject
requirements for students planning Notes: For a full list of available UT
to seek entry into a Dental Hygiene elective courses, look at Credentials
program at CNC or elsewhere. Associate Degrees Classification of
Admission Requirements ENGL 104, or ENGL 107, or ENGL 108
• Anatomy and Physiology 12 or are recommended as the 100 level
equivalent (minimum “C”) English elective option. CHEM 111 and
• Chemistry 11 or equivalent CHEM 112 are recommended as the
(minimum “C”) required chemistry courses.
• English Studies 12 or English Studies Additional Information:
First Peoples 12 or equivalent
(minimum “C”) 1. Completion of this program does not
guarantee acceptance into a Dental
• Foundations of Math 11 or
Hygiene program or other Health
equivalent (minimum “C”)
Science Programs. Students should
Graduation Requirements be aware of competitive entry GPA
Successful completion of all required requirements at their institution of
courses with a minimum grade of “C” choice.
are required to graduate with a Dental
2. Students should check the BC
Hygiene Pathway Certificate.
Note: Chemistry 12 or equivalent ca) to ensure that they choose
and Pre-Calculus 12 or equivalent are courses and electives that will receive
recommended. a full 30 credit transfer at their
BIO 111 Human Anatomy and institution and program of choice.
Physiology I Graduation/Time Frames
BIO 112 Human Anatomy and
Physiology II
One of:
Chemistry I
AND
Chemistry II
OR
Chemistry I
AND
Chemistry II
Psychology I

ENGINEERING • Chemistry 12 (minimum “C“) or

CHEM 050 (minimum “C“) or
(APPLIED SCIENCE) equivalent
CERTIFICATE • Pre-calculus 12 (minimum “C“) or

MATH 050 (minimum “C“) or MATH
100 (minimum “C”) or equivalent
• Physics 12 (minimum “C“) or PHYS
CALENDAR-STAR September 050 (minimum “C“) or equivalent
clock One year Graduation Requirements:

Students completing all courses below
with passing grades earn the credential
Engineering (Applied Science) Certificate for the Engineering (Applied Science)
recognizes successful completion of Certificate.
the First-Year Engineering (Applied
Science) Transfer Program based on Program Outline
the Common Engineering Curriculum. ENGL 103 Composition and Style
To obtain an engineering degree ENGL 229 Professional Business
(Bachelor of Engineering or Bachelor and Technical
of Applied Science) graduates of the Communication
program should continue their studies APSC 101 Engineering Design I
at an accredited university. Engineering APSC 102 Engineering Design II
careers include chemical engineer, MATH 101 Differential Calculus
mechanical engineer, civil/structural
engineer, environmental engineer,
MATH 204 Linear Algebra
electrical engineer, computer engineer,
One of:
and other engineering specialties.
CHEM 150 Engineering Chemistry
Program outcomes OR
• Demonstrate an understanding of CHEM 111 Fundamentals of
the scientific method and apply it to Chemistry I
critically solve problems AND
• Demonstrate proper laboratory
techniques, including the use of
Chemistry II
appropriate equipment and
CSC 109 Computing Science I
• instrumentation
PHYS 101 Introductory Physics I
• Develop original designs to solve
PHYS 102 Introductory Physics II
engineering problems
PHYS 204 Mechanics I — Statics
• Collect, analyze, and interpret
laboratory data, and draw sound Transfarability
conclusions Please consult an academic advisor
• Effectively communicate ideas and for current transfer institutions and
project results requirements.
• Engage in informed debate on
topics related to technology
• Effectively apply scientific/
engineering concepts toward
subsequent coursework
(see also program-specific requirements)
equivalent.
• English Studies 12 (minimum “C”) or
English First Peoples 12 (minimum
“C“) or ENGL 050 (minimum “C“)
or ENGL 051 (minimum “C“) or
equivalent

FINE ARTS Design, and Technology

(Studio)
CERTIFICATE FINE 107 Introduction to Digital
Arts and Media
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time FINE 108* Making a Living
as an Artist
OR
clock One year ENGL elective Any transferable ENGL
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George course excluding 103
and 113
This intensive one-year certificate
FINE 109 Colour Theory (Studio)
can lead to careers in the visual arts.
Prospective students will have studied Notes:*Please refer to existing transfer
and practiced fine arts. Taught by agreements and consult with advisors at
professional artists and educators, this CNC and receiving institution as needed.
program fosters individual development Graduation/Time Frames
in creative thinking, problem solving,
technical skills, and management for the
business side of your career: copyright,
contracts, commissions, and more.
equivalent
051, or equivalent
Selection Process

This certificate is not intended as an
introduction to basic artistic practice.
Prospective students must have
demonstrable artistic ability together
with foundational arts education (e.g.
secondary school courses or private study)
and/or prior practice in one or more
relevant artistic disciplines.
One of:
OR
Communication
FINE 101 Art History I
FINE 102 Art History ll
FINE 103 Drawing I (Studio)
FINE 104 Drawing ll (Studio)
FINE 105 Painting (Studio)
FINE 106 First Nations Art,

NURSING PATHWAY UT Elective(s) UT Elective(s) in any

subject
CERTIFICATE Note: For a full list of available UT
elective courses, look at Credentials
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Associate Degrees Classification of
CALENDAR-STAR September Electives chosen from Humanities or
clock One year Social Sciences at the 200 level are
strongly recommended.
This certificate is designed for students
planning to seek entry in a Nursing 1. Completion of this program does not
program at CNC or elsewhere. guarantee acceptance into a Nursing
degree or other Health Science
Program. Students should be aware of
• Anatomy and Physiology 12 or competitive entry GPA requirements
equivalent (minimum 73%) at their institution of choice.
(minimum 70%) 2. Students should check the BC
• English Studies 12 or English Studies
ca) to ensure that they choose
courses and electives that will receive
(minimum 70%)
a full 30 credit transfer at their
• Foundations of Math 11 or institution and program of choice.
equivalent (minimum 70%)
Successful completion of all required Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).
is required to graduate with a Nursing
Pathway Certificate.
Note: Anatomy and Physiology 12 or
equivalent must be completed within
five (5) years prior to the semester of
admission to the NCBNP.
One of:
OR
Canada
ANTH 101 Introduction to
Sociocultural
Anthropology
BIO 105 Basic Microbiology
Physiology I
Physiology II
One of:
OR
Psychology I

PHYSICAL PHYS 101 Introductory Physics I

OR
THERAPY BRIDGING PHYS 105 General Physics I
CERTIFICATE PSYC 101 Introduction to
Psychology I
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time UT Elective(s) UT elective(s) in any
subject
CALENDAR-STAR September Notes: For a full list of available UT
clock One year elective courses, look at Credentials
Associate Degrees Classification of
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Subjects list in the College Calendar.
This certificate is designed to satisfy Additional Information:
the pre-requisite course requirements
needed to apply to a Master’s of Physical 1. Students planning on taking this
Therapy program. It is intended for program should start in Intersession
students that have already completed (May) to complete in one year. For
a recognized 4-year Bachelor’s degree more information on a suggested
and lack the prerequisite courses but schedule, contact an Academic
can also be taken by students wanting to Advisor.
take these courses prior to completing
2. Completion of this program does
the Bachelor’s degree of their choosing.
not guarantee acceptance into a
Admission Requirements Physical Therapy degree or other
• Anatomy and Physiology 12 or Health Science program. Students
equivalent (minimum “C”) should be aware of competitive entry
GPA requirements at their institution
of choice. 3. Students should
(minimum “C”)
check the BC Transfer Guide (www.
• English Studies 12 or English Studies
bctransferguide.ca) to ensure that
they choose courses and electives
(minimum “C”)
that will receive a full transfer.
• Foundations of Math 11 or
equivalent (minimum “C”) Graduation/Time Frames
• Physics 11 or equivalent (minimum See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
“C”) Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).
Program Specific
Recommendations
• Physics 12 or equivalent is
recommended.
is required to graduate with a Physical
Therapy Bridging Certificate.
Physiology I
Physiology II
KINS 276 Exercise Physiology
One of:
OR
PSYC 201 Statistics for the Social
Sciences
One of:

WEB AND Thinking

WEGD 131 Introduction to Visual
GRAPHIC DESIGN Communication
CERTIFICATE WEGD 141 Introduction to Web
Design
Design
CALENDAR-STAR September and January WEGD 151 Basics of Typography
WEGD 161 Graphic Design
clock One year
Fundamentals
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George WEGD 261 Introduction to
In this program, students will learn Business for Creatives
visual and online communication Graduation/Time Frames
strategies, digital art and interactive WEGD courses must be completed
media, web design, typography, project no more than 5 years prior to date of
management, and creative problem graduation to count toward the Web
solving while preparing promotional and Graphic Design Certificate. This
materials for themselves and other policy applies to CNC courses and to all
businesses. Students learn to use courses transferred from other post-
industry-standard application software, secondary institutions for credit at CNC.
such as Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, All other courses must be completed
Dreamweaver and Premiere Pro. in no more than 10 years prior to
Admission Requirements graduation as per the CNC 10-year
Timeline Policy.
equivalent
051, or equivalent
Selection Process

Basic computer skills are required.
Note: Students are required to use
a keyboard and mouse or alternative
means to interact with the operating
system and software.
“C” grade or higher required for all
courses applied towards the credential.
OR
Communication
ENGL 120 Content Strategies for
Online Writing
FINE 107 Introduction to Digital
Arts and Media
WEGD 121 Introduction to Design

102 Upgrading & Access For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
UPGRADING AND ACCESS

Each year, hundreds of CNC students take Academic Upgrading courses. We have small
classes, supportive instructors, and a friendly atmosphere. Students can earn their BC
Adult Graduation Diploma or upgrade their high school classes to successfully enrol in CNC
programs.
The Access Program helps students to attain their prerequisites for CNC programs, and gives
students additional skills to enhance their future success.
International students are attracted to CNC’s English Language program. This program,
which is amongst the best English language institutes in Canada, successfully prepares
students for entrance into college or university programs.
CNC’s Job Education and Training (JET) program provides people with learning and
developmental disabilities, respectively, the skills they need to attain entry-level
employment.
ACADEMIC UPGRADING (ADULT BASIC EDUCATION). . ............................................................................. 103

ACCESS PROGRAM...................................................................................................................................... 104
BC ADULT GRADUATION DIPLOMA.......................................................................................................... 106
ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROGRAM............................................................................................................... 107
JET (JOB EDUCATION AND TRAINING)......................................................................................................... 108

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Upgrading & Access 103
ACADEMIC • You may have other options if CHEM 050 Provincial Preparatory
you do not meet the Academic Chemistry
UPGRADING Upgrading admission requirement. ENGL 050 Provincial Preparatory
We encourage you to meet with a
(ADULT BASIC CNC advisor or regional Academic ENGL 051
English
Provincial Preparatory
EDUCATION) Upgrading contact person. English: First Peoples
Financial Aid MATH 050 Provincial Preparatory
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Algebraic Mathematics
There are many ways in which CNC
students can receive financial assistance. PHYS 050 Provincial Preparatory
CALENDAR-STAR September and January Physics
For details, please contact the Financial
(Burns Lake, Mackenzie,
Aid and Awards office at 250 561 5838. Class Formats
Prince George and
Quesnel); dates may differ What You’ll Study Classes are available in two formats:
Instructor Led and Self Paced.
for other campuses Using the results of your assessment
as a guide, an instructor will help you • Instructor Led: The instructor leads
MAP-MARKER-ALT Available at most CNC
choose courses from the list below. the students through the material
campuses (including each day. All students start on the
Southside) Fundamental Level same day, work through the course
You can use Academic Upgrading COMP 020 Basic Computer Studies material together, and finish the
courses as prerequisites to other ENGL 020 Fundamental course at the same time.
college courses, or to obtain Adult Preparatory English • Self Paced: The instructor is there
Basic Education (ABE) certificates MATH 028 Fundamental to help, but each student must be
— Fundamental, Intermediate, or Preparatory prepared to work independently.
Advanced. You can also use them to gain Mathematics All students start on the same day.
a BC Adult Graduation Diploma (formerly MATH 029 Basic Preparatory Individual students may be studying
known as an Adult Dogwood). Mathematics different levels of courses. Students
who are self-disciplined and work
Admission Requirements Intermediate Level (roughly
well with printed instructions will be
To enter the Academic Upgrading equivalent to Grade 10)
successful in this environment.
program, you must be at least 18 years COMP 030 Intermediate Computer
• NOTE: At the Prince George
old. Studies
campus, only math classes are self
ENGL 030 Intermediate paced.
To enrol in Academic Upgrading courses,
Preparatory English
you can Academic Upgrading
MATH 030 Intermediate Algebraic
• Bring a high school transcript Mathematics course repeat policy
for review. The transcript assists Students in Academic Upgrading (ACDU),
with evaluating what course Advanced Level (roughly
English Language Program (ENLA), and
prerequisites you already have and equivalent to Grade 11)
Adult Special Education (ASE) programs
determines your education plan. CHEM 045 Advanced Preparatory are eligible to repeat a course once
You can make an appointment with Chemistry after failing or withdrawing from a
a CNC advisor or regional Academic COMP 045 Advanced Computer course. Additional repeats are possible
Upgrading contact person to Studies with the approval of the educational
discuss your options. ENGL 045 Advanced Preparatory administrator.
or English
MATH 041 Trades Math I Guidelines for assignmet of a
• If you do not have the course
MATH 043 Advanced Foundations
“Continuing Status” (CS) grade
prerequisites, you are required
Math A CS grade may be assigned at the
to take the Academic Upgrading
MATH 044 Advanced discretion of the instructor, if the student
placement assessment. This allows
Developmental has demonstrated satisfactory progress
you to be placed at the appropriate
Mathematics in the course at the time the grade
course level and assists with
MATH 045 Advanced Algebraic is assigned. Instructors may assess
determining your educational plan.
Mathematics satisfactory progress via 1) the student’s
To get an application form for the
attendance throughout the semester, 2)
Academic Upgrading program PHYS 045 Advanced Preparatory
number of assignments submitted and
and to sign up for the placement, Physics
3) evidence of some improvement in
contact CNC Office of the Registrar, Provincial level (roughly skills from the beginning of the course
or a regional Academic Upgrading equivalent to Grade 12) to the end.
contact person.
BIO 050 Provincial Preparatory
or
Biology

ACCESS PROGRAM Program Specific Requirements ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
Academic Upgrading Courses First Peoples English 12)
(Academic Upgrading) available (high school equivalents in CRIM 101 - Introduction to Criminology
parentheses):
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time Recommended preparatory courses:
• BIO 050 (Anatomy & Physiology 12) ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
CALENDAR-STAR September • ENGL 050 (English Studies 12) First Peoples English 12)
clock Four to eight months • or DENO 150- Introduction to Dentistry
(full-time) • ENGL 051 (English First Peoples 12) Recommended preparatory courses:
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George • CHEM 045 (Chemistry 11) MATH 045 (Precalculus Math 11)
• CHEM 050 (Chemistry 12) ENGL 050 or ENGL 050 (English 12 or
Many students want to get into a
• MATH 043 (Foundations of Math 11) First Peoples English 12)
particular college program but need
Please be aware that this course is ECCL 156 - Care and Guidance
some upgrading to meet admission
an admission requirement only for
requirements. The Access Program Recommended preparatory courses:
Business, Accounting & Finance,
allows you to take selected college-level ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
Natural Resources and Forestry
courses while you are still completing First Peoples English 12)
Technology, and Practical Nurse. It
your upgrading, giving you a jumpstart
cannot be used as a Corequisite for ECCL 165 - Responsive Curriculum I
on completing your program sooner.
Physics or Chemistry 045, or as a Recommended preparatory courses:
These are just some of the programs prerequisite for Math 050. ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
that have college courses available:
• MATH 045 (Precalculus 11) First Peoples English 12)
• Accounting & Finance • MATH 050 (Precalculus 12) ECCL 166 - Responsive Curriculum II
• Associate of Arts Degree (various) • PHYS 045 (Physics 11)
Prerequisite: ECCL 165 Responsive
• Associate of Science Degree • PHYS 050 (Physics 12) Curriculum I
(various)
College-Level Courses available in
• Business Management ECCL 172 - Health and Wellness
the Access Program you must meet
• Civil Engineering Technology prerequisites, and we encourage you Recommended preparatory courses:
• Criminology to take the recommended preparatory ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
• Dental Programs courses (high school equivalents in First Peoples English 12)
• Early Childhood Care and Learning parentheses): ENGL 103 - Composition and Style
• Fine Arts ABST 100 - Yinka Dene Worldview: Recommended preparatory courses:
• Medical Laboratory Technology History and Traditions of the Carrier ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
People First Peoples English 12)
• Natural Resources and Forestry
Technology Recommended preparatory courses: ENGL 106 - Film Studies
• Practical Nurse ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
Recommended preparatory courses:
First Peoples English 12)
• Social Service Worker ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
• Web and Graphic Design BIO 130 - Anatomy & Physiology for First Peoples English 12)
You may need an Academic Upgrading Practical Nurse
ENGL 113 - Writing and Communication
Assessment to meet course Prerequisite: BIO 050 with a minimum C
FINE 101 - Art History I
prerequisites. We recommend you visit (Anatomy & Physiology 12)
an Academic Advisor to help you choose Recommended preparatory courses:
CIS 165 - Business Information
courses that will be beneficial for your ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
Systems
future program. First Peoples English 12)
Program Objectives INDS 101 -The College and University
MATH 045 (Precalculus Math 11)
Experience
The Access Program is intended to CIVE 100 - Introduction to Civil
let students get started in their future Recommended preparatory courses:
Engineering Technology
college program while they are still ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
completing admission requirements (for Recommended preparatory courses: First Peoples English 12)
example, upgrading courses). MATH 043 (Foundations of Math 11)
MATH 100 - Precalculus Mathematics
CIVE 120 - Digital Design and Drafting I
Admission Requirements Prerequisite: MATH 045 (Precalculus 11)
1. English 11 or equivalent MATH 104 - Elementary Statistics
MATH 043 (Foundations of Math 11)
Prerequisite: MATH 043 (Foundations of
2. Foundations of Math and Precalculus COM 100 - Fundamentals of Business
Math 11) or MATH 045 (Precalculus 11)
10 (minimum “B”) or equivalent Recommended preparatory courses:
MEDT 100 - Medical Terminology


ENGL 050 or ENGL 051 (English 12 or
MGT 154 - Applied Human Relations
MKT 152 - Principles of Marketing
NRFT 123 - Fire Management
NRFT 125 - Introduction to Earth
Science
MATH 043 or MATH 045 (Foundations of
Math 11 or Precalculus Math 11)
PSYC 101 - Introduction to Psychology I
PSCI 100 - Introduction to Politics and
Government
SSWK 151 - Social Welfare Policy
SSWK 171 - An Introduction to Social
Work Practice

BC ADULT BC school system

Secondary qualifying courses
GRADUATION Language Arts 12 (4 credits)
DIPLOMA Mathematics 11 or 12 (4 credits)
Three Grade 12 Ministry–authorized
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time courses (12 credits)
CALENDAR-STAR Ongoing start dates Total: 20 credits
clock Duration varies Academic Upgrading (ABE)
program:
MAP-MARKER-ALT Burns Lake, Mackenzie,
Qualifying courses
Prince George, Quesnel,
and Southside Provincial level English or higher
(1 course)
Get Your High School Diploma Advanced or provincial level or higher
Would you like to complete your mathematics (1 course)
high school graduation diploma at a
Three additional courses at the
community college? If you answered
provincial level or higher
“Yes,” you’re ready to start working
towards your BC Adult Graduation Total: 5 courses
Diploma.
There are several ways to get your BC
Adult Graduation Diploma:
• Taking college courses in an
adult environment
• Taking courses at a high school
• Taking courses through
distance learning
• Combining courses and credits from
both high school and college
To obtain your BC Adult Graduation
Diploma, you must be at least 18 years
of age or over, and you must take
at least three of the courses leading
towards graduation as an adult.
To get started, contact your local CNC
campus to arrange an assessment of
your needs. Be sure to bring school
transcripts to your appointment.
To get your BC Adult Graduation
Diploma, you must complete either 20
credits in the secondary school system,
or five courses in the post-secondary
(college) system, or a combination of the
two.
Many college-level courses meet the
requirements for the diploma. For
example, a college-level English course
meets the language arts requirement
for the diploma; or, if you complete
CNC’s Applied Business Technology
(ABT) Program, you’ll have all the courses
required for the diploma.

ENLA (ENGLISH Grading Scale & Progression Upon successful completion of all
• The English Language Department courses at a level, students can apply for
LANGUAGE uses the grading scale for the the following associate certificates:
PROGRAM) majority of programs at CNC. Level 1: English for Academic

• To progress to the next level in each Purposes (EAP) Preparation
stopwatch Full-time or Part-time course, students must achieve a English for Academic Purposes
minimum grade of B+ (76%). Preparation Associate Certificate
Graduation Requirements Level 2: English for Academic
clock 15 weeks Purposes (EAP) 1
English For Academic
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George Purposes Preparation English for Academic Purposes (EAP) 1
ENLA 011 English for Academic Associate Certificate
The English Language Department has
over 30 years of experience in teaching Purposes Preparation Level 3: English for Academic
English as an additional language. Study Listening and Speaking Purposes (EAP) 2
with highly qualified teachers in an ENLA 013 English for Academic English for Academic Purposes (EAP) 2
English environment, prepare yourself Purposes Preparation Associate Certificate
for the rigours of the Canadian college Writing
environment, and watch your English Level 4: English for Academic
ENLA 015 English for Academic
improve rapidly in our multicultural Purposes (EAP) 3
Purposes Preparation
classrooms. Reading English for Academic Purposes (EAP) 3
Associate Certificate
Program Objectives English for Academic
Purposes (EAP) 1 Graduation/Time Frames
After the successful completion of
the fourth level of the ENLA program, ENLA 021 English for Academic See the CNC Ten Year Timeline for
students will be able to: Purposes 1 Listening Program Completion Policy (E-1.37).
and Speaking
• express ideas accurately in oral and
written English
Purposes 1 Writing
• distinguish meaning from aural
sources
Purposes 1 Reading
• interpret fairly complex general and
academic texts English for Academic
Purposes (EAP) 2
• use study skills and academic
literacies to succeed in the Canadian ENLA 031 English for Academic
academic post-secondary setting Purposes 2 Listening
and Speaking
Admission Requirements ENLA 033 English for Academic
• ENLA Placement Test or equivalent Purposes 2 Writing
Program Specific Requirements ENLA 035 English for Academic
Purposes 2 Reading
Note: A TOEFL/IELTS score is not
required for Admission to the English English for Academic
Language Program. Purposes (EAP) 3
Funding ENLA 041 English for Academic
Purposes 3 Listening
Adult Upgrading Grant funding may
and Speaking
be available for Canadian citizens,
permanent residents, or protected
Purposes 3 Writing
persons.
Course Repeat Policy Purposes 3 Reading
Students in Academic Upgrading (ACDU), Note: Students who have completed
English Language Department (ENLA), the 020 level ENLA courses or placed
and Adult Special Education (ASE) equivalently on the ENLA placement test
programs are eligible to repeat a course have the option to take an additional
once after failing or withdrawing from a course, ENLA 086 IELTS Preparation
course. Additional repeats are possible Course (which is a 45-hour non-credit
with the approval of the educational course)
administrator.
Credential

JET (JOB holistic way, taking into consideration

relevant personal and educational
EDUCATION AND information.
TRAINING) In addition to biographical information,

we will ask for the following information,
if available:
• High school transcript
clock 34 weeks
• Reference letter(s)
MAP-MARKER-ALT Prince George and • List of work or volunteer experience
Quesnel • Documentation of disability
The Job Education Training certificate All students will have the following items
consists of five courses. Each course is assessed and ranked (1-5 with 5 being
designed for students with barriers to the highest) based on conversations with
employment to help explore and gain the student and/or supporting person(s).
skills needed in today’s job market. Preference will be given to applicants
Students will explore their own current scoring a 12 or higher (maximum 20
skills and become aware of how points).
those skills relate to employability. • Desire to work
Effective workplace communication
• Basic communication skills
is demonstrated and assessed in the
• Independence (transportation,
classroom and on the job. Students
workplace, etc.)
are introduced to different forms of
technology that are used to access • Previous work or volunteer
the current job market. Job search experience
and employment readiness skills are Graduation Requirements
introduced so they can be applied in
Students must successfully complete
work experiences in the community.
all five courses in this program to
Goal setting and action planning for
graduate with the Job Education Training
future steps ensures that each student
Completion Certificate.
has an action plan for the future.
Questions?
Program Outline
Contact JET staff at 250 561 5836 or
Semester 1 September-December 1 800 371 8111 ext 5397, or e-mail
JET 151 Skill Exploration/ dauvinj@cnc.bc.ca
Personal Awareness
JET 152 Workplace
Communication
Semester 2 January-May
JET 153 Workplace Literacy &
Numeracy
JET 154 Job Search &
Employment Readiness
JET 155 Work Training
Experience
Limited admission with a maximum of 15
students.
Each student in the JET program will
be assessed by coordinators based
on the established criteria in order
to best benefit the student in his/her
educational and employment goals.
The following list has been established
by formalizing an existing process that
works to assess each applicant in a

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Course Descriptions 109
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Course Prefix Listed Alphabetically

Course code
ABST
Courses
Aboriginal Studies
ABT Applied Business Technologies
ACC Accounting
COURSE DESCRIPTION KEY ANTH
APSC
Anthropology
Applied Science
AUCL Automotive Collison and Refinishing
AUGT Automotive Glass Technichan
AUTO Automotive
BIO Biology
ENGL 219  BOOK Bookkeeping
BUS Business
Contemporary Aboriginal Authors CAMP Camp and Catering
CARP Carpentry
This course is a study of contemporary Aboriginal authors. CASS Community and Child Support
Students study novels, plays, and poems that reflect the ex- CESS Continuing Education Skill Studies
periences of Aboriginal peoples in Canada from the 1940s to CHEM Chemistry
CIS Computer Information Systems
the present. Students consider regional/ personal concerns as CIVE Civil Engineering Technology
well as the universal themes developed in the writings. As well, COM Commerce
students compare the styles, themes, and subject matter of Ab- COMP Computer
CRIM Criminology
original authors tot other Canadian authors studied in Canadian CSC Computer Science
literature classes. CUE College / University
CULA Professional Cook
Prerequisites: One 100-level University Transfer (UT) English DENO Introduction to Dental
course DENT Dental Assisting
3 CR / (3,0,0) Hours per week (direct instruction, supervised DHYG Dental Hygiene
practice, practice education) ECCL Early Childhood Care & Learning
ECON Economics
ELEC Electrician
• Course number: A unique of direct instruction and 2 hours of ENGL English
ENLA English Language Program
identifying name/number. You’ll supervised practice and 0 hours of FASD Fetal Alcohol Syndrome Disorder
need to use this when registering. practice education. (Some courses FIN Finance
FINE Fine Arts
• Offered online : At least one listed may only show total number of GEOG Geography
course section may be offered hours for the course.) HCAP Health Care Assistant
HDET Heavy Duty Equipment Technician
online (additional sections may be More examples HIST History
face-to-face instruction). Refer to the • (0,0,12.5) No direct instruction, no
HMT Heavy Mechanical Trades
HRPR Human Resources
online Timetable for specific section supervised practice, 12.5 hours of INDS Interdiciplinaary Studies
and semester information. practice education per week ITAN Information Technology and
Networking
• Prerequisite: A course you must • (3,1,0) 3 hours of direct instruction JET Job Orientation
take, or a credential you must have, per week, plus 1 hour of supervised KINS Kinesiology
LAW Law
before taking this course. practice, no practice education LEAD Leadership
• Note: Students who have taken a • (5,0,0) 5 hours of direct instruction MATH Mathematics
MDRT Medical Device Reprocessing
prerequisite at the College of New per week, no supervised practice or Technician
Caledonia or another college or practice education MEDT Medical Terminology
MFAB Metal Fabrication
university must have a minimum Note 1: Students who take courses MGT Management
grade of “C” in the prerequisite which consist of all sections must MILL Industrial Mechanic
MKT Marketing
course, unless otherwise stated achieve a passing grade for all sections MLTS Medical Laboratory Technology
under the course description or in order to receive a passing grade in the Science
MOAS Medical Office Assistant
within the program requirements. course. MRAD Medical Radiography Technology
NRFT Natural Resources Forest Technology
• Corequisite: A course you must Note 2: Not all courses are offered each NRUA Nursing Unit Clerk
take at the same time. year. Please check with your local CNC NURS Nursing
• Credits: You need a certain number campus — see contact numbers on the OWPA Office Worker Prep Program
PDIT Post-Diploma Information
of credits to graduate. One credit inside front cover. Technologies
PHIL Philosophy
usually represents one hour per Note 3: A list of Continuing Education PHYS Physics
week of classroom lectures, and courses is available in a separate PIPE Pipe Trades
most courses provide three credit calendar and also online. PLMG Plumbing
PRAN Practical Nurse
hours (three instruction hours per PSCI Political Science
week). Nine or more credit hours PSYC Psychology
per semester is considered full-time PWER Power Engineering
SOC Sociology
at CNC. Other institutions may have SONO Sonography
different requirements for full-time SSWK Social Service Worker
THMG Tourism and Hotel Management
status. TRDE Trades Discovery
• Hours: The number in brackets TTM Truck and Transport Mechanic
WEGD Web and Graphic Design
shows the number of direct WELD Welding
instruction, supervised practice, WMST Womens Studies
and practice education hours per
week. Thus (3,2,0) indicates 3 hours

110 Course Descriptions For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
ABST ................................ Students will consider ethical, economic,

aesthetic, and functional implications,
research frameworks and methodolo-
gies will be explored by examining some
discussing protocol for appropriation of the unique issues and principles
(borrowing of style and technique), and involving ethical research in Indigenous
ABST 100 reinterpretation. communities. Students are provided an
Yinka Dene Worldview: History 3 CR / (3,0,0) opportunity to prepare a small research
and Traditions of the Carrier project using the techniques learned in
class.
People ABST 150 Prerequisite: ABST 100 or ABST 101
This course is based on the traditional Conversational Carrier 3 CR / (3,0,0)
knowledge holders of our communities
This course is designed for students who
who are versed in the traditional ways
of knowing that are not written down in
have no knowledge of the Carrier/Yinka
Dene language. Participants are intro-
ABST 230
any text but passed down through oral Aboriginal Resource & Land-use
duced to the Carrier language, spoken
traditions. The course provides students
and written, with an emphasis on basic Planning
with an in-depth study of Yinka Dene cul-
conversation and culturally important Aboriginal communities across Canada
ture, language, spirituality, community,
vocabulary and phrases. Through lec- are increasingly collaborating with or
and social structures. Elders and topics
ture and lab work, participants will have controlling resource development in
will focus on the Yinka Dene of the north
an understanding of basic-level Carrier their territories. This course examines
central interior of British Columbia.
and be able to create simple sentences. theory and practices of traditional and
3 CR / (3,0,0)
3 CR / (3,1.5,0) contemporary resource and land use
planning. In particular, this course exam-
ABST 101 ABST 201 ines the community-led processes in
Aboriginal Peoples of Canada pursuit of economic development as well
Residential School: History and as environmental management of lands
This course focuses on the diversity and
Intergenerational Impacts and resources. This course develops stu-
development of Aboriginal communities
and organizations in Canada. Attention The course provides students with an dents' research and writing skills as well
is placed on the nature of Aboriginal/ in-depth study of the issues and impacts as critical thinking and engages in critical
Euro-Canadian interactions from contact of the residential school system on debates on Canadian resource issues
to present day in order for students to Aboriginal culture, language, spirituality, and inBritish Columbia specifically.
understand contemporary perspec- community and social structures. The Prerequisite: 15 credits of universi-
historical context of the development of ty-level coursework
tives and issues relevant to Aboriginal
peoples. the Canadian government’s policy with 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Recommended Prior to Taking: ABST regard to the First Nations education will
100 be examined. Students will also explore
interventions that will assist individuals,
ABST 250
3 CR / (3,0,0)
families and communities addressing Carrier Language & Grammar
the results of traumas. Level I
ABST 110 Prerequisite: ABST 100 or ABST 101 In this course, students are introduced
Métis Studies I 3 CR / (3,0,0) to the Carrier language, spoken and
This course helps students explore and written, including pronunciation, basic
understand past and present Métis ABST 202 conversation, and culturally important
vocabulary. Considerable emphasis is
perspective in all areas of life with an eye
History of Aboriginal Education in placed on grammar so that the student
toward fostering positive cross-cultural
interaction between Métis and non- Northern BC will learn to produce and understand
Métis individuals and communities. The course provides students with an utterances beyond memorized rituals.
3 CR / (3,0,0) in-depth study of the issues and impacts The Carrier Linguistic Committee (CLC)
of the school systems on Aboriginal writing system will be used.
peoples in Canada. Students will explore Prerequisite: ABST 150
ABST 111 the effects of Euro-Canadian education 3 CR / (3,1,0)
Métis Studies II — Art and systems on First Nations in the past cen-
Material Culture tury and today. They will learn about the
This course examines and explores many ways First Nations are working to ABT ...................................
aspects of Métis identity using an ethno- recreate educational systems that reflect
their values and world views as well as Note: All ABT courses are restricted to
graphic approach toward the study of
prepare young people for success in the students in the ABT programs, including
Métis art forms. Following Métis Studies
larger Canadian context. office administration and legal and med-
I, Métis Studies II continues to rebuild
3 CR / (3,0,0) ical courses.
the historiography of Métis people
as revealed through Métis material
culture. Hands-on reproduction of art ABST 220 ABTA 100
and technology techniques (beadwork,
Indigenous Research Methods Financial Records
caribou hair tufting, and finger weaving)
combined with oral traditions and read- This course provides an introduction This course provides a basic under-
ings from the work of Métis scholars will into research methods used in and by standing of the accounting process for
provide the student with insight into the Indigenous communities in the move- use in the business office. The student
historical and contemporary socio-pol- ment towards the decolonization of the will practice the application of basic ac-
itical identity of BC Métis communities. western model of research. Aboriginal counting principles in a manual format.

Also, the student will learn and practice

addition, subtraction, multiplication and
ABTA 120 ABTA 160
division and the use of the percent key Word Processing Levels I, II, III Human Relations II
using a standard business calculator. This course combines a beginner/ This course builds on the foundational
Common business applications will be refresher course in basic keyboarding skills explored in Human Relations I
covered as well as speed and accuracy skills with an introduction to the basic by further developing key concepts to
drills. document formatting functions of a enhance interpersonal relations in the
3 CR/ (2,3,0) word processing program. In addition, workplace. Students will continue to
the course will cover intermediate and explore generic competencies that are
ABTA 105 advanced functions of a word processing
software program and advanced format-
highly valued by organizations including
verbal skills, teamwork, group prob-
Business Communications I ting techniques. Throughout the course, lem-solving, cross-cultural and diversity
This course introduces students to the student will continue to develop awareness, self-motivation, business
effective communication skills including speed and accuracy in keyboarding skills. etiquette and ethical behaviour. Special
listening, comprehending, and partici- 3 CR / (2,7,0) attention is given to functional strategies
pating in oral communications. Students for the workplace such as managing
will develop a comprehensive business conflict, utilizing leadership skills and
vocabulary, read rapidly, and compre-
ABTA 125 
assisting the public as well as practical
hend what is read. They will produce Microcomputers I workplace knowledge such as manage-
error-free communications by proof- This course provides working-level comment styles and differing organizational
reading and editing while mastering puter literacy through extensive hands- structures.
the principles of grammar, punctuation, on experience with microcomputer ap- Prerequisite: ABTA 110
and style. Students will also learn the plications, as well as in-class discussions 2 CR / (1,1,0)
techniques for planning, organizing, and of typical uses. The experience provides
writing dynamic messages.
3 CR / (4,2,0)
the confidence to make a comfortable
adjustment to whatever computer tools
ABTA 165
are available in the workplace. Office Simulations
ABTA 110 3 CR / (2,3,0) Using information from various refer-
ence materials, the student will acquire
Human Relations I and apply keyboarding, word processing
This course helps students develop
ABTA 150 and business knowledge and skills
an understanding of human relations, Computerized Bookkeeping to simulate office environments. This
self-esteem, teamwork skills, a custom- In the field of accounting, employers course polishes administrative skills and
er-focused attitude, an organizational require a sound understanding of ac- provides realistic office experiences.
effectiveness plan, and interpersonal counting principles, as well as general Skills developed will include editing,
communication skills. All jobs have a hu- computer literacy skills. In this course, the proofreading composition, machine
man relations responsibility. Accordingly, student will be taught to transfer manual transcription, computational skills, etc. In
one must strive to develop interpersonal bookkeeping skills to an automated ac- addition, the student will gain experience
skills that will have a positive influence counting program. On completion of this working as part of a team.
on relationships. This course explores course, the student can maintain a set Prerequisite or Corequisite: ABTA 100,
strategies and techniques to positively of computerized books up to year-end. ABTA 105, ABTA 110, ABTA 115, ABTA
influence interpersonal relationships in Prerequisite: ABTA 100 120, ABTA 125, ABTA 150, ABTA 155,
a professional environment. 1 CR / (1,1,0) ABTA 160, ABTA 170, ABTA 175
2 CR / (1,1,0) 2 CR / (0,6,0)
ABTA 155
ABTA 115 ABTA 170 
Business Communications II
Office Procedures Desktop Publishing
This course is a continuation of ABTA
This course introduces the student to 105 Business Communications I. Em- This course will cover the process of
a variety of office procedures including phasis will be placed on applying the blending and assembling text and graph-
banking and financial management, techniques of planning and organizing to ic images to create professional-looking
planning meetings and conferences, writing a variety of communications; for publications such as flyers, newsletters,
postal services, reprographics, telecom- example, request letters, order letters, brochures, and business forms. The
munications, and travel arrangements. sales letters, memos, emails, etc. The learner will produce visually attractive
This course also provides students with application of oral communication skills printed material to enhance communi-
training in file management to meet the to formal speeches and informal talks cations with others. Learning will include
entry-level file management needs of a will form an important component of this the use of desktop publishing and pres-
business. Students will learn to manage course. In addition, job search skills such entation graphics software.
administrative assistant responsibilities as designing a resume, writing a letter of Prerequisite: ABTA 120
professionally and exhibit a positive and application, and participating in effective 2 CR / (1,3,0)
cooperative attitude. Students will use interviews will be acquired.
critical thinking skills to analyze their
projects to produce work of acceptable
Prerequisite: ABTA 105 ABTA 175 
3 CR / (2,3,0)
business quality. Microcomputers II
3 CR / (2,2,0) This advanced microcomputer applica-
tions course is designed to initially re-
inforce Windows environment features

and to then provide the opportunity and reception skills, processing incom-
to learn the more advanced features
ABTC 110 
ing and outgoing mail, ergonomics,
of spreadsheet, database and word Professional Development and office equipment. This course also
processing programs. The course also This course focuses on professional provides students with training in paper
includes instruction in using the object development skills needed by workers in and electronic records management and
linking and embedding features of these today’s office environment. These skills the effective use of an email program, in-
programs and provides practice in include the development of effective cluding the calendar to maintain sched-
researching data on the internet for pro- communication and interpersonal ules. Students will learn to perform office
duction of and inclusion in documents. skills, client relations, customer ser- duties in an organized and professional
Prerequisite: ABTA 125 vice, teamwork, and problem solving. manner.
3 CR / (2,3,0) Learning will include communicating Prerequisite or Corequisite: ABTC 105,
effectively at work, developing stress ABTC 115, ABTC 130
and time management skills, developing 3 CR / (2,3,0)
ABTA 180 a professional image, understanding and
Work Experience building working teams, and cooperating
with others in the workplace.
ABTC 145 
As an integral part of the learning ex-
perience, practicum placement weaves 3 CR / (2,2,0) Office Bookkeeping
together the various knowledge strands This course provides an intermediate
approach to manual bookkeeping for
to which the learner has been exposed.
The practicum deepens the learner’s
ABTC 115 
use in the business office. The concepts
understanding of the classroom ex- Business Math and Calculators will be presented in the context of a
perience and is a bridge for the learner This course presents two essential skills merchandising business, and topics in-
between the academic present and the for business students: number literacy clude purchases and sales, general and
professional future. The practicum is and the ability to operate electronic specialized journals, payroll concepts
a three-way partnership between the calculators efficiently. Practical, business and principles, bank reconciliation,
college, the learner, and a host employer related problem-solving skills will be inventory, taxes, year-end procedures,
where practical experience is gained in integrated throughout this course using and financial statements.
an actual office environment. an electronic calculator and common Prerequisite: ABTC 115
Prerequisite or Corequisite: ABTA 100, business forms from current office Corequisite: ABTC 150
ABTA 105, ABTA 110, ABTA 115, ABTA environments. Math skills are required 3 CR / (2,3,0)
120, ABTA 125, ABTA 150, ABTA 155, for applications, such as bookkeeping,
ABTA 160, ABTA 165, ABTA 170, ABTA spreadsheets, database management,
175 and office procedures.
ABTC 150 
3 CR / (0,0,6) 2 CR / (2,1,0) Computerized Bookkeeping
In the field of accounting, employers
ABTC 050  ABTC 120  require a sound understanding of ac-
counting principles, as well as general
Online Learner Success Keyboarding computer literacy skills. In this course, the
This 15-hour course gives students a This course is designed to give the student will be taught to transfer manual
working knowledge of web resources, learner the ability to keyboard accurately bookkeeping skills to an automated ac-
enabling them to be successful with and proficiently, proofread quickly and counting program. On completion of this
online learning. This course is required accurately, and key at a minimum speed course, the student can maintain a set
for the Office Assistant Certificate. of 40 net words per minute. of computerized books up to year-end.
0 CR / (5,0,0) 1 CR / (0,3,0) Prerequisite or Corequisite: ABTC 145
2 CR / (1,2,0)
ABTC 105  ABTC 130 
Business English Word Processing ABTC 155 
This course focuses on correct English This course will cover beginner, inter- Business Communications
usage in a business environment and mediate, and advanced functions of In this course, emphasis will be placed
provides a comprehensive review of a word processing software program on applying the techniques of planning
grammar, punctuation, and style, as and advanced formatting techniques. and organizing to writing a variety of
well as business spelling and vocabulary Topics covered include instruction and communications; for example, request
development. Students will learn to practice with letter styles, memos, tables, letters, order letters, sales letters,
recognize and identify parts of speech, charts, and reports plus many advanced memos, and emails. The application
apply grammar and punctuation rules, features such as mail merge, outlines, of oral communication skills to formal
understand and use business vocabu- graphics, and styles. speeches and informal talks will form
lary, proofread and edit written material Prerequisite or Corequisite: ABTC 120 an important component of this course
while developing skills in writing senten- 3 CR / (2,3,0) utilizing online media tools. In addition,
ces, paragraphs, and resumes. Students job search skills such as designing a
will also learn oral communication skills resume, writing a letter of application,
and the principles of public speaking. ABTC 135 
and participating in effective interviews
3 CR / (2,3,0) Administrative Procedures I will be acquired.
This course introduces the student to a Prerequisite: ABTC 105
variety of essential office skills including 3 CR / (2,3,0)
workplace ethics and conduct, finding
and evaluating information, telephone

ABTC 150, ABTC 155, ABTC 160, ABTA utilizes spreadsheet software.
ABTC 160  170, ABTA 175 Note: Students using COM 204 as a
Administrative Procedures II 2 CR / (0,0,4) prerequisite must have spreadsheet
This course is a continuation of Admin- experience.
istrative Procedures I, and provides
training in a variety of office procedures, ACC.................................... Prerequisite: ACC 152 or COM 204
3 CR / (3,1.5,0)
including planning meetings and taking
minutes, and conference and travel
arrangements. Students will learn to ACC 170 ACC 256
manage office assistant responsibilities
Data Analytics and Information Management Accounting II
professionally and exhibit a positive This course is a continuation of Manage-
and cooperative attitude. Students will Systems for Accounting
ment Accounting I. Some of the topics
master essential organizational skills and The course will cover Data Analytics and
include variable costing, budgeting, stan-
develop efficient office practices in prep- Information Systems for Accounting and
dard costs, overhead analysis, transfer
aration for entry into the contemporary Finance. The course will cover system
pricing, evaluating performance, relevant
office. concepts, information representation
costs for decision making, and capital
Prerequisite: ABTC 135 for decision making, value of information,
budgeting. The computer lab compon-
Prerequisite or Corequisite: ABTC 155 organizational system needs to meet
ent utilizes spreadsheet software.
3 CR / (2,3,0) objectives, quality of information for
Prerequisite: ACC 255
decision making, data and information
3 CR / (3,1.5,0)
modelling, management of information
ABTC 170 systems infrastructure and architecture,
Desktop Publishing system life cycle, and risks and controls. ACC 270
This course will cover the process of 3 CR / (2,2,0) Computerized Accounting
blending and assembling text and graph- This course gives students a working
ic images to create professional-looking ACC 251 knowledge of a commonly-used ac-
publications such as flyers, newsletters, counting software program. Students
brochures, and business forms. The
Intermediate Accounting I
gain a conceptual understanding of
student will produce visually attractive A sound knowledge of fundamental
topics and applied skills in setting up a
printed material to enhance communi- accounting principles is essential to
company’s books and the full accounting
cations with others. Learning will include deal with the concepts presented in
cycle. Topics include general ledger set-
the use of desktop publishing and pres- this course. The emphasis is on solving
up, special journals, subsidiary ledgers,
entation graphics software. problems related to the preparation of
credit transactions, sales taxes, payroll
Prerequisite: ABTC 130 financial statements. Specific financial
and source deductions, inventory,
2 CR / (1,3.5,0) statement elements covered are cash,
budgeting, and account reconciliations.
accounts receivable, inventories, capital
Prerequisite: ACC 152 or COM 204
assets, and investments. The preparation
ABTC 175 of the Financial Statement is thoroughly 3 CR / (1,2,0)
Microcomputers II reviewed.
This advanced microcomputer applica- Prerequisite: ACC 152 or COM 204 ACC 281
tions course is designed to initially re- 3 CR / (4,0,0) Taxation 1
inforce Windows environment features, This course is an introduction to Can-
and to then provide the opportunity ACC 252 adian Tax Systems. Students will be
to learn the more advanced features introduced to the Income Tax Act with a
of spreadsheet, database, and word
Intermediate Accounting II
focus on the structure of the Act. Course
processing programs. The course also An analysis of financial statement ele-
topics include taxable employment;
includes instruction in using the object ments started in ACC 251 is concluded
business and property income; eligible
linking and embedding features of these with coverage of current liabilities, long-
deductions; capital cost allowance; cap-
programs and provides practice in term debt, and shareholder’s equity.
ital gains; and taxes payable.
researching data on the Internet for pro- Special topics include leases, pensions,
Prerequisite: COM 204 or ACC 152
duction of and inclusion in documents. income tax, and financial statement an-
3 CR / (4,0,0)
Prerequisite: ABTA 125 alysis. The preparation of the Cash Flow
3 CR / (2,4,0) Statement is thoroughly reviewed.
Prerequisite: ACC 251 ACC 340
3 CR / (4,0,0)
ABTC 180 Audit & Assurance
Students will learn about the audit pro-
Work Practicum ACC 255 fession, the audit process, application of
This work practicum course gives stu- the audit process, reporting and other
dents an opportunity to apply, extend,
Management Accounting I
assurance engagements. Major topics
and integrate academic or technical This course is an introduction to man-
will include materiality, risk, internal
knowledge through relevant work ex- agerial accounting. Emphasis is placed
control, control risk, independence and
perience with qualified organizations. on cost for planning and control. Some
ethics in the profession. Students will
The practicum is a three-way partnership of the topics include cost terms and
apply the audit process in doing an audit
between the college, the learner, and a classifications, job-order costing, pro-
practice set of a fictional company during
host employer where practical experi- cess costing, activity-based costing, cost
their lab time.
ence is gained in an office environment. behaviours, and cost-volume-profit rela-
Prerequisite: COM 204 or ACC 152
Prerequisite or Corequisite: ABTC 145, tionships. The computer lab component
3 CR / (3,1,0)

ACC 381 mental concepts used by sociocultural world.

anthropologists. Topics include research Prerequisite: ANTH 101
Taxation 2
methods, economic systems, marriage, 3 CR / (3,0,0)
This course is a continuation of ACC kinship, political systems, expressive
281 focusing on Canadian tax systems. culture, religion, illness, and gender.
Students will continue to utilize the Examples will be drawn from a variety of
ANTH 215
Income Tax Act with an emphasis on societies. Qualitative Methods
the structure of the Act. Course topics 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course introduces students to the
include taxable income and tax payable
basics of qualitative methods and is
for corporations, taxation of corporate
investment income; rollovers including ANTH 102 open to students outside of anthropol-
ogy. Because qualitative research is a
those in section 85; taxation of sales Introduction to Physical multi-methods approach to the study
of an incorporated business; partner- Anthropology and Archaeology of social interactions, students are
ships; and trust and estate planning;
This course provides a broad introduc- introduced to a variety of data collection
international taxes; and other issues in
tion to two of anthropology’s sub-fields techniques, such as participant obser-
taxation. In addition, students will be
— physical anthropology and archaeol- vations, interviews, and focus groups.
introduced to management decisions
ogy with a focus on how these sub-fields In addition, students learn how to write
around corporate taxation.
work together. During this course you a research proposal as well as how to
will examine topics such as the an- analyze collected data. Ethical conduct is
3 CR / (4,0,0) emphasized in the course.
thropological perspective; fieldwork and
research methods; evolutionary theory; Prerequisite: One of ABST 100, ANTH
ACC 450 living primates; hominid evolution; 101, CRIM 101, SOC 101, or WMST 101
archaic and modern Homo sapiens; 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Advanced Financial Accounting
human variation; and the origins of food
In this course, students will build on
their learning from ACC 252. Topics that
production, settled life, and cities. Exam-
ples will be drawn from different cultures
ANTH 220
are covered more in depth include the to explore these topics. Anthropology of Cross-Cultural
accounting for: business combinations; Conflict and Social Justice
3 CR / (3,0,0)
reporting for both wholly and non-wholly
This course explores anthropology’s
owned subsidiaries; segment reporting;
foreign currency transactions; and ANTH 206 role in understanding the connection
between culture and crime, punishment,
reporting for non-for-profit entities and Medical Anthropology conflict, and social justice within a global-
government entities.
Medical anthropology considers the ized, multicultural context. Cross-cultur-
cultural and social aspects of the body, al examples of conflict and justice will
3 CR / (4,0,0)
health, and sickness within a cross-cul- highlight similarities and differences
tural perspective. The course provides between traditionally “non-violent” soci-
ACC 455 an overview of the anthropological per- eties and “complex violent” societies to
Advanced Managerial Accounting spective on health and disease, including explore alternative justice resolutions. In
an overview of theoretical perspectives. addition, cross-cultural case studies will
Students will continue to learn about Topics include the causations of illness, demonstrate the interconnectedness of
management accounting started in ACC the differing roles of health practitioners, culture and human rights.
256. Topics will include: the nature of the cultural construction of mental ill- Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or ABST 100 or
costs; opportunity cost of capital; capital ness, and the globalization of health dis- ABST 101
budgeting; organizational architecture; parities. The course draws on examples 3 CR / (3,0,0)
responsibility accounting; budgeting; from a variety of cultures to highlight and
cost allocation theory and practices; explore cultural constructions of illness.
absorption cost accounting, and the Prerequisite: ANTH 101
ANTH 225
criticisms of it; and standard costing and Introduction to Human
3 CR / (3,0,0)
overhead. Prehistory
3 CR / (4,0,0) ANTH 210 This course provides an introduction
to the discipline of archaeology and an
Anthropological Perspectives on overview of world prehistory. The first
“Pop”ular Culture
ANTH................................ The course will provide analytical and
section introduces the methods and
theories of archaeology while the second
theoretical tools for the study of con- section traces human evolution through
temporary cultural phenomena using to the Neolithic revolution. The third sec-
ANTH 101 anthropological methods. Popular tion covers the rise of complex societies
Introduction to Socio-Cultural culture (film, television, music, internet, in the Old World (Mesopotamia, Egypt,
Anthropology etc.) in modern nation-states will be South and East Asia, the Mediterranean,
examined to understand how popular Europe) and the New World (North Amer-
Sociocultural anthropologists examine
culture shapes ideas of culture and ica, Mesoamerica, and the Andean region
social patterns and practices across
community. In addition, the relationship of South America).
cultures, with a special interest in how
between popular culture and personal Prerequisite: ANTH 102
people live in particular places and cre-
identity and gender construction will be 3 CR / (3,0,0)
ate meaning. The goal of this course is to
explored. Examples will be drawn from
examine the diversity of existing human
contemporary North American culture
cultures as well as provide students with
as well as from countries around the
a basic understanding of the funda-

ANTH 230 AUCL 100 nicians possess a full range of know-

ledge and abilities required to perform
Gender and Culture Automotive Collision and
preventative maintenance, diagnose
Refinishing Level 1 Harmonized problems, and repair vehicle systems
This course provides an anthropological
perspective to understandings of gender The Automotive collision and refinishing including engines, vehicle management,
and sexuality providing a cross-cultural course is delivered by traditional, face hybrids, steering, braking, tires, wheels,
framework within which to examine to face classroom and shop-based drivetrains, suspension, electrical,
gender construction. Throughout this instruction. Automotive collision and re- electronics, heating, ventilation, and air
course, students have a chance to finishing technicians possess a full range conditioning (HVAC), restraints, trim and
examine cross-cultural examples of sex- of knowledge and abilities required to accessories of automotive vehicle and
uality and marriage and are introduced perform repairs and restore damaged light trucks with a gross vehicle weight
to the concept of third, fourth, and fifth motor vehicles. less than 5,500 kg.
genders. Students are also introduced to Prerequisite: Must be a registered Prerequisite: Must be a registered Au-
how religion, language, and the body can Autobody and Collision Technician tomotive Service Technician Apprentice
be gendered. Examples are drawn from Apprentice with ITA with ITA
foraging, horticultural, agricultural, and (210 hours) (210 hours)
stratified societies.
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 AUCL 115 AUTO 125
3 CR / (3,0,0)
Automotive Collision & Automotive Service Repair
Refinishing (Harmonized) Technician Advanced
APSC................................. This program will provide students with This course provides students with the
the skills and knowledge to assist them training needed to perform at a level that
in finding employment opportunities is higher than an entry-level technician.
APSC 101 within their desired automotive collision
and refinishing trade. Employment in
It is designed to teach proficiency in the
areas of diagnostics and technology
Engineering Design I the trade is required to continue in the repair. This emphasis on technology
An introduction to the engineering pro- apprenticeship program in addition to differs from the standard ITA 2nd year
fession – Part 1. This course introduces completing the additional required lev- apprentice outline, in that the driveline/
students to the roles and responsibilities els of technical training at an accredited engine repair items are not included in
of professional engineer, the engineering institution. This program is delivered favour of more electrical, networking sys-
disciplines, engineering design process, by face to face (in person) instruction in tem, and emerging technology training.
implementation of scientific principles, both classroom and shop settings. This course is restricted to students in
engineering graphics, technical com- (1020 hours) the Auto Diploma program.
munication, prototyping, and engineer- (Total course hours 80)
ing ethics. APSC 101 is a requirement
for all students completing the Common AUGT................................
Engineering Curriculum. AUTO 200
Prerequisite: Physics 12 or PHYS 050 Automotive Service Technician
or equivalent, and Pre-calculus 12 or AUGT 150 Level 2 Harmonized
MATH 050 or MATH 100 or equivalent
Automotive Glass Technician The Automotive Service Technician Level
Prerequisite or Corequisite: PHYS 101,
Level 1 2 course is delivered with traditional
MATH 101, CSC 109
classroom and shop-based instruction.
3 CR / (2,2,0) The Automotive Glass Technician course At the end of the course students will
is delivered by online theory and face be scheduled to write the Automotive
APSC 102 to face shop-based instruction. An
Automotive Glass Technician removes,
Service Technician 2 Certificate of Quali-
Engineering Design II fication Exam.
installs, repairs and generally services
Prerequisite: Automotive Service
An introduction to the engineering pro- all types of stationary and movable Technician Level 1 or Foundation; Must
fession – Part 2. This course introduces glass in motor vehicles and associated be a registered Automotive Service
students to the engineering design equipment. Technician Apprentice with ITA
process, implementation of scientific Prerequisite: Must be a registered (210 hours)
principles, engineering graphics, tech- Automotive Glass Technician Appren-
nical communication, prototype testing, tice with ITA
engineering ethics, and sustainability. (Total course hours 90) AUTO 300
APSC 102 is a requirement for all stu- Automotive Service Technician
dents planning to complete the Common Level 3
Engineering Curriculum. AUTO................................ The Automotive Service Technician Level
Prerequisite: APSC 101, MATH 101, CSC
3 course is delivered with traditional
109
Prerequisite or Corequisite: ENGL 229, AUTO 100 At the end of the course students will
MATH 102, PHYS 102
3 CR / (2,2,0)
Automotive Service Technician be scheduled to write the Automotive
Level 1 Service Technician 3 Certificate of Quali-
fication Exam.
The Automotive Service Technician Level
AUCL................................. 1 course is delivered by traditional,
Prerequisite: Automotive Service Tech-
nician Level 2; Must be a registered Au-
face to face classroom and shop-based
tomotive Service Technician Apprentice
instruction. Automotive Service Tech-

with ITA of body systems. A laboratory compon-

(210 hours)
BIO 105 ent is included.
Basic Microbiology Prerequisite: BIO 111
AUTO 400 The basic principles of microbiology are
presented in this course, with an empha-
3 CR / (3,3,0)
Automotive Service Technician sis on the relevance of these principles

Level 4 Harmonized to human health. This course deals
BIO 120
The Automotive Service Technician Level with studies of the morphology, growth, Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology
4 course is delivered with traditional and modes of transmission of microor- An introductory course exploring topics
classroom and shop-based instruction. ganisms. Topics also include asepsis, in the mechanism of inheritance at
At the end of the course students will immunology, chemotherapeutic drugs, the organismal and molecular levels,
be scheduled to write the Automotive and epidemiology of infectious diseases. evidence for and mechanisms of evo-
Service Technician Interprovincial Red Note: This course is primarily reserved lution, ecological relationships, and
Seal Exam. for nursing students. Other UT students animal behaviour. The laboratory will
Prerequisite: Automotive Service Tech- may take this course with permission include several long-term investigations,
nician Level 3; Must be a registered Au- from the instructor, subject to seating including laboratory experiments on
tomotive Service Technician Apprentice availability. organism–environmental relationships
with ITA Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 050, Chem- and optional field work.
(210 hours) istry 11 or 045 Prerequisites: Biology 11 or 045 and
3 CR / (3,1,0) Chemistry 11 or 045
3 CR / (3,3,0)
BIO..................................... BIO 107

Cellular and Organismal Biology
BIO 126
An introductory course emphasizing Relational Anatomy and
BIO 050 principles of wide applications to all Physiology MRAD I
organisms, including cell structure and This is the first of three courses examin-
Provincial Preparatory Biology ing human structure and function. Stu-
function, nutrition, energetics, and
Biology 050 is a lab-oriented course physiology and reproduction. Examples dents examine body systems and relate
dealing with the basic elements of are drawn from both the cellular and them to nearby organs. Sectional anat-
biology. The emphasis will be placed on whole organism levels of organization. omy of the body is viewed classically in
the study of cell biology, bioenergetics, The laboratory will explore biological axial, coronal, & sagittal planes and with
genetics and human biology. principles through a study of several images from various imaging modalities.
Prerequisites: Any Language Arts 11, local ecosystems; field trips during lab- Integration of physiology contributes
ENGL 045 or equivalent, or as deter- oratory sessions will be mandatory. to an understanding of structure; rela-
mined by an ACDU placement assess- Prerequisites: Biology 11 or 045 and tionships among organs; fundamental
ment. Chemistry 11 or 045 body processes; and functional imaging
0 CR (Total course hours 120) 3 CR / (3,3,0) and clinical procedures. Cell biology,
homeostasis and examination of the in-
BIO 103 BIO 111 tegumentary, musculoskeletal, pulmon-
ary, cardiovascular, and gastrointestinal
Biology for Humanities and Human Anatomy and Physiology I systems are reviewed.
Social Science Students I This course is the first half of a com- Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD
Biology 103 is a general biology course prehensive survey of the structures 101, MRAD 103, MRAD 105, MRAD 107,
which introduces non-science students and functions of the human organ MRAD 109, MRAD 111, PHYS 115
to basic scientific methods and concepts. systems. Lecture topics include cellular 4 CR / (4,0,0)
This course focuses on the fundamental physiology, histology, and studies of the
unit of living things: the cell. A study of
cell structure and metabolism provides
integumentary, skeletal, nervous, and BIO 130 
endocrine systems. An extensive labora-
a basis for understanding the basics of tory component is included. This course Anatomy and Physiology
cancer, genetics, and gene technology. is appropriate for students who intend for Practical Nurse
A variety of current gene technology to enter Health Sciences programs. This course is an admission requirement
applications is presented. Prerequisites: Biology 12 or BIO 050 or for the Practical Nurse program. This
3 CR / (3,3,0) BIO 107; and Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 course gives an overview of the structure
3 CR / (3,3,0) and function of 10 body systems. It also
BIO 104 encourages various health promotion
Biology for Humanities and BIO 112 strategies that work toward the optimal
functioning of these systems.
Social Science Students II Anatomy and Physiology II Prerequisite: Biology 12 or BIO 050
Biology 104 is a general biology course This course is a continuation of Human 3 CR / (4,0,0)
which introduces non-science students Anatomy and Physiology I. It is designed
to basic scientific methods and concepts. to cover the anatomy and physiology of
The focus is on evolution and ecology. the muscular, cardiovascular, lymphatic,
BIO 170
Students will develop the concept of an respiratory, digestive, urinary, and repro- Anatomy and Physiology for
evolving biosphere as a basis for explor- ductive systems. The emphasis is on the Sonography
ing the human place in the biosphere. importance of homeostasis and how it is This course introduces the sonography
3 CR / (3,3,0) maintained by the concerted functioning student to the normal anatomy, physiol-

ogy and imaging of the abdominal and emphasized, and sectional anatomy
pelvic cavities and superficial structures.
BIO 206 demonstrates the relationships of the
Common pathologies or anatomic vari- Introduction to Microbiology II circulatory system to organs of the body
ants are introduced. Students will apply This course will include an introduction and extremities. Integration of physiol-
theoretical concepts from this course to to the genetics of bacteria and viruses; ogy contributes to an understanding of
simulations in the lab. sporulation as a form of bacterial structure, relationships among organs,
Corequisite: SONO 100, SONO 103, differentiation; immunology, including body processes, and functional imaging
SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109, PHYS both antibody and cellular responses to and clinical procedures.
170 antigen, and an analysis of host–parasite Prerequisite: Successful completion of
3 CR / (3,0,0) relationships. the following courses with a minimum
Prerequisite: BIO 205 C+: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, MRAD 237
BIO 201 Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 204 Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD
240, MRAD 241, MRAD 243, MRAD 247,
3 CR / (3,3,0)
Cell Structure MRAD 248, MRAD 249, PHYS 225
The physical and chemical aspects of the 3 CR / (3,0,0)
biological structure and function of eu- BIO 215
karyotic cells is explored, with emphasis Microbiology BIO 230
on the experimental techniques used This course introduces students to the
to understand cell biology. Additional Head and Neck Anatomy
diversity of the microbial world through a
topics include the evolutionary history basic taxonomical survey of prokaryotes, This course presents the structural and
of cells and key cell events, such as eukaryotes, and viruses with emphasis functional elements of the head and
cell division, cell signalling, cell death, on prokaryotic cell structure, growth and neck along with the relationship of these
and cell renewal. Laboratory exercises control, metabolism, and genetics. Stu- structures to the major organ systems.
provide an opportunity to perform basic dents will also be introduced to the basic Emphasis is placed on application to
techniques, highlight structures and principles involved in the microbiology dental hygiene practice.
functions of organelles, and develop sub-disciplines of microbial ecology, Corequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205,
skills in experimental design. industrial microbiology and medical DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 226, and
Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120, CHEM microbiology. The laboratory compon- DHYG 225.
112 or CHEM 114 ent will require proficiency in the basic 3 CR / (1.5,1.5,0)
3 CR / (3,3,0) microbiology laboratory techniques.
Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120 BIO 270
BIO 202 3 CR / (3,3,0)
Pathology and Oral Biology
Introductory Biochemistry This course provides the learner with
An introductory biochemistry course fo- BIO 220 basic information for general pathology,
cusing on the chemical basis of life. This Introductory Genetics general and oral facial histology, and
course emphasizes the biochemistry and An introductory course exploring the embryology featuring the development
function of proteins, DNA, carbohydrates mechanism of inheritance at the cellular of the soft and hard tissues of the oral
and lipids in living systems. Other topics and molecular levels. Topics include the cavity.
covered include bioenergetics, proper- chemical nature of DNA, DNA replication, Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205,
ties of enzymes, regulation of enzymatic DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG
gene expression, DNA repair, genomics,
activity, and current laboratory technol- 225 and BIO 230.
Mendelian and non-Mendelian genetics.
ogy used in the recovery and analysis of Corequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265,
The laboratory will include several
DNA and proteins. DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 220, DHYG
long-term investigations, many of which
Prerequisites: BIO 107 and BIO 120 290, DHYG 286
employ the use of the important model
Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 204 3 CR / (4,0,0)
organism, Drosophila melanogaster.
3 CR / (3,3,0) Experiments include genetic mapping of
drosophila genes, population genetics, BOOK................................
BIO 205 genome database searches/bioinform-
atics, and human genome analysis.
Introduction to Microbiology I Note: All BOOK courses are restricted to
Prerequisites: BIO 107, BIO 120, and
A historical perspective of microbiology, students in the Bookkepping Certificate
either CHEM 111 and 112 or CHEM 113
followed by topics which include a survey and 114 program.
of the bacteria, bacterial cell structure in 3 CR / (3,3,0)
relation to its function, bacterial growth BOOK 101
kinetics, and a survey of the lower protists.
An introduction to virology and bacterial
BIO 226 Fundamentals of Bookkeeping
metabolism, including environmental Relational Anatomy and This course introduces students to the
factors which affect microbial growth Physiology MRAD lll bookkeeping profession and will focus
and survival will also be presented. on theory and practical application. Stu-
This course studies the anatomy and
Prerequisites: BIO 107 and 120 dents will be provided with learning ex-
physiology of the nervous, cardiovascu-
Prerequisite or Corequisite: CHEM 203 periences for developing skills to under-
lar, and cardiopulmonary systems. It
3 CR / (3,3,0)
stand how a company’s financial records
examines sectional anatomy of the
are set up. Students are introduced to
head, neck, brain, circulatory system,
the accounting cycle, beginning with
and spinal cord in axial, coronal, and
basic concepts including the accounting
sagittal body planes. The cranial, thor-
equation and terminology. They will then
acic, and abdominal/pelvic cavities are
advance to analyzing transactions, jour-

nalizing and posting to special journals Prerequisite: BOOK 105 with a mini- used extensively in this course as the
and general ledgers. mum grade of “B” prime teaching method, as well students
2 CR / (Total course hours 33) 2 CR / (Total course hours 33) will simulate running a company.
Prerequisites: ACC 252, ACC 256, ACC
BOOK 103 BOOK 113 281, and FIN 258
3 CR / (3,1,0)
Intermediate Bookkeeping Computerized Bookkeeping –
Level 1
This course continues the accounting BUS 415
cycle, taking the student through the cash This course features a full hands-on lab
section of the balance sheets, including where students will learn how to use Business Ethics
petty cash transactions and bank recon- accounting software. Modules discussed Students will face ethical dilemmas
ciliations. We then explore the intricate include General Ledger, Accounts Re- throughout their career. This course will
workings of the payroll system, starting ceivable, Accounts Payable, Banking and provide students with a knowledge of
with basic gross wage calculations, statu- Reporting. ethical theories, and through the use of
tory deductions and concluding with the Prerequisite: BOOK 101 with a mini- case studies students will have an oppor-
journalizing and posting of the payroll mum grade of “B” tunity to apply theories and develop a
transactions. The student then moves on 1.5 CR / (Total course hours 24) methodology to help decision-making
to the statutory tax section detailing the in the complex business environment
rules and regulations involved with the where there are differing needs of vari-
collection and remittance of GST/HST.
BOOK 114 ous shareholders.
The inter-provincial rules for GST/HST as Computerized Bookkeeping – Prerequisites: 30 Credits in the Post
well as the potential PST issues will also Level 2 Bacc. Diploma in Accounting Program
be addressed. (minimum B- Grade)
This course follows Level 1 and features
Prerequisite: BOOK 101 with a mini- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
a full hands-on lab where students will
mum grade of “B” learn how to use accounting software.
2 CR / (Total course hours 33) Modules and features discussed in-
clude Payroll, Inventory, Time & Billing,
CAMP................................
BOOK 105 Budgeting, Projects, and Departments,
advanced reporting, multicurrency, year
Advanced Bookkeeping end, security and database maintenance. CAMP 105
Advanced Bookkeeping continues with Prerequisite: BOOK 113 with a mini- Introduction to Camp Procedures
a focus on adjusting the balance sheet mum grade of “B”
to accurately reflect balance at the fiscal The Introduction to Camp Procedures
1.5 CR / (Total course hours 24)
year end. To accomplish this, the student course introduces students to the gen-
will learn how to calculate the required eral operations of a work camp. Topics
adjustments for bad debts, prepaid BOOK 115 include customer service, scheduling
expenses, depreciation on fixed assets, Payroll protocols, emergency procedures, or-
inventory valuations and unearned dering procedures and an overview
This course takes an in-depth look at of safety including practice writing job
rent. The student will then prepare an payroll concepts and builds on the pay-
eight-column worksheet and post all the hazard assessments and running safety
roll knowledge gained in Intermediate meetings.
year-end adjustments, there by creating Bookkeeping. The rules and regulations
the adjusted balances which are used (20 total course hours)
regarding payroll are very detailed and
to prepare the year-end financial state- prescriptive. The students will learn how
ments. Once completed, they will then to account for various pay structures as CAMP 110
review the procedures for closing the well as how to deal with special deduc- Practical Camp & Catering
books at year end. tions for RRSP, pension, family mainten-
Prerequisite: BOOK 103 with a mini- Essential Skills
ance and employee benefits. The course
mum grade of “B” will also cover the detailed statutory Practical Camp & Catering Essential Skills
2 CR / (Total course hours 33) regulations regarding taxable benefits course will introduce the students to
and year end compliance reporting. the 9 Essential Skills as outlined by the
Government of Canada. These include
BOOK 108 Prerequisite: BOOK 105 with a mini-
reading, writing, document use, numer-
mum grade of “B”
Excel for Bookkeepers 2 CR / (Total course hours 33)
acy, computer and digital skills, thinking
Excel is a powerful tool that is perfectly skills, continuous learning, oral com-
BUS munication, and working with others.
designed to facilitate the accounting
function for small businesses. The The student will have the opportunity to
synoptic journal is an effective option BUS 410 practice these skills as they relate to the
for small businesses without too many Camp & Catering program.
Strategic Management
transactions. Students learn to use a (40 total course hours)
Students will learn about strategic
synoptic journal that replaces the gener-
management in business. Topics include
al journal and all the special journals. It is
corporate analysis, numerous strategies CAMP 115
similar to an accounting worksheet and is
for both domestic and global businesses Camp Housekeeping & Room
ideal for an Excel environment. Through
as well as the importance of corporate Maintenance
the use of a case study, students are
structure, architecture, and governance.
taken through the full accounting cycle The Camp Housekeeping and Room
Other topics will include the importance
from the inception of a business to the Maintenance course will introduce the
of corporate social responsibilities in the
year-end financial statement. student to the basics of cleaning in a
global environment. Case studies will be

camp situation. Topics covered include

laundry, cleaning bathrooms, private
CARP 115 CARP 300
rooms, communal spaces, various types Carpenter Foundation Program Carpenter Level 3 Harmonized
of floor surfaces, dust control, and mak- Harmonized The Carpenter level 3 course is delivered
ing beds. This foundation program will provide by traditional, face to face classroom and
Pre/Corequisite: CAMP 105 entry-level practical and academic shop-based instruction.
(60 total course hours) knowledge to prepare you to begin your Prerequisite: Carpenter Level 2; Must be
apprenticeship pathway as a carpenter. a registered Carpenter Apprentice with
ITA
CAMP 120 The Carpentry Foundation course is
(210 total course hours)
delivered with traditional classroom and
Basic Food Preparation shop-based instruction. Topics covered
The Basic Food Preparation course will in this course are: Safe work practices, CARP 400
provide students with theory and hands- documentation and organizational skills,
on training to work as entry-level camp tools and equipment, survey instruments Carpenter Level 4 Harmonized
cooks. Focus will be on developing prac- and equipment, access, rigging and The Carpenter level 4 course is delivered
tical cooking skills and supplemented hoisting equipment, site layout, concrete by traditional, face to face classroom and
with introductory-level theory. The formwork, wood frame construction, and shop-based instruction.
development of positive work habits and building science. Prerequisite: Carpenter Level 3; Must
professionalism will be emphasized. The Prerequisite: English 10 or Communi- be a registered Carpenter Apprentice
course will consist of both theory and cations 11 or equivalent with a C or with ITA
practical experience. Upon successful higher, Foundation Math and Pre-Cal- (210 total course hours)
completion, students will have a working culus 10; or a C or higher grade in one
knowledge of station set-up, prepping of the following: Apprenticeship and
food, cooking, cleaning, stocking, and Workplace Math 11 or Trades Math 041 CASS.................................
maintaining standard industry practices. or Math 030
Pre/Corequisite: CAMP 105 Note: CASS courses are restricted to stu-
(220 total course hours) CARP 100 dents in the CASS programs (Community
Support Worker, and Education Assistant).
Carpenter Level 1 Harmonized
CAMP 125 The Carpenter level 1 course is delivered
Developing Career Readiness by traditional, face to face classroom
CASS 105
Skills and shop-based instruction. Carpenters Practicum
build and repair a vast array of structures CASS 105 is a school-or community-liv-
The Developing Career Readiness Skills
made of wood, wood substitutes and ing-based practicum. This practicum
course will provide the student the skills
other materials. Many carpenters work provides an opportunity for students to
to obtain employment. Topics such as re-
for construction companies, contractors learn the paraprofessional roles of either
sumes and cover letters, interview skills,
and maintenance departments while an EA or a CSW. Students complete 65
and job search skills will be discussed.
others are self-employed. Carpenters hours of volunteer work experience
assemble and erect forms for concrete, under the supervision of a classroom
wood and metal frame construction and teacher, other school personnel, or a
CAMP 130 use plans and instruments to prepare community living supervisor. Practicum
Work Experience for excavating and shoring. On smaller students complete a variety of online
projects, they direct concrete placement, assignments and journal exercises.
The Camp Catering Work Experience will and install exterior and interior finish Prerequisite: Criminal Records Check
allow students to apply the skills and materials such as siding, doors, windows for Children & Vulnerable Adults
knowledge they have acquired in the and cabinets. Topics covered in this 3 CR (1,0,4)
classroom during the Camp & Catering course are: Safe work practices, docu-
Associate Certificate program. Work mentation and organizational skills, tools
experiences will be researched and and equipment, survey instruments and CASS 110 
chosen by the learner and scheduled for equipment, access, rigging and hoisting Communication Skills
no less than 60 hours with preferable equipment, site layout, concrete form-
locations being in a camp environment. Effective, ethical communication is the
work, wood frame construction, and foundation of human service practice.
Evaluations will be completed by the building science.
learner, the instructor, and the precep- CASS 110 helps human service para-
Prerequisite: Must be a registered Car- professionals to develop this foundation.
tor/supervisor. penter Apprentice with ITA Topics examined in the course include
Note 1: Drug/Alcohol testing and crim- (210 total course hours) perception of self and others, verbal
inal record searches may be required at
and non-verbal communication, conflict
worksites.
Prerequisite: CAMP 105, CAMP 110, CARP 200 management, communication in work
relationships, and effective participation
CAMP 115, CAMP 120, CAMP 125 Carpenter Level 2 Harmonized in groups and teams. Consideration is
(60 total course hours) The Carpenter level 2 course is delivered also given to the influence of disability,
by traditional, face to face classroom and gender, and culture on communication.
shop-based instruction.
CARP................................ Prerequisite: Carpenter Level 1 or Foun-
3 CR (3,0,0)
dation; Must be a registered Carpenter

Apprentice with ITA

beneficial for work as a Community Sup-

CASS 120  CASS 150  port Worker or Educational Assistant.
Human Diversity: Life Planning & Support Systems 3 CR / (3,0,0)
A Disability Perspective In this course, life planning is presented
Human development takes many diverse as a process that values and empowers
individuals and their families. Several
CASS 190
paths. CASS 120 examines disability as
one expression of this richness. The person-centreed methods to assess Community Support
common categories of disability are sur- needs, make decisions, act, and evaluate Worker Practicum
veyed within the context of the person are discussed. The course also surveys CASS 190 is a community-based practi-
and their cultural, social and physical a variety of formal (e.g., education, social cum. It is an opportunity for students to
environments. Students will also explore service) systems and informal (e.g., family) integrate and apply skills, attitudes, and
how disability is viewed and valued in networks that support individuals with knowledge learned in prerequisite course
Canada, as well as some current exam- disabilities in fulfilling their life dreams. work. The practicum's form will depend
ples of disability culture. 3 CR / (3,0,0) on the student's interests and previous
3 CR / (3,0,0) experience working with people with
CASS 160  developmental disabilities in community
settings. Examples range from student
CASS 130  Physical Care/Health & Wellness self-directed service-learning projects
Ethical Foundations of Practice Developing and maintaining good health to traditional "block" placements with a
In CASS 130, you will evaluate the re- and wellness practices for ourselves and service agency. All practicum students
lationship between your personal and the people we support is the focus of this complete a variety of assignments, dis-
professional values, adopt a code of pro- course. Emphasis is given to providing cussion forums, and journal exercises.
fessional ethics to guide conduct in the personal care in the most dignified and Prerequisite: CASS 105, CASS 110, CASS
workplace, and develop an approach to least intrusive ways possible. Topics cov- 120, CASS 130, CASS 140, CASS 145,
ethical decision-making. You will identify ered in the course include good mental CASS 150, CASS 180 and a Criminal
the ethical issues raised in a variety of and physical health, personal hygiene, Records Check for Children & Vulnera-
short case studies, evaluate options for eating and nutrition, body mechanics, ble Adults.
resolution, and make clear arguments lifting and transferring, and medication 4 CR / (3,0,6)
for decisions made. The course also safety, as well as the impact of drugs
and alcohol, stress management and the
reviews law relevant to human service
challenges of aging.
CASS 195
work in British Columbia.
3 CR (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) Education Assistant Practicum
CASS 195 is a school based-based prac-
CASS 140  CASS 180  ticum. It is an opportunity for students
to integrate and apply skills, attitudes,
Positive Approaches to Teaching Supporting Literacy in Diverse and knowledge learned in prerequisite
and Learning Part I Populations coursework. Students work under the
This course introduces learners to CASS 180 introduces Education Assist- supervision of classroom teacher or
strategies for teaching new skills and ants and Community Support Workers other school personnel, assisting in the
addressing challenging behaviors. This to the basic skills, knowledge, and atti- classroom as directed. Practicum stu-
course intends to provide a thorough ex- tudes necessary for supporting literacy dents complete a variety of assignments
posure to training principles and proced- learning in classroom and community and journal exercises and participate in
ures while alerting the learner to ethical settings. This course introduces a wide a seminar.
concerns when using these strategies. variety of practical and positive ways that Prerequisite: CASS 105, CASS 110, CASS
Learners are expected to demonstrate Education Assistants and Community 120, CASS 130, CASS 140, CASS 145,
reading and writing skills appropriate Support Workers can support diverse CASS 150, CASS 180 and a Criminal
for the workplace and entry-level college learners, especially learners with com- Records Check for Children & Vulnera-
munication, auditory, visual or other ble Adults
courses.
challenges. 4 CR / (3,0,6)
3 CR (3,0,0)
3 CR / (3,0,0)
CASS 145  CESS..................................

Positive Approaches to Teaching
CASS 189
and Learning Part II Special Topics in Community and
A continuation of CASS 140, this course Educational Support CESS 151
builds on the introduction to behavior The focus of this course is determined Management Skills for
change. Successful students will expand by the CASS student and the individual Supervisors: Interpersonal
their knowledge on developing and instructor in consultation with the Communication Skills and
implementing procedures of behavior program coordinator(s) and the Dean.
Conflict Resolution
change to enhance the quality of life of Specific areas of focus will vary based
individuals with developmental disabil- on a student’s interests relating to the Learn how to give and receive effective
ities. certificate they are seeking. Examples feedback that will help resolve even
might include American Sign Language, the most difficult situations. You’ll
Prerequisite: CASS 140
Therapeutic Crisis Prevention, Autism also learn how to create a supportive
3 CR (3,0,0)
Spectrum Disorder, Mental Health, Fetal communication climate for one-to-one
Alcohol Spectrum Disorder, or other problem-solving discussions, whether
specific topics that would be seen as it’s with a fellow employee, colleague, or

boss. Topics of discussion will focus on ing of stoichiometry is recommended.

identification and prevention of win/lose
CHEM 112 Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050
situations before they begin; six rules to Fundamentals of Chemistry II or equivalent, and Pre-Calculus 12 or
developing a supportive work climate; Together with CHEM 111, this course MATH 050 or MATH 100 or equivalent
three essential skills to help resolve all provides credit for first-year university 3 CR / (4,3,0)
interpersonal conflict; understanding chemistry. Topics covered include
why people do the things they do; how
you can turn all conflict into co-operation.
thermochemistry and chemical thermo- CHEM 201
dynamics, properties of solutions,
(Total course hours 26) solution stoichiometry and aqueous Physical Chemistry
equilibria, chemical equilibrium, ac- This course, a survey of physical chem-
id-base equilibrium, electrochemistry istry, is suitable for students majoring
CHEM................................ and reaction kinetics. Students who take in science programs such as chemistry,
this course cannot take CHEM 114 for physics, biology and pharmacy. The
additional credit. course comprises a discussion of the
CHEM 045 Prerequisite: CHEM 111 laws of thermodynamics followed by a
3 CR / (3,3,0) treatment of the equilibrium thermo-
Advanced Level Chemistry dynamics of gases and solutions.
This course covers such topics as meas- Prerequisite: CHEM 112 or 114
urement, states of matter, composition CHEM 113 3 CR / (3,3,0)
of matter, structure of the atom, periodic Introduction to Chemistry I
table, bonding, naming compounds,
formula writing, mole and composition
This course is primarily intended for stu- CHEM 202
dents without a Chemistry 12 equivalent
problems, equations and calculations, prerequisite. Topics covered include Inorganic and Coordination
solutions, and introductory organic stoichiometry, solutions, the electronic Chemistry
chemistry. Lab work is an integral part of structure of atoms, trends of the period- With CHEM 201, this course forms a
this course. ic table, modern bonding theories, inter- second-year chemistry course for science
Prerequisite or Corequisite: Foun- molecular forces and organic chemistry. major students. The structure, bonding,
dations of Math 11 or Math 043 or Students who take this course cannot and properties of transition metal and
equivalent, or as determined by the take CHEM 111 for additional credit. other complexes are discussed.
appropriate CNC placement test.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or CHEM 045 Prerequisite: CHEM 111 or 113
0 CR / (Total course hours 120)
and Foundations of Math 11 or Pre-cal- 3 CR / (3,3,0)
culus 11 or MATH 045
CHEM 050 3 CR / (4,3,0)
CHEM 203
Provincial Preparatory Chemistry
Chemistry 050 covers the following
topics: gas laws; reaction rates, liquids The course provides an introduction to
Introduction to Chemistry II
and solids, energy, and changes of state; organic chemistry. A survey of structure
This course, together with CHEM 113, and reactivity for the major functional
chemical equilibria, aqueous reactions, provides credit for first-year university
and solutions; and acids, bases and salts. groups is followed by an introduction
chemistry. Topics covered include to analysis and structure determination
Lab work is an integral part of the course. thermochemistry and chemical thermo- using nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)
Prerequisites: Chemistry 11 or CHEM dynamics, reaction kinetics, properties
045 or equivalent, or Foundations of and infrared (IR) spectroscopy. A major
of solutions, solution stoichiometry topic on chirality and conformational an-
Math 11 or MATH 043 or equivalent, or
and aqueous equilibria, chemical equi- alysis is included. Laboratory experience
as determined by the appropriate CNC
librium, acid-base equilibrium, and includes an introduction to synthetic
placement test.
electrochemistry. Students who take methods.
this course cannot take CHEM 112 for Prerequisite: CHEM 112 or CHEM 114 or
additional credit. equivalent
CHEM 111 Prerequisite: CHEM 113 3 CR / (3,3,0)
Fundamentals of Chemistry I 3 CR / (4,3,0)
This course is designed for students who CHEM 204
have taken a Chemistry 12 equivalent CHEM 150 Organic Chemistry II
course within the past two years. Topics Engineering Chemistry
covered include the electronic structure Mechanism and synthesis are discussed
of atoms, trends of the periodic table, This course is designed for engineering as central themes in organic chemistry.
modern bonding theories, intermolecu- students only who have taken a Chem- This course surveys substitution, addi-
lar forces and organic chemistry. A istry 12 equivalent course. Presented in tion, elimination, rearrangement, and
strong understanding of stoichiometry a single semester in a broad survey style, oxidation reduction reactions for the
is recommended. Students who take it is meant to help foster ideas for appli- functional groups introduced in CHEM
this course cannot take CHEM 113 for cation to cases, and as a guide to further 203. Additional topics in carbonyl and
additional credit. study. Topics covered include atomic carbohydrate chemistry are included.
and molecular structure, chemical Laboratory experiments provide ex-
Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 or CHEM 050
and Pre-Calculus 12 or MATH 100 or
bonding, intermolecular forces, gases, perience in contemporary synthetic
MATH 050 thermochemistry and thermodynamics, methods.
3 CR / (3,3,0) chemical equilibrium, solutions and Prerequisite: CHEM 203
phase equilibria, reaction kinetics, and 3 CR / (3,3,0)
electrochemistry. A strong understand-

engineering technology. With a focus

CHEM 205 CIVE 105 on computer-aided design (CAD), and
Introduction to Analytical Professionalism in the Workplace an introduction to manual drafting
Chemistry This course explores skills required for techniques, students will develop skills
This one-semester course is an introduc- success in a civil engineering technology required to produce basic civil engineer-
tion to the principles and techniques of career. Topics covered include goal ing drawings. Additional topics include
quantitative chemical analysis. Emphasis setting, interviewing, communication, reading topographic and engineering
is placed on solution equilibria (involved listening skills, teambuilding, person- drawings, scaling and plotting, and gen-
in acid-base, oxidation-reduction, complex ality types, critical thinking and conflict eral CAD skills.
formation and precipitation reactions), prevention and resolution. Students will 2 CR / (1,2,0)
statistical treatment of chemical data, prepare a Curriculum Vitae (CV) and learn
potentiometric, spectrophotometric and how to market themselves. Diversity and
equality, personal rights relating to vio-
CIVE 125
chromatographic methods. An integral
part of this course is analysis (organic, lence and harassment, health and safety Digital Design and Drafting II
inorganic and environmental). procedures and professional ethics will This course is a continuation of CIVE 120,
Prerequisite: CHEM 112 or CHEM 114 be emphasized throughout the course. Digital Design and Drafting I. Students
3 CR / (3,3,0) Prerequisite: CIVE 100, ENGL 113 will continue to develop skills using
2 CR / (1.5,0,0) computer-aided design (CAD) programs,
with emphasis on advanced features.
CIS ..................................... CIVE 110 Students will create three-dimensional
models using wire meshes, surfaces,
Statics and solid models. CAD skills will be aug-
CIS 165 BUS This course explores the fundamental mented with software that streamlines
3D design and supporting documen-
relationships between external forces,
Computer Information Systems reaction forces and internal forces. An- tation. Additional topics include plans,
This course is an introduction to comput- alysis is restricted to statically determin- elevations, sections, bill of materials,
er systems and to the analysis, design, ant, two-dimensional cases, with a focus and schedule of quantities. Geographic
and implementation of computer-based on civil design applications. Students will Information Systems (GIS) applications to
information management. Students develop their knowledge in the following civil engineering will also be introduced.
develop skills in utilizing productivity areas: 2D force vectors, equilibrium Prerequisite: CIVE 120
software to perform basic computer equations, support conditions, free-body 2 CR / (1,2,0)
operations such as word processing, diagrams, truss analysis by the methods
presentation tools, spreadsheets data
analysis, data visualization, and data
of joints and sections, analysis of pinned
plane frames, geometric properties of
CIVE 130
informed decision making. Specific sections, distributed loading, and load, Applied Hydrology
technologies will be explored, including shear force and bending moment dia- This course explores the fundamental
computer hardware and software, inter- grams for beams. concepts of hydrology and its application
net and collaboration tools, current and Corequisite: MATH 180 to civil engineering. Students will develop
emerging technologies, and decision 3 CR / (3,2,0) knowledge to analyze watersheds and
support systems. design storm sewers. Specific topics
3 CR / (3,0,0) include rainfall intensity, the hydrologic
CIVE 115 cycle, mass balance, watersheds, contour
Mechanics of Materials maps, hydrographs, streamflow models,
CIVE.................................. This course explores the relationship storm events, streamflow measurement,
between applied loads and material infiltration, groundwater, snowmelt
Note: All CIVE courses are restricted to stresses and strains with a focus on quantification, and storm sewer design.
students in the Civil Engineering Tech- those developed in common structural Corequisite: MATH 180
nology Program. elements. Students will develop their 3 CR / (3,2.5,0)
knowledge in the following topics:
CIVE 100 concepts of stress and strain, material
CIVE 135
testing, allowable stresses and factors of
Introduction to Civil Engineering safety, analysis of statically determinate Hydraulics
Technology and indeterminate axially loaded bars, This course explores fluid flow in pipes
This course is a general introduction to thermal stresses, moments of inertia, and open channels. Students will improve
the field of civil engineering, with focus beam stresses and deflections, column their understanding of fluid properties,
on the roles and responsibilities of civil buckling, stress transformations and hydrostatic pressure and hydrostatic
engineering technologists. Students will Mohr's circle. A laboratory component is forces before applying their knowledge
interact with practicing civil engineering included in this course. to pipe systems. Students will learn to
technologists and civil engineers to Prerequisite: CIVE 110, MATH 180 design pipe-pump systems by applying
learn about the subdisciplines of civil Corequisite: MATH 185 their knowledge of continuity, Bernoulli’s
engineering. Additional introductory 3 CR / (3,3,0) equations, energy grade lines, head
topics include sustainable development, losses, pump characteristics, network
environmental and societal impact, pro- analysis, pipe forces and costs. Open
ject development, standards and codes
CIVE 120 channel design concepts will include the
and ethics. Digital Design and Drafting I Manning equation, energy principles,
2 CR / (1.5,0,0) This course explores the fundamental chokes, varied flow profiles and control
graphical techniques necessary for civil structures.

Prerequisite: CIVE 130, MATH 180 steel and reinforced concrete. Specific
3 CR / (3,2.5,0)
CIVE 155 topics include structural indeterminacy,
Surveying II qualitative analysis, design of steel struc-
tures (tension members, columns, beams
CIVE 140 This course expands on knowledge
gained in CIVE 150, Surveying I, and and beam-columns), and design of con-
Construction Materials I introduces students to additional sur- crete structures (beams, one-way slabs,
This course explores the principles of veying methods. Topics covered include columns, footings and retaining walls).
soils and aggregates and is delivered measurement and calculation, simple Prerequisite: CIVE 210
through lectures and laboratory ses- plane surveying, calculating and adjust- 3 CR / (2.5,3.5,0)
sions. Students will learn sampling ments, levelling, curves, cross-sections
methods, soil classification, analysis and plans, volume calculations and detail
of materials, and compaction and survey. Students will apply the required
CIVE 220
density theory in accordance with surveying skills to complete road, build- Software Applications for Civil
ASTM International (ASTM) standards. ing, and elevation layout. Engineering Technology
Topics covered include mass/volume Prerequisite: CIVE 150 This course explores the use of comput-
relationships, identification of moisture 3 CR / (2.5,2.5,0) er software to conduct analyses and pro-
content, applications of geosynthetics, duce civil engineering designs. Students
liquid and plastic limits, and preparation
of summary reports. The importance of
CIVE 200 will learn to use spreadsheets and com-
puter programming to automate routine
working safely in a laboratory and onsite Socio-Environmental Factors in computational analyses. Emphasis will
will be emphasized throughout. Engineering be placed on practical civil engineering
3 CR / (2,3,0) This course explores the connections applications, and course content will
between civil engineering and the larger be explored through a combination of
CIVE 145 framework of society and the environ- lectures, computer lab simulations and
ment. Students will learn about the en- a project.
Construction Materials II vironmental effects of engineering and Prerequisite: MATH 185
This course expands on knowledge sustainable design. Social impacts of civil 2 CR / (1,2,0)
gained in CIVE 140, Construction Ma- projects will be explored with emphasis
terials I, and introduces students to on health and safety and public consul-
basic geotechnical design principles, tations. These topics will be discussed
CIVE 235
and mixing and testing of concrete within the framework of northern and/ Water and Waste Management
and asphalt. Through lectures and or rural ecosystems. Specific topics This course explores remote and rural
laboratory sessions, students learn the include environmental pollution, site as- water supply, wastewater and solid
influence of geology on soils, cement sessment and remediation, sustainable waste management. Through lectures,
types, concrete properties, batching engineering, environmental life cycle case studies and field trips, students
to finishing techniques, compressive analysis, health and safety, and public will learn about reservoirs and dams,
strength, quality control, and inspection consultation. safe drinking water, common contam-
requirements. Additional topics covered Prerequisite: CIVE 105, CIVE 115, CIVE inants, purification requirements, soil
include consolidation and shear testing 125, CIVE 135, CIVE 145, CIVE 155, MATH erosion, sediment control, wastewater
of soils, steel reinforcement, asphalt mix 185 treatment, solid and hazardous waste,
design, and pavement data collection 3 CR / (3,0,0) and engineered landfills. The impacts
and assessment techniques. of water waste and solid waste on the
Prerequisite: CIVE 140
3 CR / (2,3,0)
CIVE 210 environment will be a focus throughout
the course.
Structural Design I Prerequisite: CIVE 200
CIVE 150 This course explores the basic concepts 3 CR / (4,0,0)
of structural design in accordance with
Surveying I national and provincial building codes.
This course explores the principles of Students will learn the structural design
CIVE 240
surveying required to collect elevation process and how to design wood struc- Road Design
and topographic data for civil engin- tural elements. Specific topics include This course explores the design of
eering projects. Students will apply limit states design, dead loads, occu- resource roads, urban streets and
the required skills to complete level pancy loads, snow loads, wind loads, rural highways according to applicable
loop and traversing, measurement of load paths, wood tension members, guidelines and standards. Topics include
distances and angles, and mathematical wood columns, wood beams, and wood roadway classification, corridor require-
calculations to analyze and adjust data. connections. ments, vertical and horizontal elements,
Additional topics covered include equip- Prerequisite: CIVE 115 and properties of road cross-sections.
ment set up and calibration, grade and 3 CR / (2,2,0) Students will prepare designs and draw-
cut/fill determination, stationing, and ings for the different road types with
field notes and format. Equipment care
and safety are emphasized throughout CIVE 215 focus on drainage, intersections and
earthworks balancing.
the course. Structural Design II Prerequisites: CIVE 125, CIVE 145
3 CR / (2,2,0) This course is a continuation of the 3 CR / (2,3,0)
content in CIVE 210, Structural Design I.
Students will further their understanding
of structural analysis by applying con-
cepts to structural members made of

roadway and intersection capacity limits to faculty and peers.

CIVE 245 and layout, and preparation of traffic Prerequisite: CIVE 200, CIVE 210, CIVE
Land Development management plans. Topics covered 220, CIVE 240, CIVE 250, CIVE 260, CIVE
This course explores the concepts of include traffic control devices, signal 270, ENGL 229
land development and the application timing, impacts from development, Corequisite: ENGL 252
of industry-standard software to pre- signalized, unsignalized and roundabout 3 CR / (4,0,0)
pare engineering plans. Topics covered intersections, parking, pedestrian and
include property rights and ownership, bicycle facility requirements, and crash
the consultation process, subdivision analysis using historical data. COM..................................
requirements, survey types and legal Prerequisite: CIVE 125
constraints, drawing templates, surface Corequisite: CIVE 240
analysis, and collection, interpretation 2 CR / (2,1,0) COM 100
and use of field and digital data. Stu-
dents will complete a land development Fundamentals of Business
project drawing package that meets
CIVE 270 The student examines a broad overview
municipal standards. Project and Construction of the Canadian business system — how
Prerequisite: CIVE 155, CIVE 240 Management I it functions and how it relates to specific
Corequisite: CIVE 255 areas such as marketing, production,
This course explores the concepts
2 CR / (1.5,2.5,0) finance, and human resources. The
involved in managing a typical civil
student gains specific insights into
engineering project. Topics covered
actual business operations and some
CIVE 250 include fundamentals of construction,
of the major areas of concern regarding
estimating, contract law and contract
Municipal Design I the role of business in society including
administration. Students will learn
This course explores planning and globalization, corporate social respons-
about safety and training, construction
design of a residential subdivision using ibility, entrepreneurship, and small
equipment and methods, preparation of
the Local Government Act, municipal business development.
contracts, permitting requirements, and
bylaws, and zoning guidelines. Using 3 CR / (3,0,0)
budgeting procedures. The importance
computer-aided design (CAD) software, of ethical behaviour while managing a
students will prepare drawings showing project will be emphasized throughout. COM 204
lot layout, roadways, intersections, site Prerequisite: CIVE 105 Financial Accounting
servicing, stormwater management, 3 CR / (3,1,0)
open space, and pedestrian circulation. Introduction to accounting procedures,
Additional topics covered include land- principles and financial statement prep-
use planning, stakeholder involvement, CIVE 275 aration, and the analysis of accounting
the development and rezoning process, Project and Construction information for business decision-mak-
and calculation and analysis of develop- Management II ing. Emphasis is on accounting policies
ment costs. and generally accepted accounting
This course expands on knowledge principles.
Prerequisite: CIVE 125, CIVE 135 gained in CIVE 270, Project and Con-
Corequisite: CIVE 240 3 CR / (3,2,0)
struction Management I, and students
3 CR / (2,2,0) will further their understanding of
managing a civil engineering project. COM 212
CIVE 255 Topics covered include project planning, Managerial Accounting
interpreting construction drawings,
Municipal Design II take-offs, scope management, coordina-
Com 212 is an introduction of cost ac-
This course expands on knowledge counting techniques and practices and
tion and communication, and inspection.
gained in CIVE 250, Municipal Design I. how they are used by business entities.
Students will learn about critical path an-
Students will prepare an industry-stan- Students will also become familiarized
alysis, scheduling the construction pro-
dard engineering package, including with the use of accounting information
cess, cost control, and documentation
plan and profile drawings detailing utility in the planning and control processes.
procedures. Construction safety and
servicing, for a residential subdivision. Students will also be introduced to the
security will be emphasized throughout
Topics covered include site preparation, use of cost accounting data in making
the course.
utility sizing and alignment, site drainage, business decisions. Development of
Prerequisite: CIVE 270
culvert analysis and erosion protection, skills in the areas of judgment, analysis,
3 CR / (2,2,0)
and domestic water and fire protection evaluation and application will be a key
criteria. Use of local bylaws and applic- aspect of this course.
able guidelines will be a focus through- CIVE 295 Prerequisite: COM 204
out the course. Industry Project 3 CR / (3,2,0)
Prerequisite: CIVE 240, CIVE 250 This course provides students with the
3 CR / (2.5,2.5,0) opportunity to work as a team to plan COM 222
and execute a civil engineering design Management and
CIVE 260 project. Students will work with a faculty Organizational Behaviour
advisor to complete their project on
Traffic Planning schedule and to an appropriate industry Information extracted from various
This course explores the fundamentals standard. The formal written report will areas of psychology (social, industrial/
of traffic planning in an urban setting. be submitted in conjunction with ENGL organizational) and management will
Students learn about data collection 252, Technical Writing and Communica- be utilized to study the nature of work,
techniques, analysis of traffic patterns, tion, and teams will present their findings people, and organizations. Topics

include leadership, motivation, group ware, software, and networks. Through crime and deviance, such as biological,
dynamics, communication, Japanese hands-on experience, students will psychoanalytic, behavioral, and cognitive
management, job design, organizational acquire skills with computer applications theories, this course examines hypoth-
design, organizational culture, organiz- such as the Windows operating system, esized/causal links between criminality
ational development, stress, and time word processing (Word), spreadsheets and genetics, mental disorders, person-
management. Organizational behaviour (Excel), keyboarding, and electronic com- al, and moral development.
and its impact on management is exam- munications. The course allows students Prerequisite: CRIM 101 or PSYC 101
ined through lecture, discussion, case to experience project development 3 CR / (3,0,0)
analyses, and practical applications of while improving their software skills
the material. and knowledge of word processing and
3 CR / (3,0,0) spreadsheets.
CRIM 103
Prerequisite: COMP 020 or as deter- Introduction to the Canadian
COM 288 mined by the appropriate placement Criminal Justice System
test This introductory course explores the
Introduction to Management (Total course hours 68) structure and operation, and the legal
Science and social organization of the Canadian
Management science involves the use of COMP 045 Criminal justice system. The accused is
quantitative models to investigate and followed from initial contact with the
resolve management problems. Some
Advanced Computer Studies
police to a final disposition on the street,
examples of these problems are how to Through hands-on experience, the at court, or in the correctional system.
minimize production costs without sac- student acquires skills with a variety of The rights and responsibilities, patterns
rificing quality, how to best estimate the computer applications such as word of contact and conflict, and discretionary
time it will take to complete a complex processing, spreadsheets, database practices of all participants in the pro-
project, how to set up an effective inven- management, graphics and presenta- ceedings are examined in terms of their
tory order system, and how to evaluate tion software. Support ing discussions fairness and effectiveness.
marketing strategies. Topics include include introductory theory of computer 3 CR / (3,0,0)
decision theory, inventory models, linear architecture, hardware, software, net-
programming, risk analysis, transpor- works, and computer use in society.
tation problems, simulation, networks, Prerequisites: English 030 or English CRIM 106
waiting lines, and Markov analysis. 10 and one of Math 030, Principles of Sociological Explanations
Math 10, Foundations of Math and of Crime and Deviance
The prerequisites and Corequisites are
Pre-Calculus 10 or Computers 030; or
consistent with the requirements for appropriate reading and math levels as This course examines classical and
transferring credits to UNBC or TRU. evaluated by an Academic Upgrading contemporary sociological perspectives
Prerequisites: MATH 157 or MATH 104; placement test. and theories of crime and deviance.
and MATH 103 or MATH 204; and MATH 0 CR / (Total course hours 68) The assumptions, and strengths and
101 or MATH 165 weaknesses, of each theory are critic-
Prerequisite or Corequisite: ECON 101 ally assessed. Each of the sociological
or ECON 201 CRIM................................. theories explored is evaluated in terms
3 CR / (2,1,0) of its contemporary utility and practical
applicability in Canadian criminal justice
policy.
COMP................................ CRIM 101 Prerequisite: CRIM 101 or CRIM 103 or
Introduction to Criminology SOC 101
This course introduces students to the 3 CR / (3,0,0)
COMP 020 interdisciplinary subject of criminology.
Basic Computer Studies Students are oriented to criminology as CRIM 135
a profession, and as a historically specif-
This course is designed primarily for ic body of knowledge. Criminology is Introduction to Canadian Law
students with little or no computer situated as a scientific discipline guided and Legal Institutions
experience. Students will learn essential by diverse theoretical trajectories and A general introduction to the fundamen-
computer concepts and terminology, in- methods of analysis. The explanatory tal and competing principles of jurispru-
cluding the theory of computer architec- capacity of criminological approaches dence and the basic legal institutions of
ture, hardware, software, and networks. to crime, criminality, and social control Canada. This course considers the his-
Through hands-on experience, students encourages a focus on current issues tory of Canadian law, the development
will acquire skills with computer appli- related to crime, and the administration of the Canadian constitution, the system
cations such as word processing (Word) of justice. of Canadian courts, and the roles and
and the internet. 3 CR / (3,0,0) responsibilities of legal professionals.
Other topics include the nature of legal
CRIM 102 reasoning, the doctrine of precedent,
COMP 030 principles of statutory interpretation,
Psychological Explanations of and introduces the fields of contract,
Intermediate Computer Studies
Crime and Deviance torts, administrative and family law, and
Computer Studies 030 builds on the the process of law reform in Canada.
This course is an introduction to, and
skills acquired in Computer Studies 020. 3 CR / (3,0,0)
critical examination of, psychological
Students will learn essential computer
approaches to criminal and deviant
concepts and terminology, including the
behavior. Surveying a variety of psych-
theory of computer architecture, hard-
ologically-informed explanations of

3 CR / (3,0,0) required however, basic typing skills are

CRIM 201 a definite asset.
Policing in Modern Society
CRIM 250 Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11,
or MATH 043, or equivalent.
This course examines both historical
and current issues related to policing in Restorative Justice 3 CR / (3,3,0)
modern society. Topical emphasis will be This course explores the history, theory,
principles, and practice of restorative jus-
on police roles, powers, accountability,
discretion, surveillance, and technology. tice. Positioned against adversarial and
CSC 109
Analysis of these issues will be com- retributive models of criminal justice that Computing Science I
parative between “public” and “private” occupy much of the Canadian criminal This is a general introductory course in
methods of policing. justice system’s landscape, restorative computer science. Topics include com-
Prerequisites: CRIM 101 or CRIM 103 justice will be explored as an alternative puter architecture, computer systems,
3 CR / (3,0,0) model of transformative justice. Core development of algorithms and comput-
restorative justice programs and models er programs, and programming style.
are explored alongside the key stake- Programming topics include selection
CRIM 220 holders, including victims, offenders, the and loop structures, arrays, functions,
Research Methods in the Social Sci- community, and the specific roles they procedures, and string processing. The
ences play in the administration of justice. main emphasis of this course is on the
This course is an introduction to re- Prerequisite: One of: CRIM 101, CRIM study and development of algorithms
search in the social sciences that will 103, SOC 101, ABST 100, ABST 101, using a procedural language.
develop students’ research and ana- SSWK 171 Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 or
lytical skills. Specifically, the course will 3 CR / (3,0,0) MATH 043 or equivalent.
focus on theoretical inquiry, quantitative 3 CR / (3,3,0)
and qualitative research logics, and the CRIM 260
process and structure of research, in-
cluding: research design, data collection Women, Crime, and Justice CSC 110
and analysis, and an introduction to This course explores the nexus between Computing Science II
report writing. women, crime, and criminal justice. This is a continuation of CSC-109.
Prerequisite: MATH 104 or PSYC 201 Feminist theories and methods are This course provides additional pro-
and CRIM 101, CRIM 103 or SOC 101, employed to redress inaccuracies, mis- gramming experience, and a larger
SOC 102 perceptions and/or skewed representa- range of programming techniques. It
3 CR / (3,1.5,0) tions of women evidenced within the focuses on the foundation for further
criminological discipline and the criminal studies in computer science. Objects,
justice system. Course topics include:
CRIM 230 the development of feminist criminology,
classes, inheritance and polymorphism
are discussed in depth. Other topics
Criminal Law media representations of criminality and include advanced string processing,
This course narrows down the under- women, “gender-blind” criminal justice multidimensional arrays, file I/O and Ex-
standing of Canadian Law through policies, and the gendered dimensions ception handling, searching and sorting,
honing in on the nature, scope, sources, of criminal act commission, criminal jus- recursion, and linear and non-linear data
and basic principles of criminal law. tice processing, incarceration, and em- structures. More advanced algorithms
Topics of study and critical examination ployment in the criminal justice system. and computer programs are developed.
include, fundamental legal concepts, Prerequisite: One of: CRIM 101, CRIM Prerequisite: CSC 109
such as mens rea, negligence, and strict 103, SOC 101, ABST 100, ABST 101, 3 CR / (3,3,0)
liability; criminal responsibility in Canada; SSWK 171, WMST 101
legislative policies expressed in the Crim- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
inal Code; basic elements of a criminal CSC 135
offence; actus reus and mens rea; and Discrete Mathematics I
legal principles relating to crimes and CSC.................................... This course is an introduction to the
their defences. theory and applications of finite and
Prerequisite: CRIM 135 countable sets. Topics include: set
3 CR / (3,0,0) CSC 105 theory, inclusion/exclusion principle,
Introduction to Computer and multiplication principle, counting theory,
CRIM 241 Programming propositional and predicate logic, math-
ematical induction, number theory, finite
Corrections in the Canadian This course will familiarize students with state machines. This course is also of-
Context computers and introduce the elements fered as MATH 135. Students with credit
This course explores the correctional of computer programming. Topics for MATH 135 cannot take CSC 135 for
system in Canada both inside prisons covered include the basic structure of further credit.
and outside in communities. Topics a digital computer system; applications Prerequisite: Foundations of Mathe-
explored may include: the history and of computers in arts, business, science, matics 12 or Precalculus 12 or Math 050
development of prisons in Canada; industry, and everyday life; and com- or Math 100 or equivalent
philosophies of punishment and incar- puter programming using a high-level 3 CR / (3,0,0)
ceration; the structure, organization, and language. The laboratory provides
dynamics of correctional institutions; hands-on experience with the comput-
and, treatment and programming in er, programming, and current software
Canadian corrections. (such as word processors, spreadsheets,
and databases). No prior knowledge of
Prerequisites: CRIM 101or 103
computing or advanced mathematics is

students in the Professional Cook pro- understanding of the communication

CSC 214 gram. skills that will be necessary to begin to
Introduction to Computer take a leadership role in the kitchen.
Systems Topics covered in this course are:
CULA 150 Occupational Skills; Stocks, Soups and
This course is an introduction to the
basic concepts of computer systems and Professional Cook Level 1 Sauces; Meats; Poultry; Seafood; Garde
computer architecture, and to machine This is an Industry Training Authority Manger; Baked Goods and Desserts; and
and assembly language. Students are (ITA) recognized apprentice program, Beverages.
expected to master both the basic con- working towards level 1 apprenticeship Prerequisite: Professional Cook Level 1
cepts of computer systems and architec- trades qualification. An additional 400 and Level 2; Must be a registered Pro-
ture and the programming details of an work-based training hours under a red fessional Cook Apprentice with ITA
assembly language. seal Cook or ITA accredited trainer is (Total course hours 180)
Prerequisite: CSC 110 required.
3 CR / (3,3,0)
• English Language Arts 10 or ENGL DENO................................
030 (minimum “C“) or equivalent
CSC 216 • Workplace Math 10 or MATH 041
Introduction to Data Structures (minimum “C-“) or equivalent DENO 150
This course is an introduction to data (Total course hours 840)
Introduction to Dentistry
structures and their associated algo-
This course provides information and
rithms. The data structures discussed CULA 250 practical experience in the field of
will include stacks, queues, lists, and
Professional Cook Level 2 dentistry. It is designed to orient stu-
trees. Data structures applications
The Professional Cook Level 2 course is dents to current dental health concepts
include sorting techniques, hash tables,
delivered with traditional classroom and and to practicing as a member of the
sparse matrix representation, and prior-
kitchen/lab-based instruction. Profes- dental team.
ity queues. An object-oriented program-
ming language is used in this course sional Cook Level 2 students usually work Note: Delivery of this course is de-
Prerequisite: CSC 110 under some supervision and perform a pendent upon sufficient numbers of
3 CR / (3,3,0) variety of cooking and food preparation registrants.
tasks using multiple cooking methods. In 2 CR / (2,0,0)
addition to using the major techniques
CSC 235 and principles used in cooking, baking,
Discrete Mathematics II and other aspects of food preparation, DENT................................
This course is a continuation of CSC 135. at this level, a professional cook should
Topics include generating functions, have a preliminary understanding of Note: DENT courses are restricted to stu-
recurrence relations, graph theory, food costing, menu planning, and pur- dents in the Dental Assisting program.
optimization and matching, rings and chasing processes.
modular arithmetic, Boolean algebra, Prerequisite: Registered ITA Profession-
al Cook Apprentice, Strongly Recom-
DENT 150
switching functions, coding theory, finite
mended that Students Successfully Dental Assisting Foundations
fields and combinatorial designs. This
complete Level 1 This course introduces basic principles
course is also offered as MATH 235. Stu-
dents with credit for MATH 235 cannot (Total course hours 420) of dental assisting techniques and the
take CSC 235 for further credit. assessment phase of patient care.
Prerequisite: CSC 135 or MATH 135, and CULA 350 Theoretical knowledge pertaining to
MATH 101 basic instrumentation, isolation tech-
Professional Cook Level 3 niques and fundamental skills associat-
3 CR / (3,0,0)
The Cook Level 3 course is delivered with ed with dental assisting will be covered.
traditional classroom and kitchen/lab- Introduction to bio-materials will also be
CUE.................................... based instruction. means a person who covered. Learners will receive informa-
performs all phases of kitchen activities tion regarding the rationale for obtaining
including the preparation and presenta- medical and dental histories, vital signs,
tion of vegetables, soups, sauces, meat, dental charting and initial patient obser-
CUE 050 fish and poultry, cold kitchen items; vations. The course material will include
Student Success – Provincial Level desserts, baking, pastry; basic menu the understanding for prevention of,
This course will help students to be planning/costing as well as knowledge handling of and complications of medical
successful in their academic studies and of safety, sanitation and food storage, emergencies that may arise in the dental
future careers. Students will develop and who has a knowledge of human and office setting.
writing, reading, research, and oral customer relations. A Professional Cook Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT
communication skills, coupled with time 3 will have met all of the requirements 151, 153, with a minimum “C” grade,
management, study, and technology of the national Red Seal standard for DENT 157 at a Satisfactory (S) level and
skills. Cook. They usually work under limited MGT 154 with a minimum “B-” grade
(Total course hours 112.5) supervision and will be competent at the 3 CR / (5,0,0)
major techniques and principles used
in cooking, baking, and other aspects of DENT 151
CULA................................ food preparation. In addition to a sound
Prevention I
set of cooking skills, a professional cook
Note: CULA courses are restricted to at this level should be able to plan and This course emphasizes infection control
cost menus and recipes, and have an and prevention of oral disease. Aware-

ness is placed on the nature of oral tal anesthesia, cavity preparation and
organisms, modes, and management design, and restorative instruments.
DENT 166
of transmission for diseases of dental Knowledge of the dental materials util- Professional Issues
importance. This course also familiarizes ized in the prevention and treatment of This course provides the student with an
the student with methods and materials oral disease will also be covered. A series overview of the dental profession and
used to prevent oral disease. Plaque, of lectures will be given dealing with the its organization. It also introduces the
methods to control oral diseases, de- etiological fundamentals of dental caries student to dental jurisprudence, ethical
vices, and other components of prevent- and methods used to prevent caries. dilemmas and problem solving. The BC
ive dentistry are covered. Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, 157 Health Professions Act and duties of the
Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT with a minimum “C” grade and MGT 154 graduate BC Certified Dental Assistant
150, 153, with a minimum “C” grade, with a minimum “B-” grade will be discussed.
DENT 157 at a Satisfactory (S) level and Corequisites: DENT 161,163, 166 and Prerequisites: DENT 150,151 and 153
MGT 154 with a minimum “B-” grade 169 must be passed at a “C” grade and must have been passed at a “C” grade
3 CR / (5,0,0) DENT 167 at a Satisfactory (S) level. and DENT 157 at a Satisfactory (S) level.
3 CR / (3,0,0) MGT 154 must have been passed at a
DENT 153 “B-” grade
Dental Sciences DENT 161 Corequisites: DENT 160, 161,163 and

169 must be passed at a “C” grade and
A study of form, structure, and inter Prevention II DENT 167 at a Satisfactory (S) level.
relationships of the head and neck. This course provides the student with 3 CR / (2.5,0,0)
Also included is the study of histology, knowledge regarding the potential of
morphol ogy, supporting structures, oral manifestations such as periodontal DENT 167
occlusion, identification, and anomalies disease and caries. The student learns to
as they relate to dentition. Anatomical prevent these diseases through clinical Dental Assisting Clinic II
landmarks and understanding of the preventive procedures, understanding The second course in the clinical se-
relationship between structure and nutrition, and teaching the client oral quence, the learner’s clinical knowledge,
function will be provided. self-care. An additional component has skills and attitudes build on the founda-
Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT the student developing and presenting tion from DENT 157 - Dental Assisting
150, 151, with a minimum “C” grade, preventive oral health lesson plans to Clinic I. This course also expands clinical
DENT 157 at a Satisfactory (S) level and select members of the local community. and laboratory competencies. Learners
MGT 154 with a minimum “B-” grade Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, with will begin to schedule patients and
4 CR / (5,0,0) a minimum “C” grade, DENT 157 at a perform prescribed services. Learners
Satisfactory (S) level, and MGT 154 with also participate in weekly guided group
a minimum “B-” grade
DENT 157 Corequisites: DENT 160,163, 166 and
discussions of their clinical experiences
and cases. Within this clinical course
Dental Assisting Clinic I 169 must be passed at a “C” grade and students will be scheduled to participate
The first in a series, this clinic provides DENT 167 at a Satisfactory (S) level. in an integrated practicum (approx.16
an opportunity for the student to inte- 3 CR / (4,0,0) hours). This practicum experience fur-
grate theory into clinical and laboratory thers the opportunity the learner has for
experiences. The focus is on clinical DENT 163 dental assisting in a dental office.
asepsis, basic instrumentation, initial Emphasis on professionalism and com-
client observation, isolation techniques, Dental Specialties I: Oral
munication skills continues. Advanced
the manipulation of a variety of dental Surgery and Prosthodontics chairside assisting, direct patient care
materials, and taking radiographic bite- This course has an emphasis on the procedures, and laboratory skills may
wings on a manikin. dental specialties of oral surgery and also be included in the experience.
Within this clinical course students will be prosthodontic dentistry. It provides the This course will continue to focus on
scheduled to participate in an integrated student with the knowledge of pre-sur- the student’s professional conduct,
practicum (approx.12 hours). gical evaluation, pharmaco logical con- communication skills, clinical support
siderations, procedures, post-operation procedures, assisting and practicing in a
This practicum experience will provide
treatments, and the role of the certified safe and competent manner according
the learner with the opportunity to
dental assistant in the care of an oral sur- to HPA/ Dentist Act requirements.
assist in a general dentistry office. The
gery case. Students are also introduced Prerequisites: DENT 150,151 and 153
focus will be on professional conduct,
to prosthetic procedures which are de- must have been passed at a “C” grade,
communication skills, clinical support
voted to the restoration of function and MGT 154 must have been passed at a
procedures, assisting and practicing in a
the form of the dentition, including fixed “B-” grade. and DENT 157 at a Satisfac-
safe and competent manner according
and removable appliances and implants. tory (S) level.
HPA/Dentist Act requirements.
Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, with Corequisites: DENT 160, 161, 163,166,
Prerequisites or Corequisites: DENT
a minimum “C” grade, DENT 157 at a 169 with a minimum “C” grade
150, 151, 153, with a minimum “C”
Satisfactory (S) level and MGT 154 with 3 CR / (0,13,0)
grade and MGT 154 with a minimum
a minimum “B-” grade
“B-” grade
Corequisites: DENT 160,161, 166 and
3 CR / (0,13,0)
169 must be passed at a “C” grade and
DENT 169
DENT 167 at a Satisfactory (S) level. Radiology
DENT 160 3 CR / (4,0,0) This course provides students with the
Restorative Dentistry theory of the technical aspects of radia-
This theoretical component provides tion and principles of exposing, process-
the student with background into den- ing, and mounting dental radiographs.
Clinical experience emphasizes radiation

hygiene and technique. Prerequisites: DENT 160,161, 163, 166,

Prerequisites: DENT 150, 151, 153, with and 169 must have been passed at a “C”
DHYG 210
a minimum “C” grade, DENT 157 at a grade and DENT 167 at a Satisfactory Dental Anatomy
Satisfactory (S) level and MGT 154 with (S) level. This course studies oral anatomic land-
a minimum “B-” grade 3 CR marks and establishes an understanding
Corequisites: DENT 160, 161, 163, 166 of the relationship between structure
with a minimum “C” grade, DENT 167 at
a Satisfactory (S) level
DENT 191 and function. Tooth morphology and
identification, features of crown and
3 CR / (3,0,0) Practicum II root anatomy, eruption and occlusion
This practicum experience furthers the are discussed with an emphasis on how
DENT 173 opportunity the student has for dental
assisting in a dental office. The emphasis
they relate to dental hygiene care.
Corequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205,
Dental Specialties II on professionalism and communication DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG 225, and
A theoretical course where emphasis is skills continues. Advanced chairside BIO 230
placed on the dental specialties of oral assisting, direct client care procedures, 3 CR / (3,0,0)
pathology, orthodontics, endodontics, and laboratory skills may also be includ-
geriodontics, pedodontics, and special ed in the experience.
needs clients. Prerequisites: DENT 173, 176 and 177
DHYG 215
Prerequisite: DENT 190 must have must have been passed at a “C” grade. Oral Microbiology
passed at a Satisfactory (S) level 3 CR This course introduces dental hygiene
Corequisites: DENT 176, 177 must have students to oral microbiology. The basic
passed with a minimum “C” grade principles of microbiology are presented
3 CR / (9,0,0) DHYG................................ in this course, with an emphasis on the
relevance of these principles to human
Note: All DHYG courses are restricted to
DENT 176 students in the Dental Hygiene program.
oral health. Diseases of microbial origin
that concern the dental hygienist are
Office Practice Management presented to illustrate the principles of
This course provides the student with an
introduction to dental office practice pro-
DHYG 200 pathogenesis, host-parasite interaction,
and modes of transmission.
cedures in relation to the clinical setting. Clinic 1 Corequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205,
The student is involved in a combination A pre-clinical and seminar lab introducing DHYG 210, DHYG 225, DHYG 226, and
of guided self-study, projects, and class basic principles of dental hygiene care. BIO 230
discussions to complete this course. Emphasis is on initial fundamental skills 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Prerequisite: DENT 190 must have associated with dental hygiene prac-
passed at a Satisfactory (S) level. tice and the basic assessment, dental
Corequisites: DENT 173, 177 must have hygiene diagnosis, planning, implemen-
DHYG 220
passed with a minimum “C” grade tation and evaluation (ADPIE) process. Professional Practice 1
3 CR / (1,0,0) Clinic sessions will be used to learn and This course is designed to introduce the
practice clinical procedures required pri- student to the profession of Dental Hy-
or to treating patients. Student activities
DENT 177 will include working on manikins, on each
giene. A historical perspective of dental
hygiene is provided. The concepts of
Dental Assisting Clinic III other and with simulation exercises. being a member of a health care profes-
The last course in the clinical sequence, Corequisite: DHYG 205, DHYG 210, sion, dental hygiene practice standards,
this clinic allows the student to build on DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG 225, and ethics, professional associations and
previous experiences and to integrate BIO 230. governance and regulation of dental
new skills into clinical and laboratory 4 CR / (0,1,10) hygiene are introduced. Problem-based
activities. Clinical activities will include learning is applied to ethics and dental
treating scheduled clients for prescribed DHYG 205 hygiene practice.
services and providing dental health Prerequisite: DHYG 205, DHYG 200,
education to members of the commun- Dental Hygiene Care 2 DHYG 210, DHYG 226, DHYG215, DHYG
ity. Students participate in weekly guided A theoretical course introducing basic 225, BIO230
discussions of their clinical experiences principles of dental hygiene care. Em- Corequisite: DHYG 265, DHYG 260,
and cases. phasis is placed upon following the den- DHYG 275, BIO 270, DHYG 280, DHYG
Prerequisite: DENT 190 must have tal hygiene process of care using ADPIE: 290, DHYG 286
passed at a Satisfactory (S) level. assessment, dental hygiene diagnosis, 2 CR / (1.7,0,0)
Corequisites: DENT 173, 176 must have planning, implementation and evalua-
tion. Course content and activities are
passed with a minimum “C” grade
3 CR / (0,13,0) closely associated with clinical activities
DHYG 225
to enhance the student’s critical thinking Oral Health Promotion
and basic clinical skills ability.
DENT 190 Corequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 210,
This course will emphasize prevention of
oral disease, and oral, health promotion.
Practicum I DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG 225, and The dental hygienist's role in oral health
This practicum experience provides the BIO 230 promotion is explained. Methods to
student with the opportunity to assist in 3 CR / (3,0,0) control oral diseases, devices for remov-
a general dentistry office. The focus is on al of plaque, and other components of
professional conduct, communication preventive dentistry will be covered. Em-
skills, clinical support procedures, and phasis is placed on individualized patient
basic chairside assisting. education, setting patient- centreed

goals, and the use of appropriate visual thinking and basic clinical skill ability. 225, BIO 230
aids. An additional component has the Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, Corequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, BIO
learner focus on teaching, learning, and DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG 270, DHYG 275, DHYG 290, DHYG 220,
motivating through various communica- 225, BIO 230 DHYG 286
tion techniques and principles. A variety Corequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 290, BIO 3CR / (2.8,0,0)
of health/communication education 270, DHYG 275, DHYG 280 , DHYG 220,
DHYG 286
theories are explored.
3 CR / (3.4,0,0)
DHYG 286
DHYG 215, DHYG 226, and BIO 230. Dental Hygiene Radiography
3 CR / (3,0,0) DHYG 275 Interpretation
This course provides the learner with the
Pain Management
DHYG 226 This course introduces the learner to
theory required to identify normal and
variations of normal anatomy found on
Dental Radiography the basic knowledge of the study of local various dental radiographs. It will also
This course provides the learner with anesthesia. Course content develops focus on basic interpretation guidelines
basic principles, characteristics and the learner’s understanding of pain, pain for normal vs abnormal structures and
biological effects of radiation. This control and various techniques for pa- appropriate referrals for dental hygiene
course has been designed to provide tient pain management. The prevention care.
the learner with the theory of radiation and handling of medical emergencies Prerequisite: BIO 230, DHYG 200, DHYG
safety, the technical aspects of radiation in the dental environment, and the use 205, DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 226,
and principles of exposing, processing, of the online Compendium of Pharma- DHYG 225,
and mounting dental radiographs. In ceuticals and Specialties is covered. The Corequisite: BIO 270, DHYG 260, DHYG
DHYG 200 Clinic 1, learners apply basic administration of safe and effective local 265, DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 220,
radiographic techniques and will dem- anesthetic is applied in this course. DHYG 290
onstrate effective technique and use of Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, 1CR / (1,0,0)
dental images. DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG
225, BIO 230
Corequisite: DHYG 215, BIO 230, DHYG
225, DHYG 210, DHYG 205, DHYG 200 Corequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, BIO
DHYG 290
2 CR / (1.5,0,0) 270, DHYG 290, DHYG 280, DHYG 220, Evidence Based Practice 1
DHYG 286 This course is designed to introduce
2CR / (2.2,0,0) the student to evidence-based practice
DHYG 260 and research methodology. Emphasis
Clinic 2 DHYG 276 will be placed on exploring a variety of
This course allows students to continue research designs, developing clinical
Pain Management with research questions and accessing cred-
to develop skills for the practice of dental
hygiene. Students will schedule patients Application ible evidence-based resources through
for ADPIE process of dental hygiene care. This course introduces the learner to data bases. Evaluation of quantitative
This course will include application of the basic knowledge of the study of local research designs and applying sound
local anesthetic sessions. Learners will anesthesia. Course content develops research principles to answer clinical
also continue to build on radiographic the learner’s understanding of pain, pain dental hygiene questions will be covered.
techniques from Clinic 1 and will dem- control and various techniques for pa- Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205,
onstrate effective technique and use tient pain management. The prevention DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG
of dental images. Students participate and handling of medical emergencies 225, BIO 230
in lab seminars for further clinical in- in the dental environment, and the use Corequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, BIO
struction and faculty conference time of the online Compendium of Pharma- 270, DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 220,
for discussions and updating of clinical ceuticals and Specialties is covered. The DHYG 286
experiences. administration of safe and effective local 3CR / (3.4,0,0)
Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, anesthetic is applied in this course.
DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205,
DHYG 210, DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG
DHYG 300
225, BIO 230
Corequisite: DHYG 290, DHYG 265, BIO 225, BIO 230 Clinic 3
270, DHYG 275, DHYG 280, DHYG 220, 3CR / (2,2,0) This clinical course builds upon skills and
DHYG 286 theory completed in Semester 2 and
4 CR / (0,2,11)
DHYG 280 students continue to develop the skills
necessary for the practice of dental hy-
Dental Diseases 1 giene. Students are introduced to more
DHYG 265 Case-based learning and class discus- complex skills in assessment, planning,
Dental Hygiene Care 2 sion are used to introduce the learner to dental hygiene diagnosis, implementa-
This is a theoretical course expanding on the topics of oral pathology, differential tion and evaluation of dental hygiene
basic principles of dental hygiene care diagnosis and lesion management, basic treatment. Students also participate in
from Dental Hygiene Care 1. Continued periodontology and cariology concepts. weekly lab seminars for further clinical
emphasis is placed upon following the Etiological factors and assessment using instruction and weekly faculty confer-
dental hygiene process of care using radiographic interpretation, dental ence time for discussions and updating
ADPIE: assessment, dental hygiene hygiene diagnosis, care planning, imple- of clinical experiences.
diagnosis, planning, implementation and mentation and evaluation processes will Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, BIO
evaluation. Course content and activities be emphasized. 270, DHYG 275 or DHYG 276, DHYG 280,
are closely associated with clinical ac- Prerequisite: DHYG 200, DHYG 205, DHYG 286, DHYG 220, DHYG 290 (mini-
tivities to enhance the student’s critical DHYG 210,DHYG 215, DHYG 226, DHYG mum B-)

Corequisite: DHYG 305, DHYG 315, Corequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325
DHYG 320, DHYG 325 DHYG 315, DHYG 325 Corequisite: DHYG 350, DHYG 360,
4CR / (3,11,0) 3CR / (4,0,0) DHYG 365, DHYG 370 and DHYG 380
3CR / (3,0,0)
DHYG 305 DHYG 325
Nutrition Community Health DHYG 360
Students will learn the fundamentals of This course covers the study of health Oral Pathology
nutrition and the factors involved that and the role of the dental hygienist This course will build upon the intro-
influence an individual and family’s ability from a community perspective. Basic ductory foundations of oral pathology
to secure and maintain optimal nutrition concepts of the Canadian health care from Dental Diseases I, and will utilize
status. The relationship of nutrition to system are covered. Concepts related a case-based problem learning format
the practice of dental hygiene is empha- to epidemiology, health promotion, and and lecture to facilitate continued learn-
sized. determinants of health as they apply to ing about oral pathologies and their
Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, BIO the role of the dental hygienist are dis- management. The process of differential
270, DHYG 275 or DHYG 276, DHYG 280, cussed. Diversity is explored with a focus diagnosis and management using clinical
DHYG 286, DHYG 220, DHYG 290 on the study of various unique popula- data and the dental hygiene process of
(minimum B-) tions and communication principles. care will be emphasized.
Corequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 315, This course also introduces the student Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305,
DHYG 320, DHYG 325 to basic concepts of program planning. DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325
2CR / (2,0,0) Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, BIO Corequisite: DHYG 350, DHYG 355,
270, DHYG 275 or DHYG 276, DHYG 280, DHYG 365, and DHYG 370 and DHYG
DHYG 286, DHYG 220, DHYG 290 380
DHYG 315 (minimum B-) 3CR / (3.4,0,0)
Dental Diseases 2 Corequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305,
This course builds upon DHYG 280 DHYG 315, DHYG 320 DHYG 365
Dental Diseases I. Case-based learning, 3CR / (4,0,0)
class discussion, and other teaching/
Community Dental Health
This course allows students to apply
learning methods will be utilized to fur-
ther enhance the learner’s knowledge
DHYG 350 dental knowledge within diverse com-
related to cariology and periodontology. Clinic IV munity groups through presentations
Etiological factors and advanced assess- This is the final clinical course designed and projects, providing learners with
ment using radiographic interpretation, to provide the opportunity for the con- practical experience in planning and
dental hygiene diagnosis, care planning, tinued development of the professional implementing community-focused
implementation and evaluation process- skills and attitudes required for the lesson plans. Additionally, students ex-
es (ADPIE) will be emphasized. practice of dental hygiene. Opportunities plore community-based dental hygiene
Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, BIO are provided after midterm to help the careers and community service-learning
270, DHYG 275 or DHYG 276, DHYG 280, student transition into private practice opportunities.
DHYG 286, DHYG 220, DHYG 290 settings. Students continue to treat a Prerequisite or Corequisite: DHYG 300,
(minimum B-) variety of patients and enhance their DHYG 305, DHYG 315, DHYG 302, DHYG
learning experiences by rotations in a 320 DHYG 325, DHYG 350, DHYG 355,
variety of dental externships in the local DHYG 360, DHYG 370 and DHYG 380
DHYG 320, DHYG 325
dental community. Students also partici- 3CR / (4.5,0,0)
3CR / (4,0,0)
pate in a weekly faculty conference time
DHYG 320
for discussions and updating of clinical DHYG 370
experiences.
Pharmacology for Dental Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305,
Professional Practice 2
Hygiene Care DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325 This course is a continuation of Pro-
Corequisite: DHYG 355, DHYG 360, fessional Practice 1 course. It explores
This course will provide learners with current issues that dental health care
DHYG 365, DHYG 370 and DHYG 380
the knowledge and the concepts of practitioners face in today’s society.
4CR / (0,1,12)
pharmacology related to the general Current trends and issues concerning
health of patients for the provision of the profession and practice of dental
dental hygiene care. Emphasis will be on DHYG 355 hygiene in Canada are presented,
drugs that are commonly used or that
Practice Management along with exploration of future trends.
affect dentistry. The learner will become Advanced ethical dilemmas are also
acquainted with the origins, physical and This course focuses on the sociology of
dental care, dental office practice, and examined. This course also prepares the
clinical properties, modes of adminis- student for registration of the national
tration, side effects and interactions of independent dental hygiene practice en-
vironments. A variety of dental practice board exam and licensure in BC.
medications. Common naturopathic
settings, compensation, employment Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305,
supplements will also be examined. DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325
Learners will apply their knowledge of standards, disability insurance and
marketing strategies are discussed. Corequisite: DHYG 350, DHYG 355,
pharmaceuticals to the dental hygiene DHYG 360, DHYG 365 and DHYG 380
practice. Independent practice opportunities
are identified and explored. Job search 3CR / (3.4,0,0)
Prerequisite: DHYG 260, DHYG 265, BIO
270, DHYG 275 or DHYG 276, DHYG 280,
strategies and dental hygiene career
development will also be covered.
DHYG 286, DHYG 220, DHYG 290
Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305,
(minimum B-)

are explored that support early learning

DHYG 380 ECCL 154 and respect for children and families.
Evidence Based Practice 2 Historical and Contemporary Prerequisites: ENGL 103 or ENGL 113,
This course builds upon Evidence-based Perspectives in ECE ECCL 195
Practice 1. Students continue to apply This course focuses on historic and 3 CR / (3,0,0)
research methodology principles to ac- current theories that influence the field
cess relevant, credible literature resour-
ces and apply sound research principles
of Early Childhood Education (ECE), ECCL 170
including Canadian policies aimed at
to answer dental hygiene questions. assimilating Indigenous people, the role Observing and Recording
Development of qualitative and quanti- of play, and perspectives that reinforce Children’s Behaviour
tative literature evaluation skills, ability to contextually appropriate practice. This course introduces the learner to
accept or reject claims based on strength 3 CR / (3,0,0) a variety of methods for objectively
of current evidence, determination of observing, recording, and interpreting
clinical significance of findings, and use child behaviour for evaluation and
of strategies to integrate evidence into ECCL 156 assessment purposes using a licensed
dental hygiene practice settings are Care and Guidance child care facility as a lab setting.
emphasized. The course culminates This course examines a theoretical Prerequisite: ECCL 150
with knowledge translation by way of a framework of guidance principles and Prerequisite or Corequisite: ECCL 151
community seminar presentation. techniques which support children’s 3 CR / (1.5,1,0)
Prerequisite: DHYG 300, DHYG 305, optimal development. Emphasis is
DHYG 315, DHYG 320, and DHYG 325. placed on responding to the needs
Corequisite: DHYG 350, DHYG 355, of the individual, promoting positive
ECCL 172
DHYG 360, DHYG 365 and DHYG 370. self-concept, fostering pro-social behav- Health and Wellness
3CR / (3,0,0) iour, and addressing the factors that may Learners will examine the overall health,
impact behaviours. safety, and nutritional needs of children
ECCL................................. 3 CR / (3,0,0) from infancy through to five years of
age. Emphasis is placed on the role and
Note: All ECCL courses are restricted to ECCL 165 responsibilities of the educator in estab-
lishing and maintaining safe nurturing
students in the Early Childhood Care and Responsive Curriculum I environments for children in cooper-
Learning program. Based on the philosophy that natural ation with families. This is achieved with
play provides the foundation for chil- an understanding of licensing regula-
ECCL 150 dren's growth and development, this ex- tions, policies, and practices promoting
periential course focuses on curriculum the health and well-being of children.
Developmental Perspectives I
planning and teaching strategies. At the Learners will also gain an understanding
An overview of the contemporary theor- end of this course, the learner will be able of how their own wellness impacts their
ies in growth and development from to develop and implement programming practice.
conception to 24 months are introduced. plans for curriculum areas such as art, 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Genetics and environmental factors storytelling, music, and movement. The
affecting development at the prenatal, focus will be on developing an educa-
neonatal, infant, and toddler stages are tional philosophy through experiential
ECCL 175
examined. Growth and development in learning and self-reflection. Families
the key developmental domains includ- 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course will examine the interrela-
ing social, emotional, physical, cognitive, tionships between the home and the
and language are discussed as part of
ongoing life span development. ECCL 166 child care program. Attention is given
to developing an effective culturally
3 CR / (3,0,0) Responsive Curriculum II inclusive parent program curriculum to
The learner acquires knowledge, experi- support the diverse nature of today’s
ECCL 151 ence, and skill in planning, implementing, families. The learner will investigate the
and evaluating learning environments status of the Canadian family and the
Developmental Perspectives II
for groups of children based on educa- issues confronting it. The role of the Early
An overview of the contemporary tional philosophy and research. The BC Childhood Educator as an advocate for
theories in growth and development Early Learning Framework is used as a children and families will be emphasized.
from 24 months to five years of age are guide for reflection and evaluation. Prerequisite: ENGL 103 OR ENGL 113,
introduced. Growth and development in Prerequisite: ECCL 165 ECCL 195
the key developmental domains includ- 3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0)
ing social/emotional, physical, cognitive,
language, and spiritual development are
examined as part of ongoing life span ECCL 167 ECCL 178
development. Strategies for identifying Responsive Environments Professional Interactions
developmental milestones and applying
Students examine the importance of Professional interactions support the
resources as needed.
the role of the environment to children’s learner's understanding of how to
Prerequisites: ECCL 150 growth and learning. Emphasis is placed develop, maintain, and navigate work
3 CR / (3,0,0) on using pedagogical narration/learning place relationships. Topics examined
stories to understand and respond to in the course include perception of
children’s interests and needs. A variety self and others, verbal and non-verbal
of materials and learning experiences communication, conflict management,

confidentiality, and establishing profes- based lens, learners utilize methods child, health and wellness, is explored.
sional boundaries. of observing and recording to assess Prerequisite: ENGL 103 OR ENGL 113,
Prerequisite: ENGL 103 OR ENGL 113, children’s developmental progress as ECCL 167, ECCL 175, ECCL 178, ECCL 199
ECCL 195 a tool for early detection and interven- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
3 CR / (3,0,0) tion. Learners evaluate early care and
learning environments and the impact
of environment on development.
ECCL 275
ECCL 190 Prerequisite: ENGL 103 OR ENGL 113, Partnerships with Families
Practicum I ECCL 167, ECCL 175, ECCL 178, ECCL 199 The interrelationships between home
The practicum introduces the learner 3 CR / (3,0,0) and the child care program are examined
to the early care and learning environ- to develop family centreed curriculum
ment. Learners gain practical experience ECCL 252 that reflects the diverse nature of today’s
families. Strategies are presented to
working with young children and families
while working under a licensed early Leadership and Administration in assist the learner in developing effective
childhood educator. Under supervision ECE Settings parent-educator communication.
the learner is given the opportunity to This course is an introductory look at Prerequisite: ENGL 103 OR ENGL 113,
plan, implement, and evaluate context- the administrative aspects of operating ECCL 167, ECCL 175, ECCL 178, ECCL 199
ually appropriate curriculum activities. a child care centre at the local, provincial, 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Learners are required to attend a weekly and federal level. The learner is intro-
two-hour seminar. duced to issues encountered by child ECCL 295
Prerequisite: ECCL 150, ECCL 165 care administrators and explores what it
3 CR / (0.5,0,8) means to be a leader. Infant-Toddler Practicum
Prerequisite: ENGL 103 OR ENGL 113 Under mentorship of a licensed Infant/
Toddler Early Childhood Educator the
ECCL 195 Prerequisite or Corequisite: ECCL 167,
ECCL 175, ECCL 178, ECCL 199 learner plans, implements, and evalu-
Practicum II 3 CR / (3,0,0) ates curriculum for the diverse needs of
The learner is active in curriculum plan- infants and toddlers. The learner takes
ning and guiding children’s behaviour on a leadership role by guiding and facili-
during this intermediate level practicum.
ECCL 255 tating daily experiences for children and
Beginning supervision skills are de- Program Planning for Infants & their families. Learners are required to
veloped while learners work with large Toddlers attend a weekly two-hour seminar.
and small groups of children. Learners Utilizing knowledge of the growth and Prerequisite: ECCL 199, ECCL 251, ECCL
are required to attend a weekly two-hour development of children under 36 252, ECCL 255, ECCL 272, ECCL 275
seminar. months, learners apply the principles of 4 CR / (0.8,0,13)
Prerequisite: ECCL 151, ECCL 154, ECCL responsive care to nurturing relation-
156, ECCL 166, ECCL 170, ECCL 172, ECCL ships, program planning, and designing ECCL 299
190 environments.
4 CR / (0.5,0,12) Inclusive Child Care Practicum
Prerequisite: ENGL 103 OR ENGL 113,
ECCL 167, ECCL 175, ECCL 178, ECCL 199 Under mentorship of a Special Needs
Early Childhood Educator the learner
ECCL199 3 CR / (4,0,0)
plans, implements, and evaluates
Practicum III curriculum which respects and reflects
Leadership, evaluation, and integrating
ECCL 256 diversity. The learner takes on a leader-
theory into practice are the focus of this Introduction to Inclusive Child ship role by guiding and facilitating daily
practicum. The learner amalgamates Care experiences for children with diverse
knowledge from previous practicums abilities and their families. Learners are
This course provides an overview of
and early childhood care learning cours- required to attend a weekly two-hour
inclusive child care with a focus on
es in Practicum III to guide and facilitate seminar.
children from birth through five. The
daily experiences for large and small Prerequisite: ECCL 199, ECCL 251, ECCL
learner applies knowledge of growth
groups of children and their families. and development, culture, and family 252, ECCL 256, ECCL 272, ECCL 275
Learners are required to attend a weekly dynamics to create a holistic view of the 4 CR / (0.8,0,13)
two-hour seminar. child. A variety of assessment materials
Prerequisite: ENGL 103 OR ENGL 113,
ECCL 195
and intervention techniques for working
with children who have diverse abilities
ECON.................................
Prerequisite or Corequisite: ECCL 167, are explored.
ECCL 175, ECCL 178 Prerequisite: ENGL 103 OR ENGL 113,
3 CR / (0.5,0,8) ECCL 167, ECCL 175, ECCL 178, ECCL 199 ECON 201 BUS/UT
3 CR / (4,0,0) Principles of Economics—
ECCL 251 Microeconomics
Advanced Developmental ECCL 272 This course examines free market eco-
Perspectives Advanced Health and Wellness nomics from the point of view of indi-
vidual consumers, producers, investors,
This course provides learners with a This course focuses on the health,
employers, and employees. It will exam-
foundation for designing contextually safety, and nutritional requirements for
ine how these individuals make rational
appropriate inclusive programs for children with exceptionalities in inclusive
decisions and how those decisions lead
infants, toddlers, and children with early learning environments. The inter-
to efficient market outcomes. The course
exceptionalities. Through a strength- connectedness between caregiver and

also examines market failures (where (720 Total course hours) Prerequisite: Electrician Level 2; Must
free markets are inefficient) and the role be a registered Electrician Apprentice
with ITA
of government in intervening to deal with
these failures.
ELEC 100 (300 Total course hours
Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 or Electrician Common Core Level 1
equivalent Harmonized
3 CR / (3,0,0) The Electrical Level 1 program is
delivered by traditional, face to face
ENGL.................................
ECON 202 classroom and shop-based instruction.
Electricians plan, design, assemble,
Principles of Economics— install, alter, repair, inspect, verify, com- ENGL 028
Macroeconomics mission, connect, operate, maintain and Fundamental English
This course introduces students to the decommission electrical systems. Elec-
English 028 is designed to help students
fundamental models of macroeconom- trical systems provide heating, lighting,
develop basic reading, writing, and
ics, including those for measuring and power alarm, security, communication
critical thinking skills. This course should
understanding key economic variables, and control in residential, commercial,
prepare students for English 029 (Inter-
and to fundamental principles and con- institutional, industrial, transportation,
mediate Preparatory English). It does not
cepts of economic function. Specifically, marine and entertainment environ-
have an explicit equivalent in the K-12
students will consider how an economy ments. Topics covered in this course are:
system because it incorporates reading,
functions in over long periods of time, Circuit concepts; Safety Related Func-
writing, and critical thinking skills from a
how open economies work, and the nations; Tools and Equipment; Organize
variety of grade levels before Grade 10.
ture and impact of short run economic Work; Communication and Mentoring;
(112.5 Total course hours)
fluctuations. They will also learn how Install and Maintain Consumer/Supply
government policies are used to achieve Services and Metering Equipment; Install
economic goals, especially in the Can- and maintain Protection Device; Install ENGL 029
adian context. and Maintain Low Voltage Distribution Basic Preparatory English
Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 or Systems; Install and Maintain Bonding;
Grounding and Ground Fault Detection English 029 is designed to help students
equivalent
Systems; Install and Maintain Raceways, develop basic reading, writing, and
3 CR / (3,0,0)
Cables and Enclosures; Install and main- critical thinking skills. This course should
tain Branch Circuitry; Install and Maintain prepare students for English 030 (Inter-
ELEC.................................. Communication Systems. mediate Preparatory English). It does not
have an explicit equivalent in the K-12
Prerequisite: Must be a registered Elec-
trician Apprentice with ITA system because it incorporates reading,
writing, and critical thinking skills from a
ELEC 115 (300 Total course hours
variety of different grade levels before
Electrician Foundation Grade 10.
(Harmonized) ELEC 200 Prerequisite: Successful completion
Electrician Common Core Level 2 of English 028, or as assessed by the
In the foundation program, studies are Academic Upgrading Placement
focused on DC electricity. We will learn Harmonized
(112.5 Total course hours)
about the fundamentals of electricity and The Electrical Level 2 program is delivered
how it is electromagnetically-induced. by traditional, face to face classroom and
We will learn DC circuitry and resistance shop-based instruction. ENGL 030
as well as analyzing these circuits. We will Prerequisite: Electrician Level 1 or Intermediate Preparatory English
learn how to use meters and test equip- Foundation; Must be a registered Elec-
English 030 is designed to provide
ment and learn how to read prints and trician Apprentice with ITA
students with the communication skills
drawings. We will also learn basic motor (300 Total course hours
needed to enter higher level courses or
control and industrial power electronics.
to satisfy personal or career goals. It is
One of the most important lessons will
be the interpretation and application of
ELEC 300 similar to a Grade 10 composition and
Electrician Common Core Level 3 literature course. This course focuses
the Canadian Electrical Code (CEC). Due
on the following core areas: critical and
to the nature of the CEC, it will be taught Harmonized creative thinking; speaking and listening;
on a daily basis (approximately 1 hr. to The Electrical Level 3 program is delivered reading, research, and reference; and
2 hrs. per day). As well as learning the by traditional, face to face classroom and written communication.
theory of electricity, there will be a lot shop-based instruction. Prerequisite: ENGL 029, or English
of hands-on learning which is invaluable
Prerequisite: Electrician Level 2; Must Language Arts 9 or equivalent, or as
for preparing you for the electrical trade be a registered Electrician Apprentice evaluated by the approved placement
and making you more employable. We with ITA test.
also have a very well-equipped shop (300 Total course hours 0 CR / (112.5 Total course hours)
and computer lab available for our use.
You must have safety glasses and safety
footwear to work in the shop. ELEC 400 ENGL 045
This course includes a mandatory off-site Electrician Common Core Level 4 Advanced Preparatory English
practical experience component. The Harmonized ENGL 045 is designed to provide stu-
scale of this component is dependant The Electrical Level 4 program is delivered dents with the communication skills
on the state of the local economy and by traditional, face to face classroom and needed to enter higher-level courses
community partnerships. shop-based instruction. or to satisfy personal or career goals.

This course focuses on the following human experience. They will engage
core areas: critical and creative thinking; critically with fiction through a variety of
ENGL 108
speaking and listening; reading, research writing experiences. Contemporary Genre
and reference; and written communica- 3 CR / (3,0,0) A survey of selected novels, short stories,
tion. There is a literature component, a poems, and graphic novels from genres
section on media literacy, and a research
project.
ENGL 102 such as Horror, Mystery, Erotica, Thriller,
Western, Fantasy, Science Fiction, War,
Prerequisite: ENGL 030; or English 10; Literature and Composition: Auto Fiction, etc. Students will write
or any two of the following: Composi- Introduction to Poetry essays and exams to reflect an under-
tion 10, Literary Studies 10, English First An introduction to reading, analyzing, standing of how to read, analyze, and
Peoples Literary Studies 10, English and interpreting poetry. Students will be discuss literature and themes.
First Peoples Writing 10; or as deter- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
introduced to a wide selection of poems
mined by the appropriate placement
to broaden and deepen their under-
test
(112 Total course hours)
standing and appreciation of poetry. ENGL 113
Students will write a minimum of three
essays Writing and Communication
ENGL 050 3 CR / (3,0,0) ENGL 113 introduces students to the
Provincial Preparatory English principles and practices of effective writ-
ten and oral communications in English
This course emphasizes writing, re- ENGL 103 as applied in current academic, busi-
search, and communication skills. There Composition and Style ness, and technical contexts in university
is a strong literature component, which course levels. Instruction will emphasize
A study of grammar, composition, and
includes study in all literary genres. grammar, punctuation, style, and pres-
style. A vigorous program of essay-writing
Prerequisite: English 045 or English 11 entation as important elements applied
plus a variety of writing assignments or
(not Communications 11) or as evaluat- to a wide variety of writing and speaking
ed by a Academic Upgrading placement exercises dealing with specific problems
in essay-writing. Strongly recommended situations: e-mail, letters, reports, and
test. Cannot also hold credit for ENGL
for students who wish to improve their instructional and persuasive talks. Re-
051
writing skills. search strategies will be practiced.
0 CR / (112.5 Total course hours)
3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0)
ENGL 051 ENGL 120

ENGL 104
Provincial Preparatory English:
Introduction to Literature and Content Strategies for Online
First Peoples
Composition Writing
English 051 (equivalent to English 050;
A survey of selected stories, poems, and This course introduces forms and strat-
similar to English First Peoples 12)
plays from the classical to the modern egies for online content development.
prepares students for post-secondary
periods. Students write essays and With use of narrative being increasingly
academic English courses. Students will
exams. important in web marketing, students
develop their writing, research, critical
3 CR / (3,0,0) will find material and shape content ac-
thinking, and oral communication skills
cording to audience needs and expecta-
while learning about First Peoples’
tions. Students will explore development
perspectives, ways of knowing, and ENGL 106 patterns for forms including blogs, social
knowledge-sharing. Students apply what
they learn about the history and current Film Studies media, wikis, landing pages, press releas-
A survey of styles and genres in inter- es and more, and discover how content
effects of colonization to oral and written
national and Hollywood cinema. In-class strategies can drive web traffic. Students
literature by First Peoples, as well as to
screenings of films chosen for their will also explore new perspectives to
their final research project. This course
topical relevance will be punctuated condense and simplify existing content,
was developed with guidance and input
by lecture and discussion, and accom- and practice writing and editing their
from First Peoples community members
panied by assigned readings. Written own and each other’s work.
in the CNC region.
assignments will be used to develop the 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Prerequisite: ENGL 045, or any English
11 course, or equivalent; or as evaluat- students’ understanding, analysis, and
ed by the ACDU placement test. Cannot appreciation of film. ENGL 201
also hold credit for ENGL 050. 3 CR / (1,2,0)
English Literature, 1350–1744
0 CR / (112.5 Total course hours)
A survey of English Literature from
ENGL 107 Chaucer to Pope based on a selection of
ENGL 101 Literature and Composition: works from major authors. The course
Literature and Composition: Aboriginal Literature includes work from the Old English
Introduction to Fiction period. Students are required to submit
This course surveys Aboriginal literature.
three formal essays on literary topics.
An introduction to reading, analyzing, Students assess traditional tales from
Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT English
interpreting, and writing about fiction. an oral storytelling tradition, as well
as poems, plays, and short stories by 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Students will be introduced to several
types and genres of fiction. Students will contemporary writers. As well, students
read widely to gain an understanding learn effective composition skills and the ENGL 202
of aesthetic value, the connections be- techniques of literary analysis.
English Literature, 1744–1900
tween individual works and movements, 3 CR / (3,0,0)
and the role of fiction in illuminating A survey of English literature from Blake

to Browning based on a selection of shop/seminar in the major forms of

works from major authors. Students creative nonfiction, including memoir,
ENGL 216
will be introduced to the Neoclassical, biography, travel writing, the personal Children’s Literature II
Romantic, and Victorian era prose and essay, humorous writing, and history A historical study of children’s literature.
poetry and how these differ from each and social/cultural analysis. Students Representative literature from the
other and are influenced by various will explore and practice the writing of Victorian to the Postmodern period is
social and political movements. creative nonfiction, focusing on how a examined. Students will examine how
Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT English writer employs the technical elements our definitions of children’s literature
3 CR / (3,0,0) of the craft. Students will develop writing and our attitudes toward children’s liter-
tools to stimulate improvements of the ature have changed over time.
work submitted for workshop.
ENGL 203 Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English
3 CR / (3,0,0)
Canadian Literature I 3 CR / (3,0,0)
An introduction to the study of Canadian
ENGL 217
literature involving writers from its be-
ginning to the 1940s. Journals, poetry,
ENGL 213 Gender, Sexuality, and Literature
and fiction are included. Students are Short Fiction I: Modernism I: Focus on Literary Theory
required to submit a minimum of three A study of short stories and novellas by Through the lenses of critical thought,
essays on literary topics. writers from the Modernist period where feminism, and queer theory, this course
Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT English short fiction was constructed upon is a study of changing attitudes towards
3 CR / (3,0,0) themes such as realism, naturalism, in- gender, sexuality, and sexual identity in
dividualism, and objectivism. Modernist literature (poems, short stories, novels,
works will be shown in contrast to the
ENGL 204 American Realist and Victorian/ Edward-
graphic novels, and plays), reflecting dif-
ferent cultural and/or historical periods.
Canadian Literature II ian periods. Students survey a wide Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT English
A study of the development of Canadian range of modernist short fiction and 3 CR / (3,0,0)
poetry, fiction, drama, and essays from novella writers. Students write at least
1940 to the present. Students are three essays on literary topics.
required to submit a minimum of three Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English ENGL 218
essays on literary topics. 3 CR / (3,0,0) Gender, Sexuality, and Literature
Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT English II: Focus on Contemporary
3 CR / (3,0,0) ENGL 214 Literature
Short Fiction II: Postmodernism A study of gender and sexual identity,
ENGL 205 A study of short stories and novellas by
gender roles, and sexuality in contem-
porary literature (poems, short fiction,
Creative Writing: Poetry writers from the Postmodernist period
novels, graphic novels, and plays).
A poetry writing and workshop course where fiction is constructed upon themes
for beginning and seasoned writers. Stu- such as metafiction, intertextuality, max-
3 CR / (3,0,0)
dents learn approaches to language and imalism, irony, paranoia, pastiche, magic
writing designed to stimulate improve- realism, technoculture, hyper-reality,
ment of the work. As well, students are and fragmentation. Students survey a ENGL 219
provided opportunities to present their wide range of postmodernist short fic-
Contemporary Aboriginal Authors
work for comment and criticism. tion and novella writers. Students write
at least three essays on literary topics. A study of contemporary Aboriginal
Prerequisite: 3 credits of 100-level
Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English authors. Students study novels, plays,
UT English
3 CR / (3,0,0)
and poems that reflect the experiences
3 CR / (3,0,0)
of Aboriginal people in Canada from the
1940s to the present. Students consider
ENGL 206 ENGL 215 regional/personal concerns as well as
Creative Writing: Fiction Children’s Literature I the universal themes developed in the
writings. As well, students compare the
A fiction writing and workshop course A study of children’s literature focussing
styles, themes, and subject matter of
for beginning and seasoned writers. Stu- on the different genres: fantasy, realism,
Indigenous authors to other Canadian
dents learn a wide range of approaches science fiction, historical fiction, etc. It
authors studied in Canadian literature
to language and writing designed to will examine a selection of literature
classes.
stimulate improvement of their work. As with respect to four key developmental
Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English
well, students are provided opportun- age groups: infancy, pre-school, middle
3 CR / (3,0,0)
ities to present their work for comment childhood, and adolescence. The course
and criticism. will utilize writing and close reading skills
Prerequisite: 3 credits of 100-level to analyze and interpret literary themes. ENGL 220
UT English Students will write three essays using
Children’s Literature – Aboriginal
3 CR / (3,0,0) close reading strategies to analyze and
interpret literary themes.
Authors
Prerequisites: One 100 Level UT English A study of traditional Aboriginal children’s
ENGL 208 3 CR / (3,0,0) tales from the oral story-telling tradition
Creative Writing: Creative as well as tales told by contemporary
Nonfiction Aboriginal writers. These stories are
assessed in terms of character, plot, and
ENGL 207 is an introductory work-

theme. As well, students analyze how of a major research report (minimum

the stories challenge the chid reader’s
ENGL 228 length 2,000 words) with full documen-
social, emotional, moral, and intellectual Special Topics in Literature tation. Recommended for students
growth. Students will critically evaluate (Genre) interested in the teaching profession.
the texts and determine the values and A survey of selected novels, short stor- Note: This is not a remedial or basic skills
lessons in the texts. ies, poems, and graphic novels from a course.
Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English specific genre such as Horror, Mystery, Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102,
3 CR / (3,0,0) Erotica, Biblical, Thriller, Western, 103, 104, 107
Fantasy, Science Fiction, War, or Young 3 CR / (2,1,0)
ENGL 225 Adult. Students survey a wide range of
authors and their works. Students will
Special Topics in Film Studies: write essays and exams to reflect an
ENGL 235
(Genre) understanding of how to read, analyze, Survey of British Romantic
This is a survey of special topics in film, in and discuss literature and themes. Literature
particular genre (e.g. film noir, documen- Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English 3 A survey of Romantic literature (1780-
tary, western, martial arts, horror), dec- CR / (3,0,0) 1830) in the British tradition, including
ades in film, groundbreaking directors, the works of both major and less-
and/or international and domestic film ENGL 229 er-known authors. Students will read a
movements (e.g. French, Australian, Ital- selection of poetry, letters, polemics, and
ian, German, and Canadian New Wave). Professional Business and novels and how the texts explore the
Films will be viewed and discussed in Technical Communication changing social, political, and ideological
terms of their social, political, and artistic This course includes both the theory and discourses of the period.
impact and lasting relevance. practice of writing for the workplace. Stu- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 dents will first learn the rules and guide-
3 CR / (3,0,0) lines of professional communication and
then move beyond them, investigating ENGL 249
ENGL 226 the underlying theory, ethics and social Pornography and the
factors that contribute to the challenges Imagination: Pre-Enlightenment
1960s Cinema of work writing. This course introduces A survey of pornographic and erotic
ENGL 226 is a study of films from the strategies for communicating effectively literature up to the period of the Enlight-
1960s, often thought to be the most to a variety of audiences in a variety of enment. Students are required to write
dynamic period in the history of cinema workplace genres. Students work both at least three essays on literary topics.
because of the explosion of international individually and in collaboration, com- Prerequisite: One 100 level UT English
cinema on domestic screens. As well, the pleting both written and oral projects
3 CR / (3,0,0)
decade was known for its groundbreak- that are relevant to their professional
ing experiments in narrative, editing, goals and the requirements of the
music, cinematography, and a new, business, technical, and professional ENGL 250
grittier realism that led to the end of film communities. Pornography and the
censorship. The style and substance of Prerequisites: ENGL 103 or ENGL 113 Imagination: Post-Enlightenment
these films still reverberate into today’s 3 CR / (3,0,0)
cinema. A survey of pornographic and erotic lit-
erature from the late 18th century to the
3 CR / (3,0,0
ENGL 231 present. Students are required to write
Intermediate Composition I at least three essays on literary topics.
ENGL 227 Students study and practice the prin-
ciples of effective prose. They write a
3 CR / (3,0,0)
A Survey of B Movies variety of expository and argumentative
ENGL 227 is study of low-budget movies essays (some done in class) and a final ENGL 252
in which filmmakers, denied the re- examination. Students develop com- Technical Communications
sources of prestige studio productions, petence and flexibility in their writing
skills through the practice of a variety of
for Forest Technology
were forced to work with tight monetary
restraints, but, in the process, were af- stylistic and organizational techniques. This course builds upon the skills
forded a level of creative freedom often Recommended for students interested introduced in ENGL 195 and ENGL 196
denied A-list productions. B movies, as in the teaching profession. and introduces the student to writing
they were often called, allowed film- tasks that are more closely related
Note: This is not a remedial or basic skills
makers to not only develop and subvert to real-world working situations and
course.
narrative form but to also comment controversies. Topics covered include
Prerequisites: Two of ENGL 101, 102,
on society’s injustices, moralities, and medium-length reports, integration of
103, 104, 107
cultural aesthetics in a way that was research with personal experience, and
3 CR / (2,1,0)
honest, raw, and sometimes uncom- persuasive speaking and writing.
fortable. Such low-budget films proved Prerequisites: ENGL 229
inspirational for many similar but more ENGL 232 3 CR / (3,0,0)
famous later films to come. Intermediate Composition II
3 CR / (3,0,0)
Students write a variety of expository
and argumentative essays (some done in
ENLA .................................
class) and a final examination. Particular
Note: All ENLA courses are restricted
emphasis is placed upon the production

to students in the English Language of activities and situations to practice Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in
Program interacting with others and presenting ENLA 021 or as determined by the En-
information. Students develop a range glish Language Department Placement
of basic grammar, transitions, and Test
ENLA 011 sentence structures as well as sufficient 0CR / (Total course hours 112.5)
English for Academic Purposes vocabulary.
Preparation Listening & Speaking Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in ENLA 033
This course introduces students to lis- ENLA 011 or as determined by the En-
glish Language Department Placement English for Academic Purposes
tening and speaking in English. Students
practice listening to short, modified Test Level 2 Writing
speech and broadcast media within a 0CR / (Total course hours 112.5) This course provides students with the
familiar context. Students engage in knowledge and opportunity to practice
a variety of activities and situations to ENLA 023 writing longer (minimum 8-12 sentence)
practice interacting with others and paragraphs in various styles and prog-
presenting information for personal
English for Academic Purposes 1 ress to basic 3-5 paragraph essays.
and academic needs. Students develop Writing Attention to unity, support, coherence
a range of basic sentence structures as This course develops students’ abilities and sentence skills is emphasized. Ad-
well as vocabulary. to write short compositions about a vanced grammar topics are developed.
Prerequisite: as determined by the familiar or concrete topic in English Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in
English Language Department Place- in various styles. Students work on ENLA 023 or as determined by the En-
ment Test mastering the use of simple structures glish Language Department Placement
0CR / (Total course hours 112.5) and develop competence in using more Test
complex structures to express ideas with 0CR / (Total course hours 112.5)
support.
ENLA 013
English for Academic Purposes
Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in ENLA 035
ENLA 013 or as determined by the En-
Preparation Writing glish Language Department Placement English for Academic Purposes 2
This course introduces students to Test Reading
writing conventions in English starting 0CR / (Total course hours 112.5) This course improves students’ reading
with simple sentences, moving to basic skills in English. Students read a variety
compound sentences, and progressing ENLA 025 of authentic texts and/or simplified ma-
to an introduction to basic complex terials of short to medium length on less
English for Academic Purposes 1 familiar topics. Students demonstrate
sentences. From sentence-level writing,
students then progress to writing simple Reading reading comprehension by using a var-
compositions about familiar topics. This course develops students’ abilities iety of high frequency grammar, transi-
Prerequisite: as determined by the to read in English. Students practice tions, and sentence structures. Students
English Language Department Place- reading a variety of short, simplified develop and use mainly high frequency
ment Test materials on familiar or general topics. vocabulary and idiomatic language.
0CR / (Total course hours 112.5) Students demonstrate reading compre- Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in
hension by explaining ideas using high ENLA 025 or as determined by the En-
frequency grammar, transitions, and glish Language Department Placement
ENLA 015 sentence structures. Students further Test
English for Academic Purposes develop and use high frequency vocabu- 0CR / (Total course hours 90)
Preparation Reading lary and idiomatic language.
This course introduces students to read- Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in ENLA 041
ing in English. Students practice reading ENLA 015 or as determined by the En-
glish Language Department Placement English for Academic Purposes 3
a variety of short, simplified materials
Test Listening & Speaking
on familiar or general topics. Students
0CR / (Total course hours 90) This course further develops students’
demonstrate reading comprehension
by explaining ideas using high frequency listening and speaking skills in English.
grammar and basic sentence structures. ENLA 031 Students practice listening to a var-
Students develop and use high fre- iety of familiar and academic speech
English for Academic Purposes 2 and broadcast media of moderate to
quency vocabulary.
Prerequisite: as determined by the
Listening & Speaking extended length within a range of fam-
English Language Department Place- This course improves students’ listening iliar, unfamiliar, and general academic
ment Test and speaking skills in English. Students topics. Students engage in a variety of
0CR / (Total course hours 112.5) practice listening to a variety of modified increasingly complex academic activities,
or authentic speech and broadcast situations or purposes for longer lengths
media within a familiar or academic of time. Students develop mostly fluent
ENLA 021 context. Students engage in a variety speech and understand a range of idio-
English for Academic Purposes 1 of academic activities and situations to matic, abstract, technical, and concep-
Listening and Speaking practice interacting with others and pre- tual language.
This course develops students’ listening senting information. Students develop Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in
common grammar, transitions, and ENLA 031 or as determined by the En-
and speaking skills in English. Students
sentence structures as well as concrete glish Language Department Placement
listen to a variety of modified speech Test
and broadcast media within a familiar and abstract vocabulary and idiomatic
language. 0CR / (Total course hours 112.5)
context. Students engage in a variety

ed for students to critically analyze and both Western and non-Western civiliza-
ENLA 043 evaluate practice. Students are required tions from prehistory through the Late
English for Academic Purposes 3 to demonstrate how the related disabil- Medieval period. In addition to stylistic
Writing ities can affect individuals’ life outcomes. and structural components, students
This course introduces students to Students explore effective strategies for study historical, social, religious, political,
techniques for producing short essays prevention and intervention at the family, technological, philosophical, and gender
in English in a variety of styles including community and professional levels. Their issues integral to the production and
expository, persuasive, or argumen- gained knowledge can be integrated into development of art.
tative. Students successfully apply the their practice once in the field. 3 CR / (3,0,0)
themes of unity, support, coherence, Prerequisite: ENGL 103 or equivalent
or admittance into the FASD Advanced
and sentence skills to write accurately
Diploma program
FINE 102
on a variety of topics. They incorporate
basic source documentation to provided 3 CR Art History II
research when applying paraphrasing Art history, a broad intellectual disci-
and summarizing skills. In addition, pline, is central to the humanities. This
students further develop advanced FIN..................................... introductory survey course continues
grammar points. examining, analyzing, and evaluating the
Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in major time periods, movements, and
ENLA 033 or as determined by the En- FIN 257 trends in the visual arts of both Western
glish Language Department Placement and non-Western civilizations from
Finance 1
Test the Medieval period to the present. In
0CR / (Total course hours 112.5) This course introduces the role of finan- addition to the stylistic and structural
cial management and the environment components of art, students will study
in which it operates. Topics include: historical, social, religious, political,
ENLA 045 the functions of corporate finance, technological, philosophical, and gender
English for Academic Purposes 3 foreign exchange transactions, financial issues integral to the production and
Reading mathematics (time value of money), bond development of art.
valuation, short-and long-term financing 3 CR / (3,0,0)
This course advances students’ reading
instruments, securities markets, indi-
skills in English. Students read a variety
vidual and personal income taxes, and
of moderately complex materials of mod-
financial statement analysis. The com- FINE 103
erate length on academic or technical
puter lab will make use of spreadsheet Drawing I (Studio)
topics in less familiar contexts. Students
software to solve financial problems. This intensive studio course introduces
demonstrate reading comprehension
Prerequisites: COM 204 or ACC 152 and the methods, materials, and concepts of
by explain ideas using a wide range of
Foundations of Math 11 or Pre-Calculus
complex and low frequency grammar, drawing, both as a visual language and
11 or Math 145 or equivalent
transitions, and sentence structures. for enhancing perceptual awareness.
3 CR / (3,2,0)
Students further develop and use a While investigating process and develop-
range of content words and idiomatic ing a critical vocabulary, students begin
language. FIN 258 to translate immediate observations
Prerequisite: a minimum B+ (76%) in Finance 2 and ideas into two-dimensional form.
ENLA 035 or as determined by the En- In-class projects and assignments will
glish Language Department Placement This course continues the introduction encompass various aspects of drawing,
Test to financial management which was pre- while visual presentations and class
0CR / (Total course hours 90) sented in Finance I.Topics include: stock discussion introduce students to con-
valuation, net present value and other temporary and historical ideas of art
capital budgeting techniques, deriving and design. Evaluating and critiquing
FASD................................. cash flow information from financial is discussed and incorporated into the
statements, capital markets, risk and course work.
return, cost of capital, financial leverage, 3 CR / (3,1,0)
and dividend policy. The computer lab
FASD 301 will make use ofspreadsheet software to
Fundamentals and Professional solve financial problems. FINE 104
Implications Prerequisite: FIN 257 and MATH 157 Drawing II (Studio)
This course is designed to provide a solid CR / (3,2,0) This intensive studio course further
understanding of the unique complex- explores the fundamentals of drawing
ities of FASD for students in the social
service, education, justice and health-re-
FINE.................................. explored in FINE 103. Exercises and pro-
jects are designed for students to con-
lated disciplines. The knowledge will tinue work on perceptual and expressive
add depth to their understanding of drawing and hand/eye coordination. A
individuals/families and communities FINE 101 variety of subject matter will be used,
who access services in their chosen Art History I including live models. In-class projects
field. It begins with a comprehensive and assignments will encompass various
examination of the underlying causes Art history, a broad intellectual discipline,
aspects of drawing, while visual pres-
of alcohol use during pregnancy, the is central to the humanities. This intro-
entations and class discussion intro-
effects of prenatal alcohol exposure and ductory course examines, analyzes, and
duces students to contemporary and
the resulting disabilities known as FASD. evaluates the major time periods, move-
historical ideas of art and design. Regular
The content provides information need- ments, and trends in visual arts (primarily
evaluations and critiques are part of the
painting, sculpture, and architecture) of

course work. an examination of the development

Prerequisite: FINE 103
FINE 108 of settlement patterns, the Canadian
3 CR / (3,1,0) Making a Living as an Artist urban system, changes in rural Canada,
A practical study for emerging graphic resource development, and the charac-
and fine artists of the varied activities teristics of the North. This course may
FINE 105 and professional practices involved be useful for students wishing to enter
Painting (Studio) in making a career in the art world. programs in elementary and secondary
An introduction to various approaches Students will create an art portfolio (cur- education.
to painting as a contemporary art prac- riculum vitae, artist statement, biography); 3 CR / (3,0,0)
tice where students learn the basic skills identify different kinds of art galleries
(public, private, and artist-run); and mar-
required to produce paintings. Assign-
ket their work (events, social media, press
GEOG 201
ments address topics related to formal,
expressive, and historic/social issues of releases). Topics covered include finance, Weather and Climate
painting. Learners explore the language business, teaching and public speaking, This physical geography course is a
of materials pertaining to paint handling health and safety, and framing and docu- laboratory science that introduces the
and surface as well as strategies of menting artworks. major concepts in the sub-disciplines of
representation and development of im- 3 CR / (3,0,0) Meteorology and Climatology. The basic
agery. Students will combine intellectual concepts explored are atmospheric
energy, moisture, and motion. Emphasis
information with experimentation, sen-
sory alertness, and practical paint mixing
FINE 109 will be on the analysis of processes
skills. In-class work and assignments will Colour Theory (Studio) fundamental to major atmospheric phe-
be reviewed in critiques. This is a course on understanding and nomena and the role of these processes
Prerequisite: FINE 109 using colour, focusing on colour appli- in influencing the diversity of weather
4 CR / (3,1,0) cations for visual art and design, the and climate on the earth. Human impact
principles of colour theory and visual on the atmosphere (climate change) will
perception, and the cultural dimensions also be examined.
FINE 106 of colour. Using colour, students work 3 CR / (3,3,0)
First Nations Art, Design, and with acrylic paint to explore visual arts
Technology (Studio) and design ideas and concepts. Through
GEOG 202
This course will focus on the forms and the study of cultural history, students in-
techniques of Pacific Northwest Coast crease their understanding of the role of The Surface of the Earth
First Nations contrasting and comparing colour in art and life. The course includes This physical geography course is a
them to similar techniques used by other lectures, demonstrations, studio pro- laboratory science. It describes and
Canadian Aboriginal Peoples. These jects, and group and individual critiques. explains the major systems, cycles, and
artistic techniques, both traditional 3 CR / (3,1,0) the dynamic geomorphic processes
and contemporary, will be used to responsible for the origin, evolution,
create functional and aesthetic objects. morphology, and distribution of land-
Examples will be discussed linking the GEOG................................ forms and landscapes at the Earth's
artistic forms to oral history and the clan surface. Landforms and processes are
structure of First Nations societies in the analysed at various temporal and spatial
region. Technical hands-on instruction GEOG 101 scales, and in terms of relevant theories
is balanced with access to First Nations and principles. Labs and fieldwork allow
Sense of Place: An Introduction students to develop practical skills and
traditional materials and studio-based
art practises.
to Human Geography buttress theoretical understanding de-
3 CR / (3,1,0) This course serves as an introduction to veloped in lectures.
the development, structure, concepts, 3 CR / (3,3,0)
and methods of modern human geog-
FINE 107 raphy. Students are introduced to the
Introduction to Digital Arts and many sub-fields of human geography, HCAP................................
Media including urban geography, cultural
geography, environmental geography, Note: All HCAP courses are restricted
Learners will further develop image-mak-
historical geography, regional geography, to students in the Health Care Assistant
ing skills and ideas about pictorial space
political geography, and economic geog- program.
in a digital environment, along with the
raphy. This course is not only important
historical and conceptual connections
to those students who wish to study for
between digital technologies and con-
temporary art. Instruction will include
a BA in geography, but it will prove useful HCAP 120
for those students who wish to enter
the use of computer graphics software
programs in architecture, urban and
Health and Healing:
and hardware, digital input, image pro- Concepts for Practice
regional planning, education, etc.
cessing, and digital output. Content will
3 CR / (3,0,0) This course provides students with the
also include computer concepts such as
opportunity to develop a theoretical
the relation of analogue to digital, bitmap
framework for practice. Students will be
and vector-based images, resolution, GEOG 103 introduced to the philosophical values
and archiving work. Learners will create Canada: Some and theoretical understandings that pro-
a digital portfolio of their work.
Geographical Perspectives vide a foundation for competent practice
3 CR / (3,1,0)
An introduction to the geographical as a Health Care Assistant (HCA). The
character of Canada. Emphasis is on course focuses on concepts of caring
and person-centred care; basic human

needs and human development; family, common challenges to health and HCAP 130, HCAP 135, HCAP 140, HCAP
culture and diversity as they relate to healing in relation to each body system. 145 and HCAP 150
health and healing. Students will also be Students are also encouraged to explore 2 CR (0.4,0,4)
introduced to a problem-solving model person-centred practice as it is related
that will be critical to their practice. to the common challenges to health and,
in particular, to end-of-life care.
HCAP 199
3 CR (5,0,0)
Prerequisites: Any two of HCAP 120, Practice Experience in Multi-Level
HCAP 125, HCAP 130, HCAP 135 and/or Complex Care
HCAP 125 4 CR (4,0,0) This supervised practice experience
Health 1: Interpersonal provides students with an opportunity to
Communications HCAP 145 apply knowledge and skills from all other
This course focuses on the development courses in the program with individuals
of self-awareness, increased under- Healing 2: Caring for Individuals in a multi-level or complex care setting.
standing of others and development of Experiencing Cognitive or A portion of this clinical experience is de-
effective interpersonal communication Mental Challenges voted to working with individuals experi-
skills that can be used in a variety This course builds on content from other encing cognitive challenges. Opportunity
of caregiving contexts. Students are courses to assist students to explore will be provided for students to gain
encouraged to become more aware of concepts and caregiving approaches expertise and confidence with the role of
the impact of their own communication that will allow them to work effectively the HCA within a residential care facility.
choices and patterns. They will have with individuals experiencing cognitive The final three weeks of this course shall
the opportunity to develop and use or mental challenges. The emphasis in consist of a preceptorship during which
communication techniques that demon- this course is on supporting clients with the student
strate personal awareness, respect and dementia, recognizing responsive be- performs clinical or other professional
active listening skills. haviours and identifying person-centred care-giving procedures in an appropriate
3 CR (3,0,0) intervention strategies. healthcare setting under the immediate
Prerequisites: Any two of HCAP 120, supervision of a fully qualified individual.
HCAP 130 HCAP 125, HCAP 130, HCAP 135 4 CR
(1,0,1)
3 CR (3,0,0)
Health 2: Lifestyle and Choices
This course introduces students to
a holistic concept of health and the
HCAP 150 HDET................................
components of a health-enhancing Healing 3: Personal Care
lifestyle. Students are invited to reflect and Assistance
on their own experience of health, rec- This practical course offers students the HDET 450
ognizing challenges and resources that opportunity to acquire personal care
can impact lifestyle choices. Students Heavy Duty Equipment
and assistance skills within the param-
are introduced to a model that can be Technician Level 4
eters of the HCA role. The course com-
applied in other courses to understand prises class and supervised laboratory The Heavy Equipment Technician Level 4
the multi-faceted aspects of health and experiences which assist the student course is delivered with traditional class-
healing. to integrate theory from other courses room and shop-based instruction. Heavy
2 CR (2,0,0) to develop caregiver skills that maintain Duty Equipment Technicians maintain,
and promote the comfort, safety and in- manufacture, overhaul, recondition and
repair equipment powered by internal
HCAP 135 dependence of individuals in community
combustion engines or electricity and
and facility contexts.
Health Care Assistant: 4 CR (3,5,0) without limiting the foregoing, including
Introduction to Practice graders, loaders, shovels, off-highway
This course provides an introduction to tractors, off-highway trucks, forklifts,
the role of the HCA within the British Col-
HCAP 195 wheeled and tracked vehicles of all types
umbia health care system. Students are Practice Experience in Home used in construction, logging, sawmill,
introduced to the health care team and Support, Assisted Living, and/or manufacturing, mining and other similar
the roles and functions of HCA within Group Home industry. Topics covered in this course
the team. Students will also have oppor- are: Hydraulics; Electrical; Frames,
This practice course provides students Steering and Suspension; and Structural
tunities to develop self-reflective skills with an opportunity to apply knowledge
required for competent practice and will Components and Accessories.
and skills from all other courses with Prerequisite: Heavy Duty Equipment
be introduced to effective job-finding individuals and families in a community
approaches. Technician Level 3;
setting. Opportunities will be provided Registered Heavy Duty Equipment
2 CR (2,0,0) for students to become more familiar Technician Apprentice with ITA
with the role of the HCA within a home Prerequisite or Corequisite:
HCAP 140 support agency, assisted living facility, Registered Heavy Duty Equipment
and/or a group home, and to gain
Healing 1: Caring for Individuals Technician Apprentice with ITA and
abilities that will prepare graduates strongly recommended successful
Experiencing Common for employment in these settings. It is completion of Heavy Duty Equipment
Health Challenges important that students understand the Technician Level 3
This course introduces students to the philosophy of community care settings (Total course hours 120)
normal structure and function of the and its emphasis on client choice and
human body and normal bodily changes independence.
associated with aging. Students explore Prerequisites: HCAP 120, HCAP 125, HIST..................................

of an analysis of the impact of epidemics

HIST 101 HIST 216 on society and culture from the bubonic
World History: The Early Introduction to South Asia plague to HIV/AIDS. Students will have
Twentieth Century South Asia is home to myriad peoples the opportunity to learn about signifi-
A survey of significant events from the and cultures separated by languages, cant disease outbreaks and explore how
1890s to 1939, with particular emphasis beliefs and values, castes, classes, the social determinants of health can be
on the First World War, the instability of political affiliations, economic standing, traced through the history of epidemics.
the 1920s and 1930s, the rise of Japan, educational acquisition, and develop- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
and the road to the Second World War. ment. This region is vitally important
3 CR / (3,0) for geopolitics and global economics
and contributes to a strategic balance HMT..................................
between the world’s superpowers. This
HIST 102 multidisciplinary course introduces stu-
World History: The Late dents to the history, geography, religion, HMT 150
Twentieth Century literature, social life, and economics of
the countries in South Asia. Heavy Duty Equipment
A sequel to HIST 101, covering the Second Technician Level 1
World War, struggles in the Third World, 3 CR / (3,0,0)
The Heavy Duty Equipment Technician
America’s victory over the Soviet Union in
level one course is delivered with
the Cold War, and the emergence of new HIST 217 traditional classroom and shop-based
superpowers in Japan and the European
Introduction to South-East Asia instruction. Heavy Duty Equipment
Union.
This multidisciplinary course introduces Technicians maintain, manufacture,
3 CR / (3,0,0)
students to the countries of South-East overhaul, recondition and repair equip-
Asia and the diversity that exists within ment powered by internal combustion
HIST 103 them. Students will learn the history, engines or electricity and without limiting
History of Canada to 1867 geography, religion, literature, social the foregoing, including graders, loaders,
life, and economics of the countries in shovels, off-highway tractors, off-high-
A survey of social, economic, and political
South-East Asia including Singapore, way trucks, forklifts, wheeled and tracked
developments. Topics include First Na-
Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand, Vietnam, vehicles of all types used in construction,
tions–White relations, early exploration,
Indonesia, Myanmar (formerly Burma), logging, sawmill, manufacturing, mining
imperial rivalries, political reform, and
Cambodia, Brunei, Laos, and East Timor. and other similar industry. Topic covered
social conflict.
Students will come away with an under- in this course are: Occupational skills;
3 CR / (3,0,0) Brakes; Hydraulics; Electrical; Frames,
standing of the importance of the region
and its countries to the global commun- Steering, and Suspension; Trailers; Heat-
HIST 104 ity, i.e., to globalization and global peace. ing, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning;
3 CR / (3,0,0) and Structural Components and Acces-
History of Canada since 1867
sories. This course is common core for
A sequel to HIST 103. Emphasis is placed Truck and Transport Mechanic Level 1
on Confederation, the Riel Rebellion, im- HIST 230 and Diesel Engine Mechanic Level 1
migration, urbanization and industrial Introduction to Modern Canadian Prerequisite: Registered Heavy Duty
ization, and the evolution of foreign Equipment Technician, Truck and
Military History
policy. Transport Mechanic, or Diesel Engine
3 CR / (3,0,0) History 230 is a survey course that
Mechanic Apprentice with ITA
introduces students to Canada’s military
Prerequisite or Corequisite:
history from Confederation through to
HIST 205 the Afghanistan War. Students examine
Registered Heavy Duty Equipment
Technician Apprentice with ITA
History of BC several aspects of Canadian military
(Total course hours 300)
A lecture/seminar surveying BC with em- history, including early internal and ex-
phasis on Aboriginal culture, resource ternal defense problems, participation in
development, ethnic relations, labour, imperial conflicts, and Canada’s involve- HMT 250
wars, depression, and the development ment in major wars, peacekeeping and Heavy Duty Equipment
of provincial politics. alliance efforts, and interventions. There
Technician Level 2
will also be some discussion of race and
Prerequisite: HIST 101 or 102 or 103 or The Heavy Duty Equipment Techni-
104
gender issues in the military.
Prerequisite: One of HIST 101,102, 103, cian Level 2 course is delivered with
3 CR / (3,0,0) traditional classroom and shop-based
104 or equivalent
3 CR / (3,0,0) instruction. Topics covered in this course
HIST 211 UT are: Electrical; Engines and Supporting
Systems. This course is common core
Local History HIST 240 for Truck and Transport Mechanic Level
An introduction to the north-central in- Outbreak: Introduction to the 2 and Diesel Engine Mechanic Level 2.
terior of British Columbia. Topics include Prerequisite: Heavy Duty Equipment
History of Epidemics
First Nations–White relations, resource Technician Level 1 or Foundation;
development, and settlement patterns. For centuries, epidemics have shaped
Particular emphasis is placed on histor- the ways people interact with each other Technician Apprentice with ITA
ical methodology and research. and with their environments. With a focus
Prerequisite or Corequisite:
3 CR / (3,0,0) on North America and Europe, while ac-
knowledging the international effects of Technician Apprentice with ITA, Strong-
widespread disease, this course consists ly recommended that students have

successfully completed Heavy Duty their benefits and constraining factors. 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Equipment Technician Level 1 3 CR / (3,0,0)
HRPR 309
HRPR 302 Advanced Topics in Professional
HMT 350 Occupational Health and Safety Practice
Heavy Duty Equipment This course is intended to give the This course introduces students to
Technician Level 3 student a basic understanding of the Project Management methodology and
The Heavy Duty Equipment Techni- elements that combine to create an tools, as well as the consulting skills
cian Level 3 course is delivered with effective Occupational Health and Safety necessary to work either as an internal
traditional classroom and shop-based program (OHS). or an external HR consultant.
instruction. The main topic covered in 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: HRPR 308
this course is Powertrains, with a focus Corequisite: HRPR 400 or HRPR 401
on: power transfer systems, clutches,
manual transmissions, automated
HRPR 303 3 CR / (3,0,0)
systems, automatic transmissions and Training and Development

torque converters, power shift transmis- This course introduces students to best
HRPR 310
sions, drivelines, drive axles, final drives, practices in training and development, Business Communications for
driveline retarders, repair winches, from completing a needs analysis to Human Resource Professionals
power take-offs and transfer cases. This designing effective programs, then This course provides advanced skills in
course is common core for Truck and evaluating the effectiveness of the train- written business communication and
Transport Mechanic Level 3 and Diesel ing intervention. technical writing focusing on docu-
Engine Mechanic Level 3 3 CR / (3,0,0) ments frequently managed by HR staff,
Prerequisite: Heavy Duty Equipment including written policies, briefing notes,
Technician Level 2; Registered Heavy
Duty Equipment Technician Apprentice HRPR 304 training manuals, and newsletters.
Prerequisites: ENGL 113 with a B- grade
with ITA Performance Management or higher
Prerequisite or Corequisite: We will examine performance manage- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Registered Heavy Duty Equipment ment on an organizational basis, iden-
Technician Apprentice with ITA, strong- tifying organizational strategies to use
ly recommended that students success- once a performance problem has been
HRPR 400
fully complete Heavy Duty Equipment Human Resource Management
identified, including positive discipline
Technician Level 2
and progressive discipline. Practicum
3 CR / (3,0,0) In the Human Resource Management
Practicum, students will apply and
HRPR................................ HRPR 305 synthesize theoretical concepts learned
during their previous coursework in a
Employment Law, Employment workplace practicum experience.
Note: HRPR courses are restricted
Standards and Human Rights Prerequisites: a B- grade in all of the
to students in the Human Resources
Management Post-Diploma program. This course gives students an overview of following courses; COM 222, MGT 264,
employment contracts and employment MGT 266, HRPR 301, HRPR 302, HRPR
relationships as they are dealt with both 303, HRPR 304, HRPR 305, HRPR 307,
HRPR 300 by common law and statute, including HRPR 310
Strategic Human Resource human rights, occupational health and Corequisite: HRPR 309
Planning safety, and industrial standards. 3 CR / (3,0,3)
3 CR / (3,0,0)
This course introduces students to
strategy formulation and implemen- HRPR 401
tation within a Human Resource (HR) HRPR 307
context. Students will learn to identify Human Resources Management
Recruitment and Selection Capstone Project
trends and issues, as well as developing
an understanding of the concepts of This course will provide students with a In the Capstone Project, students
HR Strategy, program development and comprehensive study of current recruit- will apply and synthesize theoretical
implementation. ment and selection practices in Canada. concepts learned during their previous
It is recommended for small business coursework in the form of a project.
Prerequisite: Completion of 24 credit
hours in the PDHRM Program
owners, frontline managers and human
Prerequisites: : a B- grade in all of the
resource professionals.
3 CR / (3,0,0) following courses; COM 222, MGT 264,
3 CR / (3,0,0)
MGT 266, HRPR 301, HRPR 302, HRPR
HRPR 301 HRPR 308
303, HRPR 304, HRPR 305, HRPR 307,
HRPR 310
Compensation and Benefits Corequisite: HRPR 309
Professional Practice
This course introduces students to the 3 CR / (3,0,0)
complex field of compensation and This course prepares students to step
benefits. Students will learn how to into an HR management role in Canada
design an appropriate compensation by giving an overview of the business
environment, tools used by managers
INDS..................................
system by identifying the different
ingredients available to HR managers, in Canadian organizations, and specific
industry-related HR issues.

work-integrated learning approach. Stu-

INDS 101 dents will prepare for and participate in a
ITAN 110
The College and University work term. In their course work, they will System Support Analyst
Experience engage in goal setting and reflection on Systems Support Analyst introduces the
This course provides first-time and their skill development across essential core skills and theory necessary for an
returning students with the specific workplace skills including oral and writ- entry level Information Technology (IT)
skills and strategies needed to accom- ten communication, collaboration, giving professional with a focus on Operating
plish their academic goals with greater and receiving feedback, and information System (OS) configuration, troubleshoot-
success. Students are introduced to management. ing, and diagnostics. The course uses
a variety of topics, including learning Prerequisite: 30 credits and permission teaching lessons and hands-on labs to
styles, time management, goal-setting, of instructor. Cannot also hold credit introduce technician level skills of OS
test-taking, and study techniques. The for INDS 250 or INDS 255 installation, maintenance, security, and
purpose of this course is to give stu- 3 CR / (2,0,5) analysis of common computer issues at
dents an opportunity to cultivate the the Operating System level. Students will
skills, values, and attitudes necessary INDS 240 also be prepared to complete the core
to become confident, capable students series exam objectives of CompTIA’s A+
and contributing community members. Land-Based Wellness II: Healing certification.
In addition, the course opens doors to and Wellness in Practice Note: Cannot also hold credit for CNET
learning as a lifelong process. Facilitating wellness activities empowers 202
3 CR / (3,0,0) the people we serve to manage their 3 CR / (1.5,4,0)
own quality of life and support their own
health. Expanding upon the personal
INDS 140 wellness practices learned in INDS 140: ITAN 120
Land-Based Wellness I: Personal Land-Based Wellness I, students will Network Infrastructure
Healing and Wellness learn to facilitate land-based wellness Network Infrastructure is an integrated
Personal wellness is essential to quality practices with patients/clients. Using cul- teaching lesson and hands-on lab
of life, effective work performance and turally appropriate methods, students course that provides the knowledge and
longevity, particularly in professions will develop group and/or individual skills required of an entry-level network
serving clients/patients. The application wellness teaching plans for use in health administrator and cable installer. Stu-
of conscious wellness practices early in or community settings. The students dents learn the concepts behind data
a career prevents burn-out and com- will implement one of these plans and communication via copper, fiber optics,
passion fatigue. During this holistic and receive peer feedback. and wireless technologies. Students es-
immersive experience, students will Prerequisite: INDS 140 tablish skills in the practical application
learn a variety of wellness practices and of network design, troubleshooting, and
theories deeply rooted in concepts of high-speed connectivity. Students will
the Indigenous relationship to the land. ITAN.................................. also be prepared to write the Network+
This course introduces the Indigenous certification exam from CompTIA.
concept of place (in contrast to time) as Note: ITAN courses are restricted to
Note: Cannot also hold credit for CNET
a life-marker. students in the Information Technology 205
3 CR / (3,0,0) and Networking Program 3 CR / (1.5,4,0)
INDS 150 ITAN 100 ITAN 130

Indigenous Cultural Competency Computer Technician Analyst Interconnecting Networks I
in Healthcare Interconnecting Networks I is an
Computer Technician Analyst introduces
Providing culturally safe competent care the core skills and theory necessary for introduction to computer networking
is essential for all healthcare profession- an entry-level Information Technology architecture, structure, and function.
als. This course provides a foundation (IT) professional with a focus on PC Through teaching lessons and hands-on
in cultural competency. The objective of configuration, troubleshooting, net- labs with real world equipment, students
this course is to have students challenge working, and diagnostics. The course learn the principles and skills to imple-
their personal and cultural biases while uses teaching lessons and hands-on ment Internet Protocol (IP) addressing,
learning about decolonized and al- labs to introduce technician-level skills Ethernet technologies, and operations of
ternative ways of knowing and engaging of component assembly, customer sup- network devices. With access to network
in healthcare. The course prioritizes port, and analysis of common computer switches and routers, students configure
cultural knowledge from Indigenous problems at the hardware and software simple Local Area Networks (LAN) and
communities in the regions that CNC level. Students will also be prepared to troubleshoot common network con-
serves in Northern British Columbia, complete CompTIA's A+ certification's nectivity. This curriculum provides the
while providing groundwork for students core series exam objectives of CompT- foundational knowledge for level one of
to practice with more sensitivity, cultural IA's A+ certification. the Cisco Certified Network Associate
humility, and respect for all cultures. (CCNA) certificate.
3 CR / (3,0,0) Note: Cannot also hold credit for CNET
201
3 CR / (1.5,4,0) 276
INDS 210 3 CR / (1.5,4,0)
Work-Integrated Learning
This course prepares students to work
in Canadian contexts using an applied

and troubleshoot the communication ment through MS Access. This course is

ITAN 140 between enterprise network architec- designed for IT technicians to support
Linux Administrator ture devices. This curriculum pursues office users in both set up and usage.
Linux Administrator provides the stu- the level two exam objectives required This course will help you be certification
dent with the knowledge and skills to for the Cisco Certified Network Associate ready.
implement, maintain, and support a (CCNA) certification. 3 CR / (1.5,4,0)
Linux Operating System. With integrated Note: Cannot also hold credit for CNET
teaching lessons and hands-on labs, stu-
dents learn the tools and techniques of
277 ITAN 210
Prerequisite: ITAN 130
a command-line interface to conduct ad- Prerequisite or Corequisite: ITAN 180
Enterprise Operating Systems
ministration and management of a Linux 3 CR / (1.5,4,0) Enterprise Operating Systems provides
distribution. Open Source concepts and students with techniques and under-
the role of Linux in an enterprise network standing in configuring, troubleshooting,
are explored. ITAN 180 and administration of corporate devices
Note: Cannot also hold credit for CNET Interconnecting Networks III in an enterprise level local area network
269 Interconnecting Networks III provides (LAN) computing environment. Lessons
3 CR / (1.5,4,0) the skills and knowledge to manage the and labs are integrated throughout the
operation of a routers and switches in course. Various topics include enter-
prise level Microsoft operating systems
ITAN 150 an enterprise network. Through teach-
configuration, Windows deployment,
ing lessons and hands-on labs with real
Microsoft Enterprise Server world equipment, students learn the virtualization, and security.
Microsoft Enterprise Server is a founda- concepts behind Wide Area Network Note: Cannot also hold credit for PDIT
tional course that introduces the student (WAN) design, communication, and sec- 304
to Active Directory and the tools used to urity. This curriculum pursues the level Prerequisite: ITAN 110
perform administration of a Microsoft three exam objectives required for the 3 CR / (1.5,4,0)
Windows Server operating system within Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA)
a Local Area Network (LAN). With inte- certification.
grated teaching lessons and hands-on
ITAN 220
labs students learn to install, configure, 278 Wireless Technologies
troubleshoot, and manage enterprise Prerequisite: ITAN 130 This teaching lesson/lab course provides
level services. Prerequisite or Corequisite: ITAN 170 students with fundamental knowledge
Note: Cannot also hold credit for CNET 3 CR / (1.5,4,0) of IEEE wireless technology standards.
267 Topics include an overview of hardware/
Prerequisite or Corequisite: ITAN 100, software wireless components, radio
ITAN 110
ITAN 190 frequency communication principles,
3 CR / (1.5,4,0) Technical Work Skills 802.11, and support/maintenance of
Technical Work Skills provides the know- wireless LAN technologies. Students will
be prepared to write an industry stan-
ITAN 160 ledge to be an effective employee within
dard CWNP certification exam.
an Information Technology (IT) related
Cyber Security Foundations field. Students learn to communicate, Note: Cannot also hold credit for PDIT
Cyber Security Foundations provides organize tasks, manage projects, main- 324
students with the knowledge and skills tain technical documentation, and build
required to secure computer system strong relationships with colleagues and ITAN 230
applications, networks, and devices. clients. The course introduces how to plan
Through integrated lessons and hands-
Cisco Capstone
and prepare technical notes, manage
on labs students perform threat analysis, IT projects within a cohesive team, and The Cisco capstone project requires stu-
participate in risk mitigation techniques, bring professionalism to the job environ- dents to delve into the concepts of inter-
and manage computer system oper- ment. The course also strengthens skills connecting networks, applying learning
ations with an awareness of applicable in supporting the Microsoft Office suite from previous Cisco courses. Students
policies, laws, and regulations. Students to augment resume writing and project focus on the backbone to interconnect a
will also be prepared to write the Sec- documentation. simulated head office over the Internet
urity+ certification exam from CompTIA. to branch offices. The skills to design,
implement, manage, and administer
Note: Cannot also hold credit for CNET 282
an enterprise network within a group
270 3 CR / (1.5,4,0)
setting will be applied. Routers, switches,
Prerequisite: ITAN 100, ITAN 110
workstations, and wireless devices make
3 CR / (1.5,4,0)
ITAN 200 up the completed network solution.
Course completion prepares for the
Microsoft Office Specialist
ITAN 170 industry recognized Cisco Certified Net-
This is a lecture / lab course that cov- work Associate (CCNA) certification.
Interconnecting Networks II ers the fundamentals of the End User Prerequisite or Corequisite: ITAN 170,
Interconnecting Networks II provides the Microsoft Office Suite. Topics include ITAN 180
skills and knowledge to configure, admin- function, configuration, troubleshooting, 3 CR / (1.5,4,0)
ister, and implement the operation of a optimization, and operation. The empha-
routers and switches in a small network. sis is on computer workstation settings
Through teaching lessons and hands- and supporting the end user but with a
on labs with real world equipment, focus on database creation and manage-
students develop the skills to configure

ledge to complete a case study where

ITAN 240 they must plan and build a functional
JET 154
Programming in Python network with specific requirements. Job Search and Employment
Programming in Python teaches the 3 CR / (1.5,4,0) Readiness
foundational skills required to perform This course provides practical training in
coding tasks using the computer pro- all phases of the job interview: contacting
gramming language Python. Python is potential employers, initial first impres-
a key language used for backend web JET.................................... sions, interview preparation, personal
development, data analysis, scientific presentation during the interview and
computing, network automation and Note: JET courses are restricted to stu- the follow-up required in order to suc-
artificial intelligence. Students learn to dents in the Job Education and Training cessfully land the job. Mock interviews
design, create, debug, and execute pro- Program. and role-plays are used to familiarize
grams encoded in Python. Concepts of students with typical questions asked
universal coding, syntax, and implemen-
tation resolutions are explored.
JET 151 during an interview.
Students learn the importance of
3 CR / (1.5,4,0) Skill Exploration/Personal
accepting feedback and constructive
Awareness criticism through use of evaluations by
ITAN 250 In this course, students will identify skills instructors and fellow students.
Data Cabling Technologies they currently have and learn how they 0 CR (Total course hours 120)
apply to the workplace. Through Essen-
This course is an integrated lecture/lab
tial Skill assessments, students will gain
where learners acquire the concepts of
understanding of the 9 Essential Skills JET 155
cabling standards and perform the tasks
and how they relate to their career goals. Work Training Experience
required to become a certified cable
Students will examine their learning In this course, students develop skills
installer. The course will prepare learn-
styles, interests, values and aptitudes and strategies necessary to function
ers for industry standard certification
then develop and participate in personal, competitively on the job. Students inves-
exams. This hands-on course is based
education and career planning. Health tigate the local job market and develop
on the installation, termination, and
and wellness topics are presented as a personal job plan that reflects options
testing of cabling used in data transfer.
well as basic work readiness skills. available in the local area. Students
3 CR / (1.5,4,0)
0 CR (Total course hours 160) participate in an unpaid job training in a
position of personal interest to acquire
ITAN 260 JET 152 job specific skills. Workplace skills are
Data Centre Technologies evaluated by both student and local
Workplace Communication business manager to assess areas of
Data Centre Technologies introduces
In this course, students are introduced strengths and areas requiring further
the fundamental technologies of an
to effective methods of workplace com- development.
enterprise-level data centre. Students
munication. Strategies to overcoming 0 CR (Total course hours 120)
develop a skillset to configure, maintain,
barriers in communication and active
secure, and troubleshoot computer
listening skills are developed and imple-
networking infrastructure services. The
student also gains hands-on experience
mented through group work and role- KINS..................................
plays. Conflict resolution techniques are
administering Active Directory (AD), fire-
demonstrated and practiced in the class-
walls, virtualization, storage, and disaster
recovery solutions. Students who suc-
room. Students learn of the importance
of quality customer service for success at
KINS 100
cessfully complete all learning objectives Introduction and Principles of
the workplace.
of this course will be prepared to write Personal Health and Wellness
0 CR (Total course hours 140)
the CompTIA Server+ certification exam.
This course is an in-depth introduction to
Note: Cannot also hold credit for PDIT
380 JET 153 the principles of health and wellness with
particular emphasis on personal health.
Prerequisite: ITAN 140 Workplace Literacy & Numeracy A review of education and research on
3 CR / (1.5,4,0) In this course, students develop work- a variety of student health issues, and
place literacy and numeracy skills. their larger impact, will be investigated
ITAN 290 Practice with workplace documents and discussed. Opportunities to develop
helps students increase confidence in skills and resources for optimal health
Project Work Skills and Program successfully completing common work- as it relates to life and academic success
This course combines the knowledge place tasks. Resumes and cover letters are included.
and practical experiences of previous are developed, and job applications are 3 CR / (3,0,0)
courses into real world environments. completed online and in the classroom.
Students will learn the fundamentals Training in the computer lab includes
of job searching, interviewing skills, and internet safety, sending and receiving
KINS 110
technical documentation. Focusing on emails, budgeting, and basic word pro- Introduction to Sport
advanced technical topics, technical cessing. Administration
documentation will be research-based. 0 CR (Total course hours 120) This course provides an overview of
Students will receive practical experience
selected topics in the administration
through several projects including a ma-
and management of the leisure, sport
jor capstone project. Working in groups,
and recreation fields. Topics will include:
students will use their program know-
foundations of sport and recreation ad-

ministrative, an overview of the Canadian and alternative medicine, reproduction of human motor learning and control. It
Sport Delivery System, programs and and pregnancy, infection and immunity, introduces students to the cognitive,
programming administrative operations, major diseases (cardiovascular diseases, emotional and neurological processes
and management skills. The theoretical cancer, diabetes), musculoskeletal disor- that underlie human movement, the
knowledge gained will be applied to ders/disease (e.g., arthritis, osteoporosis), learning of motor skills and the factors
personal management and a practical medications, and aging (e.g., dementia, that influence the acquisition, control
situation in the administration of a death and dying). Due to the evolving and performance of motor skills. Stu-
sporting event.. nature of health information, additional dents will gain knowledge, appreciation,
3 CR / (3,0,0) topics may be covered. and understanding of the conceptual
Prerequisite or Corequisite: KINS 100 and empirical foundations of motor
learning and control.
KINS 120 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Prerequisite: KINS 120 or PSYC 101
Biomechanics
An introductory examination of the
KINS 132 3 CR/(3,0,0)
Human Functional Anatomy

mechanical and anatomical basis of
human movement. Students gain an This course introduces the anatomy of
KINS 232
understanding of the application of the the body and how it relates to human Human Applied Physiology
elementary principles of physics and movement and performance. Students This course will examine the functional
math and apply them to a quantitative use a multimedia cadaver study, characteristics of human systems.
analysis of human movement. This an- three-dimensional models, and lab ac- Students will be introduced to the physi-
alysis also focuses on the development tivities to facilitate a hands-on approach ology of the body and how it relates to
of forces within muscles and their effect to learning. human movement and performance.
on initiation and controlling human Prerequisite or Corequisite: KINS 100 There will be emphasis on systems that
movement. 3 CR / (3,2,0) support human movement and perform-
Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 or ance including muscular, cardiovascular,
MATH 045 and respiratory.
Prerequisite or Corequisite: KINS 100
KINS 150 Prerequisite: KINS 132
3 CR / (3,0,0) Pedagogy and Coaching 3 CR / (3,2,0)
This course will provide students with
KINS 121 the necessary knowledge and proficien- KINS 235
cy to adequatley and successfully coach
Leisure and Sport in Society and operate all aspects of a sport team Sport and Exercise Psychology
This course is an introductory examina- or program. Emphasis will be placed This course is an introduction to psych-
tion of leisure and sport from the per- on the followng topics: roles, functions, ological theories and research related to
spectives of the humanities and social and tasks of a coach, making ethical both sport and exercise behaviour. Stu-
sciences. Emphasis is placed on the decisions, planning a practice, basic dents will gain an understanding of how
definition of concepts and on different nutrition concepts, the teaching process psychological factors influence participa-
theories which purport to explain the and eligibility for NCCP certification. tion and performance in sport, exercise,
nature and role of leisure and sport in Prerequisite or Corequisite: KINS 100 and physical education. The application
Canadian society. 3 CR / (3,0,0) of knowledge to a variety of physical
Prerequisite or Corequisite: KINS 100 activity settings will be promoted. The
3 CR / (3,0,0) course provides a broad overview of
KINS 221 a variety of topics: personal factors
Physical Growth and (motivation, personality, arousal and anx-
KINS 124 Development iety), social processes (e.g., leadership,
Principles of Physical Fitness This course examines the characteristics cohesion, aggression), psychological skills
This course will provide an overview of of physical growth and motor develop- training (anxiety management, imagery,
the concepts and principles of physical ment throughout the lifespan. Topics in- etc.), exercise and well-being, addiction,
fitness. The topic areas include the com- clude; theories of development, growth and injury.
ponents of health-related fitness, fitness and development of the body and bodily Prerequisite: PSYC 101
assessments, and the effects of exer- systems (i.e., anatomical and physiologic- Prerequisite or Corequisite: KINS 226
cise. Students will study and perform al development), methods used to exam- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
a variety of conditioning exercises. The ine growth and development variables,
theory and practice of personal exercise
prescription will be emphasized. This
biologic maturation, ageand sex- related KINS 245
differences in growth and maturation,
course will incorporate both lecture and developmental changes in motor behav- Injury Prevention and
physical activity labs. iour, and finally, factors affecting growth, Management
Prerequisite or Corequisite: KINS 100 maturation and motor development This course provides guidelines and rec-
3 CR / (3,2,0) over the lifespan. ommendations for preventing injuries,
Prerequisite: KINS 120, or KINS 131, or recognizing injuries, and learning how to
KINS 128 PSYC 101 correctly manage a specific injury. This
3 CR / (3,0,0) course provides basic information on a
Contemporary Health Issues variety of topics that all relate in how to
This course will focus on many of the provide health care to an athlete.
health issues in current society. This
KINS 226 Prerequisite: KINS 131 (or HK 233)
course includes the following topics: Human Motor Behaviour 3 CR / (3,0,0)
psychological disorders, complementary This course is an introduction to the area

KINS 260 present forces that shape Canadian

society in relation to Canadian law.
MATH...............................
Nutrition for Health This awareness will be used to build an
This course will introduce students to understanding of how multiple cultural,
the relationship between nutrition and geographic, economic, gender, political, MATH 028
health. Students will focus on healthy and racial perspectives impact and Fundamental Preparatory
eating, understanding strategies for intersect with the Canadian legal system. Mathematics (Competency
modifying food patterns within the Students will be expected to challenge Based)
context of lifestyle and culture, and and revise their personal points of view
by reviewing the ways “others” both im- This course expands on students’ know-
identifying standards of healthy eating
pact and are impacted by the Canadian ledge of whole numbers and introduces
in Canada. Since nutrition is a science,
legal system. the concepts of fractions, decimals,
the course will break down food into
estimation, problem solving, order of
its chemical components, known as Pre or Corequisite: English 12, English
050, English 051, or First People’s
operations, averages, powers, and prime
nutrients, and discuss the functions and
English 12 factorization.
health implications of nutrients.
0 CR / (112.5 total course hours) 0 CR / (Total course hours 112.5)
Prerequisite: KINS 100
3 CR / (3,0,0)
LAW 294 MATH 029
KINS 276 Business Law Basic Preparatory Mathematics
Exercise Physiology This course introduces students to
(Competency Based)
This course is an introduction to the fundamental legal concepts, principles, This course expands on students’ know-
physiology of muscular exercise, physical and issues that are relevant to Canadian ledge of basic operations with whole
conditioning, and training. Topics in- business. It also promotes an under- numbers, decimals and fractions, and
clude: acute and chronic effects of exer- standing of how these legal concepts introduces the concepts of algebra, cal-
cise on body systems; basic concepts of and issues are applied to specific culators, metric/imperial measurement,
cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous and problems in business. Topics include geometry, ratios, proportions, percent,
muscular responses to physical activity; an introduction to the Canadian legal and graphing.
short and long term adaptations to ex- system, the law of torts, and the law of MATH 028 or as evaluated but the Aca-
contract. An in-depth investigation is demic Upgrading placement test.
ercise; and the interrelationships among
energy intake, energy transfer during then made in specific areas of contract 0 CR / (112.5 Total course hours)
exercise, and the physiologic systems and business law, including sale of goods
that support energy transfer. Students contracts, employment contracts, the MATH 030
apply what they have learned to enhance law of agency, corporations, secured
transactions, the law of real property and Intermediate Algebraic
exercise training, athletic performance,
and health. mortgages, and negotiable instruments. Mathematics
Prerequisite: KINS 232 or BIO 112 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course expands on student’s know-
3 CR / (3,2,0) ledge of the metric system, ratio and
proportion, algebra and basic geometry
LEAD................................. and introduces the concepts of roots
KINS 291 and powers, graphing and writing equa-
Work Experience in Kinesiology tions from graphs, and right triangle
The purpose of this field experience is to LEAD 101 trigonometry.
provide the student with a practical learn- Prerequisite: MATH 029, or as deter-
Developing the Leader Within mined by the appropriate CNC place-
ing environment in the field of Kinesiol-
Mastering self-leadership is the fouda- ment test.
ogy. It offers students the opportunity to
tion of true leadership. Lead 101 focuses 0 CR / (112 Total course hours)
be active participants in a work-related
on recognition and development of
environment and apply theory, concepts,
persoal leadership skills and also intro-
and skills learned previously during their
duces group skills. In this course you will
MATH 041
various Kinesiology diploma courses.
experience what it means to be a leader. Trades Math I
This course is a graduating requirement
Through a variety of dynamic interaction The course is designed for students
to be taken in second year.
sessions, Part 1 of The Leadership Lab who are pursuing a career in trades or
Prerequisites: Must have successfully
will begin to equip you to function as a a trades-related field. It serves as a math
completed at least five of the following
courses: KINS 110, KINS 122, KINS 127, leader. The Leadership Lab will explore prerequisite for either entry-level pro-
KINS 150, KINS 235, KINS 245, HK 210, conventional concepts of leadership but grams or apprenticeships. This course
HK 122, HK 127, HK 100/200 will take you beyond to an understand- emphasizes basic mathematics skills
0 CR / (0,0,1.7) ing of leadership as lifestyle through and their practical application in trades.
practical leadership experiences. This Topics include whole number oper-
course includes a mandatory retreat ations, decimals, fractions, measurement
LAW................................... which typically occurs on the second systems and instruments, geometry of
weekend after classes begin. plane and solid figures, Pythagorean
Prerequisites: English 12 or English 12: Theorem, ratio, proportion, percentage,
First Peoples, English 045 or equivalent
LAW 050 3 CR / (3,1,0)
geometric constructions with circles,
triangles, and lines plus trades-related
Provincial Level Law problems for all topics.
Law 050 is designed to provide students Prerequisite: Successful completion of
with an awareness of various past and MATH 026, or MATH 029, or evaluated

by the appropriate placement test. pleted within the last 12 months

0 CR / (112 Total course hours) 0 CR / (112 Total course hours) MATH 101
Differential Calculus
MATH 042 MATH 045 This course is an introduction to the
theory, techniques, and applications of
Trades Math II Advanced Algebraic Mathematics
differential calculus. It constitutes the
This course is designed for students who This course includes a core of algebra; first half of the two-semester first-year
are pursuing entry-level trades training factoring; radicals; exponents; graphing; calculus sequence for students studying
or an apprenticeship in a trade which resolving linear, simultaneous, and quad- pure or applied science. Together, Math
quires a background in algebra and trig- ratic equations; formulas; functions; and 101 and Math 102 satisfy the first-
onometry. Students entering electrical, trigonometry. year mathematics requirement in all
millwright, machinist, power engineering, Prerequisite: A minimum B+ grade in university transfer science and applied
or computer/network electronics techni- Math 030; or minimum grade of B in science programs. Topics include theory
cian programs could use this course as a Foundations of Math and Pre-calculus of limits, continuous and differentiable
math prerequisite. Topics include review 10; or Math 044; or as evaluated by a functions, algebraic and transcendental
of fractions, decimals, percentage and placement test.
functions, basic optimization theory, and
ratio and proportion plus operations Note: All courses must have been com-
applications.
with signed numbers, exponents, roots, pleted within the last 12 months.
Prerequisite: Precalculus 12 or Math
basic algebra, formula use and ma- 0 CR / (112 Total course hours)
100 or Math 050 or equivalent.
nipulation, Pythagorean Theorem, right 3 CR / (4,0,0)
triangle trigonometry, solution of linear MATH 050
and quadratic equations plus trades-re-
lated problems for all topics. Provincial Preparatory Algebraic MATH 102
Prerequisite: MATH 030 completed Mathematics Integral Calculus
within the last year, or Pre- Calculus 11 This course is designed for students This course is an introduction to the
with a B+ or higher completed within who are seeking admission to technical theory, techniques, and applications
the last year, or as evaluated by an Aca- programs or who need to meet a pre- of integral calculus. It constitutes the
demic Upgrading placement test. requisite of Math 12. This course will second half of the two-semester first-
0 CR / (112 Total course hours) also prepare students for introductory year calculus sequence for students
calculus. Topics include polynomials; studying pure or applied science. Togeth-
MATH 043 equations and inequalities; imaginary er, Math 101 and Math 102 satisfy the
and complex numbers; sequences and first-year mathematics requirement in all
Advanced Foundations series; and exponential, logarithmic, university transfer science and applied
Mathematics circular, trigonometric and inverse func- science programs. Topics include antid-
This course is designed for students who tions. erivatives, differential equations, definite
are seeking admission to business cours- Prerequisite: Math 045 completed and indefinite integrals, techniques of
es, nursing and technical programs that within the last year or Pre-Calculus 11, integration, transcendental functions,
require Foundations Math 11. Topics for B+ completed within the last year or as
area, volume, arc length, improper inte-
this course include using basic algebra, evaluated by an Academic Upgrading
grals, infinite sequences and series, and
factoring, graphing, and solving systems placement test.
applications.
of linear equations and relations; solving 0 CR / (112 Total course hours)
Prerequisite: Math 101, or equivalent
and graphing linear inequalities and 3 CR / (4,0,0)
quadratic functions; using right angle MATH 100
trigonometry and geometry; and intro-
ducing statistics, scale diagrams and Pre-calculus Mathematics MATH 103
logical reasoning. This course is an introduction to algebra, Finite Mathematics
Prerequisite: Math 030 or Foundations analytic geometry and trigonometry.
of Math 10 with a C or higher or Pre-cal- It serves as the prerequisite for the
theory and applications of finite and
culus 10 with a C or higher; completed two-semester science-based calculus
countable sets. It is intended primarily
within the last year or as evaluated by sequence for science students, or as a
for students in business, education, and
an Academic Upgrading placement test university-credit mathematics elective
liberal arts programs, but is suitable, also,
0 CR / (112 Total course hours) for non-science students. Topics cov-
as an elective for students studying math-
ered include algebraic number systems,
ematics or computer science. Topics are
algebra of real numbers, fundamental
MATH 044 principle of analytic geometry, geometry
chosen from set theory, counting theory,
Advanced Developmental probability, propositional and predicate
of the real line, equations and inequal-
logic, number theory, linear and dynamic
Mathematics ities, plane synthetic and analytic geom-
programming, game theory and network
The course includes math for science, etry, functions and graphs and linear,
analysis.
number and number operations, geom- quadratic, polynomial, rational, root,
algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and Prerequisite: Foundations of Mathe-
etry, algebra – linear and quadratic equa- matics 11 or Precalculus 11 or Math 045
tions, inequalities, factoring polynomials, trigonometric functions
or equivalent
simplification, addition, subtraction, Prerequisite: Precalculus 11 or Math
3 CR / (3,0,0)
multiplication, and division of rational 045 or equivalent.
expressions. 3 CR / (4,0,0)
Math 030; or minimum grade of C in MATH 104 UT
Foundations of Math and Pre-calculus Elementary Statistics
10; or as evaluated by a placement test.
Note: All courses must have been com-

theory, techniques and applications 3 CR / (3,0,0) to civil engineering are emphasized

of elementary statistics and statistical throughout the course.
methodology. It is intended primarily for MATH 157 Prerequisite: MATH 180
students majoring in health sciences, Corequisite: CIVE 115
business, and liberal arts programs.
Business Statistics
3 CR / (5,0,0)
Topics include descriptive statistics, sam- This course introduces the student
pling, elementary probability, probability to basic statistical methods. Topics
distributions, statistical inference, cor- include descriptive statistics, probability, MATH 190
relation, linear regression and analysis of estimation, hypothesis testing, charting, Principles of Mathematics for
variance. Applications to a wide variety and linear regression. Applications to Elementary Education
of real-world problems are emphasized. business are stressed.
This is a course in basic mathematics
Prerequisite: Foundations of Mathe- Prerequisite: Foundations of Math
for students studying or intending to
matics 11 or Precalculus 11 or Math 045 11 or Pre-Calculus 11 or MATH 045 or
equivalent study elementary level education. Topics
or equivalent.
3 CR / (3,0,0)
include problem solving, natural, integer,
3 CR / (4,0,0) and rational number systems, set theory,
number theory, algebra, geometry,
MATH 123 MATH 165 counting theory, and an introduction to
Calculus for Social, Economin and probability and statistics.
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
Life Sciences Prerequisite: Foundations of Math 11 or
This course is intended for Arts and Precalculus or MATH 045 or equivalent.
General Studies students and it explores The topics covered in this course are 3 CR / (4,0,0)
mathematical topics that will provide the basic concepts and techniques of
students with practical knowledge and differential and integral calculus, with
problem solving skills. Topics covered emphasis on applications of interest to MATH 195
include problem solving, set theory, the students not majoring in mathematical Mathematics for Technologies
real number system, functions, geom- sciences.
This course is an introduction to the basic
etry, measurement, logic, probability and Prerequisite: Foundations of Mathe-
theory, techniques, and applications of
counting, ratio and proportion, linear matics 12 or Precalculus 12 or Math 050
algebra and geometry as used in various
and exponential growth, and number or Math 100 or equivalent.
technologies. Topics include number
theory. Optional topics may include hist- 3 CR / (4,0,0)
systems and their algebra, synthetic and
ory of mathematics, and mathematics in analytic geometry, functions and graphs,
art, music or sports. MATH 180 and trigonometry. The course will em-
Prerequisite: Foundations of Mathe- phasize applications to environmental
matics 11 or MATH 043 or MATH 045, or Mathematics for Civil Engineering
and forest technologies.
equivalent Technology I
Prerequisite: Foundations of Mathe-
3 CR / (3,0,0) This course explores the basic theory, matics 11 or Precalculus 11 or MATH
techniques and application of algebra, 045, MATH 043 or equivalent
MATH 135 geometry and statistics as required to 3 CR / (4,0,0)
solve problems in Civil Engineering Tech-
Discrete Mathematics I nology. Topics will include trigonometry,
This course is an introduction to the linear, quadratic, exponential and loga- MATH 201
theory and applications of finite and rithmic functions, analytic geometry, vec- Multivariable Calculus
countable sets. Topics include set tors, and statistical methods including This course is an introduction to the
theory, inclusion/exclusion principle, data summarization, probability, normal theory, techniques, and applications of
multiplication principle, counting theory, distributions, sampling distributions, the calculus of functions of several real
propositional and predicate logic, math- confidence intervals and linear regres- variables. Topics include vector-valued
ematical induction, number theory and sion. Applications to civil engineering are functions and their derivatives, functions
finite state machines. This course is also emphasized throughout the course. of several real variables, partial differ-
offered as CSC 135. Students with credit Corequisite: CIVE 110, CIVE 130 entiation, gradient vector, generalized
for CSC 135 cannot take Math 135 for 3 CR / (5,0,0) chain rule, implicit functions, optimiza-
further credit. tion theory and Lagrange multipliers.
Prerequisite: Foundations of Mathe-
matics 12 or Precalculus 12 or Math 050 MATH 185 Prerequisite: MATH 102
3 CR / (3,0,0)
or Math 100 or equivalent Mathematics for Civil Engineering
3 CR / (3,0,0) Technology II
This course expands on knowledge
MATH 202
MATH 145 gained in MATH 180, Mathematics for Vector Calculus
Civil Engineering Technology I, and This course is an introduction to the
Math for Business
will cover topics in calculus and matrix theory, techniques, and applications of
This course introduces students to the algebra necessary for Civil Engineering the differential and integral calculus of
principle and practices of mathematics Technology. Topics will include limits, vector-valued functions of a vector vari-
with applications to business. The course derivatives of algebraic, trigonometric, able. Topics include iterated integrals,
covers the mathematical interpretation logarithmic and exponential functions, line and surface integrals, theorems
of fundamental business, economic and definite and indefinite integrals, differ- of Green, Gauss, and Stokes, complex
financial concepts with application to ential equations, matrix operations and numbers and functions, differential
managerial decision making. inverses, and solving systems of linear equations, and applications to classical
Prerequisite: SRA with a score at the equations using matrices. Applications physics.
midpoint cutoff or higher.

Prerequisite: MATH 201 statistical problems. relations. The use of terms to describe
3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: MATH 157 or Math 104 or identify diseases, disorders, various
3 CR / (3,0,0) medical procedures, and abnormalities,
MATH 204 as well as the use of appropriate medical
abbreviations will also be studied.
Linear Algebra MDRT................................ 3 CR / (3,0,0)
theory, techniques, and applications
of vector spaces and their linear trans-
Note: MDRT courses are restricted to
students in the Medical Device Repro-
MEDT 105
formations and is intended for students cessing Technician Program. Introductory Medical
studying physical science or applied Terminology
science. Topics include algebra and
geometry of systems of linear equations, MDRT 100 The main objective of the course is to
analyze words structurally by dividing
matrices, determinants, vector spaces, Medical Device Reprocessing them into their component parts:
linear transformations, eigenvalues, Theory suffixes, prefixes, roots, and combining
eigenvectors, and applications.
This course provides the theoretical forms. Students will also learn to correl-
Prerequisite: MATH 101 ate an understanding of word elements
knowledge necessary for entry-level
3 CR / (4,0,0) with the basic anatomy, physiology and
Medical Device Reprocessing Techni-
cians (MDRT). With an emphasis on qual- disease processes of the human body.
MATH 205 ity assurance and patient and workplace The course will stress the correct spelling
safety, it introduces the role, context, and and pronunciation of medical terms. Stu-
Probability and Statistics
function of the MDR Department and the dents will be able to extract and define
This course is an introduction to the responsibilities, duties, and tasks of the terms from written submissions and
theory, techniques, and applications of MDRT. Students learn the principles of dictation.
probability distributions. It is suitable microbiology and infection prevention 2 CR / (2,0,0)
for students studying mathematics, and control within the MDR Department
physical science, applied science, or and how to clean, disinfect, sort, inspect,
mathematical economics. Topics include assemble, wrap and pack, sterilize, and MFAB................................
probability, discrete and continuous ran- redistribute medical and surgical devices
dom variables, expectations, probability and patient care equipment.
distributions, central limit theorem,
estimation and hypothesis testing.
4 CR / (9,0,0) MFAB 100
Prerequisite: MATH 101 Metal Fabricator Level 1
Corequisite: Math 102 MDRT 110 Harmonized
3 CR / (3,0,0) Medical Device Reprocessing The Metal Fabricator Level 1 course is
Clinical delivered with traditional classroom and
MATH 235 This instructor-led practicum provides shop-based instruction. Metal Fabrica-
students with an opportunity to apply tors build, assemble and repair products
Discrete Mathematics II made of steel or other metals for use
the skills, knowledge and experience in
This course is a continuation of Math the decontamination, preparation and in a wide variety of manufacturing and
135. Topics include generating functions, packing, sterilization, and storage and construction industries. They must be
recurrence relations, graph theory, distribution storage areas of hospital familiar with the properties of metal and
optimization and matching, rings and Medical Device Reprocessing (MDR) De- know how to operate specialized metal-
modular arithmetic, Boolean algebra, partments. Learners are partnered with working machines. Metal Fabricator is a
switching functions, coding theory, working technicians and are provided nationally designated trade under the
finite fields and combinatorial designs. with the opportunity to practice skills Inter-provincial Red Seal Program. Metal
This course is also offered as CSC 235. and develop basic competencies in all Fabricators can work for sheet metal
Students with credit for CSC 235 cannot areas. Student learning is supported fabrication and welding shops, and
take MATH 235 for further credit. through daily post-clinical conferences, for manufacturers of structural steel,
Prerequisite: MATH 135 or CSC 135, and journaling, and learning activities to boilers, plate workers, heavy machinery
MATH 101 facilitate integration of knowledge and and transportation equipment. They can
3 CR / (3,0,0) skills. work for shipbuilding companies and for
8 CR / (5,0,21) welding, ironwork and sheet metal work
MATH 257 contractors. Metal fabrication is a good
foundational skill to have in many rapidly
Business Statistics II MEDT................................ evolving industries, such as aviation. The
This course continues the introduction to work of a Metal Fabricator is often intri-
business statistics which was presented cate and highly precise. Topics covered
in Business Statistics I. Topics include: in this course are: Safety-Related Func-
tests of goodness of fit and independ-
MEDT 100 tions; Tools and Equipment; Interpret
ence, experimental design and analysis Medical Terminology Plans, Drawings and Specifications; Per-
of variance, multiple regression, model This course examines the basic funda- form Quality Control; Handle Materials;
building, index numbers, time series mentals of medical terminology in both Trade Math and Layout; Form Materials;
analysis and forecasting, nonparametric the written and spoken forms. Mastery Fabricate Components; and Perform
methods, statistical methods for quality of word parts and word-building skills Welding Activities.
control, decision analysis, and sample will aid the student in understanding Prerequisite: Must be a registered Met-
survey. Software too will be used to solve medical terminology and anatomical al Fabricator Apprentice with ITA

Topics include business structures,

MGT 157 location and market assessment con-
Principles of Management siderations, business plans, methods of
MFAB 200 This course focuses on the foundations financing, government obligations, fran-
Metal Fabricator Level 2 of management theory. Management chising, strategic planning and control.
Harmonized is presented as a discipline and as a Case studies and simulations are used
The Metal Fabricator Level 2 course is process. The course introduces the key in the course.
delivered with traditional classroom and issues of management from the essen- Prerequisite: Students need a mini-
shop-based instruction. tial skills to management ethics. Major mum 30 credits which must include
topic areas will include the foundations ACC 151 (or COM 204), MKT 152 and
Prerequisite: Metal Fabricator Level 1 or
Foundation; Must be a registered Metal of planning and decision making, organ- MGT 154
Fabricator Apprentice with ITA. izational design, managing change and 3 CR / (2,2,0)
(210 total course hours) innovation, leadership, motivation, com-
munications, supervision, and control of MGT 263
operations.
MFAB 300 3 CR / (3,0,0) Human Resource Development
Metal Fabricator Level 3 An introduction to personnel manage-
Harmonized ment including organization of the
MGT 160 personnel functions: recruitment and
The Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) Level
International Business selection, interviewing and counselling,
Students investigate the importance of job descriptions and evaluation, com-
international business and international pensation and salary administration,
It is designated as Industrial Mechanic
trade to Canada and the local region. management development and per-
(Millwright) under the Inter-provincial
They will study importing and export- formance appraisal, training and man-
Red Seal program.
ing from the perspective of a small-or power planning, safety and occupational
Prerequisite: Metal Fabricator Level 1 or
medium-sized business in central British health. The course places particular
Foundation; Must be a registered Metal
Columbia. By the end of the course, stu- emphasis on the practical application of
Fabricator Apprentice with ITA.
dents should be able to constructively personnel policies and procedures, on
(210 total course hours
discuss an international business pro- personnel’s relationship to management
posal in terms of its commercial merit and on management’s responsibilities to
MGT................................... and practicality as a way of promoting employees.
3 CR / (3,0,0)
economic growth and job opportunities.
3 CR / (3,0,0)
MGT 150 MGT 264
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
MGT 254 Industrial Relations
This course introduces students from Applied Group and Leadership An introduction to the fundamental
any background to the process of Skills issues of labour/management relations
planning a business. Students will work Teamwork is a vital part of organiza- in Canada. Topics include the roles as-
in peer groups to use the business plan- tional life. Participating effectively in sumed by labour unions, management,
ning process to decide on the viability teams and groups requires the ability to and government bodies; the processes
of a business idea. Groups will define understand how groups develop and to involved in collective bargaining such
a business, identify potential market(s) understand our own personal style, the as negotiation, mediation, conciliation,
for the business, create basic marketing styles of others, and how these impact grievance and arbitration, contract inter-
and financial plans and develop a basic the development of a group. Effective pretation and administration; discipline
business plan that could be presented to teams and groups require effective lead- procedures.
a potential investor. ers. Students are introduced to different 3 CR / (3,0,0)
3 CR / (0,3,0) leadership styles and discover their per-
sonal leadership profile. Areas covered MGT 266
include stages of group development,
MGT 154 functional leadership, motivation, lines
Management Skills for
Applied Human Relations of communication, conflict resolution, Supervisors
This course focuses on the personal and managing change. As this is an ap- Managers must have strong interper-
management and interpersonal com- plied skills course, students are given the sonal skills, problem-solving skills, and
munication skills that contribute to opportunity to participate in and analyze self-management in order to interview
success in the business world. Areas a group experience for the semester. job applicants, coach employees, inves-
covered include personal management Prerequisite: 27 credits plus MGT154 or tigate accidents or complaints, conduct
and interpersonal communication LEAD101 and 201, with a “B” grade or performance evaluations, and demon-
development skills. Classroom participa- higher. strate effective leadership. This course
tion and discussion are a necessary part 3 CR / (2,2,0) focuses on practical, applied leadership
of this course. and managerial skill development.
4 CR (6,0,0)
Corequisites (for Dental Assisting
students only): DENT 150, 151, 153, 157
MGT 255
3 CR / (2,2,0) Small Business Development
This course provides students with the
knowledge required in starting up and
successfully operating a small business.

of the millwright trade.

MGT 270 MKT 152
Cross-Cultural Workplace Principles of Marketing
Practices
MILL 116 This course is an introduction to market-
This course is designed to enable the Industrial Mechanic ing activities in modern business firms.
learner to understand the nature of (Harmonized)/Machinist The major topics covered are target
cultural differences in management and Foundation markets and segmentation, consumer
organizational practices. Given the large This 24-week program gives students behaviour, research and information
and growing nature of the global busi- basic skills and knowledge in both systems, and the marketing mix.
ness environment, this course will en- the millwright and machinist trades. It Throughout the course, emphasis is on
hance the learner’s ability to participate covers all requirements for a first-year the application of concepts and perspec-
effectively in operations that incorporate apprentice in both trades, as well as tives to current business problems and
diverse cultures. topics from other years to give students opportunities, through case studies and
3 CR / (3,0,0) the skills needed to be successful in this projects.
industry. The program is 50% practical 3 CR / (3,0,0)
and 50% theory. Successful graduates of
MILL.................................. this course will receive accreditation as MKT 251
first-year apprentices for the educational
part of both the millwright and machinist Marketing Management Theory
MILL 100 trades. and Applications
This course presents the analysis of
Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) marketing management as it relates
Level 1 Harmonized MILL 200 to marketing opportunities, marketing
Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) planning, and product strategy. The
The Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) Level 2 Harmonized decision-making responsibilities of the
Level 1 course is delivered with marketing manager are examined with
traditional classroom and shop- The Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) Level
2 course is delivered with traditional particular emphasis on market research,
based instruction. It is designated as demand analysis, cost analysis, and
Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) under classroom and shop-based instruction.
Prerequisite: Industrial Mechanic (Mill- market planning and development. Case
the Inter-provincial Red Seal program. wright) Level 1 or Foundation; Must be studies and computer-based simula-
Industrial Mechanics install, repair, a registered Industrial Mechanic (Mill- tions are used extensively throughout
overhaul and maintain machinery and wright) Apprentice with ITA the course.
heavy mechanical equipment, such as (Total course hours 210) Prerequisite: MKT 152
conveyor systems in diverse settings
3 CR / (3,2,0)
including repair shops, plants, construc-
tion sites, mines, logging operations, ski MILL 300
hills and most production and manu- Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) MKT 266
facturing facilities. Industrial Mechanics Level 3 Harmonized Integrated Marketing
also perform routine maintenance activ- The Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) Level Communication
ities, such as cleaning and lubricating 3 course is delivered with traditional
equipment, adjusting valves and seals, This course focuses on planning a
classroom and shop-based instruction. media campaign. The four elements of
and investigating breakdowns. Topics Prerequisite: Industrial Mechanic
covered in this course are: Safety Re- promotion (personal selling, advertising,
(Millwright) Level 2; Must be a regis- publicity, and sales promotions) will be
lated Functions; Tools and Equipment; tered Industrial Mechanic (Millwright)
Routine Trade Activities; Communica- examined separately, and in relation to
Apprentice with ITA
tion and Mentoring Techniques; Meas- each other, from the marketing man-
uring and Layout of Work Piece; Cutting ager’s point of view. Special attention will
and Welding Operations; and Rigging, be given to forms of promotion, such as
Hoisting/Lifting and Moving. MILL 400 special events.
Prerequisite: MKT 152
Prerequisite: Must be a registered In- Industrial Mechanic (Millwright)
dustrial Mechanic (Millwright) Appren- 3 CR / (3,0)
Level 4 Harmonized
tice with ITA
The Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) Level
4 course is delivered with traditional MKT 271
classroom and shop-based instruction. Consumer Behaviour
MILL 115 Prerequisite: Industrial Mechanic (Mill-
A study of the various influences affecting
wright) Level 3; Must be a registered
Industrial Mechanic (Harmonized) Industrial Mechanic (Millwright) Appren- the consumer in the purchasing process.
Foundation tice with ITA Economic and demographic factors will
This 24-week program gives students (Total course hours 210) be among the many considerations
basic skills and knowledge in the mill- examined. The consumer decision-mak-
wright trade. It covers all requirements ing process and its implication on a
for a first-year apprentice, as well as company’s market research design, data
topics from other years to give students MKT.................................. collection, and interpretation process
the skills needed to be successful in this will be covered.
industry. The program is 50% practical Prerequisite: MKT 152
and 50% theory. Three graduates of this 3 CR / (3,0,0)
course will receive accreditation as first-
year apprentices for the educational part

vised that students have a regular access and capillary collection will be provided.
MKT 272 to a personal computer and internet. Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 110,
Marketing Research Methods Prerequisites: MKT 152, and CIS 165 MLTS 114, MLTS 116 , MLTS 122
This is an introductory course in mar- 3 CR / (3,2,0) 3 CR / (4,2,0)
keting research. Topics include research
design, data collection, sampling, and
data analysis. The class will carry out a MLTS................................. MLTS 114
marketing research project, beginning Anatomy and Physiology
with a problem analysis, and leading to Note: MLTS courses are restricted to This course develops the students’
a final research report. students in the Medical Laboratory understanding of the structure and
Prerequisites: MATH 157, MKT 152 Technology Science program. function of organs and systems in the
3 CR / (3,2,0) normal human body. A study of basic
chemical principles is included. Med-
MLTS 101  ical terminology will be expanded and
MKT 282 Medical Terminology concepts of pathology introduced. Lab
Relationship Marketing This course is designed to provide the exercises develop the ability to recognize
The Relationship Marketing course is de- student with the basic fundamentals of cellular and noncellular components in
signed to impart professional customer medical terminology in both written and body systems.
service skills that businesses need to spoken forms. Mastery of word parts Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 110,
develop and maintain a profitable re- and building skills will aid the student in MLTS 112, MLTS 116 , MLTS 122
lationship with customers. The course understanding medical terminology and 4 CR / (Total course hours 104)
features customer service trends with anatomical relations. Medical terminol-
an emphasis on transforming good ser- ogy of the organization of the body, to
include integumentary, musculoskeletal,
MLTS 116
vice intentions into a workable plan that
yields loyalty and success. The course will digestive, cardiovascular, respiratory, Quality Systems
involve reading assignments, engaging in urinary, reproductive, and nervous sys- This course is designed to provide
classroom discussions, and project work tems will be studied along with the spe- individuals with an overview of factors
related to the learning objectives of this cial senses and the endocrine system. affecting quality in laboratory testing.
course. 1 CR / (1,0,0) This includes covering quality system
Prerequisites: MKT 152, and any ENGL essentials, other quality assurance pro-
grams, and quality control techniques
100 level. MLTS 110 used to validate test results. This course
3 CR / (3,0,0)
Microbiology and Infection contains a research component focused
Prevention on quality systems.
MKT 284 Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 110,
Microbiology and Infection Prevention
Social Media Marketing introduces the student to clinical micro- MLTS 112, MLTS 114, MLTS 122
The Social Media Marketing course is biology and infectious diseases including 3 CR / (3,0,0)
designed to impart the fundamental a brief history of microbiology and intro-
skills needed to create social media duction to bacterial genetics and metab- MLTS 122
strategies to achieve marketing object- olism. Disinfection and antimicrobial
ives. In this course students will have treatment are introduced. Immunology Principles of Laboratory Analysis
an opportunity to learn with hands-on and the body’s response to foreign sub- This course focuses on the principles
experience by using and strategically stances is introduced. Common Gram commonly used for quantitative analysis
choosing appropriate social media plat- positive cocci that are often involved in in clinical laboratories. It introduces
forms to meet business objectives. The human diseases are covered. the student to the principles and ap-
course will require digital resources and Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 112, plications of light-measuring systems,
will involve homework; thus, it is advised MLTS 114, MLTS 116 , MLTS 122 electrochemistry, electrophoresis, chro-
that students have regular access to a 4 CR / (5,2,0) matography, osmometry, immunoassay,
personal computer and internet. mass spectrometry and particle analysis.
Corequisites: MLTS 101, MLTS 110,
Prerequisites: MKT 152, and CIS 165
3 CR / (3,2,0)
MLTS 112 MLTS 112, MLTS 114, MLTS 116
Introduction to Laboratory 3 CR / (3,2,0)
Medicine
MKT 286
Digital Marketing Essentials
This course introduces clinical labora- MLTS 131
tory elements including basic equip-
The digital marketing course is designed Histotechnology I
ment, interpersonal communication in a
to help students learn how today’s healthcare setting, and laboratory speci- An introduction to the principles and
competitive businesses develop online men collection. Specimen handling and practices of preparing clinical specimens
marketing strategies in the digital transportation to ensure the quality of for histological examination. Topics cov-
marketplace. This course will provide laboratory results is discussed. Some of ered include: preparation of specimens
fundamental understanding of the the topics covered are: laboratory glass- for examination, fixation; preparation of
internet marketplace and some related ware, pipettes, balances, centrifuges, tissue in wax blocks and application of
hands-on experience to better equip microscopes, calculations and safety, as the wax embedded tissue onto slides.
learners with the skills needed to per- well as teamwork, grief and loss, and de- Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade
form vital digital marketing functions. terminants of health. Emphasis will be on in each of the following courses: MLTS
The course will require digital resources the collection of blood specimens, and 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114,
and will involve homework; thus, it is ad- practice in venous collection on adults MLTS 116, MLTS 122

2 CR / (2,2,0) MLTS 116, MLTS 122

3 CR / (4,3,0) MLTS 176
MLTS 136 Molecular Diagnostics
Histotechnology II MLTS 161 This course provides the student with
an introduction to the principles of
This course provides an overview of Hematopathology
molecular techniques and the practical
the techniques used to demonstrate Hematopathology Section I is a study of applications of this technology in a diag-
cellular and non-cellular components the pathophysiology of various leukemias nostic laboratory. Topics include, DNA/
for microscopic examination. Students as related to the laboratory involvement RNA isolation, hybridization, polymerase
will perform the techniques and evaluate in diagnosis and treatment. Special chain reaction, and restriction enzyme
the results. tests used for differential diagnosis are analysis.
Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade included. Hematopathology Section II is Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade
in each of the following courses: MLTS the pathophysiology of various anemia in each of the following courses: MLTS
131,MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, as related to laboratory involvement 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114,
MLTS 176, MLTS 181 in diagnosis and treatment. Special MLTS 116, MLTS 122
3 CR / (2,2,0) tests used for differential diagnosis are 2 CR / (1,1,0)
included. Information in both sections
MLTS 143 is applied to the detection of analytical
MLTS 181
discrepancies and ensuring timely, valid
Microbiology II results. Transfusion Medicine I
Microbiology II expands the number of Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade This course involves the study of
microorganisms covered in MLTS 110. in each of the following courses: MLTS immunology, the theory of genetics,
The body sites and infections involved 131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, blood donations, and red cell blood
are also expanded. Antimicrobial treat- MLTS 176, MLTS 181. group systems. The theory of serological
ments are expanded. Common Gram 3 CR / (3,3,0) testing of blood for transfusion purposes
negative bacilli that are often involved is covered. Laboratory exercises provide
in human diseases are covered. The
student continues to practice the safe
MLTS 164 practical experience and complement
the theory.
lab practices learned in MLTS 110. Clinical Chemistry I
Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade
Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade This course will provide the knowledge in each of the following courses: MLTS
in each of the following courses: MLTS and skills required to perform selected 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114,
101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, tests in clinical chemistry. The clinical MLTS 116, MLTS 122
MLTS 116, MLTS 122 significance and methods of analysis 3 CR / (2,1,0)
3 CR / (3,3,0) of various chemical constituents in
biological specimens will be covered.
MLTS 182
MLTS 144 During laboratory sessions, students
will perform techniques to assay various Transfusion Medicine II
Microbiology III biochemical constituents in blood and This course continues the study of
Microbiology III expands the number body fluids. Recognizing the relationship immunology, the theory of genetics,
of microorganisms as covered in MLTS between analyses, diagnoses, clinical blood donations, and red cell blood
110 and MLTS 143. The body sites and information will be emphasized. group systems as they apply to the test-
infections involved are also expanded. Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade ing of blood for transfusion purposes.
Antimicrobial testing is covered in detail. in each of the following courses: MLTS The detection, treatment and prevention
Gram positive bacilli, anaerobes, and 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, of Hemolytic Disease of the Newborn
spirochetes that are often involved in MLTS 116, MLTS 122 is also covered. Laboratory exercises
human diseases are covered. The stu- 3 CR / (3,3,0) provide practical experience and com-
dent continues to practice the safe lab plement the theory.
practices learned in MLTS 110.
Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade
MLTS 168 Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade
in each of the following courses: MLTS
in each of the following courses: MLTS Clinical Chemistry II 131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164,
131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, This course will allow students to build MLTS 176, MLTS 181
MLTS 176, MLTS 181 on the knowledge and skills learned in 3 CR / (3,2,0)
3 CR / (3,3,0) Clinical Chemistry I. The clinical signifi-
cance and methods of analysis of addi-
MLTS 195
MLTS 158 tional chemical constituents in biological
specimens will be covered. During lab- Practicum Preparation
Introduction to Hematology oratory sessions, students will perform This course will prepare the students for
This course is a study of the production techniques to assay various biochemical acceptance by the practicum site. Re-
and function of the normal blood cells: constituents in blood and body fluids. quired on linecourses will be completed
erythrocytes, leukocytes and platelets. Recognizing the relationship between and fit testing performed. Orientation to
The laboratory sessions include micro- analysis, diagnosis, clinical information the practicum booklets and instructor
scopic evaluation of blood films as well and treatment will be emphasized. expectations in practicum will be dis-
as some of the procedures routinely Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade cussed.
performed in the clinical laboratory to in each of the following courses: MLTS Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade
evaluate blood cells. 131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164, in each of the following courses: MLTS
Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade MLTS 176, MLTS 181 131, MLTS 143, MLTS 158, MLTS 164,
in each of the following courses: MLTS 3 CR / (3,2,0) MLTS 176, MLTS 181
101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, (0,8,0)

MLTS 238 professionalism. Students will practice MOAS 103

the collection, handling, transportation
Histotechnology Practicum Medical Billing
and processing of various laboratory
This course reviews and expands the specimens to help ensure the quality of This course is a general introduction to
student’s theoretical knowledge of Histo- laboratory results. Emphasis will be on billing in a fully-computerized general
technology through tutorials and exams. the collection of blood specimens, and practitioner’s office. Topics covered
This course also covers the practical practice in venous collection on adult include optimizing billing opportunities
component of Histotechnology through and capillary collection will be provided. for all visits including medical proced-
work experience in a clinical laboratory. Prerequisite: A minimum of B- grade ures, emergency visits, facility visits,
Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade in each of the following courses: MLTS maternity, delivery, chronic diseases,
in each of the following courses: MLTS 101, MLTS 110, MLTS 112, MLTS 114, mental health and palliative care.
136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168, MLTS 116, MLTS 122 Prerequisite: MOAS 101 with a mini-
MLTS 182, MLTS 195 3 CR / (0.5,0,2) mum B grade
4 CR / (3,0,13) 3CR / (3,1,0)
MLTS 288
MLTS 248 MOAS 107
Transfusion Medicine Practicum
Microbiology Practicum Mental Illness and Substance Use
This course reviews and expands on the
This course reviews and expands the stu- theoretical knowledge of transfusion sci- for Frontline Workers
dent’s theoretical knowledge of micro- ence through case studies, worksheets The prevalence of people presenting in
biology through tutorials, worksheets, and exams. This includes the principles the community with struggles, impact
case studies and exams. This course of immunology and knowledge of blood and behaviors associated with mental
also covers the practical component of group systems. This course covers the illness and/or substance use is on the
microbiology through work experience practical component of transfusion sci- rise. This course is designed to help
in a clinical laboratory. ence through work experience in a clin- individuals working in a service provision
Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade ical laboratory. This includes performing based industry or for agencies/organiz-
in each of the following courses: MLTS quality-control procedures, routine pre- ations that want to feel more confident
136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168, transfusion testing, identifying common
MLTS 182, MLTS 195
in their ability to recognize, support and
red blood cell antigens and antibodies, access services for people who live with
9 CR / (2,0,10) preparing and issuing blood products, mental illness and/or substance use.
and recognizing and investigating ad- 1CR / (1,0,0)
MLTS 264 verse transfusion reactions.
Hematology Practicum
in each of the following courses: MLTS MOAS 109
This course reviews and expands the 136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168, Medical Office Assistant
students’ theoretical knowledge of MLTS 182, MLTS 195 Practicum
hematology through tutorials, case stud- 4 CR / (1,0,5)
ies and exams. This course also covers The Medical Office Assistant practicum
the practical component of hematology will allow students to apply the skills
through work experience in a clinical MOAS................................ and knowledge they have acquired in
the classroom during the Medical Office
laboratory.
Prerequisites: A minimum of B- grade Assistant program. Practicum place-
Note: MOAS courses are restricted to
in each of the following courses: MLTS ments are scheduled for 40 hours and
students in the Medical Office Assistant
136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168, will be in a medical office.
Program.
MLTS 182, MLTS 195 Prerequisite: MOAS 101 and MOAS 103
7 CR / (2,0,8) with a minimum B grade in each; and
MOAS 101 either MEDT 105 with a minimum B
grade or MEDT 100 with a minimum C+
MLTS 268 Medical Office Assistant
grade
Procedures
Clinical Chemistry Practicum Corequisite: MOAS 107
This course is an introduction to the 1CR / (2.7,0,0)
This course reviews and expands the stu-
responsibilities of a medical office assist-
dent’s theoretical knowledge of clinical
ant in a fully-computerized, team-based
chemistry through tutorials, worksheets,
case studies and exams. This course also
medical office. Topics covered include: MRAD...............................
office organization, medical procedures,
covers the practical component of clinic-
scheduling, preparing clients for medical Note: MRAD courses are restricted to
al chemistry through work experience in
exams and external care providers. Stu- students in the Medical Radiography
a clinical laboratory.
dents learn, as custodians of the client’s Technology Diploma program.
chart, they are responsible for ensuring
in each of the following courses: MLTS
the patient data is accurate, current and
136, MLTS 144, MLTS 161, MLTS 168,
confidential. They will learn to assist MRAD 101
MLTS 182, MLTS 195
7 CR / (2,0,8)
the physician or nurse practitioner with Radiographic Sciences l
patient care, with managing chronic Students gain the technical knowledge
disease registries, and with related required to operate radiographic and
MLTS 270 medical services. This course focuses accessory equipment regarding image
Specimen Collection Practicum on patient-centred care and communi- acquisition, processing, display, and
cations skills. storage in the clinical environment.
Major topics covered are blood
4CR / (6,0) Topics include the structural design of
collection, safe work practices, and

radiographic system components (x-ray clude essential elements of the general MRAD 120
tube, table, bucky and generator) and imaging department such as workflow,
Clinical Education l
factors that influence the quality of the patient and departmental documenta-
resultant image (patient variables, expos- tion, and the role of the technologist in This is the first of three clinical education
ure factors, beam geometry, equipment the workplace. In addition, the course courses. The students are provided with
malfunction, display monitors, image al- discusses relationships with patients and ample opportunities to apply their pa-
gorithms, and post-acquisition processing other healthcare members, including ac- tient care and positioning skills. Students
tools). Fluoroscopic equipment types, ceptable behavior and professionalism become both competent and confident
design, construction, and image acquisi- in the Imaging department. The student in the imaging workplace. The focus is
tion are discussed in depth. becomes familiar with hospital/depart- on attaining competencies on proced-
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD ment administrative levels, workplace ures of the entire skeleton (excluding
103, MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, safety regulations (including radiation cranium), chest, abdomen, gastrointes-
MRAD 111, PHYS 115, BIO 126 safety and WHMIS), incident/abuse re- tinal system, fluoroscopy, and operating
4 CR / (3,1,0) porting procedures, and medical infor- room procedures.
mation documentation requirements. Prerequisite: Successful completion of
the following courses with a minimum
MRAD 103 Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD
101, MRAD 103, MRAD 105, MRAD 109, C+: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, MRAD 105,
Human Behaviour MRAD 111, PHYS 115, BIO 126 MRAD 107, MRAD 109, MRAD 111, PHYS
115, BIO 126
This course is designed to enhance hu- 1 CR / (1,0,0)
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 122,
man relation skills by exploring research,
MRAD 124
psychological, and sociological concepts
that are relevant to medical imaging
MRAD 109 19 CR / (0,0,32)
technologists. Topics include developing Radiographic Procedures l
skills for interactions and communication This course is the first of three radio- MRAD 121
with patients; preventing and managing graphic procedure courses that focuses Clinical Education I Refresher
distress; working with cultural diversity; on radiographic positioning, patient
respecting histories of First Nations, care, medicolegal documentation, image This course is intended to prepare stu-
Inuit, and Metis peoples; dealing with production, and diagnostic image qual- dents to enter the first clinical education
clients’ needs associated with age and ity. This course provides the theory and course of the MRAD program after a
abilities; mortality; managing interper- skills required to perform radiographic time lapse between courses. The focus
sonal conflict and harassment. Topics procedures of the appendicular skel- is on refreshing knowledge and skills
focus on improving sensitivity when eton, chest, abdomen, vertebral column, of the MRAD first term curriculum with
dealing with patients, the healthcare thoracic cage, and gastrointestinal sys- emphasis on providing opportunities for
team, and one’s self. tem. Laboratory settings support theory students to practice their radiographic
with hands-on experience with radio- positioning, image critique, patient care
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD
101, MRAD 105, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, graphic equipment and image critiquing skills, hospital workflow, and decorum.
MRAD 111, PHYS 115, BIO 126 skills that prepare students for clinical Prerequisite or Corequisite: BIO 126,
MRAD 101 MRAD 103, MRAD 105, MRAD
1 CR / (1,0,0) practice.
107, MRAD 109, MRAD 111, PHYS 115
(minimum C+)
MRAD 105 101, MRAD 103, MRAD 105, MRAD 107,
MRAD 111, PHYS 115, BIO 126
1 CR / (0,2,0)
Radiographic Anatomy and 14 CR / (6,8,0)
Physiology l MRAD 122 
This course parallels and supports MRAD 111 Pathology l
topics presented in Relational Anatomy This course introduces students to
and Physiology MRAD I. The content is Patient Care
general radiographic pathology and the
covered using digital patient images and In this course, students develop critical
specifics of bone pathologies. The stu-
anatomical models. The content provides thinking and manual patient care skills
dents study commonly occurring bone
an in-depth focus of the entire skeleton, before, during, and after imaging exams.
fractures seen in the clinical environ-
the respiratory, digestive, biliary, and Patient support equipment from emer-
ment. Emphasis is placed on recognizing
urinary systems with an introduction to gency/trauma areas, operating rooms
fractures and the resultant changes re-
the cranium. Patient images are intro- and patients’ rooms are introduced.
quired to adapting the patient care and
duced in a sectional presentation where Students gain skills in preparing sterile
exposure factors. Images demonstrating
applicable. This course also provides trays, vital signs, injectable medication,
normal and pathological presentations
the anatomical information required intravenous contrast/lines, vital signs,
enhance the theoretical component.
for Radiographic Procedures I lecture, applying oxygen, and ECGs. Various
Prerequisite: Successful completion of
positioning, and critique sessions. imaging scenarios regarding patient
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD management of patients with disabil-
C+: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, MRAD 105,
101, MRAD 103, MRAD 107, MRAD 109, ities (physical, mental, and emotional), MRAD 107, MRAD 109, MRAD 111, PHYS
MRAD 111, PHYS 115, BIO 126 post-operative, and critical/trauma care 115, BIO 126
2 CR / (2,0,0) and patients with lines and tube attach- Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 120,
ments are enacted in laboratory. MRAD 124
MRAD 107 101, MRAD 103, MRAD 105, MRAD 107,
3 CR / (3,0,0)
Clinical Orientation MRAD 109, PHYS 115, BIO 126
This course prepares the student for 4 CR / (2,2,0)
their first clinical experience. Topics in-

In addition, public versus private students to enter the second clinical

MRAD 124 
healthcare is reviewed. Ethical issues education course of the MRAD program
Radiobiology and encountered in the current healthcare after a time lapse between courses. The
Radiation Protection environment are studied by applying the focus is on refreshing knowledge and
This course allows students to effectively ethical theories, the professional code of skills of the first-year curriculum with
apply radiation protection measures to ethics, and standards of practice. emphasis on providing opportunities for
patients, personnel, and the public. Prerequisite: Successful completion of students to practice their radiographic
Radiation protection and radiobiology the following courses with a minimum positioning, image critique, patient care
fundamental concepts are discussed in C+: MRAD 120, MRAD 122, MRAD 124 skills, hospital workflow, and decorum.
depth, including interaction with tissue, Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 125, Prerequisite: MRAD 120, MRAD 122,
radiosensitivity, and early and late MRAD 129 MRAD 124 (minimum C+)
effects of radiation. Current radiation 3 CR / (3,0,0) 1 CR / (0,2,0)
protection standards as per Canadian
Radiation Protection Safety Code are MRAD 129  MRAD 235 
introduced, describing the principles of
radiation protection, the establishment Clinical Applications in Computed Radiographic Procedures ll
of dose limits to patients, personnel, and Tomography This course introduces students to
the public and various methods used to This course provides students with a basic the fundamentals of specialized and
minimize radiation dose to patients and skill set to perform Computed Tomog- interventional procedures in medical
personnel. raphy (CT) examinations. Emphasis is on imaging. Students focus on the ana-
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the practical application and theoretical tomical and radiographic presentation
the following courses with a minimum concepts of CT imaging. Best practices of interventional examinations, patient
C+: MRAD 101, MRAD 103, MRAD 105, in safety and patient care are discussed. care, and the technologist’s role during
MRAD 107, MRAD 109, MRAD 111, PHYS Students focus on basic CT protocols of these procedures. Students are intro-
115, BIO 126 the head, neck, chest, abdomen, pelvis, duced to breast imaging, bone mineral
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 120, spine, and extremities. Cross-sectional densitometry (BMD), angiography, and
MRAD 122 anatomy in axial, sagittal, and coronal radiographic exams for gynecological,
2 CR / (1.5,0,0) planes and image acceptability criteria biliary, renal, gastrointestinal, cardiac,
are assessed. CT accessory equipment, and musculoskeletal studies. Contrast
MRAD 125  contrast media and commonly occurring media, pharmaceuticals, and interven-
tional equipment and devices are also
pathologies are described.
Relational Anatomy and Prerequisite: Successful completion of covered.
Physiology MRAD II the following courses with a minimum Prerequisite: Successful completion of
During this course, the gross anatomy, C+: MRAD 120, MRAD 122, MRAD 124 the following courses with a minimum
location, and anatomical relationships Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 125, C+: MRAD 125, MRAD 127, MRAD 129
among organs within the abdominopel- MRAD 127 Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 230,
vic cavity are examined. These areas 4 CR / (4,0,0) MRAD 237
of study are integrated into a sectional 3 CR / (3,0,0)
imaging approach, where the body is MRAD 230
viewed in body planes (axial, coronal, &
Clinical Education ll MRAD 237 
sagittal sections). Conventional anatom-
ical presentations are supplemented This is the second of three clinical edu- Inter-professional Health Practice
by images obtained from diagnostic cation courses. Students are provided This course introduces students to com-
imaging technologies. Physiology is pre- with opportunities to become both plementary imaging and related health
sented where relevant and contributes competent and confident in a different disciplines such as nuclear medicine,
an understanding of the structure and imaging department. Students continue sonography, magnetic resonance, cardi-
relationships among adjacent organs, to work on their patient care and posi- ology, radiation therapy, nursing, and
body processes, functional imaging tioning skills. The focus is on attaining medical laboratory. Similar to medical
procedures, and important clinical con- competencies on procedures of the en- radiography, these professions contrib-
siderations. tire skeleton (excluding cranium), chest, ute to the patients’ overall diagnosis
Prerequisite: Successful completion of abdomen, gastrointestinal system, fluor- and treatment planning which gives the
the following courses with a minimum oscopy, and operating room procedures. students a more holistic understanding
C+: MRAD 120, MRAD 122, MRAD 124 In addition, students gain experience in of the healthcare team and patients’
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 127, computed tomography (CT), bone min- overall medical circumstances. Students
MRAD 129 eral density (BMD), mammography, and have the opportunity to job shadow
5 CR / (5,0,0) interventional procedures. one of these healthcare professions to
Prerequisite: Successful completion of enhance their understanding of collab-
orative health practice.
MRAD 127  the following courses with a minimum
C+: MRAD 125, MRAD 127, MRAD 129 Prerequisite: Successful completion of
Professional Ethics and the Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 235, the following courses with a minimum
Canadian Healthcare System MRAD 237 C+: MRAD 125, MRAD 127, MRAD 129
In this course, students study ethical 19 CR / (0,0,32) Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 230,
matters and current and emerging MRAD 235
issues in the Canadian healthcare system MRAD 231 2 CR / (1.5,0,0)
such as organizational change, resource
management, departmental operation,
Clinical Education II Refresher
and professionalism in the workplace. This course is intended to prepare

puted and digital radiography (CR and image reconstruction, and data display
MRAD 240 DR), fluoroscopy and mammography, and storage. This course also discusses
Radiographic Anatomy and which reference the Canadian Health & the technical principles and applications
Physiology II Safety Code 35. of multi-slice/detector CT (MSCT/MDCT);
This course parallels and emphasizes Prerequisite: Successful completion of in particular, important concepts such
topics presented in Relational Anatomy the following courses with a minimum as the development of emerging CT
and Physiology III (BIO 226). Content in- C+: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, MRAD 237 technology. The course also includes an
cludes key radiographic structures of the Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD overview of CT image quality, radiation
cardiovascular, respiratory, and nervous 240, MRAD 241, MRAD 247, MRAD 248, dose, and quality control (QC).
systems, cranium, neck, thorax, spine, MRAD 249, PHYS 225, BIO 226 Prerequisite: Successful completion of
abdomen, pelvis, and extremities. The 4 CR / (3,1,0) the following courses with a minimum
cranium content of this course provides C+: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, MRAD 237
the anatomical information required MRAD 247 Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD
240, MRAD 241, MRAD 243, MRAD 247,
for Radiographic Procedures III lecture,
positioning, and critique laboratory
Communication and Research MRAD 248, PHYS 225, BIO 226
sessions. Additional content includes Skills 2 CR / (2,0,0)
identifying key anatomical structures on MRAD 247 introduces the skills required
sectional images in axial, coronal, and to communicate professionally with col- MRAD 250
sagittal planes. leagues, medical professionals, patients,
and caregivers. Students learn to utilize Clinical Education III
Prerequisite: Successful completion of
the following courses with a minimum effective communication strategies to This is the last of three clinical education
C+: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, MRAD 237 communicate with high professional courses. The students refine their skills
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD standards. Students learn the essentials obtained during their previous clinical
241, MRAD 243, MRAD 247, MRAD 248, of academic research. This research experiences. Students are scheduled
MRAD 249, PHYS 225, BIO 226 knowledge is applied by researching a in all areas related to patient imaging
2 CR / (2,0,0) health care related topic and presenting practice. Students are required to
the results; demonstrating best practices demonstrate competency on all general
in the application of research methodol- and specialized imaging procedures and
MRAD 241 ogies relevant to practice. to demonstrate competency on patient
Radiographic Procedures III Prerequisite: Successful completion of cases of all acuity levels.
This is the third installment of the Radio- the following courses with a minimum Prerequisite: Successful completion of
graphic Procedure courses. Students C+: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, MRAD 237 the following courses with a minimum
build on their knowledge from previous Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD C+: MRAD 240, MRAD 241, MRAD 243,
courses and clinical practice. The focus 240, MRAD 241, MRAD 243, MRAD 248, MRAD 247, MRAD 248, MRAD 249, PHYS
is on higher acuity examinations of the MRAD 249, PHYS 225, BIO 226 225, BIO 226
skeleton, scoliosis and cranium exams, 2 CR / (2,0,0) Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 255
and contrast studies. Students practice 21 CR / (0,0,34)
in laboratory and clinical settings and MRAD 248
obtain certification in venipuncture in
Pathology II
MRAD 251
preparation for Computed Tomography
(CT) intravenous contrast administration. This course builds on Pathology I by Clinical Education III Refresher
Students perform emergency/trauma providing theory describing complex This course is intended to prepare
and operating room procedures and bone pathologies resulting from trauma students to enter the third clinical edu-
continue building their skills in critiquing and disease. Emphasis is placed on cation course of the MRAD program after
images for diagnostic acceptability. discerning between benign versus malig- a time lapse between courses. The focus
Prerequisite: Successful completion of nant bony pathologies. The focus of this is on refreshing knowledge and skills
the following courses with a minimum course is commonly occurring patho- of the first and second-year curriculum
C+: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, MRAD 237 logical processes and their radiographic with emphasis on providing opportun-
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD presentations of the following anatomic- ities for students to practice advanced
240, MRAD 243, MRAD 247, MRAD 248, al systems: respiratory, gastrointestinal, radiographic positioning, image critique,
MRAD 249, PHYS 225, BIO 226 urinary, reproductive, cardiovascular, patient care skills, hospital workflow, and
6 CR / (2,4,0) nervous, hematopoietic, and endocrine. decorum.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD
240, MRAD 241, MRAD 243, MRAD 247,
MRAD 243 the following courses with a minimum
C+: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, MRAD 237 MRAD 248, MRAD 249, PHYS 225, BIO
Radiographic Sciences II Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 226 (minimum C+)
This course explores the structure 240, MRAD 241, MRAD 243, MRAD 247, 1 CR / (0,2,0)
and function of specialized x-ray tubes MRAD 249, PHYS 225, BIO 226
including recent innovations in digital to- 3 CR / (3,0,0) MRAD 255 
mosynthesis, digital radiography, digital
Capstone
mammography, digital fluoroscopy, and MRAD 249 This course builds upon the core CNC
Picture Archiving and Communication
Systems (PACS), including the goals of In- CT Physical Principles Medical Radiography Program curricu-
tegrating the Healthcare Enterprise (IHE). This course deals with the technological lum, allowing students to integrate and
The student gains knowledge of quality aspects of Computed Tomography (CT). synthesize the knowledge, skills, and
control (QC) and quality assurance (QA) The physical principles are discussed judgments gained. The students use
programs and implements testing in the followed by a description of data acqui- academic learning tools to solidify under-
laboratory setting. Tests include com- sition concepts, the fundamentals of standing and further develop critical

thinking skills towards making informed appearance, colouration, and the type of with an emphasis on wildfire prevention
decisions in the clinical setting. Through habitat in which they are found. Students and control. Successful participants will
guided self-study and assessments, the will also study the population status and know their responsibilities under the cur-
students develop effective study skills current health of the environment in rent Wildfire Act and related Regulations,
to prepare for the Canadian Association which these birds and mammals live. will understand wildfire management,
of Medical Radiography Technologists 3 CR / (2,3,0) and will be prepared to take basic steps
(CAMRT) certification examination and in wildland fire suppression actions. Fire
improve necessary analytical skills recertification for forestry workers (S- 100
quired in clinical settings.
NRFT 108 certification) will be offered as part of this
Prerequisite: Successful completion of Map and Spatial Data course. Wildfire-related safety will be
the following courses with a minimum An introductory course focusing on the stressed throughout the course.
C+: MRAD 240, MRAD 241, MRAD 243, applications of maps and spatial data in 3 CR / (2,2,0)
MRAD 247, MRAD 248, MRAD 249, PHYS natural resource management. Topics
225, BIO 226
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD 250
include: mapping systems, topographic
and thematic maps, measurements from
NRFT 125
4 CR / (3,0,0) maps and aerial photographs, image Introduction to Earth Sciences
interpretation, Remotely Piloted Aircraft An introductory course to the physical
Systems (RPAS), and Global Positioning geology with emphasis on the geologic
NRFT................................. System (GPS). The applications of satel- processes that have shaped the Earth.
lite remote sensing will also be explored. Topics include minerals, rocks, plate
Note: NRFT courses are restricted to 2 CR / (1,3,0) tectonics, earthquakes, volcanic activ-
students in the Natural Resources and ities, various geological processes and
Forest Technology Diploma program. landforms, natural hazards, mineral and
NRFT 109 energy resources. Labs and field trips
NRFT 101 Introduction to Computers are used to enhance the learning in the
This course provides an introduction lecture.
Indigenous Plants to computing using Windows-based 3 CR / (2,2,0)
The purpose of this course is to identify computer applications. Natural re-
key indigenous plants and native trees
in British Columbia and understand
source industry applications including
professional word-processing, database
NRFT 128
the autecology and the cultural uses management, spreadsheets and pres- Geomatics and Cartography
for plants associated with various First entation software tools will be the pri- Geomatics involves the gathering, stor-
Nations and other groups. Students also mary focus of this course. A foundation ing, processing and delivering of geo-
learn the indicator role these indigenous for NRFT program writing standards will graphic information, and Cartography is
plants play in the classification of forest be established. the art and science of graphically repre-
sites and other land management activ- 1 CR / (0,3,0) senting a geographical area. This course
ities. provides students with knowledge and
3 CR / (2,3,0) skills in field data collection, data evalu-
NRFT 111 ation, map design and editing, and map
NRFT 103 Forest Measurements I production. Topics include cartographic
A field-oriented course that introduces principles, map projections, coordinate
Introduction to Forest Soils the theory and practice of all aspects systems, data sources, thematic map-
The course is basic to an understanding of forest measurements and surveying. ping, evaluation and interpretation of
of forest productivity and the side effects Students will receive a thorough expos- maps. The field data sets and resource
resulting from various forestry practices, ure to timber cruising and basic forest management activities in other program
with applications in silviculture, water- surveying instruments. studies will be used for mapping project.
shed management, and engineering. 3 CR / (2,4,0) Corequisite: NRFT 131
Topics covered are landforms and soil 2 CR / (1,3,0)
formation, physical and chemical prop-
erties of soils, description of profiles, the NRFT 121
Canadian System of Soil Classification, Silvics and Dendrology
NRFT 131
site productivity and soil disturbance. The purpose of this course is to learn Forest Measurements II
Field exercises will emphasize sampling the autecology, silvical, and physiological NRFT 131 is a continuation of NRFT 111.
description and classification of soils. characteristics of coniferous and broad- The intent is to provide the student with
3 CR / (3,2,0) leaved trees native to British Columbia. sufficient knowledge and field training to
Corequisite: NRFT 202 effectively sample the forest resource to
NRFT 105 3 CR / (2,2,0) standards established by the BC Forest
Service. Forest statistics and applications
Ornithology and Mammology in analyzing sample data, and control-
NRFT 105 is focused on studying birds NRFT 123 ling sampling error is studied in detail
and mammals that live in British Colum- Fire Management throughout the semester.
bia and the habitat that is required to Wildfire is an ever-present component Prerequisite: NRFT 111, MATH 195
sustain them. Besides studying anatomy, of the coniferous forests of Canada and Corequisite: NRFT 128
physiology, reproductive, and behaviour- represents a significant danger to effect- 3 CR / (3,4,0)
al characteristics the course will focus ive forest management and community
on learning how to correctly identify the protection. The principal emphasis in this
birds and mammals by their sound, their course is on forest wildfire management

123, NRFT 128, NRFT 131, NRFT 202 deactivation. Other topics include soil
NRFT 201 3CR / (2,2,0) classification, watershed assessment,
Natural Resources Policy survey and design of drainage structure,
and Practice NRFT 207 and the Forest and Range Practices Act
This course covers the history and legal and associated regulations. Emphasis is
Silviculture I placed on field procedures and micro-
basis for natural resource management
of Crown forest land in British Columbia. Silviculture is the application of basic computer design applications.
Emphasis is placed on the Forest Act and tree biology and forest ecology to the Prerequisite: ENGL 103, NRFT 121, NRFT
Forest and Range Practices Act, Land Act, growing, harvesting, and regeneration 123, NRFT 128, NRFT 131, NRFT 202
Oil and Gas Activities Act, Mines Act and of trees. The participants in this course 3CR / (3,3,0)
related Provincial and Federal Acts and will apply their knowledge of forest soils,
forest ecology, photo interpretation,
their associated regulations. Inventory,
silvics, and forest measurements with an NRFT 221
biodiversity, and planning concepts are
introduced. aim to developing strategies for forest Natural Resource Finance
regeneration success. Studies focus on This course introduces the students
Prerequisite: ENGL 103, NRFT 121, NRFT
123, NRFT 128, NRFT 131, NRFT 202 the application of ecological description to the fundamentals of business and
3 CR / (3,2,0)
and classification, determination of site finance related to natural resource
potential and limitation, and manage- land management. Topics include busi-
ment of forest cover to meet a defined ness ownership, methods of financing
NRFT 202 objective. businesses, financial statements and
Forest Ecology Prerequisite: ENGL 103, NRFT 121, NRFT analysis, loans and interest calculations,
123, NRFT 128, NRFT 131, NRFT 202 break-even analysis, resource valuation
This course will provide an introduc-
3CR / (3,3,0) and contract administration.
tion to global ecosytems and climatic
controls, energy flow, productivity, Prerequisite: ENGL 103, NRFT 121, NRFT
biogechemical cycling, climate and the NRFT 210 123, NRFT 127, NRFT 131, NRFT 202
physical environment, ecosystem sta- 3CR / (2,2,0)
Natural Resources Seminar I
bility, disturbance, and succession. It
Early in the course, students will focus
will also introduce the Biogeoclimatic
on laying the groundwork for planning NRFT 223
Classification System of BC and consider
Indigenous perspectives. and collecting field data in support of an Forest Health
Prerequisite: NRFT 101, NRFT 103
applied research report that will com- This course examines the role of forest
plete in the following NRFT 251 Applied health factors in ecosystem structure
Corequisite: NRFT 121
Research course. Later in the course, the and function and their impacts on forest
3 CR / (3,2,0)
focus will turn to topics focused on safe- resources and values. Identification,
ty systems and organizations associated recognition, impacts, ecological role,
NRFT 203 with the resource sector. economic importance and evaluation/
Supervisory Skills for Natural Prerequisite: ENGL 103, NRFT 121, NRFT management techniques for provincially
123, NRFT 128, NRFT 131, NRFT 202 significant diseases, insects, mammal
Resources
Corequisite: ENGL 229 damage, and abiotic injuries are studied.
Students in this course will develop 2CR / (2,0,0) Prerequisite: NRFT 202
group management skills for successful
workplace relationships with superiors, 3CR / (2,2,0)
peers and subordinates. This course will NRFT 211
promote communication, teamwork and Forest Measurements III NRFT 225
leadership skills for application in group
This course is a continuation of NRFT Geographic Information Systems
and supervisory situations. Topics cov-
131 and covers the practical application A computer-based course exploring the
ered will include group communication
of timber cruising in compliance with the principles and practices of Geographic
and dynamics, leadership styles, motiva-
government Cruising Manual. Students Information Systems (GIS) technology.
tion, conflict resolution and work ethics.
use class field data taken from NRFT 131 Emphasis is given to the processes
Prerequisite: ENGL 103, NRFT 121, NRFT and compile the data into a comprehen-
123, NRFT 128, NRFT 131, NRFT 202 involved in the digital mapping and
sive cruise report to provide an under- spatial analysis with GIS. Topics include
2 CR / (0,2,0)
standing of the compilation procedures. geo-referencing, data acquisition and
The course will also cover decay, waste, input, data analysis and processing,
NRFT 205 and breakage. Introduction of the BC digital terrain model, and data output.
Metric Log Scaling and grading system, Laboratory exercises will complement
Habitat Management
and weight scaling procedures will also the theory presented in the lectures.
NRFT 205 is a course designed to give be covered.
natural resource students an under- Prerequisite: ENGL 103, NRFT 121, NRFT
Prerequisite: ENGL 103, NRFT 121, NRFT 123, NRFT 128, NRFT 131, NRFT 202
standing of the diversity of native fish and 123, NRFT 128, NRFT 131, NRFT 202
wildlife in North Central BC and the range 2CR / (1,3,0)
2CR / (1,3,0)
of habitats used. The course will focus on
forest biodiversity, with emphasis on the NRFT 227
role of fish and wildlife in a healthy forest. NRFT 213
Silviculture II
Students will also study forest practices Forest Engineering I
and management techniques that seek NRFT 227 is a continuation of the study
This course provides the student with of silviculture. This course starts with a
to harmonize biodiversity objectives with
a basic knowledge of forest engineer- focus on building silviculture prescrip-
forest activities.
ing practice in the field of forest road tions based on an understanding of
Prerequisite: ENGL 103, NRFT 121, NRFT design, construction, maintenance, and

management objectives. Considerations tion and handling workplace stress.

of each step in prescribing basic silvi-
NRFT 261 Prerequisite: NRUA 164 with an “S”
culture activities are covered. Silvicul- Extended Natural Resources 1CR (1,0,0)
ture surveys used to determine basic Field Studies
free-growing outcomes to a provincial
government standard will be studied.
This course is an intensive one-week NRUA 171
(including weekends) field exercise in
Standards of due diligence and ethical which students are exposed to a range Patient Chart Records
practice will be emphasized. of forestry practices and activities in dif- This course will introduce students to
Prerequisite: NRFT 207 ferent parts of BC from the interior to the patient charts, the forms that are com-
3CR / (4,2,0) BC lower coast. Field activities will involve monly used on charts, and chart pack-
exercises; observation; and analysis of ages used in outpatient and inpatient
NRFT 230 research facilities, forestry operations specialty nursing units. Students will
learn to recognize each form and the
and manufacturing facilities.
Natural Resource Seminar II Prerequisite: NRFT 201, NRFT 203, NRFT uses of each of these forms and practice
This course consists of a series of sem- 205, NRFT 207, NRFT 209, NRFT 211, completing orders relating to these
inars covering a wide range of topics NRFT 213 areas. They will learn the chart order and
dealing with the role various groups and 1 CR / (0,3.2,0) the nursing unit assistant’s responsibil-
organizations have in regard to natural ities in maintaining patient charts. The
resource management in BC. The course importance of communication between
will explore how these groups and or- patient registration, medical records and
ganizations approach and address nat- NRUA................................ nursing units will be discussed.
ural resource management in BC. Partici- Prerequisite: * NRUA 160 with a mini-
pants will learn about their options for Note: NRUA courses are restricted to mum B
continuing educational and professional students in the Nursing Unit Assistant 2CR (2,0,0)
organization membership. Professional Program.
organizations will be reviewed and the
obligations for professional practice will
NRUA 172
be outlined.
NRUA 162 Admissions, Discharges and
2CR / (2,0,0) Workplace Observation I Transfers
This course will include an instructor-led Students will learn the responsibilities of
NRFT 233 orientation and one full day of workplace the nursing unit assistant in admitting,
observation. During the placement discharging and transferring patients.
Forest Engineering II students will be expected to observe Students will also learn isolation pre-
This course provides the student with and reflect on the knowledge and skills cautions and the role of the nursing
an introduction to the common har- they have gained up to that point in the unit assistant in ensuring precautions
vesting systems and methods used in program. are taken and procedures followed.
British Columbia. The topics include the Prerequisite: NRUA 171 with a mini- Physician’s orders, transcription and
principles of sustainable development mum B sign-off procedures are learned at an
in forest practice, evaluation of site and 0CR (1.5 lecture hours, 7.5 practicum introductory level. The purpose of the
recommendation of harvesting system, hours) Health Information Management depart-
harvesting planning, harvesting budget, ment and their role in collecting patient
log transportation, and safety manage-
ment.
NRUA 164 information from hospital admissions
will be discussed.
Prerequisite: NRFT 213 Workplace Observation II Prerequisite: NRUA 171 with a mini-
3 CR / (3,3,0) This course is comprised of one full day mum B
of workplace observation. During the 2CR (2,0,0)
NRFT 251 placement students will be expected to
observe and reflect on the knowledge
Applied Research Project and skills they have gained up to that
NRUA 173
A capstone course focusing on applied point in the program. Pharmacology and Medication
research and communication, show- Prerequisite: NRUA 162 with an “S” Orders I
casing skills that are developed across 0CR (7.5 practicum hours) Students will learn to use the 24-hour
the program curriculum. Students will clock in a clinical setting. They will learn
undertake an exercise in basic applied
research, developing a hypothesis,
NRUA 166 about drug categories/uses, non-formu-
lary preparations and the names of the
collecting data to test a hypothesis, Nursing Unit Assistant most common medications. Students
completing an analysis and finally draw- Employment Skills will also be introduced to the types of
ing conclusions. Real-world situations Nursing Unit Assistant students will be Medication Administration Records
will be explored with a focus on natural provided with the essential skills neces- (MAR) and will practise transcribing or-
resources. sary for achieving successful consider- ders onto these records in an accurate
Prerequisite: NRFT 209 ation of employment in the health care and timely manner. The many uses of the
Corequisite: ENGL 252 industry. A professional and articulate Compendium of Pharmaceuticals and
1 CR / (0,3,0) resume and cover letter as well as inter- Specialties (CPS), pharmacology vocabu-
view skills will be developed. Students will lary and abbreviations will be taught.
learn appropriate workplace behavior Prerequisite: NRUA 171 with a mini-
and attire, customer service skills, basics mum B
of emotional intelligence, conflict resolu- 2CR (2,0,0)

NRUA 174 for these procedures is emphasized and practice. Through group and individual
students will locate the correct prepar- learning activities, students are intro-
Pharmacology and Medication
ations for each. Ordering the necessary duced to concepts, professional nursing
Orders II supplies for procedures done on the unit practice, issues and trends in nursing,
Students will continue to expand and the necessary forms required for and the Canadian health care system.
knowledge and utilize the skills applied each procedure will be taught. Students Students are introduced to foundational
in NRUA 173. Drugs affecting nervous, will practise coordinating appointments nursing skills in the laboratory. Students
endocrine and respiratory systems, for patients after discharge including are provided the opportunity to apply
as well as topical medications will be home care visits. foundational nursing skills in the clinical
introduced and recalled. Students will Prerequisite: NRUA 171 with a mini- setting with adults.
continue to process medication orders mum B Prerequisite: NRUS 102
and practise transcribing analgesia, total 2CR (2,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0.8,.1.3)
parenteral nutrition (TPN), withdrawal,
intravenous (IV), epidural and insulin
medications. Pharmacological databases NRUA 178 NURS 102
will be demonstrated and students will Therapeutic Orders Communication Theory and
have the opportunity to practise utilizing In this course students learn how to Practice
these databases to further expand their process, transcribe and requisition This course provides a foundation for
knowledge about medication in all set- physician’s orders related to the dietary therapeutic communication in nursing
tings. needs of patients and necessary rehabili- practice. Communication skills are fun-
Prerequisite: NRUA 173 with a “B” grade tation requirements and treatment such damental in any relationship to facilitate
2CR (2,0,0) as physiotherapy, occupational therapy the health and well-being of clients. Stu-
and speech/language therapy. Different dents have the opportunity to increase
NRUA 175 dietary needs will be discussed and self-awareness and explore perceptions,
students will learn how to order patient attitudes, and values via a variety of com-
Laboratory Orders meal trays according to the diet that has munication methods applied to multi-
Students learn about the laboratory been prescribed by the physician. cultural and multi-generational cohorts.
department, cancer control agency and Prerequisite: * NRUA 171 with a mini- Students are given the opportunity to
related subdepartments. They will relate mum B practise foundational communication
different functions of the laboratory, 1CR (1,0,0) skills in the laboratory setting.
from collecting specimens for analysis 3 CR / (2,1.7,0)
to interpreting results, and recognizing
lab personnel involved in each function. NRUA 179
Nursing Unit Assistant students will Practicum NURS 104
learn to complete requisitions for lab This course will include an instructor-led Time Lapse Skill Review
tests, identify patient preparations, and orientation and a comprehensive practi- Through a combination of online activ-
recognize departments responsible. cum. All students will have the opportunities, practice review lab, and Observed
Prerequisite: NRUA 171 with a mini- ity to apply and further develop the know- Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE),
mum B ledge and skills they have acquired in the testing, students will demonstrate a solid
3CR (3,0,0) classroom to their practicum placement foundation in fundamental clinical skills
while working under the supervision of required for transition to NURS 215:
NRUA 176 a qualified preceptor. Students should Care of Adult Medical Surgical Nursing
be aware that responsibilities and duties with the nursing program. This hybrid
Diagnostic Orders will vary among locations. course is limited to students who have
This course is designed to provide Prerequisite: The following courses been out of clinical practise for greater
students with the necessary skills to be with a minimum “B” grade: NRUA 166, than 18 months. This course is restricted
confident with processing diagnostic NRUA 172, NRUA 174, NRUA 175, NRUA to NCBNP students impacted by the Time
orders. Nursing Unit Assistant students 176, NRUA 177, NRUA 178 Lapse Between Clinical Practica policy.
will be exposed to the medical imaging 3CR (1,0,8) Prerequisite: NURS 101
department, cardiology department, 1 CR (0.8,0.5,0)
and respiratory department and sub
departments. The focus will be on suc- NURS.................................
cessful completion of orders for each NURS 201
test including patient preparations. Note: NURS courses are normally re- Introduction to Health
Prerequisite: NRUA 171 with a mini- stricted to students in the nursing pro- Assessment
mum B gram. Non-nursing students may take
2CR (2,0,0)
Provides the basis to gather a health
selected courses if space is available,
history and to assess the functioning
and with permission of the Associate
of individuals through the proper use
NRUA 177 Dean of Health Sciences.
of physical examination techniques.
For third- and fourth-year courses, con- Psychosocial and cultural assessment is
Medical/Surgical Orders
sult the UNBC Calendar. included. The emphasis is on recognition
Students will become familiar with com-
and identification of normal findings.
mon surgical and medical procedures
and apply this knowledge directly to NURS 101 Prerequisites: NURS 101, NURS 102, BIO
111, BIO 112
order processing. A practical approach The Art and Science of Nursing 4 CR / (2.8,1.6,1)
to operating room (OR) bookings and the This course introduces the student to
categories of each procedure is taught. the dimensions of professional nursing
The importance of patient preparation

ness. The course reviews the physiology and career development.

NURS 202 of carbohydrate, fat, protein, and energy 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Pathophysiological Concepts metabolism. Topics include enteral and
parenteral nutrition, trends and issues
Uses a conceptual approach to examine
pathological mechanisms of altered in nutritional practice, and the psycho-
PHIL 101
states in human physiology. Topics in- social and cultural aspects of food and Moral Philosophy in the Western
clude the etiology, cellular metabolism, eating behaviours. Tradition
tissue alterations, functional changes, Prerequisite: BIO 111, BIO 112 Morality and ethics are framed socially
and age-related differences involved in 3 CR / (3,0,0) and culturally in every human society, and
each process. are thus dependent on local, social, and
Prerequisites: BIO 105, BIO 111, BIO 112
3 CR / (3,0,0)
NURS 215 historical contexts. This course surveys
the development of moral philosophy
Care of the Adult in the Western tradition. Students will
This course examines principles and
NURS 203 practices of nursing adults with health
review major thinkers and texts, identify
the values and ideas that have shaped
Health Promotion in Families problems. The focus is on the acquisition Western philosophical thought since
Introduces theory related to families and application of knowledge in plan- 600 BC, and critically examine those
across the lifespan within the context ning, implementing and evaluating the contributions and positions in relation
of primary health care in the North. nursing care of clients requiring medical to the present through the lens of key
Emphasis is on family assessment skills and surgical intervention. Holistic health moral questions.
and working in partnership with families care of individuals is highlighted. The 3 CR / (3,0,0)
in the development of health promotion course includes laboratory instruction
and illness and injury prevention strat- in psychomotor skills. The clinical prac-
egies. Holistic care of families during ticum enables the student to integrate PHIL 102
transitions such as normal childbearing, the theory and skills needed to provide Theory of Knowledge in Western
childrearing, and caring for an elderly nursing care. Philosophy
parent is included. Prerequisites: BIO 105, BIO 111, BIO An examination of skeptical doubts
Prerequisites or Corequisites: NURS 112, NURS 101, NURS 102, NURS 201, concerning the possibility of know-
101, NURS 102, BIO 111, BIO 112 NURS 202, NURS 204
ledge. What distinguishes knowledge
3 CR / (3,0,0) 8 CR / (3,1.7,10.4) from opinion? Does evidence have to
convince everyone before it constitutes
NURS 204 NURS 220 proof? Does what is true depend on
what people regard as true? Can percep-
Healing Modalities Extended Clinical Practicum I
tion show us how the world really is or
Provides an overview of healing modal- This course provides the opportunity for merely how it appears to creatures like
ities currently used by nurses and other consolidated clinical nursing practice, us? Should we believe only what there
experts in practice in British Columbia. with aduls who have health problems. It is sufficient evidence to support? How
Principles of pharmacology and pharma- builds on previous clinical practice with is faith related to knowledge and belief?
codynamics are addressed. Opportunity adults and may occur in various practice 3 CR / (3,0,0)
is provided for students to explore vari- setting in nortern BC. The practicum is
ous complementary healing techniques. restricted to students in the NCBNP.
Prerequisites: BIO 111, BIO 112 Prerequisites: BIO 105, BIO 111, BIO PHIL 107
Corequisite: NURS 201, NURS 202 112, NURS 101, NURS 102, NURS 202, Critical Texts in Western Thought:
3 CR / (3,0,0) NURS 203, NURS 204, NURS 205, NURS Modern and Contemporary
206, NURS 215
5 CR / (0,0.2,8.4) This course is conducted as a seminar
NURS 205 devoted to the discussion of assigned
readings. At the end of a series of
Introduction to First Nations
Health PHIL.................................. seminars on the work of an author
or group of authors, there is a short
Provides an overview of First Nations written assignment, giving students an
health, factors influencing health status, opportunity to formulate and express
and issues arising from Northern and PHIL 100 carefully their understanding of the
remote living. Historical events and Introduction to Philosophy issues raised. While making their ac-
their impact on health are introduced. PHIL 100 is designed to introduce stu- quaintance with some important ideas
Current barriers to health, along with dents to philosophy as a study discipline. in modern and contemporary western
culturally sensitive nursing implications, Core questions will be asked: Is there a thought, students develop their abilities
are explored. God? What is morality? How important is to read, write, and speak, and uncover
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 knowledge to truth? Are humans capable the meaning and structure of arguments
Corequisite: ANTH 101 of knowing everything? Are humans mere in a variety of genres and subjects. Texts
3 CR / (3,0,0) material beings, or is there a non-materi- will vary from year to year.
al aspect to human life? What is justice? 3 CR / (3,0,0)
NURS 206 What is a civil society? What is politics?
Basic Nutrition
Students will be introduced to some of PHIL 115
the best minds who have offered insight
Examines the nutritional needs of specif- and understanding on these issues. PHIL World Religions I
ic client groups throughout the lifespan 100 will arouse interest in students for A foundational course in the study of re-
and in various states of wellness and ill- this field of study, its benefits to learning, ligion intended as an introduction to the

religions that have a significant following or appropriate math level as evaluat-

and/or influence in our world.
PHIL 220 ed by the Academic Upgrading math
Political Philosophy in Western placement test
Prerequisite: ENGL 103
Thought (Total course hours 112)
3 CR / (3,0,0)
This course is an introduction to political
PHIL 205 philosophy in the Western (European) PHYS 101
tradition. Students will study those ideas, Introductory Physics I
Philosophy of Science principles, and values that were founda-
This is a calculus-based physics course
An examination of philosophical issues tional to the making of dominant political
for engineering and science majors.
concerning the nature of scientific theor- frameworks in the West. They will also
Topics covered include two dimensional
ies and explanations. How is theory to become familiar with the key figures that
vectors, kinematics, dynamics, energy,
be distinguished from observation? How shaped and influenced modern Western
and momentum of particles, equilibrium
can theories be tested by confrontation political structures, policies, and govern-
of rigid bodies, rotational motion, and
with observed facts if what we are willing ance and examine questions relating to
thermodynamics. Differentiation and
to count as a fact depends in part on the duties and obligations of the state
integration one- and two-dimensional
the theories we already hold? Can we towards its citizens, the submission of
motion equations are included. Cross
be immediately aware of more than citizens to the laws of the state, and
products and dot products will be intro-
our own present sensory experiences? other relevant issues.
duced.
Does every event have a cause? Do we 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Prerequisite: Physics 12 or PHYS 050
have reason to think that any event has
or equivalent, and Pre-calculus 12 or
a cause? Are scientific and supernatural
explanations incompatible?
PHIL 235 MATH 050 or MATH 100 or equivalent
Contemporary Ethical Issues Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 101
Note: Offered on the basis of demand. 3 CR / (4,3,0)
Students interested in taking this course An examination of the ways in which
should contact the School Dean at 250- ethical theories treat a variety of moral
561-5815. problems in contemporary society. PHYS 102
3 CR / (3,0,0) Topics may include abortion, euthanasia, Introductory Physics II
punishment, terrorism, torture, and the
This is a calculus-based physics course
treatment of animals.
PHIL 213 3 CR / (3,0,0)
for engineering and science majors.
Topics covered include simple harmonic
Western Thought from Plato to
motion, waves, electric charges, electric
Hegel
This course introduces students to the
PHYS................................. fields, electric currents, electrical circuits,
magnetic fields, electromagnetism, light,
approximately 2400 year development geometric and wave optics, and intro-
of Western intellectual thought. It will duction to quantum physics.
primarily focus on the ideas of eminent PHYS 045 Prerequisites: PHYS 101, MATH 101
thinkers whose ideas gained acceptance Advanced Preparatory Physics Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 102
among intellectually elite and influenced 3 CR / (4,3,0)
society. Additionally, this course will help This introductory physics course pre-
students understand, appreciate, and pares students to the Physics 11 level.
critique the legacy of Western cultural It covers such topics as measurement, PHYS 105
formation, which took place predomin- motion, dynamics, energy, electricity,
and heat. Lab work is an integral part of
General Physics I
antly in Europe. This course is an algebra-based intro-
this course.
Cannot also hold credit for: HIST 213 duction to physics for students in the
Prerequisite: Math 045, or one of
3 CR / (3,0,0) life and environmental sciences. Topics
Foundations of Math 11 or Pre-calcu-
lus 11 taken within the last year or as include kinematics, dynamics, energy,
PHIL 214 evaluated by an Academic Upgrading fluids, geometric optics, temperature,
placement test, or Math 045 as a Core- and heat.
Philosophy in the Modern quisite. Prerequisite: Pre-calculus 11 or MATH
Western World (Total course hours 120) 045 or equivalent, and Physics 11 or
Philosophy refers to the study of know- PHYS 045 or equivalent
ledge, reality, and existence. A philosoph- 3 CR / (3,3,0)
ical movement comprises the collected
PHYS 050
thinking of figures that influence social, Provincial Preparatory Physics
cultural, political, and economic sys-
PHYS 106
Provincial Preparatory Physics intro-
tems in a given culture or location. This duces students to the physical laws General Physics II
course introduces students to “Modern” governing motion in two dimensions, This course is an algebra-based intro-
philosophy: the primary philosophical electrical field, electromagnetism, vibra- duction to physics for students in the
movement in the West from 1600 – 1950 tions and waves, and optics. Problem life and environmental sciences. Topics
AD. Informed by this introduction and solving, critical thinking, and experimen- include momentum, rotational motion
their own philosophical inheritances, tation are important components of the and dynamics, Newtonian gravitation,
students will be able to understand, course. rotational equilibrium, vibration and
appreciate, and critique the legacy of Prerequisites: Physics 045 or Physics 11 waves, wave optics, electricity, and mag-
Western cultural formation. Cannot also completed within last three years, and netism. This course, along with PHYS
hold credit for HIST 214 one of Math 045, Principles of Math 11, 105, satisfies physics requirement for
3 CR / (3,0,0) Foundations of Math 11 or Pre-calculus those whose program areas require a
Math 11 completed within the last year year of university-level (non-calculus)

physics. of the x-ray generator is also discussed.

Prerequisite:Pre-calculus 11 or MATH
PHYS 175 Students will cover the use of solid-state
045 or equivalent, and Physics 11 or Physics for Sonography III physics in modern imaging equipment.
PHYS 045 or equivalent This theory course is a continuation and This course requires the students to
3 CR / (3,3,0) integration of PHYS 170 and PHYS 173. perform precise measurement, graph
The focus is on the relationship between plotting and data interpretation.
PHYS 115 the physical principles of fluid motion Prerequisite: Successful completion of
and Doppler imaging. Tissue harmonic
Physics – Medical Radiography I imaging, contrast imaging, and elasticity C+: MRAD 230, MRAD 235, MRAD 237
This introductory level course em- imaging in sonography are also covered. Prerequisite or Corequisite: MRAD
phasizes the application of physical Students will learn about the quality 240, MRAD 241, MRAD 243, MRAD 247,
phenomena in medical radiography. assurance and control responsibilities MRAD 248, MRAD 249, BIO 226
Topics include structure of matter, of the sonographer. Students will apply 4 CR / (2,2,0)
electromagnetic radiation, electrostatics, theoretical concepts from this course to
direct and alternating current circuits, simulations in the lab.
and production of x-rays. The physics of Prerequisite: SONO 145 (Minimum C+), PIPE...................................
x-ray tubes, including heat dissipation, SONO 133, SONO 135
will also be discussed. Students relate Corequisite: SONO 230, SONO 231,
the production of radiation and radiation SONO 233, SONO 237 PIPE 115
exposure factors/settings to a resultant 2 CR / (2,0,0)
Pipe Trades Foundation
radiographic image.
(Harmonized)
101, MRAD 103, MRAD 105, MRAD 107,
PHYS 200 The Pipe Trades Foundation (Harmon-
MRAD 109, MRAD 111, BIO 126 Introduction to Modern Physics ized) course is delivered with traditional
4 CR (2,2,0) The course covers special relativity classroom and shop-based instruction.
(Lorenz transformation, dynamics and This program prepares the student for
entry into the apprenticeship program
PHYS 170 conservation laws), and quantum physics
for either Plumber, Pipe Fitter/Steam
(the experimental evidence for quantiz-
Physics for Sonography I ation and a qualitative discussion of the Fitter, or Sprinkler Fitter. To work in
In this introductory course students concepts of quantum mechanics and their BC, a pipe trade worker must be either
will learn the principles of sound travel, application to simple systems of atoms certified in a trade or registered in a four-
interactions within the body, and appli- and nuclei). year apprenticeship program leading to
cation to a sonographic exam. Concepts Prerequisites: MATH 102, and either certification.
include the properties, creation and PHYS 102 or both PHYS 105 and 106 (or 0 CR / (21,9,0)
detection of sound waves. Also covered equivalents)
are instrumentation, artifacts, digital im- Prerequisite or Corequisite: MATH 201 PIPE 200
aging, and storage and safety consider- or 204 or 215, or equivalent
ations for both the operator and the 3 CR / (3,0,0) Steamfitter/Pipefitter Level 2
patient. Students will apply theoretical Harmonized
concepts from this course to simulations
in the lab.
PHYS 204 UT The Steamfitter/Pipefitter Level 2 course
is delivered with traditional classroom
Corequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO Mechanics I—Statics and shop-based instruction.
103, SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109 This is a course for students in engineer- Prerequisite: Steamfitter/Pipefitter
3 CR / (3,0,0) ing and physical sciences. Topics include Level 1 or Foundation; Must be a regis-
vectors (two and three dimensions, dot tered Steamfitter/Pipefitter Apprentice
with ITA
PHYS 173 products, cross products, and triple prod-
ucts), statics of particles and rigid bodies, (Total course hours 210)
Physics for Sonography II structural analysis, internal forces, laws
This lecture course builds on the con- of dry friction, and kinematics and kinet- PIPE 300
cepts presented in PHYS 170. The focus ics of particles.
of this course is on the principles and Prerequisites: PHYS 101 and MATH 101 Steamfitter/Pipefitter Level 3
instrumentation of Doppler imaging. Prerequisites or Corequisites: MATH Harmonized
Concepts include continuous wave, 102 The Steamfitter/Pipefitter Level 3 course
pulsed wave, colour, power, and tissue 3 CR / (4,0,0) is delivered with traditional classroom
Doppler. Students will also learn how to and shop-based instruction.
minimize the biological effects of ultra-
sound. Students will apply theoretical
PHYS 225 Prerequisite: Steamfitter/Pipefitter Lev-
el 2; Must be a registered Steamfitter/
ideas from this course to simulations in Physics – Medical Radiography II Pipefitter Apprentice with ITA
the lab. This course emphasizes the application (Total course hours 240)
Prerequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO of physical phenomena in medical
103, SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109,
PHYS 170 (minimum C+)
radiography. Topics include magnetism,
nuclear reactions and radioactive decay,
PIPE 400
Corequisite: SONO 120, SONO 123, mechanisms of attenuation and their Steamfitter/Pipefitter Level 4
SONO 125, SONO 129, SONO 131 effects on radiation production. The Harmonized
3 CR / (3,0,0) elements of image production and qual- The Steamfitter/Pipefitter Level 4 course
ity are discussed relevant to quantum is delivered with traditional classroom
noise and spatial resolution. The physics and shop-based instruction.

Prerequisite: Steamfitter/Pipefitter Lev- students in the Practical Nurse program. phasis on interventions and treatment
el 3; Must be a registered Steamfitter/ is also discussed. Cultural diversity in
Pipefitter Apprentice with ITA
PRAN 100 healing practices is explored as well as
the incorporation of evidenced informed
Professional Practice 1 practice.
This theory course introduces the pro-
PLMG................................ fession of Practical Nursing and the BC
Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110,
PRAN 115, PRAN 118, PRAN 150
legislation that informs the practice. The 3 CR / (Total course hours 40)
history of nursing and, specifically, the
PLMG 200 evolution of Practical Nursing in the Can-
PRAN 115
adian health care system are discussed.
Plumber Level 2 Harmonized
The philosophy and foundational con- Health Promotion 1
The Plumber Level 2 course is delivered cepts of the Provincial Practical Nursing
with traditional classroom and shop- This course introduces the concepts of
Program (PPNP) are explored. health promotion, the determinants of
based instruction. Plumbers install, Corequisites: PRAN 110, PRAN 112,
repair and maintain plumbing fixtures health and health inequities, and de-
PRAN 115, PRAN 118, PRAN 150 velops a beginning knowledge of normal
and systems such as water, hydronic, 2 CR / (Total course hours 25)
drainage, waste and vent (DWV), low growth and development. Topics include
pressure steam, chemical and irrigation. health enhancement, health protection,
They also install specialized systems PRAN 101 disease prevention and health restora-
such as medical gas, process piping, tion (recovery, care and support).
Professional Practice 2 Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110,
compressed air, water conditioners, fuel
This course examines the legislation PRAN 112, PRAN 118, PRAN 150
piping, sewage and water treatment, and
influencing PN practice with clients 2 CR / (Total course hours 30)
storage and flow equipment. Plumbers
experiencing chronic illness and with
interpret drawings, refer to layouts of
those in residential care settings. Specif-
existing services, and review applicable
ic professional issues such as respons- PRAN 118
codes and specifications to determine
ibility, accountability, ethical practice, Pharmacology 1
work details and procedures. They
and leadership relevant to the PN role This introductory course examines the
locate and mark positions for fixtures,
in residential care will be explored. principles of pharmacology required
pipe connections and sleeves, and cut
Critical thinking and decision-making to administer medications in a safe
openings to accommodate pipe and
specific to the care of the chronically ill and professional manner. Medication
fittings. Topics covered in this course
and inter-professional practice are also administration requires the application
are: Tools and Equipment; Routine
addressed. of the nursing process for clinical deci-
trade Activities; Plumbing Fixtures and
Prerequisites: PRAN 190 with minimum sion-making. Various routes of medica-
Appliances; Drainage, Waste and Vent
grade S. tion administration are introduced and
(DWV) Systems, Hydronic Systems; and
Corequisites: PRAN 120, PRAN 122, complementary, Indigenous, alternative
Gas Fired Appliance System Installation.
PRAN 125, PRAN 128, PRAN 155 remedies, and polypharmacy across the
Prerequisite: Plumber Level 1 or Piping
1 CR / (Total course hours 20) lifespan are also explored.
Foundation; Must be a registered
Plumber Apprentice with ITA Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110,
(Total course hours 240) PRAN 110 PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 150
Professional Communication 1
PLMG 300 This course provides students with the
Plumber Level 2 Harmonized foundational knowledge for caring and PRAN 120
The Plumber Level 3 course is delivered
professional communication in nursing. Professional Communications 2
It uses an experiential and self-reflective This course provides the student with
with traditional classroom and shop-
approach to develop self-awareness an opportunity to develop professional
based instruction.
and interpersonal communication skills communication skills with the older
Prerequisite: Plumber Level 2; Must be
in the context of safe, competent, and adult, and clients requiring end-of-life
a registered Plumber Apprentice with
collaborative nursing practice. Com- care. Interprofessional communication
ITA.
munication theory, the nurse-client is further developed.
relationship, therapeutic communica- Prerequisites: PRAN 190 with minimum
tion, cross-cultural communication, and grade S.
PLMG 400 effective teamwork will be covered. Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 122,
Plumber Level 2 Harmonized Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 112, PRAN 125, PRAN 128, PRAN 155
PRAN 115, PRAN 118, PRAN 150 2 CR / (Total course hours 30)
The Plumber Level 4 course is delivered
with traditional classroom and shop-
based instruction. PRAN 122
Prerequisite: Plumber Level 3; Must be PRAN 112
a registered Plumber Apprentice with
Variations in Health 2
Variations in Health 1
ITA This course increases the student’s
This introductory course provides learn- understanding of pathophysiology as it
(Total course hours 240) ers with the foundations of disease and relates to the aging process and selected
illness across the lifespan. Learners will chronic illness. The main focus of this
PRAN................................ gain an understanding of pathophysio-
logical alterations of body systems.
course is on the care of the older adult
experiencing a health challenge. Cultur-
Nursing management of disease and al diversity in healing practices will be
Note: PRAN courses are restricted to illness across the lifespan with an em-

explored as well as evidence-informed students to integrate theory from Level

research and practice. 1 and Level 2 courses to provide safe,
PRAN 201
Prerequisites: PRAN 190 with minimum competent, and ethical nursing care with Professional Practice 4
grade S. older adults. This course prepares the student for the
Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, Prerequisites: PRAN 190 with minimum role of the practical nurse in managing
PRAN 125, PRAN 128, PRAN 155 grade S. clients with acute presentation of illness.
3 CR / (Total course hours 45) Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, Legislation influencing PN practice,
PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 128 specific professional practice issues
PRAN 125 4 CR / (Total course hours 180) and ethical practice pertinent to PN
practice in acute care environments will
Health Promotion 2
This course focuses on health promo-
PRAN 190 be explored. Practice issues that occur
across the lifespan will be considered.
tion as it relates to the aging process. Consolidated Practice Experience Collaborative practice with other health
Health promotion activities are aimed 1 care team members and, specifically,
at supporting clients in maintaining This first practice experience provides the working partnership with RNs in the
their health. The concepts of health pro- learners with an opportunity to integrate acute care setting will be explored.
motion, physical and mental wellness, theory from Term 1 coursework into Prerequisites: PRAN 190 with minimum
normal aging changes and continued practice. Learners will gain experience grade S.
independence are examined. in various settings with a focus on the Corequisites: PRAN 220, PRAN 222,
Prerequisites: PRAN 190 with minimum healthy client. Learning the role of the PRAN 225, PRAN 255
grade S. Practical Nurse, personal care skills, or- 1 CR / (Total course hours 20)
Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, ganization of care, focused assessment,
beginning medication administration PRAN 210
and professional communication are
emphasized. Professional Communications 3
PRAN 128 Prerequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, This course focuses on specific profes-
sional communication skills used with
PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118, PRAN
Pharmacology 2 150 clients and care providers across the
This course builds on Pharmacology 1 3 CR / (Total course hours 90) lifespan requiring care in the community.
to increase the student’s understanding Prerequisites: PRAN 191 with minimum
of pharmacotherapeutics prescribed for grade S.
illness across the lifespan.
PRAN 191 Corequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 212,
Prerequisites: PRAN 190 with minimum Consolidated Practice Experience PRAN 215, PRAN 250
grade S. CPE 2 1 CR / (Total course hours 20)
Corequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, This clinical experience provides stu-
dents with the opportunity to integrate PRAN 212
theory from Level 1 and 2 courses into
practice. Students practise with aging Variations in Health 3
PRAN 150 clients and/or those with chronic illness This course focuses on the continuum of
care and the development of knowledge
in residential care settings. Medication
Integrated Nursing Practice 1 administration, nursing care, organiza- related to health challenges managed in
This course emphasizes the art and tion, comprehensive health assessment, the community setting. Pathophysiology
science of nursing, focusing on the wound care and introduction to leader- and nursing management of clients
development of basic nursing care and ship are emphasized in this course. requiring home health care, rehabilita-
assessment. Students apply nursing Prerequisites: PRAN 101, PRAN 120, tion, and supportive services such as
knowledge through the practise of clinic- PRAN 122, PRAN 125, PRAN 128, PRAN community living and disabilities will be
al decision making, nursing assessment 155 explored. Cultural diversity in healing
skills, and nursing interventions aimed at 3 CR / (Total course hours 120) approaches is explored as well as the
the promotion of health, independence, incorporation of evidence-informed
and comfort. Classroom, laboratory, research and practice.
simulation, and other practice experi-
PRAN 200 PRAN 191 with minimum grade S.
ences will assist students to integrate Professional Practice 3 Corequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210,
theory from other Level 1 courses. This course integrates the concepts from PRAN 215, PRAN 250
Corequisites: PRAN 100, PRAN 110, previous professional-practice courses 3 CR / (Total course hours 45)
PRAN 112, PRAN 115, PRAN 118 and introduces the student to practise in
3 CR / (Total course hours 135) the community. The role of the practical PRAN 215
nurse as leader is emphasized in inter-
Health Promotion 3
PRAN 155 actions with clients, families and other
health care providers. This course is focused on health pro-
Integrated Nursing Practice 2 Prerequisites: PRAN 191 with minimum motion as it relates to the continuum
This practical course builds on the foun- grade S. of care across the lifespan. Health pro-
dation of Level 1 and emphasizes the Corequisites: PRAN 210, PRAN 212, motion in the context of mental illness,
development of clinical decision making, PRAN 215, PRAN 250 physical and developmental disabilities
nursing assessments, and interventions 1 CR / (Total course hours 20) and maternal/child health is highlighted.
to promote the health of older adults. Normal growth and development from
Classroom, laboratory, simulation, conception to middle adulthood is ad-
and other practice experiences help dressed.

Prerequisites:PRAN 191 with minimum Through classroom, laboratory, simu- management, IV therapy, focused as-
grade S. lation, and other practice experiences, sessment, and clinical decision-making
Corequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, students continue to develop and prac- in acute care settings.
PRAN 212, PRAN 250 tice comprehensive nursing assessment, Prerequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 220,
2 CR / (Total course hours 36) planning and develop knowledge and PRAN 222, PRAN 225, PRAN 255
interventions for clients experiencing 4 CR / (Total course hours 200)
PRAN 220 multiple health challenges.
Professional Communications 4
Prerequisites: PRAN 191 with minimum
grade S.
PRAN 295
The focus of this course is on the ad- Corequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, Transition to Preceptorship
vancement of professional communica- PRAN 212, PRAN 215 Transition to Preceptorship prepares the
tion within the acute care setting across 3 CR / (Total course hours 120) student for the final practice experience.
the lifespan. The practice of collabora- Simulation experiences and self-directed
tion with health care team members and
clients is further developed. PRAN 255 learning will provide the student with
increased competence and confidence.
Prerequisites: PRAN 290 with minimum Integrated Nursing Practice 4 Prerequisites: PRAN 291 with minimum
grade S. This practical course emphasizes the grade S.
Corequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 222, development of nursing skills aimed at 2 CR / (Total course hours 30)
PRAN 225, PRAN 255 promoting health and healing with indi-
1 CR / (Total course hours 20) viduals experiencing acute health chal-
lenges across the lifespan. Classroom,
PRAN 299
PRAN 222 laboratory, simulation, and integrated Preceptorship
practice experiences will help students This final practice experience provides an
Variations in Health 4 build on theory and practice from Levels opportunity for the student to demon-
This course increases the student’s 1, 2, and 3 to integrate new knowledge strate the integration and consolidation
understanding of pathophysiology as it and skills relevant to the acute care of knowledge, skills and abilities within
relates to acute disease and illness for setting. the realities of the workplace and to be-
clients across the lifespan. The focus is Prerequisites: PRAN 290 with minimum come practice ready. This faculty-mon-
on the care of the client experiencing grade S. itored experience may occur through a
acute illness including nursing inter- Corequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 220, variety of practice experience models, in-
ventions and treatment options. Acute PRAN 222, PRAN 225 cluding the preceptorship model, under
disease and illness often occurs in in- 4 CR / (Total course hours 180) the immediate supervision of a single,
dividuals with existing chronic illnesses fully-qualified and experienced LPN or
– the implications of these complexities
will be addressed. Cultural diversity in PRAN 290 RN or RPN and/or within the context of a
collaborative learning environment as a
healing practices is explored as well Consolidated Practice participating team member.
as evidenced-informed research and Experience CPE 3 Prerequisites: PRAN 295 with minimum
practice. grade S.
This clinical experience introduces stu-
Prerequisites: PRAN 290 with minimum 4 CR / (Total course hours 180)
dents to community practice and gives
grade S.
them an opportunity to apply and adapt
Corequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 220,
the knowledge gained in Levels 1, 2, and
PRAN 225, PRAN 255
3 within a continuum of care for clients PSCI...................................
across their lifespan. Students may gain
experience through simulation and in
PRAN 225 a variety of community and residential PSCI 100
Health Promotion 4 care agencies and settings. These hours
may be offered as CPE 3 or integrated
Introduction to Politics and
This course focuses on health promotion into the Integrated Nursing Practice 3 Government
for the client experiencing an acute ex- course as practice hours. This course is designed to provide
acerbation of chronic illness or an acute Prerequisites: PRAN 200, PRAN 210, students with a basic foundation in
episode of illness. Relevant health-pro- PRAN 212, PRAN 215, PRAN 250 the study of politics, government and
moting strategies during hospitalization 2 CR / (Total course hours 65) society. The objective of this course is to
may improve or help maintain their introduce students to the complex world
health status after discharge. Students of politics, in order to develop the skills
focus on preparing clients for discharge, PRAN 291 required to critically assess questions re-
through teaching and learning of health Consolidated Practice lated to ideology, social justice, political
promoting strategies. Experience CPE 4 organization, government policies and
Prerequisites: PRAN 290 with minimum decisions. By learning about the essential
grade S. This clinical experience provides stu-
dents with the opportunity to integrate concepts of politics, and the processes
Corequisites: PRAN 201, PRAN 220, of government, students will develop the
PRAN 222, PRAN 255 theory from all levels into the role of
the practical nurse in the acute care skills to be engaged yet critical citizens.
2 CR / (Total course hours 24) Although much of the emphasis will be
setting and other clinical areas as ap-
propriate. Students focus on clients with on Canadian politics, we will be focusing
PRAN 250 exacerbations of chronic illness and/or on political developments in other parts
acute illness across the lifespan and will of the world.
Integrated Nursing Practice 3 3 CR / (3,0,0)
consolidate knowledge and skills such
This practical course builds on the theory
as post-operative care, surgical wound
and practice from Level 1 and Level 2.

PSCI 131 PSYC .................................. in psychology. Students formulate re-

search questions and choose appropri-
The Administration of Justice ate research designs. Direct experience
This introductory course is concerned in data collection and research design is
with the major issues associated with the PSYC 101 provided in the laboratory. Topics cov-
administration of justice in Canada. It will Introduction to Psychology I ered will include the following: scientific
examine such issues as civil liberties and This general survey course includes methods and the major research designs
effective law enforcement, social and topics such as a brief history of psych- used in Psychology, critical analysis of
political justice, and national integrity. ology, basic research methodology, research literature, and an introduction
The course provides students with an biological psychology, sensation, percep- to research proposals. Additionally, stu-
understanding of the dynamic processes tion, consciousness, learning, memory, dents will learn how to write a research
of change in the administration of jus- language and thought. report according to APA standards.
tice. Significant tensions exist between 3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: PSYC 102
the ideals of justice and the realities of 3CR / (3,0,0)
politics. This fact will become apparent
as we examine political changes and the PSYC 102
emergence of new problems to which
PSYC 204
Introduction to Psychology II
laws and structures must constantly Social Psychology
This course is a continuation of PSYC
respond. 101. Topics include developmenta Social Psychology is the scientific study
Prerequisite: CRIM 103 or permission of lpsychology, intelligence and intelligence of how social influences affect people’s
the instructor testing, personality and personality thoughts, feelings, and actions. Major
3 CR / (3,0,0) assessment, motivation, emotion, stress topics include affiliation, attraction,
and health, social psychology, an intro- attitude and attitude change, prejudice,
PSCI 200 duction to psychological disorders and conformity, obedience, aggression, altru-
ism, and group dynamics. Social psych-
their treatment.
Canadian Government & Politics ological theories are presented along
Prerequisite: PSYC 101
This course surveys Canadian govern- 3 CR / (3,0,0) with a critical evaluation of research and
ment and politics by exploring Canada's research methodology related to the
political culture and constitution, federal- above topics.
ism, relations with First Peoples, federal PSYC 201 Prerequisite: PSYC 102
offices, bureaucracy, and the courts. Stu- Statistics for the Social Sciences 3 CR / (3,0,0)
dents will also investigate the mechan-
This course introduces students to the
isms that help mobilize and link citizens
to government, such as political parties,
concepts and applications of statistics PSYC 207
in the social sciences. The focus will be
elections, interest groups, and social Introduction to Psychological
on the analysis and interpretation of
movements. Students will thus develop a
data using descriptive and inferential Disorders
command of their political environment This course is an introduction to the his-
statistics. In the laboratory, students
and an enriched understanding of dilem- tory, classification, research and theories
will gain experience with computerized
mas facing a diverse, liberal-democratic of psychological disorders. It takes an
data analysis. PSYC 101 is strongly rec-
Canada. Recommended: PSCI 100 and integrative approach by emphasizing a
ommended.
second-year standing. variety of theoretical perspectives (i.e.,
Prerequisite: Foundations of Math
Prerequisite: ENGL 103, ENGL 104, 11 or Precalculus 11 or MATH 045, or biological, psychological, social). The caus-
ENGL 107, or ENGL 108. equivalent es, risk factors and treatments of several
3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,3,0) disorders (i.e., anxiety, somatic symptom
and dissociative disorders, depression
PSCI 250 PSYC 202 and bipolar disorder, schizophrenia,
personality disorders) will be examined
U.S. Government & Politics Research Methods in Psychology from the various theoretical approach-
American politics continues to fascinate The student is introduced to the field es. Additional topics may include other
and at times shock foreign observers, of personality through the examination disorders (e.g., neurocognitive, substance
yet is often oversimplified or misunder- of the major theories and perspectives use, eating, developmental) or mental
stood. This course introduces American of personality (e.g., psychoanalysis, trait health and the law.
political culture and its primary institu- theory, biological, humanistic, behaviour- Prerequisite: PSYC 102
tions and processes: the Constitution, al and cognitive theories). Personality 3 CR / (3,0,0)
the Presidency, Congress, the judiciary development and personality assess-
and bureaucracy, federalism, political
parties, interest groups, and the elec-
ment from these approaches will be PSYC 209
introduced. The refinement, research
toral system. In addition to exploring and application of these theories will be Introduction to Biological
historical and contemporary issues, explored and critically evaluated. Psychology
students will learn how racism, war, Prerequisite: PSYC 102 This course provides an overview of
ideology, individualism, and capitalism
3CR / (3,1,0) contemporary knowledge about the
have shaped American government and
interrelationships among biological
politics. Recommended: PSCI 100 and
processes, the mind, and behaviour.
second-year standing. PSYC 203 Major topics include neuroanatomy,
Prerequisite: ENGL 103, ENGL 104, Introduction to Personality cellular communication, nervous system
ENGL 107, or ENGL 108.
This course introduces the logic and development, neuroplasticity, and the
3 CR / (3,0,0)
application of various research methods influence of drugs and hormones on

behaviour. Methods of investigating

biological processes and research meth-
PWER................................ SOC 102
odology in biological psychology will be Introduction to Sociology II
Note: PWER courses are restricted
studied. Sensory and motor systems as This course examines topics that include
to students in the Power Engineering
well as higher cognitive processes such the characteristics and changes in the
as learning, memory, and language will programs. general population, local and Indigenous
also be introduced. Students will learn communities and ethnic groups This
about the role of biological mechanisms course also looks at social movements,
involved in stress, addictions and brain
PWER 170 political parties, work settings, and reli-
and psychological disorders. 4th Class Power Engineering gious organizations. These concerns are
Prerequisite: PSYC 102 Program illustrated and developed with Canadian
3 CR / (3,0,0) This program provides practical and materials.
technical training for a career in power Prerequisite: SOC 101
PSYC 210 plant operation and maintenance. 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Fourth class power engineers work in
Introduction to Cognitive
Psychology
sawmills, hospitals, refineries, pulp mills, SOC 120
refrigeration plants, breweries, public
Cognitive Psychology is the scientific buildings, and more. After completing Issues on Sexual Diversity and
study of the mind and mental processes. the program, you’ll be qualified to write Equity in Canada
Major topics include research methods the Technical Safety BC’s fourth class Using a sociological perspective, this
in cognition, cognitive neuroscience, per- power engineer’s exam. course provides a background to cur-
ception, attention, memory, language, This course includes a mandatory off-site rent issues utilizing a multidisciplinary
concept formation, imagery, problem practical experience component. The survey of the historical and cultural roots
solving, and embodied cognition. The scale of this component is dependent through which we have come to define
role of the nervous system in cognition on the state of the local economy and sexuality and gender. The course draws
will be studied. Topics may also include community partnerships upon a selection of theoretical per-
reading, expertise, imagery, executive spectives and sociological case studies
processes, meta-cognition, artificial dealing with sexual and gender identity
intelligence, and comparative cognition. PWER 180 in order to provide a backdrop for ana-
Prerequisite: PSYC 102 3rd Class Power Engineering lyzing current social and political issues
3 CR / (3,0,0) Program shaping the struggles faced by sex and
As a third-class power engineer you gender equity groups in Canada today.
PSYC 212 could operate and maintain power 3 CR / (3,0,0)
(steam) plants in a host of settings from
History of Psychology
This course examines the development
sawmills and pulp mills to hospitals and SOC 204
recreation centers. You’ll cover 25 topics
of modern psychology from its founding Canadian Society II: Race and
in this 30-week third class program: see
to the present. Attention will be paid to the Standardization of Power Engineer Ethnic Relations
the work of philosophers, physiologists, Examinations Committee (SPOEEC) web An examination of the social organiz-
and physicists beginning in Ancient page for the latest information https:// ation of race and ethnic relations in
Greece through the Renaissance to the www.sopeec.org/syllabus/third-class/ Canada. The causes and consequences
founding of contemporary psychology in of the changing pattern of immigration.
This course includes a mandatory off-site
the 19th century. Special attention will Descriptions of the major ethnic groups
practical experience component. The
be paid to the 19th- and 20th-century and communities. The development
scale of this component is dependant
evolution of psychological thought, of the ideology, policy, and practice of
on the state of the local economy and
including psychoanalysis, neobehav- multiculturalism. The survival and de-
community partnerships.
iourism, and cognitive, humanistic, and cline of ethnic identities. An examination
biological psychology. of problems of private prejudice and
Prerequisite: PSYC 101, PSYC 102
3 CR / (3,0,0)
SOC.................................... the practice of institutional racism. The
culture and behaviour of First Nations in
Canada. An analysis of the land claims
PSYC 215 SOC 101
issue in Canada.
Prerequisites: SOC 101 and 102
Developmental Psychology Introduction to Sociology I 3 CR / (3,0,0)
This course is an examination of theory This course is an introduction to the
and research related to the development
of the human being from conception
basic sociological theories and methods SOC 206
for studying individuals, groups, and
through adulthood. Topics are organized institutions with Canadian materials and Social Problems
according to the physical, cognitive, so- Indigenous content. Topics will include This course is an analysis of major social
cial, and emotional aspects of develop- culture, socialization, families, education, problems in Canadian society, their
ment. Specific issues include cultural gender, aging, and deviance. These con- nature, development, and social causes.
dimensions (ethnicity, class, gender, age) cerns will be illustrated and developed The course examines the impact of prob-
and controversies in developmental with Canadian materials. lems such as poverty, crime/criminality,
psychology. 3 CR / (3,0,0) drug addition, and prejudice/discrimin-
Prerequisites: PSYC 101 and PSYC 102— ation and inequality, with a particular
minimum “D” grades focus on Indigenous, racial/ethnic, and
3 CR / (3,0,0) other marginalized groups

Prerequisite: SOC 101 or CRIM 101 Prerequisite: SOC 102 gion, family, media, and newer trends in
3 CR / (3,0,0) 3 CR / (3,0,0) immigration, globalization and internet
(especially social media) use govern the
way gender, sexuality and various other
SOC 210 SOC 230 axis of self and identity are constructed.
Introduction to Sociological Critical Perspectives on Prerequisite: SOC102
Theory Contemporary Families 3 CR / (3,0,0)
This course will provide a brief back- This course provides an introduction to
ground in the core classical theorists in the contemporary debates within the
sociology and then, for the remainder sociology of family. The course explores SONO................................
of the term, will focus on engaging with the interaction and conflicts between
sociological themes and theorists from our intimate lives as family members Note: SONO courses are restricted
the 21st century. This course aims to and the economic, political, legal, and to students in the Diagnostic Medical
familiarize students with some of the cultural changes that define the beliefs Sonography Program.
key theorists and debates in sociology. and issues surrounding the institution
At the same time, the theorists repre-
sented in this course are not by any
of family. Utilizing current sociological
theory and analyses, the course critic-
SONO 100
means exhaustive. Instead, the focus is ally examines the history of the western General Sonography I
on providing a foundation in some of the family, the ideology of the family, gender This course introduces students to the
classical theorists and then a selective ideology, and social policies and practices sonographic principles of imaging in the
representation of work that engages with affecting Canadian families. The course normal abdomen and pelvis. The focus
questions of culture, power and social explores central issues faced by families is on normal anatomical appearance,
order from both macro and micro per- today, including dating, mating and variants, and common pathologies. Con-
spectives. The contemporary works also marriage, the contradictions between cepts include relational and cross-sec-
demonstrate how the classical theorists romantic love and social constructions tional anatomy and physiology. Students
influence contemporary sociological of the ideal family, the gendered division will apply theoretical concepts to scan
theory both by providing a foundation of labour, parenting, divorce, poverty, al- structures of interest in the abdomen,
for thought or a basis for divergence and ternative family forms, and violence with- male pelvis, and non-pregnant female
contestation. in intimate relationships. Critical analysis pelvis. Students will apply theoretical
3 CR / (3,0,0) of debates surrounding single parent concepts to simulations in the lab.
families, same-sex marriages, and recent Corequisite: BIO 170, SONO 103, SONO
trends in reproductive science will form 105, SONO 107, SONO 109, PHYS 170
SOC 220 an additional aspect of the coursework. 3 CR / (3,3,0)
Women In Society Prerequisite: SOC 101
This course aims at a critical examina- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
SONO 101
tion of the historical and contemporary
Medical Terminology
position of women in various societies
with particular emphasis on Canada.
SOC 240 This course introduces sonography stu-
Traditional sociological theories and a Sociology of the Body dents to medical terminology relevant
number of Indigenous and feminist per- This course will provide students with an to imaging. Topics include directional
spectives will be used to analyze gender introduction to historical and contem- terminology, medical abbreviations,
inequality, the institutionalized means porary sociological thinking about the terminology origins (prefix, root, suffix)
through which it is reproduced, and the body. Topics will include a consideration and common acronyms. This course is
possibilities for meaningful change in of the body as object of discipline across delivered entirely online.
Canada. the life span, as gendered, sexed, classed, Prerequisites: Conditional acceptance
Prerequisite: SOC 101 or WMST 101 racialized, sexualized, abled/disabled into the Diagnostic Medical Sonography
3 CR / (3,0,0) etc., constructions, and as a means of program.
expression and experience. This course 0 CR / (Total course hours 10)
also draws on sociological theories of the
SOC 225
Men and Masculinities: Identities
body; critical race theory, queer theory,
feminist theory, and postcolonial theory
SONO 103
and Intersections of Manhood will be highlighted and questions will be Cardiac Sonography I
This course explores the social construc- asked about the ways in which bodies This course will introduce students to
tion of masculinities and men’s lives in are racialized, gendered and sexualized. cardiac anatomy, the cardiac cycle, and
conjunction with the analysis of race/ Prerequisite: SOC102 principles of hemodynamics in cardiac
ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality. 3 CR / (3,0,0) imaging. The focus of this course is on
Masculinities, in their various forms, the assessment and interpretation of
normal cardiac patterns and common
shape the lives of both women and SOC 245 arrhythmias. Concepts include the use
men, and this course will examine the
construction, reproduction, and impact Gender, Self and Identity of windows, modalities, and associated
of masculinities on the institutions of Drawing on the work of leading research- measurements. Students will apply
education, work, religion, sport, family, ers and thinkers this course is a survey of theoretical concepts from this course to
media, the military, and more. This classical and contemporary perspectives simulations in the lab.
course will interrogate how masculinities on the complex connections between Corequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO
shape individual lives, groups, organiza- gender, self and identity in the modern 105, SONO 107, SONO 109, PHYS 170
tions, and institutions, and will analyze world. Students will look at how trad- 3 CR / (3,3,0)
the ways in which power functions within itional social institutions including reli-

SONO 105 PHYS 170 (Minimum C+) SONO 131

Corequisite: SONO 123, SONO 125,
Women’s Sonography I SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS 173 Vascular Sonography I
This course introduces students to im- 3 CR / (4,5,0) This theory course introduces imaging
aging of the female breast and pelvis as of the carotid arteries and veins of the
relevant to sonographers. The focus of lower extremities. The focus is on vessel
this course is on the normal pelvis of the
SONO 123 assessment in order to correlate normal
non-pregnant female. Concepts include Cardiac Sonography II sonographic patterns, appearances, and
normal developmental changes and This course is a continuation of SONO values. Concepts include normal anat-
unique patient-care needs. Students will 103. The focus of this course is on the omy and physiology with an introduction
be introduced to common abnormalities, hemodynamics and etiologies related to basic pathologies. Students will apply
pathologies and associated sonographic to cardiac disease and corresponding theoretical concepts from this course to
findings. Students will apply theoretical clinical presentation. Emphasis is placed simulations in the lab.
concepts from this course to simulations on interpretation and quantification of Prerequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO
in the lab. abnormalities in the adult echocardi- 103, SONO 107, SONO 109, PHYS 170
Corequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO ogram. Students will apply theoretical (Minimum C+)
103, SONO 107, SONO 109, PHYS 170 concepts from this course to simulations Corequisite: SONO 120, SONO 123,
3 CR / (3,0,0) in the lab. SONO 125, SONO 129, PHYS 173
Prerequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO 2 CR / (2,0,0)
SONO 107 103, SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109,
Patient Care for Sonography

PHYS 170 (Minimum C+) SONO 133
Corequisite: SONO 120, SONO 125,
This course introduces students to SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS 173 Sonography Clinical Orientation
patient care in sonography. The focus 3 CR / (4,4,0) This course introduces the student to
is on the provision of safe, professional the clinical environment. The focus of
care throughout all imaging processes. this course is on preparing the student
Concepts include body mechanics and
SONO 125 for the transition from theory and
patient transport, communication, care Women’s Sonography II laboratory simulations to working in a
of patient equipment, workplace health This course is a continuation of SONO demanding health care environment.
and safety, and cultural competence. 105. The focus is on the normal pres- Method of delivery may include lecture,
Students will apply theoretical concepts entation of the female pelvis during tour of a health care facility, review of
from this course to simulations in the pregnancy and the scanning techniques health authority general policies/pro-
lab. used to thoroughly assess the fetus. cedures, and complete online activities.
Corequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO Concepts include assessment of the Prerequisite: SONO 120, SONO 123,
103, SONO 105, SONO 109, PHYS 170 obstetrical patient, the uterine and ex- SONO 125, SONO 129, SONO 131 (min-
3 CR / (3,0,0) tra-uterine environments, normal fetal imum C+)
presentation throughout pregnancy, Corequisite: SONO 135, SONO 145
3 CR / (3,0,0)
SONO 109 and common complications in the first
trimester. Students will apply theoretical
Relational Practice I concepts to simulations in the lab. SONO 135
This course introduces students Prerequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO
to human relationships relevant to 103, SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109, Sonography Clinical I
sonography. The focus of this course PHYS 170 (Minimum C+) This first clinical experience provides stu-
is on professional communication and Corequisite: SONO 120, SONO 123, dents with the opportunity to integrate
interactions with others in the health SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS 173 theory from term 1 and 2 courses into
care setting. Theoretical concepts will 3 CR / (4,1,0) clinical practice. Students will work in a
be practiced in the classroom through variety of clinical settings under direct
supervision. Learning the role of the son-
role-play. SONO 129 ographer in the context of safe patient
Corequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO
103, SONO 107, SONO 105, PHYS 170 Relational Practice II care, therapeutic communication, pro-
3 CR / (3,0,0) This course is a continuation of SONO fessionalism, and collaboration will be
109. The focus of this course is on ad- emphasized. At the end of this course,
vanced communication skills, atypical students will be able to satisfactorily per-
SONO 120 personality traits, and psychological form portions of normal and abnormal
General Sonography II disorders. Concepts include common general and cardiac sonographic assess-
This course builds on SONO 100 with a communication challenges in health ments with supervision and guidance.
focus on pathology and congenital ab- care, conflict resolution, verbal and writ- Prerequisite: SONO 120, SONO 123,
normalities of the abdomen, pelvis, and ten presentations, and documentation SONO 125, SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS
superficial structures. Concepts include principles. Theoretical concepts will 173 (Minimum C+)
relational and cross-sectional anatomy be practiced in the classroom setting Corequisite: SONO 133, SONO 145
and physiology, as well as differentia- through role play and presenting a group 4 CR / (Total course hours 245)
tion between normal and pathological case study.
presentation of structures of interest. Prerequisite: . BIO 170, SONO 100,
SONO 103, SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO
SONO 145
Students will apply theoretical concepts
from this course to simulations in the 109, PHYS 170 (Minimum C+) Pathophysiology for Sonography
lab. Corequisite: SONO 120, SONO 123, This course introduces the student to
Prerequisite: BIO 170, SONO 100, SONO SONO 125, SONO 131, PHYS 173Click pathophysiology relevant to sonography.
103, SONO 105, SONO 107, SONO 109, 3 CR /(3,0,0) The focus of this course is on common

pathologies of the abdomen. Concepts SONO 237, PHYS 175

include disease terminology, mechan- 3 CR / (3,2,0) SONO 237
isms of disease, the inflammatory pro- Women’s Sonography III
cess and common clinical presentations SONO 234 This theory course is a continuation of
of disease. Content is delivered online SONO 125. The focus is on complex
and applied in a clinical setting. SONO Clinical Refresher I
pathology and pathophysiology of the
Prerequisite: SONO 120, SONO 123, This course prepares students to enter female pelvis and all stages of pregnancy
SONO 125, SONO 129, SONO 131, PHYS SONO 235 (Clinical II) following a break as relevant to sonographic assessment.
173 (minimum C+) in their academic program. SONO 234 The emphasis is on performing quality
Corequisite: SONO 133, SONO 135 focuses on refreshing the theory and sonographic images and integrating rel-
3 CR / (3,0,0) scanning components from Terms 1 and evant clinical findings and patient history
2 of the sonography program allowing to formulate and communicate a clinical
for level-appropriate application of anat-
SONO 230 omy, physiology, and pathology know-
impression.
Prerequisite: SONO 145 (minimum C+),
General Sonography III ledge to sonographic examinations. SONO 133, SONO 135
This course builds on SONO 120 with Students will apply concepts of safe pa- Corequisite: SONO 230, SONO 231,
a focus on more complex pathological tient care, therapeutic communication, SONO 233, PHYS 175
conditions of the adult and pediatric and professionalism. Upon completion, 3 CR / (3,0,0)
abdomen, pelvis, and superficial struc- students will be able to satisfactorily per-
tures. Concepts include sonographic form normal and non-complex general
assessment of the abnormal abdominal and cardiac sonographic studies with SONO 244
wall; associated musculoskeletal and supervision/guidance. SONO Clinical Refresher II
superficial structures; scrotum; thyroid; Prerequisite: Permission from instruc-
This course prepares students to enter
and relevant abdominal Doppler studies. tor
SONO 245: Clinical Term III following a
Prerequisite: SONO 145 (minimum C+), 0 CR / (1,1,0)
break in their academic program. SONO
SONO 133, SONO 135 244 refreshes the theory and scanning
Corequisite: SONO 231, SONO 233, SONO 235 components from Term 1 - 4 sonography
SONO 237, PHYS 175 curricula allowing for level appropriate
3 CR / (3,3,0)
Sonography Clinical II
application of anatomy, physiology, and
This course is a continuation of SONO pathology knowledge to sonographic
135. Students will work in a variety of
SONO 231 clinical settings under direct super-
examinations. Students will apply con-
cepts of safe patient care, therapeutic
Vascular Sonography II vision. The focus of this course is on the communication, and professionalism.
This course builds on SONO 131. The integration of theoretical knowledge of Upon completion, students will satis-
focus of this course is abnormal sono- anatomy, physiology, and pathology into factorily perform complete cardiac and
graphic findings in carotid arteries and sonographic examinations. Students will general sonographic examinations on
the extremity veins. Concepts include continue to apply the concepts of safe patients with common pathologies with
clinical signs and symptoms of vascular patient care, therapeutic communica- minimal assistance.
disease; abnormal hemodynamics; tion, professionalism, and collaboration. Prerequisite: Permission from instruc-
peripheral arterial Doppler, and vascular At the end of this course, students will be tor
grafts. Students will apply theoretical able to satisfactorily perform portions of 0 CR / (1,1,0)
concepts from this course to simulations general and cardiac sonographic assess-
in the lab. ments on patients with common pathol-
Prerequisite: SONO 145 (minimum C+), ogies with supervision and guidance. SONO 245
SONO 133, SONO 135 Prerequisite: SONO 230, SONO 231, Sonography Clinical III
Corequisite: SONO 230, SONO 233, SONO 233, SONO 237, PHYS 175 This course is a continuation of SONO
SONO 237, PHYS 175 (minimum C+) 135 and SONO 235. Students will
2 CR / (2,0,0) Corequisite: SONO 236 gain further hands-on experience on
7 CR / (Total Course Hours: 455) abdominal, pelvis, obstetrical, vascular,
superficial, and cardiac sonographic
SONO 233
SONO 236 imaging in a variety of health care set-
Cardiac Sonography III tings. At the end of this course, students
Professional Development will independently perform complete
This course is a continuation of SONO
123. The focus is on the pathophysiology This course is intended to prepare the sonographic examinations on patients
of cardiac disease and the integration of sonography student for accreditation with common pathologies with minimal
hemodynamics and clinical findings with with Sonography Canada. Concepts cov- assistance. Effective written and verbal
sonographic features. Concepts include ered include the Canadian Clinical Skills communication, creation of safe prac-
heart failure; pericardial and pleural Assessments (CCSA), certification exam- tice environments, safe patient care and
disease; cardiac masses; endocarditis ination process, and how to develop a professionalism are emphasized.
disease of the cardiac vessels and con- professional resume and cover letter. Prerequisite: SONO 236 (Minimum C+),
genital abnormalities; and surgical cor- This course will be delivered online. SONO 235 (Satisfactory)
rections. Students will apply theoretical Prerequisite: SONO 230, SONO 231, 5 CR / (Total Course Hours: 325)
concepts from this course to simulation SONO 233, SONO 237, PHYS 175
(minimum C+)
in the lab.
Corequisite: SONO 235
SONO 249
Prerequisite: SONO 145 (minimum C+),
SONO 133, SONO 135 2 CR / (2,0,0) SONO Clinical Refresher III
Corequisite: SONO 230, SONO 231, This course prepares students to enter

SONO 250: Clinical Term IV following a how self-concept, perceptual process, students reflect on experiential learning,
break in their academic program. SONO language, and non-verbal behaviour problem-solve issues and concerns that
249 refreshes the theory and scanning influence communication. Material arise in the practical environment, and
components from Term 1 - 4 sonography focusing on cross-cultural communi- link theoretical components of their
curricula providing practice of anatomy, cation strategies is discussed, with a courses to actual practicum events in an
physiology, and pathology knowledge particular focus on Canada’s Aborig- Aboriginal social services environment.
to sonographic examinations. Students inal populations. This course provides Students will continue the journal writing
will apply concepts of safe patient care, opportunities to increase self-awareness and peer feedback practices discussed
therapeutic communication, and profes- and to improve and develop 25 effective in SSWK 195.
sionalism. Upon completion, students interpersonal communication skills. This Cannot also hold credit for: SSWK 196
will be able to independently perform course will also provide the student with Prerequisite: SSWK 145, SSWK 195
complete general and cardiac sono- the opportunity to develop confidence in Prerequisite or Corequisite: SSWK 142
graphic examinations, including difficult public speaking. 4 CR / (2,0,10)
or complex cases, with consistency and 3 CR / (3,1,0)
accuracy.
SSWK 195
Prerequisite: Permission from instruc-
tor
SSWK 151 Issues and Principles of Fieldwork
0 CR / (1,1,0) Social Welfare Policy I
This course provides a basic introduc- This course is designed to introduce first
SONO 250 tion to social welfare policy in Canada, year students to the purpose and struc-
its historical development, and its role ture of the SSWK fieldwork experience
Sonography Clinical IV within the political and economic context referred to as “practicum.” Students
This course is a continuation of SONO of Canadian society. A major emphasis are introduced to the concept of ex-
135 and SONO 235. Students will is placed on a review of the values and periential learning and its value in the
gain further hands on experience on ideology implicit in various types of social learning process. Students and faculty
abdominal, pelvis, obstetrical, vascular, welfare policies. Students critically ana- explore the idea of praxis—the linkage
superficial, and cardiac sonographic lyze the effect of social welfare policies of theory, skills, and practice—and dis-
imaging in a variety of health care set- on client populations and upon them- cuss ways of achieving this through the
tings. At the end of this course, students selves as social service workers. Class practicum. They examine articles that
will independently perform complete discussions focus on northern issues. explore various aspects of social service
sonographic examinations on patients Additionally, specific focus on the impact practice. Students are introduced to a
with common pathologies with minimal of historic and modern social policy on range of social service agencies in the
assistance. Effective written and verbal Canada’s Aboriginal populations will be community and will then be interviewed
communication, creation of safe practice examined. for a practicum placement in SSWK 186
environments, safe patient care, and 3 CR / (3,0,0) or SSWK 196.
professionalism are emphasized Prerequisite or Corequisite: SSWK 145
Prerequisite: SONO 245 (Satisfactory)
5 CR / (Total Course Hours: 325)
SSWK 171 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Introduction to Social Work
Practice SSWK 196
SSWK................................ Students are introduced to the structure Practicum and Seminar I
and functions of social work and social Students will perform activities at a so-
service work in Canada. We explore cial service agency site two days a week
SSWK 142 the context, ethics and values, know- throughout the semester where they
ledge base, therapeutic relationship will construct a learning contract and
Helping Skills: Practical
foundations and practice models that receive guidance and supervision from
Applications inform these related disciplines. The an agency-based field supervisor. The
This course assists students in develop- ‘bio-psycho-social-spiritual’ model is seminar is designed to help students
ing and refining their basic helping skills. introduced as the foundation of practice. reflect on experiential learning, prob-
Extensive use of video, role play, and real Social Justice, and diversity issues are lem-solve issues and concerns that arise
experiences provides opportunities for examined. Aboriginal approaches to the in the practical environment, and link
the acquisition and practice of helping helping professions and the nature of theoretical components of their courses
skills. This course requires that students the relationship Aboriginal cultures have to actual practicum events. Students will
participate in a weekly three-hour labora- with the social services are explored. continue the journal writing and peer
tory session for the purpose of learning 3 CR / (3,0,0) feedback practices discussed in SSWK
and practicing their helping skills. 195.
Prerequisite: SSWK 145
3 CR / (3,3,0)
SSWK 186 Cannot also hold credit for: SSWK 186
Prerequisite: SSWK 145, SSWK 195
Aboriginal Services Practicum Prerequisite or Corequisite: SSWK 142
SSWK 145 and Seminar 4 CR / (2,0,10)
Students will perform activities at an
Communication and
Aboriginal social service agency site two
Interpersonal Relationship Skills days a week throughout the semester
SSWK 225
Course material provides an overview where they will construct a learning con- Introduction to Disabilities
of communication theories as well as tract and receive guidance and super- This course provides an understanding
a practical basis for learning interper- vision from an agency-based field super- of the implications of disabilities on
sonal skills. This includes discussions of visor. The seminar is designed to help people’s lives from a social context. Stu-

dents examine attitude, values and pre- policy, legislation and standards with
dominant views of disability in Canadian
SSWK 255 specific application to child and youth
culture. A focus of this course is on an Counselling Theories care services in British Columbia. It
empowerment approach to supporting Students become acquainted with the examines systems of practice that
people with disabilities. values, assumptions and theoretical include strengths-based, feminist and
3 CR / (3,0,0) conceptualizations that frame the dom- structural models. Particular focus is
inant counselling styles in use within the placed on Aboriginal colonization and
assimilation within Canadian society and
SSWK 232 helping professions. We will explore the
development of counselling perspectives the continued over-representation of
Loss and Grief from Freud to post-modern approaches. First Nation children in government care.
This course explores the various dimen- The issue of cultural diversity and the im- Emphasis is placed on the essential need
sions of loss, grief and bereavement. portance of ethics in counselling practice of permanency planning for children in
It examines both loss through death will be discussed throughout. Aboriginal permanent care of the system.
and symbolic loss, the latter of which models of mental health and healing will 3 CR / (3,0,0)
includes, amongst others, events such as be explored. We will be able to examine
divorce, family breakup, loss of abilities,
existential loss, and cultural loss. The
some of these theories in practice
through observing recorded counselling
SSWK 267
loss of self-determination, and culture sessions. An Introduction to Child
for Aboriginal cultures in Canada is ex- 3 CR / (3,0,0) and Youth Care
plored. Normal and complicated grieving This course presents an overview of the
patterns, developmental factors in
grieving, the stages and tasks of grieving
SSWK 257 child and youth care field. It examines
contemporary and historical perspec-
are all introduced. We examine the role Mental Health tives on children and youth. CYC as a
and importance of ritual in the grieving This course explores the values, atti- distinct profession within the helping
process. Students will learn to accept tudes, and beliefs of the worker, and the professions is explored. You are intro-
loss as a natural part of life and learn knowledge and skills required to support duced to the core themes of CYC and
how to be more supportive and helpful and enhance wellness with individuals in the importance of the use of self in rela-
when dealing with loss events in both the community who have mental illness. tionship. It will focus on strength-based
professional and personal spheres. The focus is on policies and practices practice, inclusiveness and caring within
3 CR / (3,0,0) that are relevant to northern British Col- the context of cultural, community and
umbia, including work with individuals professional and family contexts. The
SSWK 241 of First Nations descent. Students have
opportunities to explore the nature of
importance of communication, relation-
ship, human development and life-space
Group Process and Practice mental illness. Students learn about interventions will be introduced. Inter-
This course provides students with a the causes, symptoms and treatment vention strategies common to CYC will
foundational understanding of group of mental illness. Community resour- be presented. The course explores the
work theory and practice. The basic ces and an overview of mental health bio-psycho-social-spiritual model and
assumption is that there is a significant services will be discussed. This student needs-provision models as ways of guid-
correlation between social functioning critically appraises the major existing ing practice. Students are introduced
and group experience. Topics of study theories. to the disproportionate involvement
include group dynamics, leadership 3 CR / (3,0,0) of Aboriginal children, youth and their
styles and skills, group development, families in the child care system and Ab-
cultural and ethical issues in group originally-based intervention strategies
work. This course includes a laboratory
SSWK 263 designed to assist children and youth.
experience in which students will learn Addictions You will be introduced to a range of prac-
and practice group work skills. A variety This course gives students an introduc- titioners in the community and come to
of activities will take place that will help tion to the issue of addiction. Various recognize the significant contribution of
to demonstrate the concepts and skills. theories and treatment models used organizations like the Native Friendship
Prerequisite: SSWK 142, SSWK 145 to explain and treat addiction will be Centre and Carrier-Sekani Family Servi-
3 CR / (3,2,0) discussed. The social impact of addic- ces. The perspectives presented in this
tion and student personal values and course conform to the British Columbia
beliefs will be assessed. A focus on Core Curriculum model for CYC.
SSWK 242 bio-psycho-social-spiritual theory, harm 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Community Development reduction and recovery options, motiva-
This course examines the history of tional interviewing and stages of change
will be explored. Personal, professional
SSWK 271
community development, distinguishes
capacity-based from needs-based and political ethics and values, as well as Health and Wellness Self-Care
motivation, and explores a variety of the disproportionate rates of addiction Lab
community development initiatives within the Canadian Aboriginal popula- The key to personal success in the help-
worldwide. Special emphasis is placed on tion will be examined. ing professions is to maintain a balance
local/northern community development, 3 CR / (3,0,0) between your personal wellness and the
Aboriginal communities, and on the cap- professional tasks and interventions you
acity of social services paraprofessionals
to participate in community develop-
SSWK 265 will be providing. Learning to recognize
these emotions provides opportunities
ment initiatives. Introduction to Child Welfare: for self-reflection, self-awareness, and
3 CR / (3,0,0) Theory and Practice new perspectives. SSWK 271 is a 1.5-hour
This course is designed to examine mandatory lab in the SSWK program. It

is intended to provide the student with beliefs; boundaries; emotional, physical, Management Post-Diploma program.
a basic introduction to strategies to and mental self-care; dual relationships;
develop self-care responsibility. It em- and continued self-awareness. Working THMG 300
phasizes a preventive approach to hol- with faculty, students will establish
istic wellness that incorporates physical, learning objectives for their practicum The Business of Global Tourism
emotional, social, and spiritual aspects. experience and negotiate a contract with This course is designed to provide stu-
It is an experiential lab that focuses on their identified practicum agency. dents with an overview of the tourism
self-awareness and sensitivity as contrib- Prerequisite: SSWK 186 or SSWK 196 industry within a global context. Given
uting factors to your state of wellness. 3 CR / (3,0,0) the pace of globalization, gaining an
The predominant objective is to identify understanding of how the tourism sector
practical techniques and exercises that is evolving as stakeholders struggle with
are easy to do and are easily incorpor-
SSWK 296 challenges, issues, and opportunities
ated into daily living. The goal is to opti- Practicum and Seminar II is crucially important. Students gain an
mize our personal wellness as a strategy Students will perform activities at a so- understanding of the complexities of the
to manage professional and personal cial service agency site two days a week tourism industry, including economic,
stressors. throughout the semester where they environmental, and social impacts as
Prerequisite: Admission to SSWK pro- will design a learning contract and re- well as the evolution, function, and dir-
gram ceive guidance and supervision from an ection of tourism internationally.
1.5 CR / (0,1.5,0) agency-based field supervisor. Students 3 CR / (3,0,0)
will also attend a two-hour practicum
SSWK 273 class to reflect upon the learning occur- THMG 301
ring in the field placement, and will have
Classroom Assisting the opportunity to address issues and
Transferrable Skills for Tourism
Students learn general educational concerns related to/encountered in their Operators
principles and techniques for classroom practicum experiences and to make con- This course is a first-semester course
assistance with exceptional children nections between the theoretical course intended to prepare students with the
in primary, elementary, and secondary components and the actual practicum essential and transferrable skills neces-
school settings. Emphasis is placed on events. sary for career growth and development
resource development, the develop- Prerequisite: SSWK 295 in tourism and hotel management. The
ment of language skills, co-operative 4 CR / (2,0,10) course explores a range of topics from
learning, and ethical issues in classroom time management, goal setting, and
assistance. The principles of integration interpersonal skills to team-building
of exceptional children in the classroom SSWK 299 strategies. Other courses that follow
is presented and discussed. Practicum and Practicum the tourism and hotel management
Corequisite: SSWK 297 Seminar program further develop the learners'
4.5 CR / (3,0,0) Students will attend a social service skills and knowledge.
agency site for a two-week block practi- 3 CR / (3,0,0)
SSWK 282 cum. Students will attend the agency at
Behaviour Management:
which they completed their practicum THMG 302
for SSWK 296. Students will continue
Techniques for Working with Business Writing for
to complete the goals and objectives
Children and Youth identified in the SSWK 296 learning the Tourism Industry
This course surveys the various aspects contract. Students will continue to Clear, effective written communication
of social service work with children receive guidance and supervision from is essential in any tourism and hotel
and youth. The impact of various social an agency-based field supervisor. Dur- management role. This course will give
and economic forces, including forms ing the two-week intersession, you will students confidence in business corres-
and mechanisms of oppression and attend a seminar each of those weeks pondence through developing technical
discrimination, are examined as they that has the same intent as the SSWK and practical writing and presentation
affect child development. Various 296 seminar. The seminar is designed to skills critical to success in any business
theoretical models will be examined in allow all students to reflect on the learn- setting. Assignments will be based on
detail, allowing students the opportunity ing accomplished during practicum. Stu- tourism and hotel management com-
to consider best practice-techniques dents will continue to keep a journal as munications issues. This course teaches
for working with at-risk and vulnerable required in SSWK 296. During seminar, students written and oral communica-
children and youth. your student colleagues and academic tions required to succeed in a business
3 CR / (3,0,0) supervisor will problem-solve around setting through a variety of writing and
issues and concerns pertaining to prac- speaking situations including reports,
ticum. We will attempt to link theoretical emails, memos, letters, and presenta-
SSWK 295 components from your courses to actual tions.
Issues and Principles of Fieldwork practicum events. 3 CR / (3,0,0)
II Prerequisite: SSWK 295 and 296
Students will attend a practicum prepar- 3 CR / (0,2,22) THMG 304
ation class twice per week, where person-
Communications and
al strengths and areas for improvement
will be examined. Focus will include the
THMG............................... Technology in Tourism
following: professional ethics; appropri- This course provides the students with
ate conduct in the social service field; Note: THMG courses are restricted a practical framework for incorporating
personal and professional values and to students in the Tourism and Hotel computer technology and electronic

media as invaluable management to learn what is required for success

resources in support of the mission
THMG 313 in the hotel management sector. Hotel
and objectives of a tourism operation. Building Outstanding Tourism managers must have human resource
In addition, this course examines the Experiences management skills and acquire skills
nature and scope of communication Three critical segments for service necessary to offer quality service. This
and technology and its emergence and success will be explored: the design and course provides students with the skills
utilization within the tourism and hotel delivery of outstanding and memorable and knowledge to manage day-to-day
industry. Students will have the oppor- guest experiences, business manage- processes including operations, human
tunity to apply knowledge in an applied ment practices for customer-service resource management, leadership,
team project. excellence, and customer recovery tech- guest service, sales, suppliers, marketing
3 CR / (3,0,0) niques. Students will further delve into and capital projects.
and explore topics by completing a range 3 CR / (3,0,0)
THMG 308 of engaging and interactive assignments
Marketing the Tourism Industry
and case studies. This course will also THMG 319
provide students with an opportunity to
Marketing is integrated into almost every analyze current tourism ventures in the The Business of Food and
facet of a hospitality and/or tourism local marketplace. Beverage Management
organization. In this course the learner 3 CR / (3,0,0) This course will offer a theoretical and
will explore basic concepts of marketing applied approach to food and beverage
in order to evaluate the best practices operations. Managing consists of iden-
for today’s tourism organizations. This THMG 314 tifying an organization's financial goals
course focuses on major marketing de- Contemporary Issues in Tourism and nurturing teams that align with
cisions that tourism and hotel managers and Hotel Management these goals with operational decisions.
face in researching demand, generating This course explores issues, challenges This course will emphasize the concept
and sustaining demand for their prod- and current trends that the tourism and of customer relations from its broadest
ucts and services. hotel industry face due to the rapidly perspective, impact to the customer, and
3 CR / (3,0,0) changing international tourist market and the role service management offers as it
domestic labour market. Major issues relates to profitability.
THMG 310 that will influence the global tourism and 3 CR / (3,0,0)
hotel industry including economic, socio,
Financial Management for
Tourism and Hotel Management
environmental concerns within a global THMG 320
tourism context, global markets trends,
This course focuses on business plan- Indigenous cultural tourism, human Event Coordination Essentials
ning, control, and financial decision-mak- resources management and marketing Any tourism or hotel manager requires
ing in a tourism and hotel management are examined during the semester. The knowledge about event coordination.
environment, and the concepts are course represents a comprehensive and Whether it is for a tourism event or a
applicable to both large and small organ- up-to-date analysis of key sectors in the conference at the hotel, managers will
izations. This course provides students hotel and tourism industries. be involved in the coordination of many
with an understanding of key financial 3 CR / (3,0,0) events. In this course, students will
issues arising in the hotel and tourism examine the emerit® National Occupa-
sector. Concepts, terminology and prin- tional Standards for Event Coordinator
ciples are introduced at a basic level. THMG 316 to learn what is required for success in
3 CR / (3,0,0) Strategic Tourism Management the event coordination role. This course
This course explores strategic manage- uses the emerit® online event coordin-
ator curriculum, combined with lectures
THMG 312 ment and planning in a hotel and tourism
and activities to provide students with
environment. Using both a theoretical
Customer Service Management and practical approach, students exam- the skills and knowledge needed to
of Tourism Operations ine the concepts of strategic planning manage any event coordination needs.
Excellent client service is core to a suc- and competitive strategy, and how they 3 CR / (3,0,0)
cessful tourism and hotel industry busi- can be successfully applied by organiz-
ness. This course will explore the nature ations in an increasingly complex and THMG 322
of services in general and the unique global tourism environment. Learners
dynamics of tourism services. Delivering examine the management challenges Leadership Skills for Tourism
quality services is one of the major and opportunities of small tourism Effective businesses require strong lead-
challenges for managers in the tourism entities and the unique environments in ers. In this course, students will study the
industry because industry market trends which they operate, including hotels. nature of leadership and its importance
are rapidly changing. A primary focus of 3 CR / (3,0,0) in organizations. This course defines
this course will be on management's role how individuals function effectively in
in creating a quality customer-service organizations by examining behaviour
experience by developing a successful
THMG 318 from personal, group and organizational
service delivery system. The Business of Hotel perspectives. Topics include: leadership,
3 CR / (3,0,0) Management motivation, group dynamics, communi-
Hotel managers require knowledge cation, decision-making, innovative and
about the operations of all departments creative problem-solving approaches,
within their hotels. Students will exam- conflict resolution and negotiation.
ine the emerit® National Occupational Leadership skill development will be
Standards for Hotel General Manager examined through lecture, discussion,

case analyses, and practical applications by a welder.

of the material. Corequisite/Prerequisite: TRDE 100
TRDE 155
3 CR / (3,0,0) (Total course hours 60) Trades Discovery Painter/
Decorator
THMG 340 TRDE 125 Students will be introduced to the
painter/decorator trade and shown
Tourism and Hotel Management Trades Discovery Carpentry what essential skills are necessary to be
Practicum Students will be introduced to the car- successful in the trade. Students will also
This course provides students with a pentry trade and shown what essential be introduced to various abilities, safety
practical opportunity to apply the skills skills are necessary to be successful in the procedures, skills and knowledge that
and knowledge they have acquired in trade. Students will also be introduced to are required to be a painter/decorator.
the classroom in a workforce environ- various materials and processes used by Corequisite/Prerequisite: TRDE 100
ment in the tourism or hotel industry. a carpenter. (Total course hours 60)
Experiential learning is effective because Corequisite/Prerequisite: TRDE 100
it enables students to experience the (Total course hours 60)
supervisory skills and competencies
TRDE 165
applicable for their future. Students Trades Discovery Professional
will be better positioned to enter the
TRDE 130 Cook
tourism job market tourism field upon Trades Discovery Electrical Students will be introduced to the
graduation. Students will be introduced to the elec- professional cook trade and shown
Prerequisite: 24 credits completed in trical trade and shown what essential what essential skills are necessary to be
the THMG program skills are necessary to be successful in the successful in the trade. Students will be
3 CR / (1,0,5) trade. Students will also be introduced to able to follow recipes, weigh and meas-
various materials and processes used by ure food accurately, and will learn the
an electrician. major techniques and principles used
TRDE................................. Corequisite/Prerequisite: TRDE 100 in cooking, baking, and other aspects
(Total course hours 60) of food preparation. Learners will also
Note: TRDE courses are restricted to stu- explore the various career options within
dents in the Trades Discovery Program.
TRDE 135 the trade.
Corequisite/Prerequisite: TRDE 100
Trades Discovery Automotive
TRDE 100 Service
Trades Discovery Core Skills
This 60-hour course will provide the
Students will be introduced to the
automotive service trade and shown
TRDE 175
learner with core skills to complete the what essential skills are necessary to Trades Discovery Electronics/IT
practical portion of the Trades Discovery be successful in the trade. Students will This course is an elective for the Trades
Program as well as to enter further also be introduced to various materials Discovery Program. It is designed to
trades training. This interactive course and processes used by an automotive introduce students to Electronics/IT
will provide both theoretical and practical service technician. and its various career options including
experience in essential skills, safe work Corequisite/Prerequisite: TRDE 100 IT Help Desk Technician, entry-level
practices, employability, and the use of (Total course hours 60) Network Engineer or Cyber Security
common hand and portable tools. There Technician. Students will create a
will also be an opportunity for students toolbox of trouble-shooting software,
to complete the training and tests for TRDE 140 along with the skills are necessary to
relevant workplace certificates. Trades Discovery Heavy Duty be successful in the trade. Students will
(Total course hours 60) Equipment Technician also be introduced to various materials
Students will be introduced to the heavy and processes used by an entry level
TRDE 110 duty equipment trade and shown what technician in the trade.
essential skills are necessary to be Corequisite: TRDE 100
Trades Discovery Pipe Trades (Total course hours 60)
successful in the trade. Students will
Students will be introduced to the pipe also be introduced to various materials
trade and shown what essential skills and processes used by a heavy duty
are necessary to be successful in the equipment technician. TTM...................................
trade. Students will also be introduced
to various materials and processes used
by a pipe trades worker.
TTM 450
(Total course hours 60) TRDE 145 Truck and Transport Mechanic
Trades Discovery Industrial Level 4
TRDE 115 Mechanic (Millwright) The Truck and Transport Mechanic Level
Trades Discovery Welding Students will be introduced to the mill-
wright trade and shown what essential
Students will be introduced to the weld- Topics covered in this course are:
skills are necessary to be successful in the
ing trade and shown what essential skills Advanced Brake systems and hydraulic
trade. Students will also be introduced to
are necessary to be successful in the systems, truck and transport electrical,
various materials and processes used by
trade. Students will also be introduced frames, steering and suspension and
an industrial mechanic.
to various materials and processes used advance truck and bus cabs and bodies.

“Truck and Transport Mechanic” means text editors and with industry-leading of design and use of perspective and
a person who maintains, rebuilds, over- website development and image editing proportion are explored in both colour
hauls, reconditions, and does diagnostic software. The class is taught with a focus and black and white. Using analogue and
troubleshooting of motorized com- on current and emerging web standards digital tools and techniques, students re-
mercial truck, bus, and road transport and best practices. Students will analyze spond to design challenges in a range of
equipment. and assess other websites to gain insight media, combining text and images with
Prerequisite: Registered Truck & Trans- into the design of their own websites. skill and intention to convey concepts
port Mechanic apprentice with ITA and 3 CR / (3,0,0) and ideas.
Strongly Recommended Completion of 3 CR / (3,0,0)
Truck and Transport Mechanic Level 3
WEGD 142
Intermediate Web Design WEGD 211
This course is a continuation of WEGD Applied Skills Lab I
WEGD............................... 141 and focuses on intermediate con- Students from multiple disciplines will
cepts around designing, developing, have an opportunity to work together
optimizing, publishing and trouble- to extend their knowledge of digital
WEGD 121 shooting HTML-and CSS-based web- software by practicing and improving
sites. More advanced concepts around their digital literacy skills in authoring
Introduction to Design Thinking
user experience, interactive design software such as Photoshop, Illustrator,
Design Thinking investigates “individual and search engine optimization will be InDesign and Dreamweaver. Assign-
as innovator” by working on design discussed. Learners will gain experience ments will challenge students to apply
problems in a human, interactive, in integrating other forms of media intermediate and advanced concepts in
collaborative, and prototype way. into their websites including animation, composition, construction, and a variety
Students will gain an understanding of audio and video. Students will become of digital image manipulation techniques
the methodology and language used in proficient using industry-leading website to their ongoing assignments from other
human-centreed design as they prob- development and image editing soft- classes. Rotating faculty, each with their
lem-solve for real and fictitious clients. ware. Students will gain an awareness own area of expertise, will facilitate dem-
Participants will empathize, define, of other technologies that, while beyond onstrations, critiques and evaluations.
ideate, prototype and test their way to the scope of this course, are important Prerequisites: FINE 107, WEGD 121,
solutions for business, visual, online, and components of the current website WEGD 131, WEGD 141, WEGD 142,
print media using traditional tools and development landscape. WEGD 151
industry-standard software programs. Prerequisite: WEGD 141 Prerequisites or Corequisites for Web
Project-based assignments will develop 3 CR / (3,0,0) stream: WEGD 231, WEGD 241
a foundation in design thinking suitable Prerequisites or Corequisites for Design
for those going on to study in a variety of stream: WEGD 221, WEGD 251
design disciplines. WEGD 151 3 CR / (3,0,0)
3 CR / (3,0,0) The Basics of Typography
A must for all who wish to design visual WEGD 212
WEGD 131 solutions that present clear messages,
Applied Skills Lab II
Introduction to Visual this course will discuss, evaluate and
research aspects of typography as the This lab provides second-year WEGD
Communication students the opportunity to collabor-
most basic element of design. Students
Visual Communication focuses on devel- will learn the role of type in communi- ate, coordinate, develop and discuss
oping an understanding of the reasons cation as they investigate “meaning WEGD-related projects in a hands-on,
and ways in which people have chosen to aesthetics” and “functionality” of letter- production and development-driven,
communicate. Students will investigate a forms individually and in word, sentence cross-disciplinary environment. In group
variety of visual communication exam- and paragraph formations. Through discussions and formal presentations
ples from the historical to the contem- the study of typography’s graphic and participants will articulate the creative
porary and will use them as a catalyst for communicative elements, the class and operational considerations and
their own work. The course will survey will examine letterform anatomy and decisions made in designing and devel-
work from a variety of different cultures, analysis, form and counter-form, hier- oping projects. Students will acquire and
including Canadian Aboriginal culture. archy, legibility, type conveyance of develop critiquing and evaluation skills in
Students will use those investigations voice, mood, and meaning and the use regards to project development. Select
to create their own case studies of tech- of grids. The knowledge gained in this program faculty on a rotating schedule
niques both past and present, and will class can be applied to solving any visual will facilitate the labs.
share their projects through a variety of problem that involves the typographic Prerequisite: WEGD 211
presentations. form whether it will be presented on a Prerequisites or Corequisites for Web
3 CR / (3,0,0) sheet or screen. stream: WEGD 232, WEGD 242
3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisites or Corequisites for Design
WEGD 141 stream: WEGD 222, WEGD 252
3 CR / (3,0,0)
Introduction to Web Design WEGD 161
This course introduces students to the Graphic Design Fundamentals
fundamentals of website design. Stu-
WEGD 221
Students gain an understanding of the
dents will learn how to design, develop, basic terminology of graphic design to Graphic Design for Sustainability
optimize, publish and troubleshoot basic comprehend and communicate visual The practice of graphic design through
HTML-and CSS-based websites. Learn- language. The elements and principles the lens of sustainability will be the focus
ers will create websites with standard

of this class. Students will work ethically 3 CR / (3,0,0) visual showcase where they will display
while considering sustainable practices their work in a public venue.
that favour longevity and renewal for the WEGD 232 Prerequisites: WEGD 121, WEGD 131,
human and their environment. Assign- WEGD 141, WEGD 142, WEGD 151, FINE
ments will encourage the development
Interactive Digital Media 107
of solutions that feature alternatives Production Prerequisites or Corequisites: WEGD
to printed materials — like digital and This course continues to reinforce over- 232, WEGD 242
social media, lightweight use of printed arching foundational concepts related Prerequisites or Corequisites for Web
materials, and the use of recycled, re- to interactive digital media production stream: WEGD 231, WEGD 241
cyclable and compostable materials for while providing the space for students Prerequisites or Corequisites for Design
publications, promotions and packaging. to focus on refining skills and concep- stream: WEGD 221, WEGD 251
Prerequisite: WEGD 121 or permission tualizing, developing and re-developing 3 CR / (3,0)
of the instructor projects in areas of personal and pro-
fessional relevance. Opportunities will
3 CR / (3,0,0)
exist for participants to engage in actual
WEGD 251
client work with a preference given to Drawing for Story
WEGD 222 non-profit and not-for-profit organiza- This course takes a narrative approach
Visual Showcase tions and institutions in the region. Extra to drawing while continuing to build on
Visual Showcase leads students in creat- attention will be placed on further devel- the student’s solid base of drawing skills.
ing a set of self-promotional publications oping and applying knowledge related to Human figures are drawn in a variety of
that include personal branding, market- user-experience testing, user feedback positions, settings and scenes. Emphasis
ing collaterals and a portfolio of their and data-driven design. Students will will be placed on expressive and emo-
own work. Students will begin by doing be introduced to stand-alone motion tional line drawing for the development
an audit of their visual work, choosing graphic for video software. Students will of character and story. Additionally, work
those pieces that best demonstrate their be encouraged to reassess, reinterpret will be done to learn techniques for
skills and reflect their career goals, then and improve projects from previous placing the figure into a narrative using
critiquing and adapting them into a re- semesters. the storyboard. Suitable for the fine
fined body of work. Opportunities will be Prerequisite: WEGD 231 artist interested in exploring narrative
presented where students can promote 3 CR / (3,0,0) artwork, or the student wanting to work
themselves, present their portfolio and in graphic novels, animation or character
design. This class focuses on building a
talk about their work. As a final project, WEGD 241 knowledge base for future explorations
students will set up a visual showcase
where they will display their work in a Advanced Web Design Concepts of narrative and the human form.
public venue. This course applies the advanced web Prerequisite: FINE 103 or FINE 107 or
Prerequisites: FINE 107 , WEGD 121, concepts introduced in WEGD 142. permission of the instructor
WEGD 141, WEGD 151, WEGD 131, Students will gain experience in creating 3 CR / (3,0,0)
WEGD 142, WEGD 251, WEGD 211 websites that utilize client-side and
Prerequisites or Corequisites: WEGD
212, WEGD 221, WEGD 252, WEGD 299;
server-side technologies including PHP
and JavaScript. Participants will develop
WEGD 252
or permission of the instructor dynamic websites with content manage- 3D Design and Rapid Prototyping
3 CR / (3,0,0) ment systems (CMS) and will become Building on the student’s abilities in basic
proficient in customizing them, in part, visual problem-solving and 2D digital
WEGD 231 through plugins, themes and by lever-
aging skills already developed in HTML
drawing, this course will introduce the
skills for visualizing 3D objects and de-
Introduction to Interactive Digital and CSS. There will be an emphasis on veloping them into 3D digital models for
Media Production cultivating professional practices that rapid prototyping. Artists and designers
This course introduces students to encourage continued development. will work through hands-on class exer-
interactive digital media production. Prerequisites: WEGD 141, WEGD 142 cises using several 3D modeling software
Participants will plan, design, develop, 3 CR / (3,0,0) programs as they explore concepts of
optimize, test and deploy interactive space, mass, balance, scale as well as
form and materials used in 3D printing
digital media projects produced with in-
dustry-standard software. Learners will
WEGD 242 as a method of rapid prototyping. The
gain experience working in a variety of Digital Media Showcase 3D visualization techniques covered will
digital environments, noting the similar- WEGD 242 prepares students for have relevance in many creative indus-
ities and differences between program educational, personal and professional tries such as graphic design, industrial
interfaces, methods of production and opportunities after graduation. Learners design, jewelry design, toy design, illus-
development practices. An emphasis will will develop the skills to cultivate and tration and fine arts. In-class projects
be placed on overarching foundational maintain a professional online presence, will lead students to create optimized 3D
concepts related to interactive digital in part, through the strategic selection digital models ready for printing.
media production such as working with and creative presentation of unique, Prerequisite: FINE 107 or permission of
timelines, layers and object properties. quality, interactive digital media projects. the instructor.
The basics of producing digital audio, This self-promotional effort will involve 3 CR / (3,0,0)
video and motion graphics for online participants marketing themselves to
delivery will be explored with a focus on self-selected audiences through ca-
producing informational content. reer-relevant, individualized strategies
Prerequisites: WEGD 121, WEGD 131, which will include the creation and pro-
WEGD 141, WEGD 142, WEGD 151, FINE motion of an interactive digital portfolio.
107; or permission of the instructor. As a final project, students will set up a


WEGD 261 WMST 101
Introduction to Business for Introduction to Women’s Studies
Creatives WELD................................ I
Students envision their future as cre- This course uses a multidisciplinary ap-
atives either working for themselves or proach to the study of women in society
other companies and clients, learning WELD 100 and academia. It explores interdisci-
to align that future with their values and Welder Level 1 Harmonized plinary and historical perspectives on
aspirations. The skills and vocabulary The Welder Level 1 course is delivered women and examines the development
that support working for oneself or a with traditional classroom and shop- of feminist theories and methodologies.
business will be introduced through a based instruction. A Welder is a person Emphasis is placed on the diversity of
creative lens. Focusing on their personal who has training in and is capable of women’s experience within the context
goals, students will gain understanding welding ferrous and non-ferrous metals of differences in class, race, age, and
of and create tools for: identifying their in all positions, on both plate and/or sexual orientation. The connections
interests, marketing to an audience, ana- pipe, using various welding processes. between women’s experiences in the
lyzing a business landscape, prioritizing Certified welders qualify for testing everyday world and their representation
tasks, and financial planning. with CSA, Technical Safety BC and for in Canadian institutions are explored,
3 CR / (3,0,0) ASME procedures in British Columbia. with the aim of understanding the re-
Certified welders may apply to Technical lationship between personal empower-
ment and social change.
WEGD 262 Safety BC for their pressure welder
3 CR / (3,0,0)
certificate of qualification, provided they
Print Production Fundamentals
meet eligibility criteria and pass the
Students learn and apply the vocabulary,
theory, processes, tools, and techniques
standardized certification exam. Once WMST 102
certified as pressure welders, individuals
to create printed materials from digital Introduction to Women’s Studies
must complete additional performance
files for business and creative projects. qualification test(s) in accordance with II
Using industry-standard page layout and any registered welding procedure speci- This course uses the multidisciplinary
graphics software, students design and fication in order to perform pressure approach to the study of women in so-
print a variety of publications suitable for welding in BC. Topics covered in this ciety and academia developed in WMST
a design portfolio. Working as a group course are: Occupational Skills; Cutting 101. The course focuses on the critical
and as individuals, students evaluate and Gouging Processes; Fusion and examination of gender segregation in
and analyze printed materials for aes- Braze Welding Using the Oxy-Fuel Pro- the paid labour force and its relationship
thetic resonance, functionality, accuracy, cess; Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW); to institutionalized representations of
quality, and cost efficiency. Semi-Automatic and Automatic Welding; women in science and medicine, law,
Prerequisite: FINE 107, WEGD 121, Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW); and politics, religion, and family. Emphasis
WEGD 131, and WEGD 151 Basic Metallurgy. is placed on Canadian institutions as
3 CR / (3,0,0) Prerequisite: Must be a registered well as class, race, and age differences
Welder Apprentice with ITA between groups of women in Canadian
WEGD 299 (Total course hours 240) society.
3 CR / (3,0,0)
Professional Internship
Professional Internship is a blended WELD 200
learning environment that combines Welder Level 2 Harmonized
internship experience with professional The Welder Level 2 course is delivered
practice seminars. Having identified with traditional classroom and shop-
an area within web and graphic design based instruction.
in which to further develop, students Prerequisite: Welder Level 1; Must be a
will be placed with a relevant company, registered Welder Apprentice with ITA
organization, or individual for no less (Total course hours 240)
than 80 hours to provide them with
the opportunity to experience their
chosen discipline first-hand. Students WELD 300
will develop skills in business ethics and Welder Level 3 Harmonized
professionalism, sharing their experien- The Welder Level 3 course is delivered
ces and insights in a personal reflective with traditional classroom and shop-
journal. Instructor-led group seminars based instruction.
before and during the internship will Prerequisite: Welder Level 2 or Foun-
help students integrate the knowledge dation; Must be a registered Welder
and skills acquired in the classroom with Apprentice with ITA
their placement experience. (Total course hours 300)
Prerequisites: FINE 107, WEGD 121,
WEGD 131, WEGD 141, WEGD 142,
WEGD 151 WMST...............................
Prerequisites or Corequisites for Web
stream: WEGD 232, WEGD 242
Prerequisites or Corequisites for Design
stream: WEGD 222, WEGD 252

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Support Services & Facilities 183
SUPPORT SERVICES AND FACILITIES

CNC offers a full range of services and facilities to help you get the best possible learning
experience. This section focuses mainly on services in Prince George, our largest campus.
However, many of these services are available to students at all CNC campuses. Please
consult specific regional campuses for details. All services/facilities listed in this section also
have web pages — please visit cnc.bc.ca
EMERGENCIES/EVACUATION PROCEDURE: 250 561 5827

In case of emergency, call one of these numbers:
• Call 250 561 5827 or ext 200
• Locate a red safety phone at most entrances
• Press the “S” button on marked pay phones
• Locate the closest Emergency phone in parking lots
The fire alarm operates in two stages; a slow intermittent ring signals a fire occurring
in another area of the College. A fast ring indicates a fire in the immediate area, and
everyone must leave the building via the nearest exit — the elevators must not be used.
Students needing assistance to floor (100-block north stairwell). The
evacuate are asked to go directly to the second-floor evacuation area is located
designated evacuation areas located on in the 700-block main stairwell by the
the third floor (700-block main stairwell), library.
or the secondary location on the third
Emergency messages to individual students

The College does not have a public address system that extends to classrooms. Given the
large number of students and classrooms, it is impossible to communicate messages to
individual students, except in genuine emergencies. In some cases, messages to students
may be relayed through the switchboard 250 562 2131, ext 0.

184 Support Services & Facilities For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
ABORIGINAL RESOURCE 4 p.m, Tuesday 10:00 a.m to 4:00 p.m, format textbooks, discussing
Wednesday - Friday 8:30 a.m to 4:00p.m. learning strategies, or other
CENTRE (ARC)
CNC’s Fort St. James, Lakes District, • support requirements related to
P 250 562 2131, ext 5488
Mackenzie, Quesnel, and Vanderhoof specific disability needs.
F 250 561 5874
E arc@cnc.bc.ca campuses also offer part-time Advising Accessibility Services is available year-
Room 1-773 services. Contact the campuses directly round. Referrals from instructors and
cnc.bc.ca/services/prince-george/ for an appointment. community agencies are welcomed, as
aboriginal-resources are self-referrals.
Aboriginal Resources are in place across ACCESSIBILITY

all CNC campuses. The ARC welcomes SERVICES APPLIED RESEARCH
and supports Aboriginal students in
P 250 561 5838 AND INNOVATION
a unique gathering place. There are P 250 562 2131, ext 5347
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5838
spaces for quiet study, computer access, TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5347
F 250 561 5879
and activities. Services include access E research@cnc.bc.ca
E access@cnc.bc.ca
to Cultural Advisors/ Elders, tutoring, Room 2-390
advice on financial support, liaising with Student Central: Room 1-753
cnc.bc.ca/research
sponsoring agencies and CNC faculty, cnc.bc.ca/services/accessibility
academic and career planning, and Service is available in all Regions. Connecting researchers
advice on support services at CNC and Accessibility Services is committed to and community partners
in Prince George. ARC supports the helping CNC students to succeed in their Applied Research connects industry,
activities of the CNC Dream Hunters studies. We will help you access many business and community partners with
Aboriginal Student Club. The ARC is a different services. Accessibility Services the expertise of our faculty and staff
supportive community that provides assists with ensuring you have equal and the skills of our students to help
services for transition into college and access to educational opportunities organizations solve business problems,
continued student success. by working to reduce the physical, build prototypes or take advantage of
attitudinal and systemic barriers. To market opportunities.
ensure appropriate services can be
ACADEMIC ADVISING CNC provides practical, hands-on
coordinated and provided in a timely
P 250 561 5818 learning in more than 50 programs. Our
manner, students must self-identify and
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5818 classes and research projects enhance
provide current documentation that
F 250 561 5879 the quality of college programs and
meets Ministry of Advanced Education
E advising@cnc.bc.ca provide students a learning opportunity
criteria. Students are encouraged to
which goes beyond the classroom.
Student Central: Room 1-753 contact Accessibility Services at least one
cnc.bc.ca/services/advising semester (4 to 6 months) before their Gain a competitive edge
Academic advisors provide program starts. in the workplace
comprehensive academic advising Services are individualized to meet As a student it can be hard to find work
services to assist current and specific disability-related needs. experience to apply your program-
prospective students to maximize their related knowledge. Participating in an
Every effort will be made to provide
success at the College of New Caledonia. applied research project as part of
reasonable academic accommodations.
your course work or as a paid Student
Academic advisors are available to assist Early contact is essential, as some
Research Assistant can give you a
students with accommodations require significant time
competitive advantage in the workplace.
• Establishing educational and career to arrange. Supports and services may
You’ll gain real-world hands-on
goals; include, but are not limited to
experience while working side-by-side
• Recommending support for self- • Assistance with external funding with our faculty, research associates and
identified academic barriers; applications for services and/or industry partners.
• Wellness Coach referrals for equipment;
If you’re interested in becoming involved
personal support; • Liaising with instructors and service
in an applied research project, visit the
• Obtaining information on career providers;
Applied Research and Innovation located
options, skill requirements and • Accommodation planning on the Prince George campus or email
admission criteria; • Assistance with the admissions/ us at research@cnc.bc.ca.
• Planning educational programs; registration process;
• Adding or dropping courses; • Entrance exam accommodations;
CAMPUS HOUSING
• Transferring to or from another • Provision of support services such
P 250 561 5849
post-secondary institution; as volunteer note-takers, exam
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5849
• Academic probation. accommodations;
E campushousing@cnc.bc.ca
Hours: Monday 8:30 a.m. to • Coordinating access to alternate

cnc.bc.ca/services/prince-george/ right on campus. Watch for theme movie in these elections. As well, the Students’
housing nights and film festivals as well. Union has planning and decision-
Community. Comfort. Convenience. making committees where you can get
involved and have your voice heard.
Are you looking to be part of a social COLLEGE OF NEW The Students’ Union also holds at
community guided by a philosophy CALEDONIA least one General Meeting each year,
of inclusivity and policies designed
STUDENTS’ UNION, which everyone is welcome to attend.
to support your learning? Are you Getting active in your Students’ Union
interested in getting to know your LOCAL 13 – CANADIAN
is one of the most rewarding ways CNC
neighbours, building a support network, FEDERATION OF students can contribute positively to
and making lifelong friendships? Are STUDENTS their experiences on and off campus.
you prepared to live independently and By getting involved, students can help
P 250 561 2131 ext 5852
be an active part of the community and create a fuller educational experience,
F 250 561 5884
its events? If this sounds exciting, we and a better future, for themselves and
E info@cncsu.ca
are the right fit! We provide affordable, others — there is strength in numbers.
centrally-located community living, Room 1-303
For further information about the work
close to shopping, transportation, www.cncsu.ca
and services available through your
recreational facilities, and forest trails. The College of New Caledonia CNC Students’ Union and how you can
In our community, your post-secondary Students’ Union is comprised of all get involved, please contact us (see
experience will be enriched far beyond students registered in credit courses information above). For information on
the classroom. at the College. Your membership in the the Canadian Federation of Students,
You can find our applications at cnc. Students’ Union begins at registration, please visit www.cfs-fcee.ca or www.cfs.
bc.ca/services/prince-george/housing upon payment of the membership fees bc.ca.
and ceases at the end of your last term
of registered study. At the campus level,
CAFETERIA the CNC Students’ Union advocates for
COLLEGE STORE
P 250 561 5807 the rights and interests of its members P 250 561 5808
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5807 within the College and the local TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5808
community, as well as offers a variety F 250 561 5822
The CNC Cafeteria is located on the Main
Campus in Prince George. The Cafeteria of social events and useful services cnc.bc.ca/bookstore
offers hearty breakfasts, on-the-go such as the U-Pass (Prince George City The CNC Bookstore is located on the
snacks, and healthy lunches including transit/Aquatic Centre pass), extended Main Campus in Prince George. Our
a full menu of hot dishes prepared health and dental benefits, club funding, primary goal is to ensure students are
to order. Our full-service coffee bar locker rentals, photocopying and free able to obtain the course materials they
includes fresh baking and other treats faxing, travel/local discount cards, the need at reasonable prices. Use our
for an additional boost without leaving CNCSU Confluence (CNC’s only student- website to get a custom list of course
campus. The Professional Cook Students run newspaper) and much more. As a materials which can be ordered easily
contribute sweet and savory dishes to member of the CNC Students’ Union, through our online shop or bring the list
our menu so there is often something you are also a member of the Canadian to shop in person. The Bookstore carries
new to enjoy. Federation of Students, an alliance of stationery and supplies for all CNC
over 80 college and university students’ courses with selections ranging from
CALEDONIA EARLY unions representing more than 500,000 pens to study aids and scrubs to chef’s
CARE AND LEARNING students from across Canada. Your knives. Additional items available include
Students’ Union can address student CNC-crested sportswear, giftware,
CENTRE
issues at the provincial and national glassware, greeting cards, and snacks.
The Caledonia Early Care and Learning levels, access research on post- Customers can shop online or in person
Centre is a non-profit society providing secondary education issues, conduct Monday to Friday. Periodically the
child care options at the College of New lobbying work, and offer provincial and bookstore hosts buyback programs for
Caledonia in Prince George, BC. national services to CNC students, via used textbooks and also hosts an online
P 250 561 5834 or the Federation. The activities, services, book-swap.
E daycare@cnc.bc.ca for more and political work of the CNC Students’
information. Union are coordinated by an Executive COMMUNICATION
Committee comprised of elected SERVICES
representatives who are students
CINEMA CNC just like you. General elections for the
P 250 561 5859
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5859
P 250 562 2131, ext 5308 Executive Committee take place during
F 250 561 5876
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5308 the spring semester. All members of
Room 2-380
E maides@cnc.bc.ca the Students’ Union are eligible, and
E communications@cnc.bc.ca
Movies at special student prices, shown encouraged, to run for office and vote

Communication Services supports CNC program of educational financial Health and Safety Committee,
through marketing and communications assistance through student loans comprising employee and management
efforts to help attract and retain (full-time and part-time learners), representatives, meets monthly.
students. We also support students, grants and scholarships for post- Students must comply with WorkSafeBC
employees and members of the secondary students to ensure that safety regulations as outlined elsewhere
community by accurately communicating BC residents have an opportunity to in this calendar, where applicable.
information from and news about CNC. reach their education objectives.
Some of our responsibilities include: A comprehensive loan repayment WORKSAFEBC
program is available to all students.
• Advising program areas on COVERAGE
communications and promotional Applications are accessed online and
WorkSafeBC coverage extends to all
opportunities submitted electronically through
students while participating in the
• Coordinating fundraising to support www.studentaidbc.ca
practicum components of all programs
CNC students and programs • Adult Upgrading Grant: AUG offered by BC colleges and institutes,
• Coordinating and informing the CNC is a provincial government– regardless of the source of funding for
community about college events funded program that provides these programs.
• Communications to students and needs-based grants to students
A practicum is defined as
employees enrolled in Upgrading, ENLA and
Developmental program (JET). These • An integral component of
• Engaging CNC alumni
grants are intended to offset the a program which is required
• Marketing campaigns for college for program completion and
costs associated with tuition, fees,
services certification
books, unsubsidized childcare and
• Public relations/media relations possible transportation for students • Unpaid and supervised work
• Publications/Graphic design most in need of financial assistance. experience which takes place at the
• Web design and social media Applications are available online at host employer’s premises or place
studentaidbc.ca/explore/grants- of business
FINANCIAL AID & scholarships/adult-upgrading-grant This coverage does not apply to
workplaces established specifically for
AWARDS • External Awards Funding:
the purpose of experiential training that
P 250 561 5838 Students are encouraged to access
awards offered outside of the is established within a program by an
TF 1 800 371 8111 ext 5838 institution. Practicums outside BC are
F 250 561 5879 College Awards program. A partial
list is available at: not covered.
E finaid@cnc.bc.ca
Student Services: room 1-753 cnc.bc.ca/financialaid WorkSafeBC coverage covers student
cnc.bc.ca/services/financial-aid • CNC Awards Program – apprentices only while attending the
Scholarships and Bursaries: CNC classroom/lab/shop for the technical
Getting a post-secondary education training component of an apprenticeship
offers over $250,000 in student
is an investment in your future. The program. This coverage does not extend
awards each year. Students must
Financial Aid and Awards Office can help to non-apprentice students in any other
be registered in the Fall and Spring
you find the resources, make sense of programs.
semesters to be eligible to apply for
terminology, and assist with applications.
most awards (these are not program
Whether you are starting your very entrance type awards). Trades HEALTH AND
first semester or continuing your students need to be registered in
studies, a student award in the form of their current program. Applications
WELLNESS CENTRE
a scholarship or bursary can help you will open early October and are Counselling
achieve your goals. Awards are available available using the self-directed P 250 562 2131, ext 5377
for full-time or part-time students in online process and the student’s TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5818 or 5377
certificate, diploma or degree programs. CNC Connect account at cnc. F 250 561 5879
bc.ca/financialaid Room 1-460 (next to dental entrance)
FINANCIAL cnc.bc.ca/services/counselling
ASSISTANCE HEALTH AND SAFETY Maintaining your mental and emotional

The College is committed to providing health is important to academic success
Students are advised to become
a safe and healthy environment for and personal well-being. CNC Student
familiar with the funding resources and
employees and students. Therefore, Services and Health and Wellness are
determine if they meet the eligibility
all health and safety regulations here to support you in reaching your
requirements.
are enforced, unsafe conditions goals. Counsellors are available to assist
• Student Loans: The main source are promptly corrected, and safety with
of educational funding is from education is provided on a continual
StudentAidBC which is a broad • Anxiety Management
basis. The College’s Occupational

• Depression Management INTERNATIONAL (Learning Commons) in Prince George,

there are regional campus libraries in
• Grief and Loss Work EDUCATION
• Transition Support Burns Lake, Fort St. James, Mackenzie,
DEPARTMENT Quesnel, and Vanderhoof.
• Addiction Recovery Work
P 250 561 5857
• School and Life Stressors Visit your nearest CNC Library (Learning
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5857
Commons) to access collections and
• Gender and Sexuality F 250 561 5856
online resources.
Considerations E intl_edu@cnc.bc.ca
• Relationship Difficulties cnc.bc.ca/international-education At the Prince George Library (Learning
• Other Mental Illness Concerns Commons) you can also relax in the
The staff at the International Education
reading lounge, reserve a study room,
Health Services Department are pleased to welcome
or borrow one of 2,200 movies from
P 250 562 2131, ext 5377 international students to the College
the Cinema CNC collection. You can use
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5377 of New Caledonia. Their goal is to
e-mail, access online journals, e-books,
F 250 561 5887 help you adjust to life in Canada,
and the internet, or choose a book from
E health@cnc.bc.ca and studies at the College of New
our collection of 180,000. All services are
Room 1-460 (next to dental entrance) Caledonia. A full range of services
is available to you, including airport free for students and employees.
cnc.bc.ca/services/prince-george/health-
wellness pickup for students living in Student
As part of the Northern Health Authority

Housing, a comprehensive orientation MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
to the College, academic advising,
Services, the College has a family nurse
assistance with medical insurance, Peer
SERVICES
practitioner and a physician who are P 250 561 5805
Connections program, and help with visa
available to provide CNC students with TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5805
and study permit extensions.
primary health care services during the F 250 561 5872
week. Each semester, the International
E helpdesk@cnc.bc.ca
Education Department organizes
Nurse practitioners are registered cnc.bc.ca/services/prince-george/media-
activities to help you meet new friends,
nurses with advanced practice education technology
learn about life in Canada, learn about
that prepares them to diagnose/treat Media Technology Services offers
other cultures, and have fun.
common health problems including a wide range of services, including
prescribing medications, ordering tests equipment loans, video, audio and digital
and giving referrals to other health care KODIAKS RESTAURANT duplication, format transfers, and help
providers, including physician specialists. P 250 562 2131, ext 5623 with layout and design projects. In the
Nurse practitioners can also order and TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5623 media lab, users can access digital art/
interpret X-rays, lab work and other cnc.bc.ca/services/prince-george/food- photo collections, light tables, black and
medical tests. services/kodiaks white, colour and 3D printers, an 11x17
The restaurant is open several times scanner and a laminator for poster-
INFORMATION each academic year for lunch and dinner size projects. Two bookable rooms are
service. Guests enjoy a gourmet dining available for class video assignments and
TECHNOLOGY web-based meetings.
experience showcasing the skill and
SERVICES talent of students in the Professional
P 250 561 5812 Cook program. Students present a OFFICE OF THE
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext. 5812 healthy and diversified modern menu
E helpdesk@cnc.bc.ca to accommodate a wide variety of
REGISTRAR
cnc.bc.ca/services/it-services tastes and dietary needs. Reservations P 250 561 5800
recommended. For more information, TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5800
The College has many student computer
visit cnc.bc.ca/kodiaks F 250 561 5861
labs containing microcomputers, laser
E registrarsoffice@cnc.bc.ca
printers and overhead projectors. All
The Office of the Registrar is responsible
labs are fully networked. Most labs run LIBRARY (LEARNING
Windows, however, there are also Macs for maintaining the integrity of the
available.
COMMONS) student academic records and
P 250 561 5811 providing academic support services to
There are a variety of microcomputers
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5811 prospective and current students. Some
and printers located in the public access
F 250 561 5845 of the services we are responsible for
areas in the Library (Learning Commons).
E cnclibrary@cnc.bc.ca include admissions, registration, records,
These are accessible to all students
cnc.bc.ca/services/library transcripts, timetables, exam scheduling,
during Library (Learning Commons)
The goal of the Library (Learning graduation audit, and enrolment
hours. Users have access to a variety of
Commons) is to help you succeed in your verification. We strive to implement
software and to the internet.
studies. In addition to the main Library continuous improvements to these

services and assist you with excellence 24 hours of occurrence. Wellness Coaching can help students
from initial application through to For non-emergencies, call 250 561 5821 with the following:
graduation. You can access our services or email fixit@cnc.bc.ca • Stress management and coping
online, in person, by phone or by fax. skills
RECREATION ACADEMIC SUCCESS • Time management
• Goal-setting and planning
P 250 561 5803 CENTRE
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5803 • Self-care
P 250 561 5837
E gym@cnc.bc.ca • Providing screening and referrals to
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5837
cnc.bc.ca/services/prince-george/ counselling at CNC
E asc@cnc.bc.ca
recreation • Providing information on CNC
Student Services: Room 1-725
Keep active during the school year by policies and processes (e.g.,
cnc.bc.ca/services/prince-george/
working out in our weight room, playing grade appeals, medical/personal
academic-success-centre
squash, climbing the bouldering wall, or withdrawals, etc.)
signing up for fitness classes. Students The Academic Success Centre offers • Providing information about other
and staff are also welcome to join our tutoring and helpful support for various resources on and off campus.
intramural sports. topics such as study techniques, test-
taking strategies, time management,
essay writing, and more. Instructors
SECURITY are available for multiple subjects such
250 561 5827 as English, mathematics, sciences and
There are several ways to contact CNC accounting. Computers and a quiet
Security and First Aid: study area are available for use. Tutoring
services are free to currently enrolled
• Phone 250 561 5827 or ext 200 CNC students.
• Use any of the emergency phones
located throughout the campus or Success Centre Services
in the parking lots The Academic Success Centre also
CNC Security is available 24 hours a delivers Student Readiness Assessments
day, 7 days a week, including statutory (SRAs) to prospective students who
holidays. The Security office is located on need to demonstrate their English
the main floor in Room 1-302. or Math skills to meet a program’s
admission requirements. Other testing
CNC Security is also available via e-mail
services: CNC students are able, with the
during regular business hours, (Monday
permission of their instructor, to take
to Friday, 8 am to 4pm) through fixit@
missed tests or exams in the Academic
cnc.bc.ca for non-emergency issues.
Success Centre. Students who require
accommodations can also book their
SAFEWALK tests or exams in the Academic Success
Security will walk you safely to your Centre. If you need an exam invigilated,
vehicle, a bus stop, Student Residence, we can help with that during non-peak
or other on-campus locations. SafeWalk times at CNC. The Academic Success
is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a Centre offers both paper-based and
week. If the guard has been called away secure, web-based testing services in
on an emergency, you may need to wait a professional environment. Visit the
till he/she is available. Academic Success Centre website for
details. The fee for this service is payable
To access SafeWalk, contact Security
at the Registrar’s Office or Financial
through one of the methods as
Services offices.
described above.
FIRST AID WELLNESS

P 250 561 5818
CNC maintains qualified first aid
TF 1 800 371 8111, ext 5818
attendants on staff. For first aid
E wellnesscoach@cnc.bc.ca
emergencies: pick up any red emergency
phone and call local 200 from any Maintaining your Wellness is important
internal college phone or call 250 561 to academic success and personal well-
5827. All first aid incidents must be being. CNC Wellness Coaches are here
reported to CNC Security/First Aid within to support you in reaching your goals.

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Admissions, Fees & Policy Information 189
ADMISSIONS, FEES
AND POLICY INFORMATION
ADMISSION INFORMATION........................................................................................................................ 190
FEE INFORMATION...................................................................................................................................... 191
REGISTRATION INFORMATION. . ................................................................................................................. 192
RECORDS INFORMATION. . .......................................................................................................................... 193
TRANSFER CREDITS..................................................................................................................................... 195
GRADUATION INFORMATION.................................................................................................................... 196
APPEALS, COMPLAINTS AND DISCIPLINE INFORMATION...................................................................... 196
DEFINITIONS. . ............................................................................................................................................... 197

190 Admissions, Fees & Policy Information For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
ADMISSION INFORMATION they have been admitted, must submit a new application, pay the
This section outlines policy and procedure information related appropriate application and meet all admission requirements.
to Admissions at CNC. For official policies relating to admissions, Admission Types
please refer to Policy E-1.01.
There are three main categories of admission into programs.
Admission Please note meeting the minimum admission requirements
The College of New Caledonia is committed to providing access does not guarantee admission to the program or registration in
to quality education and to enrich the communities we serve. courses. See program pages for details.
Students are admitted to the College by program, each with Open

its own admission requirements. Applicants are encouraged Any program of study that does not have a selective admission
to apply early and must provide all required transcripts and process or fixed capacity is considered Open. Qualified students
documentation. Applicants may only be admitted to one program are admitted on a first-qualified, first accepted basis using the
at a time. Offers of admission may be rescinded if any aspect of date the applicants have met all of the admission requirements.
the application or submitted documentation is deemed to be
Limited
falsified. CNC reserves the right to limit admission to those that
possess the requisite capabilities for success.CNC also reserves A program of study with a limited number of seats per intake
the right to manage waitlists for its programs. and is on a first-qualified, first-accepted basis using the date the
applicants have met all of the admission requirements.
Applicants are required to submit official transcripts from all
high school and post-secondary institutions they have attended. Selective (Competitive)
Failure to disclose attendance at a post-secondary institution is a A program of study that fills available seats using approved
serious academic offense and may result in the application being Selection Criteria. Entry to these programs is often competitive.
closed and any offers rescinded.
Criminal Record Searches
How to Apply Given the scope of the Criminal Records Review Act, CNC
Domestic and International applicants are encouraged to apply requires criminal record searches for applications to program
online at EducationPlannerBC – apply.educationplannerbc.ca. areas that involve working with children or other vulnerable
Students unable to apply online can apply in person at the Office persons. Upon acceptance to certain programs, CNC will require
of the Registrar at any of the campuses. Applicants can email in prospective students to undergo a criminal record search. If the
their applications to regoffice@cnc.bc.ca. search reveals that there are convictions related to the intended
future employment of the person, the person may not be eligible
All fees are in Canadian dollars and are subject to change.
to enter or continue in the program. This requirement is being
Applications without the application fee will not be processed.
considered in light of the Criminal Records Review Act and
Applicants applying to more than one program, will have to
specific requirements of the Act will be enforced. Check program
submit a separate application and pay the appropriate fee for
requirements for criminal record search and criminal record
each desired program. Please see the fees section for specific
review requirements. . Please note, Criminal Record Checks are
fee amounts.
only required for specific programs and will be required after
Application and Document Deadlines acceptance.
International Student Admissions

Open Admission Sep 15 until filled
Applicants who are neither Canadian citizens nor Permanent
Limited Admission Sep 15 until filled Residents must apply as International Students.
Selective Admission Sep 15 to Mar 1 or until filled Accepted International students must possess a valid study
permit for programs exceeding six months.
Please refer to cnc.bc.ca/admissions/apply for specific
International students who meet the requirements below will
information regarding application and document deadlines
be issued a conditional letter of offer. An unconditional letter of
for your program of choice. Deadlines can also be viewed on
acceptance for immigration purposes will be issued after receipt
program webpages.
of a tuition deposit.
General International Admission Requirements
CNC will inform successful candidates of their admission to CNC
• Must have completed high school or equivalent.
by email once all required documentation has been reviewed
and the application assessed. Accepted students who require a • Must meet all program admission requirements.
formal Letter of Acceptance for funding purposes will be issued • Must meet CNC's English Language Proficiency
them by request. Specific program requirements can be viewed Requirements.
on program web pages. English Language Proficiency Requirements
Change of Program International applicants and applicants without English as
A student who wishes to change their program of study once their first language will be required to provide proof of English
Language Proficiency. As English is the language of instruction at

CNC, a minimum level of English proficiency is required. attend CNC as a Visiting Student on a Letter of Permission.
Acceptable English proficiency tests and minimum scores can be Students must submit a Letter of Permission from their home
found on the CNC website. institution. The letter must include the year and term for which
Test scores are valid for two years. Please note that these the student is authorized to study and should identify the course
requirements are subject to change and some programs may in which the student is permitted to register in. Students may
require higher English language scores. Please refer to the need to prove that they satisfy individual course prerequisites.
program website for details. Transfer credit will not be awarded to visiting students. If the
cnc.bc.ca/international-education/international-students/apply/ student should wish to transfer to CNC, they will need to reapply
english-language-requirements as a new applicant.
A list of countries that meet the English Language Proficiency Exchange Student
Requirements can be found at the above link. A student attending the College of New Caledonia as a
participant in a formal exchange agreement with another
Permanent Residency institution. Exchange students may be of domestic or
If an International student’s status changes on or after the first international status and pay tuition and fees to their home
day of classes in any given semester, the resulting change in institution and not CNC.
requirements and tuition fees will occur the following semester.
Students must show proof of the status change.
FEE INFORMATION
Admission to the College For the most recent tuition and fee information, please see the
Once an applicant has met all of the admission requirements of Fee Schedule posted in the Office of the Registrar section at cnc.
the program, they are deemed “qualified” and either accepted to bc.ca/admissions/register. Please note that fees may change
the program or placed on a waitlist according to each program’s without notice.
admission requirements and deadlines.
Application Fees
Conditional Admission
• $40 Canadian Citizens and Permanent Residents
Applicants with documents outstanding or courses in progress • $125 International students
may be admitted to CNC on a conditional basis. Applicants must
fulfill all conditional requirements by the document deadline or CNC Students’ Union Fees
they may lose their seat in the program. Document deadlines The following Students’ Union fees are charged to students (may
vary by program and intake semester. Check the program not apply to all campuses)
website for current information. • Students’ Union: $12.96 per month
Early Admission • Canadian Federation of Students Fees: $2.65 per month
CNC reserves the right to offer early conditional admission to • Students’ Union Building Fund Fee: $6.60 per semester or
exceptional candidates in any program, prior to receiving final term
documents. Any conditional offers made are subject to final • Child Care Fee: $2.50 per semester or term
document requirements. Candidates falling below the minimum • Newspaper Fee: $4.32 per semester or term
grade requirements will have their offers rescinded. • Recreation Fee: $2.50 per semester or term
Special Admission to the College • Medical/Dental Fee: $260 per year (charged in Fall semester
Applicants who do not meet the normal program admission or term only. Students must be considered full time in Fall,
requirements may be eligible to attend CNC through one of the either by being enrolled in 3 courses or more, or by full-time
following admission pathways. Applicants are still required to program status.)
meet all course prerequisites for the program. • U-Pass Prince George: $14.38 per month
Mature Students • U-Pass Quesnel: $8.75 per month
Candidates who have not graduated from the BC high school Service Fees and Other Charges
system or equivalent, and who are at least 19 years of age, may Prices include PST and GST, where applicable.
be able to gain entry to CNC as a Mature student. Applicants
• Registration fee: $18.24 per term
in this category are still required to meet a program’s other
• Technology fee: $6.56 per course maximum $32.80 per term
admission requirements and all course prerequisites.
• Technology Fee Foundation-Level Trades: $65.60 per intake
Home Educated Students
• Transcripts: $16.80 per copy
Students in this category are still required to meet a program’s • Faxing documents: $10
other admission requirements and all course prerequisites.
• External typing tests: $52.50 per test
Visiting Students • Student Readiness Assessment $22.40
Students in good standing registered in a program of study at • ID Replacement: $15
another recognized institution, may be granted permission to • Enhanced Service fee: $46.84

• Development fee: Fees must be paid in full by the specified deadline, otherwise
• 1 to 2 courses: $11.68 students will be deregistered from all courses and waitlists.
• 3 or more courses: $23.36 Students who obtain sponsorship from an outside agency
are required to have confirmation of sponsorship prior to
• Transferring in courses from international institutions:
registration. Payment plans or deferrals must be in place prior to
$157.50 per transcript
the deadline.
• Transferring in courses from Canadian institutions: $31.50
per transcript Change in Registration
• Prior Learning Equivalent to Assessment (PLA) fee: course Students can modify their registered courses at any of the CNC
tuition Campuses or online on CNC Connect, but are advised to consult
• Invigilation of external exams: $52.50 for 3 hours. Each with an Academic Advisor in advance.
additional hour is $11.20 Wait lists
• Exam re-write fee: $52.50 Wait lists for full courses are maintained up to the first day
• Enrolment verification letter: $10 per copy of classes. Please note that the College reserves the right to
International Student Fees manage its wait lists.
All International Student Fees are in Canadian Funds. Please Identification Cards
refer to https://cnc.bc.ca/international-education for more Student identification cards are issued by the Office of the
information. Registrar upon full payment of fees and after the fee payment
deadline day.
Fees for Senior Citizens
CNC will waive tuition fees for senior citizens (65 years of age Credit Programs
and over). This exemption does not apply to application fees, Course Load
registration fees, tech fees, Students’ Union fees, textbooks or
A full course load is normally five courses per semester, or 15
embedded costs. For more information, see Tuition Waiver for
credits per semester. Students are encouraged to enrol in no
Seniors Policy #E-1.38. Refunds will not be issued to those who
more than five courses per semester and may not enrol in more
have prepaid tuition to ensure a seat.
than six courses without the permission of the program Dean.
Fees for Sponsored Students Some programs may require students to enrol in more than five
A number of agencies, such as Human Resources and Social courses. Please consult your program page for further details.
Development Canada (HRSDC) and WorkBC, sponsor students by Full-time Enrolment
purchasing spaces in some programs or by paying tuition fees.
A full-time student is enrolled in 60% or more of the full
Students who have been admitted as sponsored students may
or standard course load for their program of studies. For
be required to pay Students’ Union and other fees not covered
university credit and most business management programs,
by the sponsorship and must present written confirmation of
this is 9 semester credits – usually three courses. For academic
sponsorship prior to registration.
upgrading and the English Language Program this is usually two
For more information on refunds, see Student Refund Policy courses.
E-1.15. Consult the Office of the Registrar for dates and
Part-time Enrolment
deadlines.
A part-time student is enrolled in less than 60% or more of the
full or standard course load for their program of studies.
REGISTRATION INFORMATION
Students who wish to apply for a student loan should consult the
This section outlines policy and procedure information related to
Financial Aid and Awards Office for more information about the
registration at CNC.
minimum course load required to qualify.
Registration Procedures Major Semester
Permission to Register The Fall and Spring terms are considered major semesters.
Applicants who have been accepted for admission to the College Intersession is not considered a major semester, unless it’s
will be given priority to register on the date and time specified in predetermined by your program schedule. Registration in this
their CNC Connect account. Visit cnc.bc.ca/admissions/register semester is optional and will be considered a regularly scheduled
for more details. break.
Course Selection Audit Status
Students are advised to select their courses in consultation with Students are permitted to audit courses. For more information
an Academic Advisor prior to the registration period. on auditing courses, and a list of provisions, see the Audit Status
Registration Policy #E-1.08 on the CNC Policy web page.
Students can register at any of the CNC Campuses or online Attendance

through CNC Connect. Students attending the College with the assistance of a
Fees sponsoring agency or group should be aware that many of

these agencies and groups have attendance requirements Medical Radiography Technology Diploma:
which go beyond those enforced by the College. It is the A+ 90-100% B- 68-71.9%
students’ responsibility to be fully aware of any such policies A 85-89.9% C+ 64-67.9%
that may apply to them. The College of New Caledonia bears no
A- 80-84.9% C 60-63.9%
responsibility for any sanctions or penalties that may be imposed
B+ 76-79.9% F 0-59.9%
by sponsoring agencies or groups that may result due to a lack of
attendance. College of New Caledonia attendance policies, where B 72-75.9%
applicable, are listed under specific course descriptions. For more information on the grading system, see the Grading
Students who attend a course, even with instructor’s System #E-1.22 on the CNC Policy web page.
permission, but who do not officially register in the course Repeating a Course
or make a payment of relevant tuition and other fees by the
Courses may be repeated for the purpose of raising grades. If
applicable deadline, will not be considered “enrolled” in the
a student has received three failures in a course, he/she must
course, regardless of whether or not the course is successfully
apply to the appropriate Dean for special permission to take the
completed and will not be assigned a grade.
course again.
RECORDS INFORMATION Individual programs may have different limitations. Students who
This section outlines policy and procedure information related to intend to transfer to another educational institution should be
student records at CNC. aware that other institutions may recalculate grade point average
(GPA) in accordance with their own policies on admission.
Grading System
Alphabetic symbols are used to report academic achievement.
Change of Enrolment
Each grade is assigned a numerical grade point used in It is recognized that there are circumstances where a student
determining the grade point average. Grade points are may find it necessary or desirable to add courses, change
calculated by multiplying the credit hours of the course by the courses or course sections, request a change of status (credit
numerical equivalent of the letter grade. Grade point averages to audit or audit to credit) or withdraw from a course(s) and/or
are calculated by dividing the total number of grade points by a complete withdrawal from the College of New Caledonia, and
the total number of credit hours, and are reported on each they may do so in accordance with established College policies
statement of grades. The cumulative grade point average is also and procedures. Students are responsible for ensuring they
reported on the transcript. are aware of all rules, regulations and deadlines, and ensuring
they have the means to complete the change of enrolment
GRADING SCALES procedure. Students receiving student loans are advised to
consult with a Financial Aid Advisor prior to withdrawing. Student
Majority of programs: loans may be affected by withdrawals when students fail to
A+ 90–100% C+ 64–67.9% maintain enrolment in at least 60% of a full course load.
A 85–89.9% C 60–63.9% A student who has no activity in two (2) consecutive major terms
A- 80–84.9% C- 55–59.9% (Fall/Spring) will no longer be considered a student and will have
B+ 76–79.9% D 50–54.9% to re-apply to CNC as per the Admission to the College Policy
B 72–75.9% F 0–49.9% #E-1.01.
B- 68–71.9% For more information, please see the Change of Enrolment
Status Policy #E-1.14 and Student Refund Policy #E-1.15 on the
Applied Business Technology, Dental Assisting:
CNC Policy web page.
A+ 95–100% C+ 75–79.9%
A 90–94.9% C 70–74.9% Withdrawal due to Extenuating Circumstances
B+ 85–89.9% F 0–69.9% CNC recognizes unexpected, uncontrollable, and/or unforeseen
B 80–84.9% circumstances can occur that impact a student’s ability to
complete their studies - such as a death in the immediate family,
Competency-Based Courses: a student’s sudden illness or accident, health (physical or mental)
A 90–100% C 63–69.9% issues. This policy provides the option for a student to request
B+ 85–89.9% D 55–62.9% an extenuating circumstances withdrawal.
B 76–84.9% F 0–54.9% For more information on withdrawing from courses or programs,
C+ 70–75.9% see the Withdrawal due to Extenuating Circumstances #E-1.36
and/or International Authorized Leave of Absence Policy #E-
Dental Hygiene:
1.491.15 on the CNC Policy web page.
A+ 90-100% B 72-75.9%
A 85-89.9% B- 68-71.9% Academic Standing
A- 80-84.9% F 0-67.9% The College of New Caledonia strives to create an environment
B+ 76-79.9% that promotes and supports academic excellence and personal
success for students as they progress toward their educational

Grades Grade points

A+ Excellent Achievement 4.33
A 4.00
A- 3.67
B+ Good Achievement 3.33
B 3.00
B- 2.67
C+ Satisfactory Achievement 2.33
The lowest standing permitted for a course to serve as an acceptable prerequisite unless specifically noted following a course description or within the
C 2.00
program requirements.
C- 1.67
D Marginal Achievement 1.00
F Unsatisfactory Achievement (fail) 0.00
N Never Attended. Student registered but did not attend and did not officially withdraw. 0.00
AG Annotated Grade - Students who have completed a modified program. An annotated report is available. NC*
Aegrotat Standing - A compassionate pass, approved by the Dean and Registrar, based on satisfactory term marks when a student is unable to
AEG NC*
complete the course due to serious, documented extenuating circumstances.
S Successful achievement of determined learning requirements in a competency-based course. NC*
U Unsuccessful achievement of determined learning requirements in a competency-based course. NC*
Non-credit Courses Grade points
Continuing Status. Student may repeat at the same level. Applicable to Adult Basic Education (ABE) students in all Fundamental and Intermediate level
CS courses. This grade may be used twice per Fundamental level course and once per Intermediate level course. The relevant Educational Administrator NC*
must sign off on all CS grades.
Temporary Grades Grade points
AUD Audit status. No credit granted. NC*
Standing Deferred - Grade and credit withheld until requirements outlined in the Standing Deferred Grade Agreement have been met or the student
SD NC*
will receive the grade they earned up to that point.
CIP Course in progress. NC*
Prior Learning and Transfer Credits Grade points
PL A PL grade will be assigned to students who have successfully received credit for that course through the PLA process. NC*
W A “W” grade will be assigned to students completing the withdrawal procedure within the time limits specified in the calendar. NC*
Exemption granted - The waiving of a program or course requirement. A student granted an exemption may be required to take another course to
E NC*
replace the credits associated with the exempted course.
TRF Transfer Credit Granted – grade given on a student’s record for transferable courses that have achieved a grade of a ‘C’ or greater NC*
TRD Transfer Credit Granted - grade given on a student’s record for transferable courses that have achieved a passing grade up to a ‘C-‘. NC*
Enrolment Status and Transcript Notations Grade points
AUD Audit status - No credit granted. NC*
WD Withdrawal - assigned to students who officially withdrew within the time limits specified in the calendar. NC*
Withdrawal for Extenuating Circumstances – assigned to students who withdrew from a course due to unexpected, uncontrollable and/or unforeseen
WE NC*
circumstances that significantly impacted the student’s ability to complete the semester or course.
Terminated – a transcript notation that signifies the student was terminated from the applicable course(s) and requires the permission of the
TER NC*
appropriate Dean to re-enrol.
*
NC – not calculated in grade point calculation
Grade Point Average Calculation
A student’s Grade Point Average (GPA) is calculated by multiplying the grade points earned by the number of credits earned for each course, adding those numbers together and then
dividing that number (grade point credit hours in the chart below) by the total number of credits earned.
Credit Hours Letter Grade Grade Points Course Credits Grade Point Credit Hours
Course 1 A 4.0 3 12
Course 2 B 3.0 3 9
Course 3 C 2.0 4 8
Course 4 D 1.0 2 2
Course 5 F 0.0 3 0
Total 15 31
GPA: 31 ÷ 15 = 2.07

and career goals. Academic standing assessment is designed program.

to provide feedback to students at the end of each term in Only courses in which students were successful in, with a passing
regard to their term/cumulative standing to assist the student grade or higher, may be considered for transfer credit. Courses
in maintaining an awareness of their ongoing academic transferred from other post-secondary institutions are not
standing. The determination of academic standing is based on included in the calculation of grade point average at the College
the student’s academic performance and, therefore, academic of New Caledonia. Unassigned credit will be granted on a course-
standing cannot be appealed. by-course basis in consultation with the program in which the
For more information, see the Academic Standing Policy #E-1.03 credit applies.
on the CNC Policy web page. Although transfer credit may be granted, the applicability of
the credits toward admission requirements for a program, or
Transcripts
course prerequisite requirements, or graduation requirements,
Official or residency rate requirements is dependent upon the particular
An official transcript of a student’s academic record will, program.
on written request of the student, be mailed directly to the
institution indicated in the request or given to the student in
Transfer of Credits to Other Institutions
a sealed envelope bearing the inscription “Official transcript A student who has completed courses at CNC may request that
enclosed. Invalid if seal broken on envelope.” these credits be transferred to other post-secondary institutions.
Release Students who are looking to transfer should consult with

academic advisors at the receiving institution to determine their
Official transcripts will not be released if financial or other
transfer requirements and confirm how the CNC course will
obligations to the College are outstanding.
transfer there. CNC Academic Advisors will assist students in
In accordance with the Freedom of Information and Protection selecting transferable courses; however, the final responsibility
of Privacy legislation in the province of BC, the College of New for course selection rests with the student, as transfer
Caledonia will not accept transcript requests without the agreements are continually being negotiated and changed.
student’s permission. Any student planning to transfer to a university or other post-
Ordering secondary institution should be aware that transfer credits
granted by the College of New Caledonia are not binding on
There is a fee for each copy ordered and this fee is payable in
another post-secondary institution.
advance. Transcripts may be ordered in one of four ways:
Course syllabi from specific terms can be found on the transfer
• Online: Through CNC Connect with your student account.
credit section of the CNC website. If you cannot find your
• In person: Requests may be made at any of the CNC particular syllabi on the website, please contact transfercredit@
campuses. cnc.bc.ca for assistance.
• By mail
• By fax: Requests for fax should be sent to 250 561 5861
Advanced Placement (AP) and International
Baccalaureate (IB) Courses
TRANSFER CREDITS Students who complete Advanced Placement (AP) or
International Baccalaureate (IB) course and examinations may
A student who has completed courses at other post-secondary
receive credits. AP and IB results can also be used towards
institutions may request that these credits be transferred to the
meeting CNC Admission Requirements. In order to receive the
College of New Caledonia. In order to verify the transferability of
transfer credit, candidates must submit final examinations results
these credits, students should consult a CNC Academic Advisor
from the College Board and/or International Baccalaureate with
as well as the British Columbia Transfer Guide online at www.
the minimum grade requirement.
bctransferguide.ca.
To initiate the transfer credit process, students should: Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition
The College seeks to provide recognition of previous non-
• Fill out the Transfer Credit Request form. Please see the
traditional learning. When such learning is not recognized by
Transfer Credit section on the cnc.bc.ca website under
formal transfer agreements, it may be recognized through
Admissions.
Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition (PLAR). Through
• Request an official transcript from the sending institution.
Prior Learning Assessment and Recognition, the College of New
International students must request a comprehensive
Caledonia will grant credit for significant learning at a post-
Educational Credential Assessment (ECA) from an approved
secondary level through work, training, and informal experiences
assessment agency recognized by the Government of
outside the formal post-secondary system provided it fulfills the
Canada.
requirements of the program in which the student is enrolled.
• For all courses not appearing on the BC Transfer Guide,
submit a detailed course outline from the same year and/or For more information on PLAR, including criteria, application and
term that you took the course. fees, see the Prior Learning Assessment Policy #E-1.07 on the
CNC policy web page.
• Make an appointment with a CNC Academic Advisor to
review how possible transfer credits can be applied to your

GRADUATION INFORMATION student registration purposes. As well, the PEN will be used for
program research and evaluation, but any personal information
Apply for a CNC credential
disclosed for these purposes will be in non-identifiable
Students anticipating completion of their program are required form. These uses have been reviewed and approved by the
to apply to graduate through their CNC Connect account. information and privacy commissioner. Students are required to
Students are encouraged to apply during their final term and will supply this information to complete their registration in courses
be considered pending final grades. or programs at CNC. If you have any questions about the use
Note: All obligations relating to fees, Library (Learning Commons) of the PEN, please contact the Freedom of Information (FOI)
books or fines, rentals, loans etc. must be met before any official coordinator at CNC.
transcript or credential will be released.
Graduation Honours APPEALS, COMPLAINTS AND
Any student in a program where GPAs are calculated who has a DISCIPLINE INFORMATION
cumulative GPA of 3.50 or higher at the time of graduation will be This section outlines policy and procedure information related to
considered to have graduated with honours. appeals, complaints and discipline at CNC.
All students who have graduated with honours will have this
Grade and Appeal Policy
noted on the transcript.
The purpose of this policy is to provide a process for students
Convocation who have reason to believe that they have grounds to appeal
Students who have completed their requirements for a their final grade or their removal from a clinical or lab/shop
credential (e.g. certificate, diploma, or associate degree) are eligible placement. The appeal must be of sufficient substance to
to take part in the Convocation ceremony held each spring. To warrant a review. Dissatisfaction with or disagreement about a
attend, students are required to complete an application to final grade does not constitute sufficient grounds for an appeal.
attend the Convocation ceremony online. See Communications The grounds for appeal at an Instructor and/or Educational
Services for details. Students are encouraged to attend this Administrator Level are limited to one or more of the following:
celebration of their achievement.
a. The course objectives have not been adhered to or were
Protection of Privacy not provided and/or;
The College of New Caledonia treats all student records with b. The evaluation criteria have not been applied according to
confidentiality. Only those administrators, faculty, and staff the Grading and Evaluation of Student Performance Policy
who have a need to view them as part of their normal duties E-1.22 and/or clinical placement protocols and/or;
will be permitted access to student records. All employees
are erequired to respect the confidentiality of the student c. The evaluation criteria have not been applied to some or
information with which they work. all of the work in the course in a reasonable, fair and just
manner; and/or;
The College of New Caledonia collects personal information for
the purpose of determining admission, registration, research, d. A procedural error related to grade calculation was made
statistical analysis, locker and U-Pass administration, student (e.g. instructor lost assignments, calculation errors). The
health plan, and the ongoing administration of the student grounds for appeal at an Executive Level are limited to:
experience. It is collected under the authority of the College and a. The procedures outlined in this policy were not
Institute Act and the Freedom of Information and Protection of followed by the original decision maker(s) and this has
Privacy Act. The information you provide is protected under the resulted in the student not receiving a fair hearing;
Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, which and/or;
specifically limits how your information may be used or disclosed.
b. Relevant evidence has become available that was not
If you have any questions about the collection and use of your
reasonably available at the time of the original decision
information, contact the College of New Caledonia Privacy Office
and there is a strong probability that the evidence
at 250 562 2131 ext 5688 or foipp@cnc.bc.ca.
would have a significant effect on the decision.
All hard-copied materials/information provided by you in support See the Grade and Appeal Policy #E1.20 on the CNC Policy web
of your application to CNC becomes the property of the College page.
and will not be returned and may be destroyed after one year of
receipt. Rewriting Final Examinations
For more information, see the Freedom of Information and If the grade of a written final exam results in a less than
Protection of Privacy policy AD-CO-4.14 on the CNC web page. progression grade for the course, a student may apply to rewrite
their final exam if:
Personal Education Number
Student personal information contained on the application 1. an attempt was made on the final examination of the course,
form will be used to verify your Personal Education Number 2. the final examination is worth 40% or more of the final grade
(PEN) or assign one to you. The main uses of the PEN will be for and,
measuring participation in post-secondary education and for

3. the received a passing average in all other course work. interactions.

Only one rewrite of a final exam per course to a maximum of Academic Conduct
three rewrites per academic year is permitted. The College of New Caledonia expects integrity and academic
The rewrite examination will be structured as per the final honesty of its students. It is assumed that the vast majority of
examination outlined in the syllabus. students conduct themselves and their scholarly activities with
Students are responsible for any fees that may be incurred for integrity. However, any instance of academic misconduct is
an exam rewrite. serious. This policy provides examples of academic misconduct
that may be subject to disciplinary action by the College and
Exam rewrites must be requested within three (3) working days outlines the actions the College may take in response to
of the official posting of the final grade. academic misconduct.
Student (Non-Academic) Conduct Student Complaint Resolution Policy
This policy is intended to help foster a campus community Consistent with the College of New Caledonia’s aim to provide
characterized by accountability, respect, fairness, and safety. high quality services to every student, the College welcomes
It defines student non-academic misconduct and sets out students’ feedback about their College experience and provides
transparent processes for reporting, investigating, and resolving a complaints resolution process designed to address effectively
allegations of student nonacademic misconduct. This policy and fairly every complaint formally brought forward by a student
also describes the responsibilities of students involved in about any aspect of that experience. Resolution of student
nonacademic misconduct proceedings. complaints begins with the students informally attempting
Examples include but are not limited to: resolution of their complaint within ten (10) working days of the
incident which led to the complaint.
a. Verbal abuse, intimidation, or harassment;
For more information including the procedures, guidelines, and
b. Engaging in conduct that threatens or endangers the additional timelines, see the Student Complaint Resolution Policy
health, safety, and/or wellbeing of any person; #E1.27 on the CNC Policy web page.
c. Discrimination based on any of the protected grounds
included in the BC Human Rights Code; DEFINITIONS
d. Engaging in unwelcome or persistent conduct that the Academic Standard: Defined as the demonstrated mastery
student knows, or reasonably ought to have known, would of course/program material deemed sufficient to meet a
cause another person to feel demeaned, intimidated, or predetermined level for the purpose of assigning credit,
harassed; establishing prerequisites for subsequent course/programs,
gaining admission to university, and/or successfully completing
e. Disrupting the ability of others to learn, or the ability of the
professional programs.
instructor to teach;
Accepted: A qualified or conditionally qualified applicant who
f. Bringing unfounded complaints with malicious or frivolous
has been offered a seat in a program of study
intent;
Applying: Is Step 1 in the admissions process. It’s when the
g. Providing false information to any other member of the
College decides if you can take the program you’ve chosen.
College community;
Depending on the program, we might look at whether there’s
h. Theft, attempted theft, or intentional or reckless damage room in the program, the date you applied, courses you’ve taken
to property; in the past and grades achieved, and your work experience.
i. Tampering with College equipment or facilities; Clinical: Refers to the clinical placement components of Health
Science programs as well as components of other College
j. Using College facilities, equipment, or services for
programs that involve a ‘work placement’ or ‘practicum’ as part of
inappropriate and/or unauthorized activities;
course work.
k. Creating a condition that unnecessarily endangers or
Commitment deposit: Payment required to accept your seat in
threatens destruction of College property or the property
a program of study. Failure to pay this by the due date set will
of others;
cause your seat to be forfeited and go to the next person on the
l. Possessing or trafficking any controlled and unpermitted waitlist.
drugs or substances as outlined in the Substance Use and
Conditionally Qualified Applicant: An otherwise qualified
Abuse Policy #AD-HR-1.24;
applicant who has submitted proof of current registration
m. Unauthorized storage, possession, or use of real or and has been provided with timelines for completion of the
replica firearms or other weapons, explosives (including remaining admission requirements for the program
fireworks), ammunition, or toxic or otherwise dangerous
Educational Administrator: Refers to Deans, Associate Deans,
materials; and
or their designate.
n. Using electronic devices, online communication, or social Educational Plan: A plan jointly developed between an
media to engage in negative or harmful interpersonal Academic Advisor and the student, that addresses any issues or

barriers to academic success the student might be experiencing.

On Regional campuses without Advisors, an educational plan
may be developed by the Regional Principal or their designate
along with the student.
Important Dates and Deadlines: Advertised dates throughout
a term which for the purpose of the Change of Enrolment is
policy (#E-1.14) indicate final dates for changing your enrolment
status. .More information can be viewed on the Office of the
Registrar’s website.
Northern BC Resident: : Is designated by the Northern Health
Authority region.
Registering: Is when you sign up for specific classes.
Tuition and Student Fees: Those fees controlled and managed
by the College, including tuition, technology, application,
enhancement, development and registration fees. The Students’
Union levies other fees for student, and any refunds must be
requested through the Student Union.
Withdrawal Deadline Date: Published deadline date within
each term in which an official withdrawal can be granted without
academic penalty. Student will receive a ‘WD’ grade. The Change
of Enrolment policy (#E-1.14) indicate final dates for changing
your enrolment status. More information can be viewed on the
Office of the Registrar’s website.
Qualified Applicant: An applicant who has provided all
required documentation and successfully meets the admission
requirements for the program to which they have applied.


200 Index For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca
Index
B ESL 137 English Language Proficiency
BC Adult Graduation Diploma FASD 139 Requirements 190
106 FIN 139 ENLA (English Language
Bookkeeping Certificate 8 FINE 139 Program) 107
Business and management 5 GEOG 140 F
A
Business Management HCAP 140 Fee Information 191
Aboriginal Resource Centre
Certificate and Diploma 9 HDET 141 Fees for Senior Citizens 192
(ARC) 184
C HIST 141 Fees for Sponsored Students
Aboriginal Studies Certificate
Cafeteria 185 HMT 142 192
95
Caledonia Early Care and HRPR 143 Financial Aid & Awards 186
Aboriginal Studies
Learning Centre 185 INDS 143 Financial Assistance 186
Concentration 81
Camp & Catering Associate JET 146 Fine Arts Certificate 98
Academic Advising 184
Certificate 17 KINS 146 First Aid 188
Academic Conduct 197
Campus Housing 184 LAW 148 G
Academic Standing 193
Carpenter Program LEAD 148 Grade and Appeal Policy 196
Academic Success Centre 188
(Harmonized) Foundation 65 MATH 148 Grade Point Average
Academic Upgrading (Adult
Certificates 94 MDRT 151 Calculation 194
Basic Education) 103
Change of Enrolment 193 MEDT 151 Grading scales 193
Accessibility Services 184
Change of Program 190 MFAB 151 Grading System 193
Access Program 104
Cinema CNC 185 MILL 153 Graduation Honours 196
Accounting and Finance
Civil Engineering Technology MKT 153 Graduation Information 196
Diploma 7
Diploma 55 MLTS 154 H
Admission 190
CNC Students’ Union Fees MOAS 156 Health and Safety 186
Admission Information 190
191 MRAD 156 Health and Wellness Centre
Admissions, fees and policy
College of New Caledonia NRES 160 186
information 189
Students’ Union, Local 13 NRUA 162 Health Care Assistant
Admissions, Registration and
Canadian Federation of PHIL 164 Certificate 26
Records 187
Students 185 PHYS 165 Health sciences 18
Admission to the College 191
College Store 185 PLMG 167 Heavy Equipment Operator
Admission Types 190
Communication Services 185 PRAN 166, 167 68
Appeals, Complaints and
Community and Continuing PSYC 170 Heavy Mechanical Trades,
Discipline Information 196
Education 16 PWER 171 Foundation 67
Application and Document
Community Support Worker SOC 171 How to Apply 190
Deadlines 190
(CSW) Certificate 43 SONO 172 Human services 42
Application Fees 191
Convocation 196 SSWK 175 I
Applied Business Technology
Course descriptions 109 THMG 177 Industrial Mechanic
(ABT*) Administrative Assistant
ABST 110 TRDE 179 (Harmonized) Foundation 69
Certificate 6
ABT 110 TTM 179 Industrial Mechanic
Applied Research and
ACC 113 WEGD 180 (Harmonized)/Machinist
Innovation 184
ANTH 114 WELD 182 Foundation 70
Apply for a CNC credential
APSC 115 WMST 182 Information Technology and
196
AUCL 115 Credentials 80 Networking Certificate 56
Apprenticeship Technical
AUGT 115 Credit Programs 192 Information Technology and
Training 62
AUTO 115 Criminology Diploma 87 Networking Diploma 57
Associate Degrees 80
BIO 116 D Information Technology
Associate of Arts Degree 81
BOOK 117 Definitions 197 Services 187
Aboriginal Studies
BUS 118 Dental Assisting Certificate 19 International Education
Concentration 81
CAMP 118 Dental Hygiene Diploma 21 Department 187
Anthropology Concentration
CARP 119 Dental Hygiene Pathway International Student
81
CASS 119 Certificate 96 Admissions 190
Modern Classics
CESS 120 Diagnostic Medical International Student Fees
Concentration 82
CHEM 121 Sonography Diploma 23 192
Psychology Concentration 82
CIS 122 Diplomas 86 ITAN 144
Sociology Concentration 83
CIVE 122 E J
Associate of Science Degree
COM 124 Early Childhood Care and JET (Job Education and
84
COMP 125 Learning Certificate 45 Training) 108
Biology Concentration 84
CRIM 125 Early Childhood Care and K
Chemistry Concentration 84
CSC 126 Learning Diploma 46 Kinesiology Diploma 88
Mathematics & Computer
CUE 127 Education Assistant Certificate Kodiaks Restaurant 187
Science ConcentratioN 85
CULA 127 48 L
Attendance 192
DENO 127 Education Assistant (EA) Library 187
Audit Status 192
DENT 127 Certificate 48 M
Automotive Collision &
DHYG 129 Electrical, (Harmonized) Media Technology Services
Refinishing Foundation
ECCL 132 Foundation 66 187
(Harmonized) 63
ECON 133 Engineering (Applied Science) Medical Device Reprocessing
Automotive Service
ELEC 134 Certificate 97 Technician Associate
Technician, (Harmonized)
ENGL 134 EnglisH Concentration 81 Certificate 28
Foundation 64

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca Index 201
Medical Laboratory Security 250-561-5827 188

Technology Science Diploma Service Fees and Other
29 Charges 191
Medical Office Assistant Social Service Worker Applied
Associate Certificate 10 Diploma 51
Medical Radiography Social Service Worker
Technology Diploma 31 Certificate 50
Medical Sciences Diploma - Social Service Worker (UT)
Dental Pathway 89 Diploma 52
Medical Sciences Diploma - Student Complaint Resolution
Medical Pathway 90 Policy 197
Medical Sciences Diploma - Student (Non-Academic)
Pharmacy Pathway 91 Conduct 197
Medical Sciences Diploma - Support Services and Facilities
Veterinary Pathway 92 183
Metal Fabrication Foundation T
(Harmonized) 71 Technologies 54
MGT 152 Trades and Industry 61
N Trades Discovery Program 76
Natural Resources and Forest Transcripts 195
Technology Diploma 59 Transfer Credits 195
NURS 163 Transfer of Credits to Other
Nursing, Bachelor of Science Institutions 195
33 U
Nursing Pathway Certificate University classes 79
99 University studies 78
Nursing Unit Assistant Upgrading and access 102
Certificate 38 W
O Web and Graphic Design:
Office Assistant Certificate Citation and Certificate 101
(ABT) 11 Web and Graphic Design
Office Clerk Certificate (ABT) Diploma 93
12 Welder Foundation Program
Office of the Registrar 187 (Harmonized) 77
P Wellness 188
Personal Education Number Withdrawal due to Extenuating
196 Circumstances 193
Physical Therapy Bridging WorkSafeBC coverage 186
Certificate 100
Pipe Trades, Foundation
(Harmonized) 72
Post Baccalaureate in
Accounting Diploma 13
Post-Diploma In Human
Resources Management 14
Post Diploma in Tourism and
Hotel Management 15
Power Engineering, 3rd Class
Certificate 73
Power Engineering, 4th Class
Certificate 74
Practical Nurse Diploma 40
and Recognition 195
Professional Cook 75
Protection of Privacy 196
PSCI 169
R
Records Information 193
Recreation 188
Registration Information 192
Registration Procedures 192
Repeating a Course 193
Rewriting Final Examinations
196
S
SafeWalk 188

202 Index For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca

For the most current information on fees, courses and programs visit cnc.bc.ca 203 Calendar Area
Important dates
Your program’s dates may be different! Please check individual
programs in this calendar. These dates apply to CNC Prince George.
Some dates may be different at other CNC campuses.
Fall 2023 semester
BC Day, all campuses closed August 7
Labour Day, all campuses closed September 4
Orientation / Evening classes begin university credit and business September 5
Daytime classes begin, university credit and business September 5
Naitional Day for Truth and Reconciliation September 30
Thanksgiving, all campuses closed October 9
Remembrance Day observed, all campuses closed November 13
Christmas Day observed, all campuses closed December 25
Boxing Day observed, all campuses closed December 26
Spring 2024 semester

New Year’s Day, all campuses closed January 1
Family Day, all campuses closed February 19
Study break Varies by program
Good Friday, all campuses closed March 29
Easter Monday, all campuses closed April 1
Convocation TBD
Victoria Day, all campuses closed May 20
Canada Day observed, all campuses closed July 1
Fall 2024 semester

BC Day, all campuses closed August 5
Labour Day, all campuses closed September 2
Orientation / Evening classes begin university credit and business September 3
Daytime classes begin, university credit and business September 4
Naitional Day for Truth and Reconciliation September 30
Thanksgiving, all campuses closed October 14
Remembrance Day, all campuses closed November 11
Christmas Day observed, all campuses closed December 25
Boxing Day observed, all campuses closed December 26
Spring 2025 semester

New Year’s Day observed, all campuses closed January 1
Family Day, all campuses closed February 17
Study break Varies by program
Good Friday, all campuses closed April 18
Easter Monday, all campuses closed April 21
Victoria Day, all campuses closed May 19
Convocation TBD
Canada Day observed, all campuses closed July 1

British Columbia Canada
Prince George Burns Lake Fort St. James Mackenzie Quesnel Vanderhoof

Course Calendar 2023 24

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Course Calendar 2023 24

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

I'm studying

CNC Lakes District — CNC Nechako — CNC Quesnel

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

Dental Hygiene ECON ................................................ 133 SUPPORT SERVICES

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

APPLIED BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY (ABT) ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT CERTIFICATE. . ........................... 6

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

APPLIED BUSINESS • English Studies 12 or English First

CERTIFICATE per minute.

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

ACCOUNTING AND MGT 154 Applied Human

clock 2 years One of the following:

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

BOOKKEEPING course credit up to a maximum of four

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

BUSINESS MKT electives and 6.0 credits of UT ABST courses

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

MEDICAL OFFICE the Criminal Records Review Program Re-admission

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

OFFICE ASSISTANT Graduation/Time Frames

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

OFFICE CLERK ABTC 130

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

POST for Accounting

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

POST-DIPLOMA Admission Requirments

2023-24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

IF YOU DON’T SEE IT, ASK FOR IT!

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

CAMP & CATERING CAMP 120 Basic Food Preparation

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

DENTAL ASSISTING CERTIFICATE.. ................................................................................................................19

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

DENTAL ASSISTING • Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation continuation; or

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

to withdraw from the program. To

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

DENTAL HYGIENE Admission Requirments • Proof of current immunization

• Contribute to and coordinate institutionally recognized release date. Program Specific

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

and written directions higher GPA determined from Dental Practice 2

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

DIAGNOSTIC • An academic IELTS (International points) OR

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

SONO 120 General Sonography II

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

Self-identified Canadian Aboriginal 1. Fail a clinical practicum course

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

any remaining barriers they may have

Multiple Course Failures

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

Admission Requirments • English language proficiency.

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

MEDICAL English Language Proficiency criminal record checks are not

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

a program at another institution will Hematology

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

MEDICAL and in a team environment. Completed acceptance package must

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar

2023–24 College of New Caledonia Program Guide and Course Calendar